ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Photo copyright © Shane Van Boxte l.

Nick Redfern works full time as an

author, lecturer, and journalist. He

writes about a wide range of unsolved

mysteries, including Bigfoot, UFOs, the

Loch Ness Monster, alien encounters,

and government conspiracies. His many

books include The Zombie Book (co-written with Brad Steiger); Close

Encounters of the Fatal Kind; and

Monster Diary. He writes regularly for

Cryptomundo.com, the Mutual UFO

Network

Journal

and

Mysterious

Universe. He has appeared on numerous

television shows, including Fox News;

History Channel’s Ancient

Aliens,

Monster Quest, and UFO Hunters;

VH1’s

Legend

Hunters;

National

Geographic Channel’s The Truth about

UFOs and Paranatural; BBC’s Out of

This World; MSNBC’s Countdown; and

SyFy Channel’s Proof Positive. Nick

lives just a few miles from Dallas,

Texas’ infamous Grassy Knoll and can

be

contacted

at

his

blog:

http://nickredfernfortean.blogspot.com.

ALSO FROM VISIBLE

INK PRESS

Alien Mysteries, Conspiracies, and

Cover-Ups

by Kevin D. Randle

ISBN: 978-1-57859-418-4

Conspiracies and Secret Societies: The

Complete Dossier, 2nd edition

by Brad Steiger and Sherry Hansen

Steiger

ISBN: 978-1-57859-368-2

The Government UFO Files

by Kevin D. Randle

ISBN: 978-1-57859-477-1

Hidden Realms, Lost Civilizations, and

Beings from Other Worlds

by Jerome Clark

ISBN: 978-1-57859-175-6

Real

Aliens,

Space

Beings,

and

Creatures from Other Worlds

by Brad Steiger and Sherry Hansen

Steiger

ISBN: 978-1-57859-333-0

Real Encounters, Different Dimensions,

and Otherworldly Beings

by Brad Steiger and Sherry Hansen

Steiger

ISBN: 978-1-57859-455-9

Real Ghosts, Restless Spirits, and

Haunted Places, 2nd edition

by Brad Steiger

ISBN: 978-1-57859-401-6

Real Miracles, Divine Intervention,

and Feats of Incredible Survival

by Brad Steiger and Sherry Hansen

Steiger

ISBN: 978-1-57859-214-2

Unexplained!

Strange

Sightings,

Incredible

Occurrences,

and

Puzzling Physical Phenomena, 3rd

edition

by Jerome Clark

ISBN: 978-1-57859-344-6

The Zombie Book: The Encyclopedia of

the Living Dead

by Nick Redfern and Brad Steiger

ISBN: 978-1-57859-504-4

SECRET HISTORY:

CONSPIRACIES FROM ANCIENT ALIENS

TO THE NEW WORLD ORDER

Copyright © 2015 by Visible Ink Press®

This publication is a creative work fully protected by all

applicable copyright laws, as well as by

misappropriation, trade secret, unfair competition, and

other applicable laws.

No part of this book may be reproduced in any form

without permission in writing from the publisher, except

by a reviewer who wishes to quote brief passages in

connection with a review written for inclusion in a

magazine, newspaper, or website.

All rights to this publication will be vigorously

defended.

Visible Ink Press®

43311 Joy Rd., #414

Canton, MI 48187-2075

Visible Ink Press is a registered trademark of Visible

Ink Press LLC.

Most Visible Ink Press books are available at special

quantity discounts when purchased in bulk by

corporations, organizations, or groups. Customized

printings, special imprints, messages, and excerpts can

be produced to meet your needs. For more information,

contact Special Markets Director, Visible Ink Press,

www.visibleinkpress.com, or 734-667-3211.

Managing Editor: Kevin S. Hile

Art Director: Mary Claire Krzewinski

Typesetting: Marco Di Vita

Proofreaders: Larry Baker and Dorothy Scott

Indexer: Shoshana Hurwitz

Front cover images: Stonehenge (Shutterstock),

security camera (Shutterstock), Mason symbol

(Shutterstock), 9/11 image (Robert J. Fisch),

Quetzalcoatl (public domain).

Back cover images: President John F. Kennedy

motorcade (Victor Hugo King), Edward Snowden

(Wikileaks), crop circles (public domain).

Library of Congre ss Cataloging-in-

Publication Data

Redfern, Nicholas, 1964—

Secret history : conspiracies from ancient

aliens to the new world order / by Nick

Redfern.

pages cm

Includes bibliographical references.

ISBN 978-1-57859-479-5 (pbk. : alk. paper)

1. Conspiracies—United States. 2.

Civilization, Ancient—Extraterrestrial

influences. 3. Human-alien encounters. I. Title.

HV6275.R45 2015

001.9—dc23

2014046946

Printed in the United States of America

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CONTENTS

Acknowledgments

Photo Credits

Introduction

ANCIENT ALIENS

The Ten Commandments: Alien Parallels

Atlantis: A Lost Civilization

The Ark of the Covenant: A Deadly

Weapon

Ezekiel’s Wheel: A Close Encounter

with E.T.

Ancient Nuclear War: A Time before

Ours

Secrets of the Museum: Ancient

Immortality

The Anunnaki: The Real Ancient Aliens

Goliath: A Descendent of the Space

Gods

From Babylonia to the Department of

Defense: Alien Demons

Ancient X-Files: The Government’s

Secrets

Quetzalcoatl: A Teacher from the Stars

The Plagues of Egypt: Unleashing

Extraterrestrial Viruses

The Nazca Lines: Signs from the Stars

Native American Legends: Bigfoot and

UFOs

The Green Children of Woolpit: Visitors

from Beyond

The Face on Mars: Mega-Building in the

Distant Past

Circles of Stone and Strange Secrets

Jonah and the Whale: Abducted by E.T.

CONSPIRACIES

Abraham Lincoln: Assassination, Cover-

Up, and the Masons

Jack the Ripper: Theories and Suspects

Tunguska: An Early Roswell?

Pearl Harbor: Allowing the Attack to

Happen

Adolf Hitler: A Secret Survivor of

WWII

Paperclip: A Faustian Pact

The Roswell UFO Crash: Multiple

Scenarios

MKUltra: Manipulating the Mind

Walt Disney and the CIA: A Secret

Connection

From Nuclear Aircraft to Stolen Bodies:

Cold War Secrets

Faking Aliens: Scientology, Saucers, and

Syringes

The Brookings Report: Close Encounter

Implications

Marilyn Monroe: Driven to Death

The JFK Assassination: Whodunit?

Martin Luther King: Slain by a

Hypnotized Killer

The Death of Robert Kennedy: The

Manchurian Candidate

Watergate: Will the Real Deep Throat

Please Stand Up?

Cattle Mutilations: Secret Files and

Scared Farmers

Hazards in Space: Radiation Secrets

The Murder of John Lennon: A Rock

Star Conspiracy

The Challenger Disaster: NASA

Attacked?

Deaths in the Defense Industry: Not

What They Seem

Area 51: Cosmic Conspiracies

Crop Circle Secrets: Messages in the

Fields

Secret Psychic Spying: Mind-Based

Espionage

Secret Aircraft vs. Stealthy Aliens

Storms on the Battlefield: A New

Concept in Warfare

Chemtrails: Polluting the Population

Black Helicopters: Spies in the Skies

NEW WORLD ORDER

The Twin Towers: From Conspiracy to

Demolition

From the Pentagon to Flight 93: Missiles

and Mysteries

The Anthrax Attacks: Deliveries of the

Deadly Kind

The Patriot Act: Orwellian Surveillance

Weapons of Mass Destruction: Missing

in Action

Microbiology Deaths: Scientists Drop

Like Flies

7/7 Bombings: Terror in London

Reducing the Population: A Modern

Holocaust

MicroChipping the World: Constant

Spying

Bird Flu: A Biological Weapon

Bin Laden’s Body: Where’s the

Evidence?

Snowden and Surveillance: Big Brother

Reality

The Mystery of MH370: A Vanishing

Plane

Bibliography

Index

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Iwould like to offer my very sincere

thanks to my tireless agent, Lisa

Hagan; everyone at Visible Ink Press,

and particularly Roger Jänecke and

Kevin Hile; and good friends Micah

Hanks and Greg Bishop.

INTRODUCTION

The title of this book, as you will

already have observed, is Secret

History. It is a title that begs a number of

important questions: What, precisely, is

history? How does it impact us, both as

individuals and as the collective human

race? What can we learn from studying

our history, both recent and ancient? Can

historical events be manipulated in ways

that we can scarcely begin to imagine?

With those questions in mind, let’s take a

look at a few choice, wise words from a

variety of noted individuals.

Julian Barnes, the author of the bestselling

The Sense of an Ending, said: “History is

that certainty produced at the point where the

imperfections

of

memory

meet

the

inadequacies of documentation.”

In his classic novel Ulysses, James Joyce

wrote: “History … is a nightmare from which

I am trying to awake.”

Aldous Huxley remarked: “That men do not

learn very much from the lessons of history is

the most important of all the lessons that

history has to teach.”

George Orwell warned us: “The most

effective way to destroy people is to deny

and obliterate their own understanding of

their history.”

“If you don’t know history, then you don’t

know anything. You are a leaf that doesn’t

know it is part of a tree,” wrote Michael

Crichton of Jurassic Park fame.

“History will be kind to me for I intend to

write it,” bragged British Prime Minister Sir

Winston Churchill.

All of the above words, in their

own, unique fashion, are important ones

to remember and ponder. They are also

words that are central to the themes of

this book: (a) the ways by which certain,

significant portions of history have been

lost; (b) the ease with which entire

swathes of our history have been erased;

(c) the reasons why history has been

suppressed and hidden and by whom;

and (d) the secret, near-maniacal

satisfaction on the part of powerful

figures who have created deceptive

histories that so many accept while

barely asking a single question.

In the pages that follow you will

come to appreciate—although, you will

most certainly not approve of—the

means by which history has been

mauled, manipulated, and buried for

reasons that are disturbing, mysterious,

sinister, outrageous, unforgivable, and

downright deadly.

You will understand how, even

going back to the very dawn of

civilization, humankind has been a slave

to those who wish to present history as

they wish it presented, rather than how it

actually was and is. It’s a situation that,

even after thousands of years of

manipulation, shows no signs of

stopping.

From the sagas of the Old

Testament to 9/11, from Jack the Ripper

to the Roswell UFO crash, from the

assassination of President John F.

Kennedy to the mysterious 2014

disappearance of Malaysian Airlines

flight MH370, and much more, Secret

History demonstrates that what we think

we know is not all that we should know

or can know.

Both modern and millennia-old

history, in their real, untouched form, are

in danger of going the same way as the

dinosaurs: down the road sign-posted

towards extinction. Unless we pull

ourselves back from the brink and

recognize who we are and what we are,

and why the good, the bad, and even the

downright ugly parts of our history

should be made available to us—

however unpalatable they might be—we

will remain blind to the truth. Opening

our minds and lifting the shades of

deception are particularly important if

we are to progress as a species, rather

than descend into a nightmarish realm

that is part George Orwell’s 1984 and

part Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World,

combined with an “ignorance is bliss”

attitude.

PHOTO CREDITS

Airliners.net: p. 260.

Biblical illustrations by Jim Padgett,

courtesy of Sweet Publishing, Ft.

Worth, TX, and Gospel Light,

Ventura, CA: p. 70.

Gary Blakeley: p. 359.

Das Bundesarchiv: pp. 133, 135, 143.

Cadiomals: p. 313.

California Department of Corrections: p.

211.

John Cavanagh: p. 296.

Central Intelligence Agency: pp. 154,

258.

Colegota: p. 76.

Nick Cooper: p. 356.

Cyberspaceorbit: p. 44.

Dallas Police: p. 198.

DavGreg: p. 203.

Bill de Blasio: p. 362.

Gustave Doré pp. 20, 51.

Dudeanatortron: p. 261.

eurok: p. 157.

Tim Evanson: p. 213.

Farm Security Administration/Office of

War Information: p. 129.

Farragutful: p. 220.

Federal Bureau of Investigation: p. 223.

Federal Emergency Management

Agency: p. 291.

Nicolas Genin: p. 333.

Juergen Graf: p. 191.

Billy Hathorn: p. 299.

Andrew Heneen: p. 394.

Christian Jansky: p. 288.

The Jewish Museum, New York: p. 4.

Frederic Jueneman: p. 32.

Roy Kerwood: p. 237.

J.G. Klein: p. 193.

Lapavaestacaliente: p. 45.

Library of Congress: p. 196.

MacMax: p. 317.

Mary Evans Picture Library: 6, 9, 84,

88, 106, 164, 227, 284.

McMarcoP: p. 91.

Finlay McWalter: p. 257.

Michael73072: p. 28.

NASA: pp. 33, 93, 96, 168, 232, 242, 243, 245, 396.

National Institutes of Health: p. 378.

National Park Service: pp. 31, 170, 173.

National Security Agency: p. 390.

The Nobel Foundation: p. 176.

ONAR: p. 13.

Oxfam East Africa: p. 360.

Pan American Coffee Bureau: p. 130.

Geoff Pick: p. 280.

Plazak: p. 82.

pop culture geek: p. 22.

Joaquín Alvarez Riera: p. 304.

Row17: p. 99.

Palimp Sesto: p. 61.

David Shankbone: p. 236.

Sternrenette: p. 369.

Olaf Tausch: p. 15.

Francis Tyers: p. 351.

Unukorno: pp. 77, 78.

UpstateNYer: p. 310.

U.S. Agency for International

Development: p. 364.

U.S. Air Force: pp. 253, 282.

U.S. Army: pp. 325, 327, 342, 385.

U.S. Department of Defense: pp. 73,

127, 134,287, 320.

U.S. Department of Energy: pp. 37, 140,

263.

U.S. Department of Justice: p. 205

U.S. Department of State: p. 337.

U.S. Marine Corps: pp. 39, 48.

U.S. National Archives and Records

Administration: pp. 111, 217.

Caio do Valle: p. 239.

Erik van Wees: p. 295.

Jim Wallace (Smithsonian Institution): p.

218.

The White House: p. 190, 207, 331, 382.

Martin Whitely: p. 302.

Roque Wicker: p. 381.

The Wiki Leaks Channel: p. 388.

Public domain: pp. 14, 16, 19, 21, 26, 36, 40, 53, 55, 58, 63, 66, 103, 110, 115, 116, 118, 122, 146, 148, 179,

181, 186, 199, 219, 268, 273, 319, 324, 332, 338, 367, 374.

There can be very few people—

regardless

of

their

religious

persuasions or otherwise—who have not

heard of the Ten Commandments. Also

referred to as the Decalogue, they are,

essentially, purported to be strict laws

prepared by the Christian god; laws

designed to ensure that humanity follows

a good and righteous path. They were

laid down on a pair of stone tablets that

were given to Moses at Mount Sinai—

Moses being an Egyptian prince who

turned prophet and religious leader.

It’s notable that midway through the

twentieth century, a number of people

who claimed contact with very human-like extraterrestrials had experiences

that eerily paralleled the story of Moses

receiving the commandments at Mount

Sinai. Before we get to the matter of

ancient aliens, however, let’s take a look

at

the

story

behind

the

Ten

Commandments.

The

story

of

the

Ten

Commandments appears twice in the

pages of the Bible, in Deuteronomy and

Exodus. It commences with the Israelites

(variously referred to as the Sons of

Israel or the Children of Israel) reaching

Mount Sinai. Also known as Mount

Horeb,

Mount

Sinai

stands

at

approximately 7,500 feet in Egypt’s

Sinai Peninsula, which is located

between

the

Red

Sea

and

the

Mediterranean Sea. There is, however,

much debate on whether or not this

particular Mount Sinai and the Mount

Sinai of the Old Testament are one and

the same.

It’s to Exodus 19 we have to turn

our specific attentions, since this is

when, for all intents and purposes, the

story begins. Approximately seventy-two hours after Moses and the Israelites

arrived at the foot of the legendary

mount,

something

strange

and

extraordinary occurred. The air was

filled with huge flashings of lightning,

and thunder crashed loudly and wildly.

What was described as a “thick cloud”

descended upon Mount Sinai, and the

“voice of the trumpet” echoed throughout

the vicinity. The people gathered

together, wondering what might happen

next.

We are told that “the Lord came

down upon Mount Sinai,” after which

Moses had a short communication with

God. On his return to the base of the

mount, Moses told the Israelites that

something amazing would soon happen.

As far as the people were concerned,

however, it was terror, rather than

amazement, that took hold of their minds.

That much became evident when, as if in

unison, they moved far away from Mount

Sinai, fearful of what might happen.

Moses, seeing dissent amongst the

people, quickly reassured them that all

was well. “Fear not,” were his famous

words to the multitude. The Old

Testament states that following his

reassurances, Moses walked towards

that somewhat ominous “thick cloud”—

or “thick darkness,” as it was also

termed—and listened carefully as the

voice of God boomed and proceeded to

lay down the law.

The following morning, Moses,

along with Aaron—the high priest of

Israel—and his sons, Nadab and Abihu,

climbed Mount Sinai. They “saw the

God of Israel” hovering above what was

described as a “paved work” of

sapphire. God bellowed, as only a god

surely can: “Come up to me into the

mount, and be there … I will give thee

tablets of stone, and a law, and

commandments which I have written;

that thou mayest teach them.”

For no less than six days, so the

story goes, Mount Sinai was covered by

that mysterious “thick cloud.” Then, on

day number seven, Moses entered the

cloud and remained “in the mount forty

days and forty nights” (Exodus 24:18).

While Moses was gone, the

children of Israel reportedly decided to

take matters into their own hands, which

basically meant that Aaron created a

deity, in the form of a golden calf and

“built an altar before it” (Exodus 32:5).

Wild partying, orgies, the drinking of

lots of alcohol, and worshiping the

golden calf were the name of the game.

At least until Moses returned, at which

point all hell broke loose—if you will

pardon the pun. Moses had brought with

him a pair of stone tablets that contained

the Ten Commandments. Such was his

anger at the way in which the Israelites

had rebelled in his absence that Moses

smashed the tablets on the ground.

God, fortunately, saw that Moses’s

actions were aimed at his people, not at

God himself. The result, God ordered

Moses: “Hew thee two tablets of stone

like unto the first: and I will write upon

these tablets the words that were in the

first tablets, which thou brakest.”

The Old Testament states of this:

“And he wrote on the tablets, according

to

the

first

writing,

the

Ten

Commandments, which the LORD spake

unto you in the mount out of the midst of

the fire in the day of the assembly: and

the LORD gave them unto me” (Deut

10:4).

A turn-of-the -twe ntie th-ce ntury artwork by

Jame s Jacque s Jose ph Tissot illustrate s the

familiar biblical sce ne in which Mose s de sce nds

Mount Sinai with the Te n Commandme nts.

The golden calf was destroyed, the

Ten Commandments became the law of

the land, the two tablets found their way

into the Ark of the Covenant (about

which, there will be more very soon),

and the rest—as the saying goes—is

history. And with that all said, it’s now

time to look at the Ten Commandments.

They are as follows:

1. Thou shalt have no other gods

before me.

2. Thou shalt not make unto thee

any graven image, or any

likeness of any thing that is in

heaven above, or that is in the

earth beneath, or that is in the

water under the earth: Thou

shalt not bow down thyself to

them, nor serve them: for I the

LORD thy God am a jealous

God, visiting the iniquity of the

fathers upon the children unto

the third and fourth generation of

them that hate me; And shewing

mercy unto thousands of them

that love me, and keep my

commandments.

3. Thou shalt not take the name of

the LORD thy God in vain; for

the LORD will not hold him

guiltless that taketh his name in

vain.

4. Remember the sabbath day, to

keep it holy. Six days shalt thou

labour, and do all thy work: But

the seventh day is the sabbath of

the LORD thy God: in it thou

shalt not do any work, thou, nor

thy son, nor thy daughter, thy

manservant,

nor

thy

maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor

thy stranger that is within thy

gates: For in six days the LORD

made heaven and earth, the sea,

and all that in them is, and

rested

the

seventh

day:

wherefore the LORD blessed

the sabbath day, and hallowed it.

5. Honour thy father and thy mother:

that thy days may be long upon

the land which the LORD thy

God giveth thee.

6. Thou shalt not kill.

7. Thou shalt not commit adultery.

8. Thou shalt not steal.

9. Thou shalt not bear false witness

against thy neighbour.

10. Thou shalt not covet thy

neighbour’s house, thou shalt not

covet thy neighbour’s wife, nor

his

manservant,

nor

his

maidservant, nor his ox, nor his

ass, nor any thing that is thy

neighbour’s.

The

story

of

the

Ten

Commandments is one that millions of

people believe to be the gospel truth.

There is, however, an issue that needs to

be addressed and that places the story of

the Ten Commandments into a very

different context; namely, the context of

the UFO controversy.

The matter of the flashing and

booming in the sky, that curious “thick

cloud” (or “thick darkness”) that

suddenly appeared, as if out of nowhere,

and the disembodied voice of God, have

all led to theories that what Moses

actually

encountered

were

extraterrestrials, aboard a huge, dark—

colored spacecraft, that wished to try

and civilize the human race by

indoctrinating it with a rigid, alien

system of rules, regulations, and laws.

While many people of a deeply

religious persuasion might be angered at

such a scenario even being suggested,

the fact is that more than a few UFO

encounters

have

uncannily

similar

parallels with the biblical version of

what happened across that forty-day

period at Mount Sinai.

We will start with the man who

absolutely typified the UFO scene in

1950s

America:

George

Adamski

(1891–1965). Born in Poland, Adamski

moved to the United States, with his

parents, when he was just a child. He

spent four years in the military—at the

height of the First World War—then

spent time working variously, in a flour

mill and at Yellowstone National Park. It

was during the 1930s, however, that

Adamski began to gravitate towards the

world

of

the

unknown,

of

the

paranormal, and, finally, of the flying

saucer. Adamski received significant

publicity in early 1934, when the Los

Angeles Times newspaper profiled him

in its pages. The article told of

Adamski’s relocation to California.

Interestingly,

the

newspaper

took

particular note of Adamski’s words that

revolved around a trek he made to the

Himalayas. Rather notably, Adamski—

while high in the mountains—had an

experience

that

mirrored

Moses’s

moment of enlightenment on Mount

Sinai.

The Los Angeles Times’s article noted:

The ten-foot trumpets of far away Lhasa,

perched among perpetual snows in the

Himalayan Mountains in Tibet, will shortly

have their echo on the sedate hills of

Southern

California’s

Laguna

Beach.

Already the Royal Order of Tibet has

acquired acreage on the placid hills that bathe

their Sunkist feet in the purling Pacific and

before long, the walls, temples, turrets and

dungeons of a Lama monastery will serrate

the skyline. It will be the first Tibetan

monastery in America and in course of time,

the trained disciples of the cult will filter

through its glittering gates to spread “the

ancient truths” among all who care to listen.

[The] central figure in the new movement is

Prof. George Adamski.

Perhaps echoing the kind of

transformation Moses went through,

Adamski told the newspaper:

I learned great truths up there on the roof of

the world, or, rather, the trick of applying age

old knowledge to daily life, to cure the body

and the mind and to win mastery over self

and soul. I do not bring to Laguna the weird

rites and bestial superstition in which the old

Lamaism is steeped, but the scientific

portions of the religion.

The Polish-born Ge orge Adamski made a name

for himse lf as a ufologist who de clare d that he

had manage d to take photographs of re al alie n

space ships.

Adamski wasn’t long for Laguna

Beach, however. He soon had another

base of operations: Palomar Gardens,

located

near

California’s

Palomar

Mountain. As for the important matter of

earning money, Adamski established the

Palomar Gardens Café. It was in 1946

that Adamski and the intelligences

behind the UFO phenomenon crossed

paths in legendary fashion. In early

October of that year, Adamski and

several of his friends and followers

encountered a gigantic, unidentified

flying object in the skies near the

mountain, one that was long and pencil-

shaped. A similar craft—or, perhaps the

very same one—appeared in the

following year, 1947, and yet again at

the site of the huge mountain. It was

1952, however, that really thrust

Adamski into the ufological big time.

Greg Bishop, who has carefully

studied the life and ufological claims of

Adamski, tells the story of what

happened, in an article titled “Tracks in

the Desert,” which appears in a 2000

book, Wake Up Down There!:

… Adamski left his Palomar mountain retreat

at 1.00 A.M. on Thursday November 20, 1952

along with his lifetime secretary Lucy

McGinnis and Alice Wells—the owner of the

property where Adamski gave lectures on

Universal Law and the café where he flipped

burgers to pay the rent. At about 8.00 A.M.

they met with Al Bailey and his wife Betty,

and George Hunt Williamson [a fellow

Contactee and about who more imminently]

and his wife, Betty, in Blythe, [California] just

west of the Arizona / California border.

The group then suddenly turned

back, on what was described as a

“hunch.” They retraced their steps,

taking a small highway eleven miles

northeast towards the town of Parker,

Arizona, where they stopped. After

breakfast, the group scanned the skies

for saucers. Passing motorists slowed

down, they wondered what was going

on. When, around noon, an aircraft flew

over the group, it provoked brief

excitement. The main event was still to

come, however. In fact, it was only

moments away: a huge, silver-colored,

cigar-shaped UFO suddenly loomed into

view.

Bishop

said:

“Williamson

understatedly asked: ‘Is that a space

ship?’, as Betty Bailey tried to set up a

movie camera, but couldn’t because ‘she

was so excited.’ According to Adamski,

they were anxious not to attract attention

to the object, so they didn’t point at it

and alert other passing cars to this

event.”

“Someone take me down the road,

quick! That ship has come looking for

me and I don’t want to keep them

waiting!” Adamski yelled, as he jumped

into the car with McGinnis and Mr.

Bailey. About a half-mile down the road,

with the craft shadowing them, Adamski

told McGinnis to turn off the road. He

then instructed the two to “go back to the

others as quickly as possible … and

watch for anything that might take

place”—from the safe viewing distance

of half a mile or more away. After this

first craft was chased away by

interceptor jets, another “beautiful small

craft” arrived and landed behind the

crest of a mountain about half a mile

away.

Adamski soon saw a figure waving

to him and walked towards it. Adamski

said of this experience, “I fully realized

I was in the presence of a man from

space—a human being from another

world!” The entity identified himself as

Orthon and claimed to come from the

planet Venus. After some warnings about

atomic weapons and wars, and a refusal

to be photographed, Orthon returned to

his ship and sailed away.

Bishop added: “Adamski waved to

his companions to approach, which they

did soon after. Conveniently enough,

Williamson had brought along some

plaster-of-paris and proceeded to make

casts of the footprints the Venusian had

left in the desert floor. According to

Williamson … he was

… the first to arrive at the footprints after the

contact had been made. I could see where

the space being had scraped away the topsoil

in order to get more moist sand that would

take the impressions from the carvings on the

bottom of his shoes. The carvings on the

shoes must have been finely done for the

impressions in the sand were clear cut. Either

Orthon had a weight problem on Earth, or

someone had taken extra care in making the

impressions.

Bishop then notes something that,

again, has a parallel with the saga of the

Ten Commandments. He said that

Adamski

… goes on to state his interpretation of what

meaning the symbols hold for those who “fail

to obey the laws of the Infinite Father.”

Williamson also stresses that the designs are

not “alien,” since the Earth is “part of the

Great Totality” and ancient symbols of Earth

are the symbols of the space beings as

well…. After this event Williamson seemed

to have found his calling, and concentrated on

turning out his own brand of Contactee

literature—most of it “channeled”—leaving

clear the nuts-and-bolts domain to his friend

and inspiration, the other George—Adamski.

That Adamski had set up his

organization on a mountain, that he had

several profound UFO encounters on that

very same mountain, and that all of this

culminated in a statement that offered

warnings to those who failed to “obey

the laws of the Infinite Father” is a clear

demonstration

of

the

undeniable

parallels between the story of the Ten

Commandments and the saga of the most

famous, so-called “Contactee” of all.

Adamski’s Moses-like experiences were

not alone, however. There were others

which

experienced

deeply

similar

encounters.

Truman

Bethurum

was

a

Californian, born in 1898, who spent

many of his early years working jobs

that never seemed to last. His first

marriage both began and crumbled

during the Second World War. He

entered into a second marriage only

several months after the war ended and

ultimately wound up working out in the

harsh,

hot

deserts

of

Nevada—

specifically in the highway construction

game. It was while Bethurum was out in

the desert, in 1952, and while his second

wife, Mary, was stuck at home in Santa

Barbara, that Bethurum claimed he had

an extremely close encounter with

extraterrestrials on Mormon Mesa, a

near-2,000-foot-high mount in Nevada’s

Moapa Valley.

On the fateful night in question, and

after the working day was over,

Bethurum

climbed

the

mountain,

primarily to search for shells, something

that

Mary

particularly

enjoyed

collecting. The story goes that Bethurum

was rendered into a strange, altered state

of mind, during which advanced aliens

suddenly manifested before him, having

arrived in a huge, gleaming, flying

saucer. Although only around five feet in

height, the aliens were eerily human-looking and claimed to come from a

faraway planet called Clarion. Not only

that, their leader was one Captain Aura

Rhanes, a shapely, Pamela Anderson—

type who Bethurum described as being

“tops in shapeliness and beauty.” All

thoughts of Mary—back in Santa

Barbara—were suddenly gone from

Bethurum’s mind.

Not only did the Clarionites impart

a great deal of data about their home

world, their religion, and their belief in

an all-powerful deity, they did something

else too, something that those of a

Christian persuasion will find all too

familiar: they provided Bethurum with a

gold plate that outlined the laws of the

space people. Yet again, we have a

prime example of someone taking a walk

into the mountains, communing with

superior entities, and being given a

priceless artifact that detailed the rules

and regulations of those same, superior

beings. In that sense, there is very little

difference between Moses’s trek up

Mount Sinai—where he communed with

God

and

received

the

Ten

Commandments, inscribed on two stone

tablets—and Truman Bethurum heading

up Mormon Mesa and being given a

golden platter, courtesy of human-

looking extraterrestrials who wished to

share their laws with the human race.

There was another parallel too: in

the same way that the God of the Old

Testament is portrayed very much as a

ruthless, cold-hearted deity, so the

Clarionites were described as somewhat

fascist, bullying types who insisted that

Bethurum help them spread their word—

or else. The wrath of God vs. the wrath

of extraterrestrials: there’s really not that

much difference.

Then there was a certain George

Van Tassel, who claimed interaction

with aliens out in the harsh, roasting

desert near Joshua Tree, California, in

the

early

1950s.

Just

like

the

extraterrestrials

that

both

George

Adamski and Truman Berthurum claimed

to have encountered in the very same

time frame, Van Tassel’s visitors from

the stars were: (a) extremely human-like

and (b) highly demanding, when it came

to getting across their space-laws and

regulations. At the time of the encounters

Van Tassel was living in the desert

region of a small town called Landers—

actually in a large, converted cave

beneath a gigantic rock that, locally and

unsurprisingly, was given the name Giant

Rock.

A drawing of the space ve hicle Truman Be thurum

said he saw in the Ne vada de se rt in 1952. (Mary

Evans)

Van Tassel claimed the aliens told

him that the human race had been

molded, guided, and manipulated for

thousands of years—by extraterrestrials

that posed as gods. In that sense, God

was nothing more than a fabrication, one

that was created to ensure the people of

Earth adhered to the word of the space—

aliens. Such was the fascination that the

public had with his claims, Van Tassel

was prompted to establish a yearly UFO

conference at Giant Rock that—at its

height, in the mid-1950s—attracted

audiences in excess of ten thousand.

The “word” was spreading. It even

reached the FBI.

Documentation declassified by the

FBI demonstrates that Van Tassel was of

keen interest to J. Edgar Hoover and his

G-Men, as were Van Tassel’s statements

concerning ancient aliens and the saga of

the Ten Commandments. An FBI report

on a lecture Van Tassel gave in Denver,

Colorado, in 1960—titled “Unidentified

Flying Objects” and prepared by an FBI

agent on April 26, 1960—states the

following:

The major part of his lecture was devoted to

explaining the occurrences in the Bible as

they related to the space people.

He said that the only mention of God in the

Bible is in the beginning when the universe

was being made. He said that after that all

references are to “out of the sky” or “out of

heaven.”

He said that this is due to the fact that man,

space people, was made by God [sic] and

that in the beginning of the world the space

people came to the earth and left animals

here. These were the prehistoric animals

which existed at a body temperature of 105

degrees; however, a polar tilt occurred

whereby the poles shifted and the tropical

climates became covered with ice and vice

versa.

After the polar tilt the temperature to sustain

life was 98.6 degrees, which was suitable for

space people, so they established a colony

and left only males here, intending to bring

females at a later date on supply ships. This

is reflected in Adam not having a wife. He

said that Adam was not an individual but a

race of men.

[Van Tassel] said that this race then

intermarried with “intelligent, upright walking

animals,” which race was EVE [sic]. Then

when the space people came back in the

supply ships they saw what had happened

and did not land, but ever since, due to the

origin of ADAM, they have watched over

the people on Earth.

He said that this is in the Bible many times,

such as MOSES receiving the Ten

Commandments.

He

said

the

Ten

Commandments are the laws of the space

people and men on earth only give them

lip service [Note from the author: Italics

mine]. Also, the manna from heaven was

bread supplied by the space people.

He also stated that this can be seen from the

native stories, such as the Indians in America

saying that corn and potatoes, unknown in

Europe, were brought here by a “flaming

canoe.” He said that this can be shown also

by the old stories of Winged Chariots and

Winged White Horses, which came out of the

sky.

He said that JESUS was born of MARY,

who was a space person sent here already

pregnant in order to show the earth people

the proper way to live. He said the space

people have watched over us through the

years and have tried to help us. He said they

have sent their agents to the earth and they

appear just as we do; however, they have the

power to know your thoughts just as JESUS

did. He said this is their means of

communication and many of the space people

are mute, but they train a certain number of

them to speak earth languages.

While those who interpret the Bible

literally will doubtless balk at the

claims of George Van Tassel, Truman

Bethurum, and George Adamski, the fact

is that all three men told stories that

paralleled the biblical saga of the events

at Mount Sinai to near-identical degrees.

Someone, or something, has for

thousands of years attempted to enforce

its rules and regulations on the human

race. Whether it was a god, or all-powerful aliens from a far-off star—

system very much depends on one’s

personal belief system—which is the

way things have always been, and,

likely, always will be.

They were a mighty race of people

who, millennia ago, allegedly held

sway over entire swathes of the planet.

They were, in many ways, far more

advanced than our own civilization.

Such was the level of renown that

surrounded this ancient and majestic

culture. Their legend, even today,

continues to live on. More correctly, for

some it does. For others, the entire

matter is one that should be relegated to

the world of folklore and mythology. In

all likelihood, the truth can be found in a

hazy, foggy, combination of the two. We

are talking about the story of the illfated

land, and inhabitants, of Atlantis.

Although countless words and

numerous books have been written on

the rise and fall of Atlantis, they can

almost all be traced back to the work of

none other than Plato, the famous Greek

philosopher who was born around 420

B.C.E.

It was Plato’s Critias that

introduced people to the world of

Atlantis. Plato’s story told of an

unsuccessful attempt by the Atlanteans to

invade and conquer the people of

Athens, the capital of Greece. Although

Critias is presented as fiction, many

researchers of the Atlantis enigma are of

the opinion that Plato had acquired his

information from archaic, secret texts

that told the truth of the astoundingly

advanced society that existed long

before our own.

So the story goes, the ancient gods

of Greece—or space aliens, one can

take one’s pick—elected to apportion

various parts of the planet to equally

various gods. Atlantis’s lord and master

was the god Poseidon. Like so many

other gods that came before and after

him, Poseidon lusted after human, mortal

women—one

young

woman

in

particular, named Cleito. Demonstrating

that the gods were actually as flesh and

blood as the rest of us, Poseidon and

Cleito had a number of children, the first

being a character named Atlas—a man

who had a lengthy reign over Atlantis,

eventually ceding rule to his firstborn.

According to Plato, for a long time

the relationship between the gods and

the Atlanteans was a positive one.

Critias

records

that

for

many

generations, and … as long as the divine

nature lasted in them, they were obedient

to the laws and well-affectioned

towards the god whose seed they were;

for they possessed true and in every way

great spirits, uniting gentleness with

wisdom in the various chances of life

and in their intercourse with one another.

They despised everything but virtue,

caring little for their present state of life,

and thinking lightly of the possession of

gold and other property, which seemed

only a burden to them; neither were they

intoxicated by luxury; nor did wealth

deprive them of their self-control; but

they were sober, and saw clearly that all

these goods are increased by virtue and

friendship with one another, whereas by

too great regard and respect for them,

they are lost and friendship with them.

Sadly, the state of harmony did not

last, as Plato recorded, also in the pages

of Critias:

When the divine portion began to fade away,

and became diluted too often and too much

with the mortal admixture, and the human

nature got the upper hand, they then, being

unable to bear their fortune, behaved

unseemly, and to him who had an eye to see

grew visibly debased, for they were losing

the fairest of their precious gifts; but to those

who had no eye to see the true happiness,

they appeared glorious and blessed at the

very time when they were full of avarice and

unrighteous power.

A definitive wrath of god-style

punishment followed, one in which

Atlantean cities fell, people died in

multitudes,

landscapes

shifted,

volcanoes spewed forth, and finally, the

land of renown sunk beneath the waves

—taking its secrets with it—somewhere

in the Atlantic Ocean. But was the story

of Atlantis really just that—a story—

after all? Or, could it have had a basis in

reality?

The Gre e k philosophe r Plato wrote about the

world of Atlantis in his work Critias.

Such was the fascination with

Plato’s detailed and thought-provoking

saga. It ensured that entire generations of

Atlantis-seekers sought to find the

remains of the legendary land and its

people. In the domain of fiction, Plato’s

Critias clearly inspired Thomas More’s

Utopia—written in 1516—and Sir

Francis Bacon’s circa 1626 novel, The

New Atlantis. Whereas neither More nor

Bacon perceived Plato’s work as being

anything but fiction, others were of a

very different view. The one man who

was largely responsible for bringing the

story of Atlantis to a new and wide

audience—and for promoting the idea

that Plato’s story was based on an

ancient reality—was nineteenth-century

writer and a U.S. congressman from

Minnesota who also served as that

state’s lieutenant governor) Ignatius L.

Donnelly (1831–1901). He wrote, in

Atlantis: The Antediluvian World:

The fact that the story of Atlantis was for

thousands of years regarded as a fable,

proves nothing. There is an unbelief that

grows out of ignorance, as well as a

skepticism which is born of intelligence. The

people nearest to the past are not always

those who are best informed concerning the

past.

In Donnelly’s world, Atlantis was

the inspiration for the biblical Garden of

Eden and for Asgard, the Norse realm of

the Scandinavian gods, such as Thor and

Loki. As for its location, Donnelly

suggested

somewhere

in

the

Mediterranean Sea. He, too, came to

believe that the Atlanteans met a terrible

and almost complete destruction. I say

“almost”

because

Donnelly

also

believed that a few ragged bands of

survivors made their way to what, today,

is Egypt, and laid the foundations for the

civilization that ultimately surfaced

under the rule of the pharaohs.

The New Atlantis is an incomple te utopian nove l

by Sir Francis Bacon that e xpre sse d his hope s for

a world de dicate d to scie nce , dignity, community,

and e nlighte nme nt.

Like Plato, Donnelly told of

Atlantis

being

overwhelmed

by

gargantuan

waves,

something

that,

Donnelly concluded, had inspired the

tales of the Great Flood, as presented in

the pages of the Bible. In turn,

Donnelly’s work prompted other seekers

of Atlantis to seek out the truth, including

James Bramwell ( Lost Atlantis, 1938),

Edgar Cayce (who, in 1959, wrote

Earth Changes), and Charles Berlitz

(author of the 1969 book, The Mystery

of Atlantis).

One problem, more than any other,

has hindered the quest to resolve the

conundrum that is Atlantis: its location.

Many investigators of the Atlantis

legend have followed the leads of Plato

and Donnelly by suggesting Atlantis was

somewhere in the Atlantic Ocean or the

Mediterranean

Sea.

Cyprus,

enlightenment.

Crete,

Malta,

and

Sardinia have all been offered as viable

locations. The Crete theory is a

particularly engaging one: history has

demonstrated that around 1500 B.C.E. the

Minoan culture, on the island of Crete,

was nearly obliterated by a powerful

tsunami. Logically, Crete is a good

candidate. There is, however, one big

problem: the more that researchers,

adventurers,

authors,

and

scholars

looked into the Atlantean tales, the more

the time frame was pushed back, and

back … and back.

For example, in his 1969 book,

Atlantis: The Truth behind the Legend,

Angelos

Georgiou

Galanopoulos

suggested that the stories of Atlantis

were distorted accounts of a cataclysmic

event that occurred more than 9,000

years ago. It was a theory that took hold

of the minds and opinions of many

Atlantis-seekers. The result: nearly half

a century later, the idea that Atlantis

existed in the very remote past—rather

than the relatively recent past—still

holds firm sway.

That Atlantis may have been

swallowed up millennia upon millennia

ago has given rise to other theories for

its final resting place. Rand and Rose

Flem-Ath, for example—the authors of

Atlantis Beneath the Ice—offer the

controversial theory that Atlantis was, in

reality, what today we call Antarctica.

The Flem-Aths push the origins of the

story back even further: to 9600 B.C.E.

And the list of potential sites for

Atlantis doesn’t end there: Turkey,

northern Africa, Ireland, the Canary

Islands, India, and the Andes—the vast

South American mountain range—have

all been offered. In other words, despite

all the research and all the books, we’re

really none the wiser.

In terms of the theory that the

Atlanteans

possessed

astonishing

technologies that might very well have

rivaled—and even surpassed—our own,

it’s necessary to focus on the work of a

controversial man whose following is as

devoted today as it was decades ago:

Edgar Cayce (1877–1945). A product of

the latter part of the nineteenth-century,

Cayce, a prodigious author on all

manner of esoteric topics, had a deep

obsession with Atlantis and its people.

Despite having died in 1945—the final

year of the Second World War—Cayce’s

words on Atlantis are still influencing

today’s seekers of the legendary land.

Ruins of the city of Chania in Cre te are e vide nce

of the Minoan civilization that was de stroye d by a

tsunami around 1500 B.C.E.

Like Ignatius L. Donnelly, Cayce

believed that the remnants of the

Atlantean society seeded what ultimately

became the Egyptian empire. Cayce’s

theories didn’t come from in the field,

archaeological-style probing, however.

Quite the contrary: Cayce asserted he

was nothing less than a reincarnated

Egyptian priest, one Ra Ta, who

oversaw the running of a sacred

Egyptian construction called the Temple

of Sacrifice.

While many of a skeptical nature

dismissed Cayce’s claims, there is one

particularly notable story that deserves

telling. According to Cayce, a vast “hall

of records,” one that contained the full

and unexpurgated story of the rise and

fall of Atlantis, existed in a chamber

buried below the carved, right paw of

the Sphinx, at Giza, Egypt. Decades

later, Robert Schoch, a renowned Sphinx

authority, found, in his own words, what

he described as “clear evidence of a

cavity or chamber under the left paw of

the Sphinx.” That, at the time, Schoch

was unaware of Cayce’s assertions on

this matter makes things even more

remarkable.

In light of the above, it might be

very wise to pay far more attention to

Edgar Cayce’s work, including his

statements relative to what it was,

exactly, that destroyed the Atlanteans.

According to Cayce, Atlantis was not a

small island—as many assume—but a

vast area of land that bordered upon the

size of Europe. The Atlanteans, he

maintained, were highly advanced

people, possessed of fantastic crystals

that provided a near-unique power

source, one that could be used to

provide heat and electricity, and that

could heal numerous ailments and

disease. Cayce said that as the years

passed by, the Atlanteans—once a proud

and upstanding culture—became filled

with what he called “greed and lust” and

inadvertently destroyed themselves via

reckless use of their high-energy

crystals.

A photo of Edgar Cayce from 1910. Cayce

be lie ve d that survivors from Atlantis founde d the

ancie nt Egyptian e mpire .

And the story is still not over.

Cayce famously predicted that, in either

1968 or 1969, Atlantis would finally

rise from the waters and show itself to

one and all. Well, it didn’t quite happen

like that. What did happen, however, is

that in September 1968, and near North

Bimini Island in the Bahamas, something

known as the “Bimini Road” was found.

It shows all the signs of being a half-mile-long

“road,”

one

that

was

intelligently constructed in the very

distant past. While arguments, counter—

arguments,

and

counter-counter

arguments have been made with regard

to whether or not the “road” is man—

made or a curious product of Mother

Nature, that it was discovered in the

same time frame that Edgar Cayce

predicted evidence of Atlantis would, at

last, be found, is—at the very least—

thought-provoking.

We would be wise to consider the

possibility that one day, tens of

thousands of years from now, tales of

our civilization may be perceived as

nothing more than the ravings of lunatics,

born out of folklore and mythology.

A perfect example of how this has

happened in the world of fiction is the

ending of the original Planet of the Apes

movie—made in 1968 and starring

Charlton Heston. Throughout the movie,

Heston’s character—an astronaut named

Taylor—believes he has crash-landed on

an insane world ruled by talking apes. It

is only at the end of Planet of the Apes

that Taylor realizes he has traveled into

the far future, at a time when the human

race is no more. Worldwide nuclear war

was our downfall. How does Taylor

know? He finds the semi-buried remains

of a shattered Statue of Liberty

protruding out of the sands of a new,

battle-scarred

landscape—the

Forbidden Zone, as the apes refer to it.

Maybe, one day, we will finally

find the remnants of the Atlanteans. If we

do, it will provoke a stark and stunning

revelation: we were not the first.

Beyond any shadow of doubt, the Ark

of the Covenant is one of the most

legendary

and

revered

artifacts

described in the pages of the Old

Testament. It’s also one of the most

mysterious biblical artifacts, too. In fact,

so mysterious is the Ark, and the

attendant story that surrounds it, that a

number of widely differing theories have

been presented to try and explain both its

origins and purpose. Each and every one

of the theories has something in

common: they are all highly sensational

and deeply inflammatory.

There is the theory that the Ark was

a two-way communication device, one

that allowed the user to speak with none

other than God himself. Or, as some

researchers conclude, with devious

extraterrestrials posing as deities and

whose sinister agenda was to manipulate

and control the human race. Another

scenario has the Ark as a powerful

weapon, one designed to provoke deadly

electric shocks in those who dared to get

too close to, or meddle with, it. Then

there is the controversial possibility of

the Ark being nothing less than

radioactive. Other theorists suggest that

the Ark had the power to transform

sound

itself

into

a

deadly

and

devastating weapon of war. That there

are so many wildly differing theories

demonstrates only one thing for sure:

thousands of years after it first surfaced,

the Ark of the Covenant remains the

definitive and undeniable mystery that it

was to so many of the ancients

themselves.

We learn of the Ark in the pages of

the Exodus, in which it is presented as a

highly decorated chest. It was designed

to house the sacred stone tablets on

which the Ten Commandments were

written, having been provided to Moses

while on Mount Sinai. Some biblical

scholars believe that Mount Sinai is

located in what, today, is Egypt’s Sinai

Peninsula. Others suggest somewhere in

Saudi Arabia, or in the region of the

ancient city of Petra, in the Kingdom of

Jordan.

But how did the Ark of the

Covenant, itself, come to exist? The

answer is that we don’t know—at least,

not for sure. We are solely reliant upon

ancient texts that have been written,

rewritten, censored, and translated

across thousands of years by multiple

people with equally multiple agendas.

The version accepted by those who

adhere to the teachings of the Christian

God is that around a year after the

Israelites left Egypt behind them and

embarked upon what has become known

as the Exodus, God provided Moses

with the necessary information to

construct the mighty Ark, while the latter

was at the base of Mount Sinai. It was a

creation that instilled awe in all of those

who encountered it. In others, it instilled

death—and

particularly

so

when

touched.

In a 2006 article, titled “ReEngineering the Ark,” and penned for

Fortean Times magazine, researchers

Michael Blackburn and Mark Bennett

note that:

In verses 10–21 [of the Exodus], the

instructions for the Ark are given; it is a

lidless rectangular box construction, made of

Shittim wood, measuring two and a half

cubits long by one and half cubits wide and

high. It is covered in gold over the inner and

outer surfaces, with a gold crown or border

around the top. Four gold rings are then

added to each corner, for the carrying poles.

These are to be made of the same gold—

covered wood, and it is specifically ordered

that they should never be removed.

The Ark of the Cove nant is brought to the

Te mple in Je rusale m in this 1894 illustration by

He nry Dave nport Northrop that appe are d in

Treasures of the Bible.

Given that the Ark of the Covenant

was, essentially, just a chest or box, how

is it possible that—as the Old Testament

states—it apparently played a major role

in the legendary parting of the Red Sea,

something that allowed the fleeing

Israelites to escape the clutches of the

pursuing Egyptian army? And how, also

according to the Old Testament, was the

Ark able to provoke the catastrophic fall

of the walls of Jericho, when the

Israelites began their conquest of

Canaan? The answer is simple and

confounding at the same time: the Ark

wasn’t just a chest or box. It was a great

deal more.

That the walls of Jericho were,

reportedly, brought down in part as a

result of the presence of the Ark of the

Covenant, and that the waters of the Red

Sea were directly parted by the

mysterious powers of the Ark, has led to

an

amazing

and

thought-provoking

theory. It’s one that posits the ancients

possessed a long forgotten, and now

long lost, technology. It was a

technology

based

around

the

manipulation of acoustics, possibly to

near-effortlessly move through the air

the massive stones that were used in the

construction of the Pyramids of Egypt,

the similar Pyramids of South America,

and England’s famous Stonehenge. The

technology, still very much at a

theoretical level in today’s world, has

become known as acoustic levitation.

In their 2009 book, The Resonance

Key, investigators Marie D. Jones and

Larry

Flaxman

describe

acoustic

levitation as a means to introduce “two

opposing

sound

frequencies

with

interfering sound waves, thus creating a

resonant zone that allows the levitation

to occur. Theoretically, to move a

levitating object, simply change or alter

the two sound waves and tweak

accordingly.”

In this process, it would also be

theoretically feasible to use such sound

waves as a sonic weapon (to flatten the

walls of a city, such as Jericho), and as a

means to manipulate and alter the flow

of water (which is precisely what is

alleged to have occurred at the Red

Sea).

The idea that the Ark of the

Covenant was an acoustic weapon of

deadly proportions is a notable one. It’s

an idea that has a number of rivals,

however, all of them eagerly vying for

the top spot.

“I have never bashed the Bible for

its accuracy or inaccuracy but only for

its legitimacy as God’s word,” said Ark

investigator Paul Schroeder, in a 2010

article, “Ancient Aliens and the Ark of

the Covenant.” He takes the view that it

was ancient aliens, rather than an ancient

god, that engineered the Ark of the

Covenant: “There is overwhelming

biblical evidence that the Ark of the

Covenant was structurally designed to

act as both an alien transmitter—

capacitor/weapon. The Ark, lethal if

touched, was used to communicate with

aliens posing as God and it aided

Israelites when it was carried into

battles.”

He

concluded:

“This

machine/weapon technological artifice

was an alien designed three-in-one

communication device set, religious

receptacle

and

weapon

of

mass

destruction.”

The walls of Je richo tumble down in this

illustration by Gustave Doré . According to the

Book of Joshua, the powe r of the Ark was use d

by the Le vite s, who carrie d it around the city

se ve n time s, trumpe ts blaring.

Roger Isaacs, in his book Talking

with God, offers the astounding theory

that the Ark of the Covenant was nothing

less than radioactive. Isaacs said that

while studying the stories of the Ark and

its unique properties, he uncovered a

“startling” use for something that

appears on a number of occasions in the

Old Testament: incense.

Isaacs said in his book:

Throughout history consumers of incense

have used the sweet, smoky fragrance for

mystical rites—but not the ancient Israelites.

For them incense had a very practical,

protective function relative to the Ark of the

Testimony. The Israelite priests were trained

to manufacture and use the Lord’s specified

mixture, not to propitiate the gods, not to

make a nice smell, not to drive away demons

or please kings and pharaohs.

No, the reason was very different,

Isaacs maintains: “Incense was used to

protect the priests and people from

radiation burn. The resinous material

had to be burned to become activated. It

was the protective smoke, not the

fragrance, that made incense effective.”

Others suggest that electricity is the

key to understanding the mysterious—

and very often lethal—properties of the

Ark of the Covenant. They just might be

right.

Michael Blackburn and Mark

Bennett, who have deeply studied the

many and varied legends linked to the

Ark, say that “the biblical Ark of Moses,

the lost golden treasure that once stood

in the Tabernacle in the wilderness of

Sinai,” and “the same Ark that led

Moses and his followers into the

Promised Land and stood in the

legendary Temple of Solomon,” was

nothing less than “a Leyden Jar, a device

capable of producing thousands of volts

of static electricity!”

And what, precisely, is a Leyden

jar? In simple terminology, it is a device

that is able to retain static electricity via

two pairs of electrodes, one positioned

on the outside of, and the other on the

inside of, a glass jar. In that sense, the

Ark of the Covenant may have been a

powerful early capacitor, one created by

ancient man, long before electricity was

on anyone else’s radar. Such a

controversial theory may one day prove

to be not quite so controversial after all.

Researcher David Meyer stated in

“Ark of the Covenant: Lost Technology”:

“For centuries, the Ark was viewed as a

mystical object from God, beyond the

knowledge of man. However, that

changed on September 9, 1915, when the

famous scientist Nikola Tesla published

an article entitled The Wonder World to

be Created by Electricity.”

A Le yde n jar is a glass jar line d on the outside

(A) and inside (B) with me tal foil. The top of the

jar has no foil so as to pre ve nt the re le ase of

e le ctrical charge ge ne rate d by the me tal

e le ctrode inse rte d into it. It was inve nte d in the

e ighte e nth ce ntury, but some spe culate that the

Ark was actually a type of Le yde n jar.

Within the pages of his article,

Tesla, an undeniable genius, and a man

way ahead of his time, brought up the

matter of the controversy surrounding the

Ark of the Covenant:

Moses was undoubtedly a practical and

skillful electrician far in advance of his time.

The Bible describes precisely and minutely

arrangements constituting a machine in which

electricity was generated by friction of air

against silk curtains and stored in a box

constructed like a condenser. It is very

plausible to assume that the sons of Aaron

were killed by a high tension discharge.

But, how—and when—could the

ancients have developed electricity, or

at least a degree of understanding of it

and its life-threatening effects? Let’s

take a look at what has become known

as the Baghdad Battery, an amazing

artifact that appears to demonstrate the

ancients had far more than a passing

knowledge of electricity.

“The enigmatic vessel,” said author

Mark Pilkington, of the Baghdad Battery,

in a 2004 paper, “Ancient Electricity”:

was unearthed by the German archaeologist

Wilhelm Koenig in the late 1930s, either in

the National Museum or in a grave at Khujut

Rabu, a Parthian (224 B.C.E.-226 C.E.) site

near Baghdad (accounts differ). The

corroded earthenware jar contained a copper

cylinder, which itself encased an iron rod, all

sealed with asphalt. Koenig recognized it as a

battery

and

identified

several

more

specimens from fragments found in the

region.

Koenig was almost certainly not

wrong, as Pilkington demonstrates in his

paper:

Following the war, fresh analysis revealed

signs of corrosion by an acidic substance,

perhaps vinegar or wine. An American

engineer, Willard Gray, filled a replica jar with

grape juice and was able to produce 1.5–2

volts of power. Then, in the late 1970s, a

German team used a string of replica

batteries successfully to electroplate a thin

layer of silver—electroplating being a

process that utilizes an electric current to

coat the surface of one kind of metal with

another.

Somewhere, in this tangled mass of

theories, the truth of the Ark of the

Covenant might very well lurk. The

biggest problem in solving the riddle is

that, today, the Ark cannot be found—

anywhere.

This movie prop of the Ark of the Cove nant was

use d in the 1951 film David and Bathsheba.

Similar to the one use d in the more re ce nt

Raiders of the Lost Ark it was de signe d base d on

biblical accounts of the Ark.

The Lumba people of South Africa

believe that the Ark is hidden deep

inside an ancient cave, somewhere in

South Africa’s Dumghe Mountains. On a

similar path, biblical scholars point to

an undiscovered cave on Jordan’s Mount

Nebo. Ireland’s Hill of Tara—where

numerous ancient artifacts have been

found, many dating back to the

beginnings of the Iron Age, 1200 B.C.E.—

has also been suggested as a candidate.

A

place

of

secret

safekeeping,

somewhere in the Ethiopian city of

Axum, has also been suggested, one

where the Ark is guarded with a near

paranoid zeal by elements of the

Ethiopian Orthodox Church. On the

conspiratorial front, there’s the idea that

the Ark sits in a heavily guarded vault

within the likes of Fort Knox or Area 51.

In that sense, the final scenes of the 1981

Indiana Jones movie, Raiders of the

Lost Ark, might not have been too wide

of the mark when they showed the Ark

locked away by the U.S. government in a

secret warehouse.

The unfortunate reality is that until,

or unless, the Ark of the Covenant finally

surfaces, we will never really know if

the enigmatic, legendary device was the

work of God, extraterrestrials, or just

regular people with far more scientific

and technical savvy than we currently

credit them possessing.

In the final, memorable scenes of

Steven Spielberg’s acclaimed 1977

movie, Close Encounters of the Third

Kind, a huge spacecraft descends to

earth, in a remote location, where

humans and aliens meet in just about the

most direct way possible—hence the

movie’s

unforgettable

title.

As

astonishing as it may sound, just such a

thing may have happened in the real

world, albeit thousands of years ago.

Even more astonishing, it’s to the pages

of none other than the Bible we have to

turn to learn about this extraordinary and

controversial

incident.

The

story

revolves around a man named Ezekiel

and his close encounter with what

sounds eerily like a classic flying

saucer.

Before we get to the potentially

otherworld event itself, let’s take a look

at the life of the man in question. What

we know of Ezekiel is fairly limited, but

it does provide us with valuable insight.

The data comes from the Book of

Ezekiel, which is written in the author’s

very own, astounding words. Ezekiel,

the Old Testament tells us, was the son

of a man named Buzi and someone born

into an upper-class, Jewish family in a

place referred to as Anathoth. While

there is a fair amount of significant

dispute amongst biblical scholars about

the actual location of Anathoth, some

have suggested that it is an ancient name

for what, today, is Abu Ghosh, a town

situated in Israel, around six miles

outside the city of Jerusalem.

Nebuchadnezzar II was the king of

what, at the time of Ezekiel’s encounter,

was called the Neo-Babylonian Empire.

It came to the fore in 626 B.C.E. and

lasted until 539 B.C.E. As the ruler of

Babylonia, in 597 B.C.E. Nebuchadnezzar

ordered his armies to banish into exile

no less than 3,000 Jews, all of the

Kingdom of Judah. That included

Ezekiel, at the time, around twenty-five

years of age, as well as his wife—both

of whom were sent to Babylon.

Unfortunately, Ezekiel’s wife was not

long for this world—she was dead less

than a decade after their period of time

in exile began. It was roughly half way

through the exile, when Ezekiel was

thirty, that he had a profound, life—

changing experience. It might just have

been an encounter with beings born on

another world, in another galaxy even.

Ezekiel’s words make it very clear

that he perceived the experience to be

nothing less than a close encounter with

God, himself. Others take a far different

stance, saying it had far less to do with a

literal deity and far more to do with

highly advanced entities from a faraway

world. Let’s see what Ezekiel had to say.

In both Chapters 1 and 10 of his book, he

describes his encounter with something

incredible, in graphic terms. Since it’s

important to have a full understanding of

what Ezekiel encountered, the text of his

experience is related in full:

And I looked, and, behold, a whirlwind came

out of the north, a great cloud, and a fire

infolding itself, and a brightness was about it,

and out of the midst thereof as the colour of

amber, out of the midst of the fire.

Also out of the midst thereof came the

likeness of four living creatures. And this

was their appearance; they had the likeness

of a man.

And every one had four faces, and every one

had four wings.

And their feet were straight feet; and the

sole of their feet was like the sole of a calf’s

foot: and they sparkled like the colour of

burnished brass.

And they had the hands of a man under their

wings on their four sides; and they four had

their faces and their wings.

Their wings were joined one to another; they

turned not when they went; they went every

one straight forward.

As for the likeness of their faces, they four

had the face of a man, and the face of a lion,

on the right side: and they four had the face

of an ox on the left side; they four also had

the face of an eagle.

Thus were their faces: and their wings were

stretched upward; two wings of every one

were joined one to another, and two covered

their bodies.

And they went every one straight forward:

whither the spirit was to go, they went; and

they turned not when they went.

As for the likeness of the living creatures,

their appearance was like burning coals of

fire, and like the appearance of lamps: it went

up and down among the living creatures; and

the fire was bright, and out of the fire went

forth lightning.

And the living creatures ran and returned as

the appearance of a flash of lightning.

Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold

one wheel upon the earth by the living

creatures, with his four faces.

The appearance of the wheels and their work

was like unto the colour of a beryl: and they

four had one likeness: and their appearance

and their work was as it were a wheel in the

middle of a wheel.

When they went, they went upon their four

sides: and they turned not when they went.

As for their rings, they were so high that they

were dreadful; and their rings were full of

eyes round about them four.

And when the living creatures went, the

wheels went by them: and when the living

creatures were lifted up from the earth, the

wheels were lifted up. Whithersoever the

spirit was to go, they went, thither was their

spirit to go; and the wheels were lifted up

over against them: for the spirit of the living

creature was in the wheels.

When those went, these went; and when

those stood, these stood; and when those

were lifted up from the earth, the wheels

were lifted up over against them: for the spirit

of the living creature was in the wheels.

And the likeness of the firmament upon the

heads of the living creature was as the colour

of the terrible crystal, stretched forth over

their heads above.

And under the firmament were their wings

straight, the one toward the other: every one

had two, which covered on this side, and

every one had two, which covered on that

side, their bodies.

And when they went, I heard the noise of

their wings, like the noise of great waters, as

the voice of the Almighty, the voice of

speech, as the noise of an host: when they

stood, they let down their wings. (Ezekiel

1:4–24)

As far back as 1964, the UFO

research community was beginning to

realize that what Ezekiel was reporting

may not have been an encounter with

God, after all. W. Raymond Drake

(1913–1989) stated: “The Book of

Ezekiel abounds with references to

chariots

from

heaven

and

to

Extraterrestrials, whom we would class

as Spacemen.”

The late Robert Dione (1922–

1966) was someone who was fascinated

by the story of Ezekiel. A paratrooper in

the Second World War, and a graduate of

the University of Maine, he penned two

books: God Drives a Flying Saucer and

Is God SuperNatural? Of Ezekiel’s

close encounter, Dione said—in the

pages of God Drives a Flying Saucer—

that he, Ezekiel, provided “a remarkably

accurate description of a flying saucer

which visited him as an agent of God …

he describes a device very similar to a

device which has been described

thousands of times in recent years by

flying saucer observers.”

Dione makes a valuable point in his

book: “Had Ezekiel used the same

language to describe a submarine or an

airplane, not a single reader would

doubt that he had seen it … but because

it is a flying saucer that he describes,

many of us prefer to stick our heads in

the sand and dismiss the whole

incident.”

He also had significant things to say

about Ezekiel’s description of the

“cloud” and its apparent occupants. On

the matter of the “wheel” and “the work

of them was like the appearance of the

sea,” Dione said: “… is not Ezekiel

telling us that the device hovered,

rocked and yawed.…?”

The de scription of the prophe t Eze kie l’s vision

from the Bible sounds re markably like an

e ncounte r with alie n be ings.

Dione also comments on the

following from Ezekiel: “When they

went, they went by their four parts: and

they turned not when they went.” Dione

observed: “They could fly sideways,

forward and back without turning; this is

a typical flying saucer characteristic.”

Then there was the issue of these words

from Ezekiel: “… the whole body was

full of eyes round about all the four.”

This led Dione to note, and not without

considerable justification: “Many flying

saucers are reported to have lights

around the rims which to Ezekiel might

have appeared as eyes.”

And as Dione concluded: “So we

see that Ezekiel describes a craft which

came down from the sky with voluble, or

rotating, wheels; it shines like amber and

makes a noise like that of rushing

waters. It yaws and hovers and has lights

around its rims. Surely he’s describing

nothing else than a flying saucer.”

Robert Dione was not the only one

to come to such a conclusion about

Ezekiel’s famous close encounter.

Ancient

astronaut

authority,

Zecharia Sitchin made a notable

contribution to the Ezekiel controversy.

He explained that the Book of Ezekiel

doesn’t just cover Ezekiel’s close

encounter,

but

also

visionary—or

holographic—events,

in

which

extraterrestrials may have revealed to

him their future plans.

In his book Divine Encounters, Sitchin

explained:

Ezekiel was not only miraculously transported

(twice) from Mesopotamia to the Land of

Israel. The second time he was shown, in

what nowadays we would call a ‘Virtual

Reality’ technology, scene by scene, details

of something that did not yet exist—the

future temple; the House of Yahweh that

was to be built according to the architectural

details revealed to Ezekiel in this Twilight

Zone vision.

He further noted in his book:

Visitors to science museums are often

fascinated by the holographic displays in

which two beams project images that when

combined seem to enable one to see an

actual, three dimensional image floating in the

air. Were these kinds of techniques,

undoubtedly far more advanced, used to

enable Ezekiel to see, visit, and even enter

things that were not really there, in physical,

3-D form?

Frank E. Carlisle, who has studied

the story of Ezekiel very closely, notes

that in terms of what is reported within

the pages of the Old Testament, the story

of Ezekiel does not stand alone. There

are other cases that parallel, and which

are very similar to, that of Ezekiel.

Carlisle said, in a 2004 report, “Solving the

Riddle of Ezekiel’s Wheels”:

The Old Testament abounds with texts that

speak of how angels came to the earth in

ancient times riding in heavenly vehicles that

are represented metaphorically as “horses”

and “chariots” of God. Psalm 68:17 is

probably the most definitive example of the

Old Testament “angelic chariot” texts. This

Psalm addresses the chronology of the

Jewish Exodus from captivity in Egypt, their

encampment at Mount Sinai, and the events

that transpired at that time. “The chariots of

God are twenty thousand, even thousands

multiplied: the Lord was among them at Sinai,

in the [heavenly] Temple/Sanctuary.”

Of all the people who looked

deeply into the saga of Ezekiel, certainly

no one highlighted the UFO connections

more than a man named Josef Blumrich

(1913–2002), an engineer who worked

at NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center

in Alabama—where the initial research

on the Saturn launch vehicles for the

Apollo project began. The reason why

Blumrich came to take such an interest in

the story of Ezekiel—which led him, in

1974, to write an entire book on the

subject, The Spaceships of Ezekiel—has

been told by Nephilim authority Scott

Alan Roberts. It’s a story filled with

irony, as Roberts notes, in the following

words from his book, The Rise and Fall

of the Nephilim:

A long-re tire d te st stand for the Saturn V rocke t

at the Marshall Space Flight Ce nte r, whe re Jose f

Blumrich worke d as an e ngine e r. Blumrich was

convince d Eze kie l had se e n an alie n ship.

NASA spacecraft engineer Josef F. Blumrich

had read Erich von Däniken’s Chariots of

the Gods. In the book, von Däniken

described Ezekiel’s vision as none other than

a “flying disk.” Blumrich immediately set

about to disprove von Däniken’s theory, but

upon further investigation found that the

vision in Ezekiel was nearly identical to a

proposed craft that he had invented.

It’s hardly surprising, then, that

Blumrich became fascinated—nearly to

the point of obsession—with trying to

figure out what it was that Ezekiel

encountered; even to the extent that, as a

result of his engineering background,

Blumrich

constructed

scale-models,

based upon Ezekiel’s description of the

phenomenon before him.

Ezekiel researcher Jim Aho noted

in his 2014 article, “Ezekiel’s Wheel,”

that what Blumrich found, “after an

extensive amount of research from an

engineering point of view,” was not

what he had expected to find:

He went from an extreme skeptic to

becoming convinced that the book of Ezekiel

was a real accurate and detailed account of

an encounter with extraterrestrial visitors.

Very interesting coming from a person who is

not a religious zealot by any means and is

about as far as you can get from a gullible

person who might be prone to jump to

conclusions.

Blumrich’s

research

uncovered

something notable in the extreme:

Ezekiel’s famous encounter was not a

solitary event. Ezekiel, said Blumrich,

had no less than four experiences of the

other world type. Of the second event,

Blumrich said, it was “brief and

fragmentary.” The third event, however,

was something else entirely, as Blumrich

demonstrated in a 1974 paper, “The

Spaceships of the Prophet Ezekiel”:

In his account of the third experience one

year after the first Ezekiel narrates a

fascinating event culminating in what seems

to be a maintenance or repair operation on

the spacecraft. A mechanical arm reaches

from a helicopter unit toward the red-hot

area at the lower tip of the main body and

hands a “hot” part of some kind to a member

of the crew on the ground who had been

ordered to take a position near one of the

helicopters. The crewman carries away the

hot pan. A comparison of the temple Ezekiel

describes with a plan of Solomon’s Temple

(still standing at that time) shows that

Ezekiel’s description is of another temple, but

where?

As for Ezekiel’s fourth and final experience,

Blumrich stated:

Ezekiel’s arrival at a large complex of

buildings proves to have been scheduled

because he is awaited by a man wearing

clothing similar to that of the ship’s

commander and who takes the prophet on an

extended tour through the temple. The report

of this encounter, as well as the Book of

Ezekiel, ends abruptly and must be

considered as a fragment.

In finality, Blumrich had to admit:

With these conclusions, I had to declare

defeat; I wrote to Erich von Daniken,

explaining that my attempt to refute his

theory had resulted in a structural and

analytical conformation of a major part of his

hypothesis. Determining the form, dimensions

and functional capabilities of what Ezekiel

saw makes understandable a number of

passages in his text that are otherwise

meaningless; it also aids considerably in

separating the prophetic or visionary parts of

Ezekiel’s book from those concerning

encounters with spaceships.

Did Ezekiel, thousands of years

ago, experience something that, today,

we would consider to be nothing less

than

a

full-blown

extraterrestrial

encounter of the third—and deeply,

profound—kind?

The

problem,

of

course, and the matter of why the entire

issue remains one of such controversy, is

very simple: those who adhere to the

teachings of the Bible insist that we

should take its words as they are written

and not reinterpret them, ad infinitum.

On the other hand, UFO researchers

have suggested that reinterpreting the

words of Ezekiel is essential, since—

given the time frame when the

incident(s) occurred—the man himself

would hardly have been in a position to

understand the concept of what an alien

spacecraft really was, or still is. Like so

many

other

biblical

mysteries,

conspiracies, and secrets—and those

events that fall into all three categories

—the story of Ezekiel continues to

mystify mankind, very much as it did the

man himself, all those centuries ago.

On July 16, 1945, at 5.30 A.M.,

history was made at Alamogordo,

New Mexico. The specific location was

an innocuous stretch of desert on the

White Sands Missile Range (at the time,

called

the

White

Sands

Proving

Ground). That same stretch of desert

was not destined to remain innocuous,

however. Today, it is downright historic.

Code-named “Trinity,” it was the site of

the very first atomic bomb test, and was

the culmination of years of highly

classified work to perfect the ultimate

weapon of mass destruction. The

program itself, the Manhattan Project,

was overseen by a brilliant physicist, J.

Robert Oppenheimer (1904–1967), and

employed thousands of personnel. The

destructive power of the atomic bomb

shocked even those working on the

program—who, it transpires, were far

from sure what the precise effects would

be when the bomb was detonated. They

soon found out.

A crater, no less than 340 feet

across, was carved into the desert floor.

The desert sand melted, turning it into a

radioactive, green colored glass that

was dubbed trinitite. The blast—which

was the equivalent of 19 tons of TNT

detonating at once—was felt more than

200

miles

away,

while

the

accompanying flash that lit up the early

morning sky was visible across much of

New Mexico. To protect the secrecy

surrounding the detonation of the device,

a cover story was put out by the military,

one that assured the press and the local

populace that “a remotely located

ammunitions magazine containing a

considerable amount of high explosives

and pyrotechnics exploded,” adding that

“there was no loss of life or limb to

anyone.”

With the test having succeeded

beyond the wildest dreams of the project

team, the next step was to use the threat

of the awesome power of the bomb as a

means to end the Second World War. The

fighting in Europe had come to its

closure on May 8, 1945. Problematic,

however, was that in the Pacific Theater

the conflict still raged wildly. Seeing

there was a distinct possibility that

battling the Japanese in conventional

fashion would be very costly in terms of

Allied casualties, the U.S. military

elected to do something else: on July 26,

1945, Japan was warned, in no uncertain

terms, that if it did not surrender it

would

face

“prompt

and

utter

destruction.”

They were ominous words, ones

that the Japanese—to their cost—failed

to heed. When Japanese forces continued

to wage war and summarily ignored the

threat, a plan was put into operation that

brought the war to an end in shuddering,

pummeling, fashion. On August 6, 1945,

the Japanese city of Hiroshima was

destroyed by an atomic weapon dubbed

Little Boy. Three days later, the city of

Nagasaki was equally flattened—by an

identical device known as Fat Man.

Faced with the prospect of seeing its

nation systematically wiped off the face

of the planet, Japan surrendered. The

death-count was huge: the combined

fatalities in both cities were estimated to

have been in excess of a quarter of a

million.

It is a testament to the power, and

the devastating effects, of the atomic

bomb—not to mention the fear that such

weapons generate—that it has never

again been used during warfare. But, is

it possible that atomic weapons might

have been used before the Trinity test

and the attacks on Japan? Incredibly, is it

possible that such weapons were used

millennia ago, by highly advanced

civilizations that, today, are perceived

as nothing more than the stuff of legend,

mythology, and folklore?

The website Message to Eagle

notes in a report entitled “Physical

Evidence of Ancient Atomic Wars Can

Be Found WorldWide” that, in the early

1950s,

A V-2 rocke t facility at White Sands Missile

Range in Ne w Me xico. It was at White Sands

whe re the first nucle ar te sts we re conducte d

during World War II.

… archaeologists conducting excavations in

Israel discovered a layer of fused green

glass. The layer was a quarter of an inch

thick and covered an area of several hundred

square feet. It was made of fused quartz

sand with green discoloration, similar in

appearance to the layers of vitrified sand left

after atomic tests in Nevada in the 1950s.

Five years earlier a thin layer of the same

glass was dug up below the Neolithic,

Sumerian and Babylonian strata in southern

Iraq. To the south, the western Arabian

desert is covered with black rocks that show

evidence of having been subjected to intense

radiation. These broken and burned stones

are called “harras” that are strewn over an

area of 7,000 square miles.

Immanue l Ve likovsky was an inde pe nde nt,

Russian scholar who wrote books such as Worlds

in Collision that re inte rpre te d history in

controve rsial ways.

Of these anomalies, Immanuel

Velikovsky (1895–1975), the author of

such books as Worlds in Collision

(1950) and Earth in Upheaval (1955),

noted they were very similar to those

found at the Trinity site, New Mexico, in

1945. He wrote in Earth in Upheaval:

Some single fields are one hundred miles in

diameter and occupy an area of six or seven

thousand square miles, stone lying next to

stone so densely packed that passage through

the field is almost impossible. The stones are

sharp-edged and scorched black. No volcanic

eruption would have cast scorched stones

over fields as large as the harras. Neither

would the stones from volcanos have been so

evenly spread. The absence in most cases of

lava (the stones lie free) also speaks against

a volcanic origin for the stones.…

Similarly,

researcher

Leonardo

Vintini said, in a 2103 article, “Desert

Glass Formed By Ancient Atomic

Bombs?”:

In December 1932, Patrick Clayton, a

surveyor from the Egyptian Geological

Survey, drove between the dunes of the

Great Sand Sea, close to the Saad Plateau in

Egypt, when he heard crunching under the

wheels. When he examined what was

causing the sound, he found great chunks of

glass in the sand.

Vintini continued:

The find caught the attention of geologists

around the world and planted the seed for

one of the biggest modern scientific enigmas.

What phenomenon could be capable of

raising the temperature of desert sand to at

least 3,300 degrees Fahrenheit, casting it into

great sheets of solid yellow-green glass?

David Icke (1952–), who has

studied reports of ancient atomic

warfare in the Pakistan/India area, states

in Children of the Matrix that the stories

are supported by

an amazing find found in the prehistoric

Indian cities of Mohenjo-daro and Harappa.

On the street level were discovered

skeletons, appearing to be fleeing, but death

came too quick. They were found to be

highly radioactive, on a level comparable to

Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Yet there are

absolutely no indications of volcanic activity,

and it appears that both cities were destroyed

at virtually the same time.

In an article titled “The Ancient

Nukes Question: Were There WMDs in

Prehistoric Times?” Micah Hanks, a

noted authority on claims of ancient

nuclear warfare, said of

places like Mohenjo-daro, a once prosperous

ancient city in modern day Pakistan … [that

they appear to] bear trace evidence of some

kind of cataclysmic event in its historic past

that, even by today’s standards, remains

difficult to explain. Granted, if we are to

utilize modern conventions available to us in

the present day, a number of the peculiarities

about this particular location can (and do)

bear remarkable similarity to the aftermath of

a nuclear explosion.

Hanks continues,

The problem, of course, is to attempt to

reconcile with the anomalies of places like

Mohenjo-daro by asserting that nuclear

explosions—the likes of which have been

seen previously only at places like Hiroshima

and Nagasaki during WWII—could have

occurred thousands of years ago.

Hanks adds to his observations:

While I’m hesitant, as many probably should

be, to say there is definitive proof of nuclear

weapons being used in ancient or even

prehistoric times, I don’t think it can be

argued that nuclear events of some variety—

perhaps even naturally occurring—did occur

in Earth’s distant past.

Still, on the matter of India, ancient

anomalies researcher David Hatcher-Childress said:

Another curious sign of an ancient nuclear

war in India is a giant crater near Bombay.

The nearly circular 2,154-metre-diameter

Lonar

crater,

located

400

kilometers

northeast of Bombay and aged at less than

50,000 years old, could be related to nuclear

warfare of antiquity.

The Lonar crate r in India is le ss than 50,000

ye ars old. Re se arche r David Hatche r-Childre ss

(1957–), in his 2014 re port, “Giant Une xplaine d

Crate r Ne ar Bombay,” spe culate s it could be

e vide nce of an ancie nt nucle ar war.

No trace of any meteoric material, etc., has

been found at the site or in the vicinity, and

this is the world’s only known “impact”

crater in basalt. Indications of great shock

(from

a

pressure

exceeding

600,000

atmospheres) and intense, abrupt heat

(indicated by basalt glass spherules) can be

ascertained from the site.

During the course of his research,

Micah

Hanks

uncovered

further

examples of what might amount to prime

examples of ancient, atomic warfare:

One interesting example of this is an article

that was penned by researchers Richard B.

Firestone

and

William

Topping,

titled

Terrestrial

Evidence

of

a

Nuclear

Catastrophy in Paleoindian Times. The

article appeared in Mammoth Trumpet

Magazine’s

March

2001

issue,

and

recounted

curiously

high

levels

of

radiocarbon data gathered from the Great

Lakes Region of the United States.

Indeed, Firestone and Topping

made interesting observations in their

2001 article: “The entire Great Lakes

region (and beyond) was subjected to

particle bombardment and a catastrophic

nuclear

irradiation

that

produced

secondary thermal neutrons from cosmic

ray interactions.”

Concerning this, Hanks notes that

“it was a wide scale nuclear event

dating back to Paleo-Indian times, and

though the authors speculate that a

supernovae might have been the cause

for the event in question, it remains

uncertain exactly what else could

account for such an anomaly.”

The late Philip Coppens (1971–

2012) asked: “In the search for an

advanced ancient civilization, what

would be this ‘best evidence?’” He

answered his own question with the

following, extracted from his 2005

article, “Ancient Atomic Wars: Best

Evidence.”

One possible item that would classify as

“best evidence” exists within the Indus River

Valley, where towns such as Harappa and

Mohenjo Daro flourished in 3000 B.C.E. The

question is why these cities were abandoned.

And one answer that has been put forward is

that the ancient cities might have been

irradiated by an atomic blast.

If true, it would be impossible to ignore the

conclusion that ancient civilization possessed

high technology.

Coppens noted further:

The story begins when a layer of radioactive

ash was found in Rajasthan, India. It covered

a three-square mile area, ten miles west of

Jodhpur. The research occurred after a very

high rate of birth defects and cancer was

discovered in the area.

The levels of radiation registered so high on

investigators’

gauges

that

the

Indian

government cordoned off the region.

Scientists then apparently unearthed an

ancient city where they found evidence of an

atomic blast dating back thousands of years:

from 8,000 to 12,000 years.

Now, we come to what is without

doubt

the

most

fascinating,

and

disturbing, body of evidence relative to

what may very well be a description of

atomic war in the distant past. An

ancient Sanskrit text of an undetermined

age, the Mahabharata, along with the

Ramayana, is an epic saga of life, strife,

adventure, and war in ancient India—

some suggest extremely ancient India.

Suggestions range from 6000 B.C.E. to,

perhaps, even tens of thousands of years

prior to that, as incredible as such a

thing might sound. The relevant portion

of the Mahabharata— which, many

theorists believe, describes an atomic

war, at the height of the Kurukshetra War

that took place in northern India—reads:

… (it was) a single projectile

Charged with all the power of the Universe.

An incandescent column of smoke and flame

As bright as the thousand suns

Rose in all its splendour…

…it was an unknown weapon,

An iron thunderbolt,

A gigantic messenger of death,

Which reduced to ashes

The entire race of the Vrishnis and the

Andhakas.

…The corpses were so burned

As to be unrecognizable.

The hair and nails fell out;

Pottery broke without apparent cause,

And the birds turned white.

After a few hours

All foodstuffs were infected…

.…to escape from this fire

The soldiers threw themselves in streams

To wash themselves and their equipment.

A further extract from the ancient text reads:

Gurkha, flying in his swift and powerful

Vimana hurled against the three cities of the

Vrishnis and Andhakas a single projectile

charged with all the power of the Universe.

An incandescent column of smoke and fire,

as brilliant as ten thousand suns, rose in all its

splendour. It was the unknown weapon, the

iron Thunderbolt, a gigantic messenger of

death.

And what, you may ask, were

Vimanas? They were fantastic craft,

possessed of devastating weapons that

could take to the skies and destroy entire

cities. On the matter of the people of

ancient India possessing such incredible

technology, Colonel Henry S. Olcott, the

cofounder with Helena Blavatsky and

William Quan Judge of the Theosophical

Society said, in an 1881 lecture in

Allahabad:

Ancient Hindus could navigate the air, and

not only navigate it, but fight battles in it like

so many war-eagles combating for the

domination of the clouds. To be so perfect in

aeronautics, they must have known all the

arts and sciences related to the science,

including the strata and currents of the

atmosphere,

the

relative

temperature,

humidity, density and specific gravity of the

various gases.

Professor Ramchandra Dikshitar of

Madras University echoed this (in

“Hindu Wisdom—Vimanas”):

No question can be more interesting in the

present circumstances of the world than

India’s contribution to the science of

aeronautics. There are numerous illustrations

in our vast Puranic and epic literature to

show how well and wonderfully the ancient

Indians conquered the air.

We may never know for sure if, in

the distant past, a civilization not unlike

ours—or, perhaps, more likely not a

worldwide

civilization,

but

one

composed of localized, advanced people

—developed atomic energy, weaponized

it, and then largely wiped themselves

out, to the extent that they became the

stuff of nothing more than legend and

folklore. There is, however, one uncanny

and unsettling factor that links all of

these tales from the distant past with the

events at the Trinity site, Alamogordo,

New Mexico, in the summer of 1945.

An 1888 photo of He le na Blavatsky and Colone l

He nry S. Olcott, two of the founde rs of the

The osophical Socie ty. The y be lie ve d that ancie nt

Hindus had maste re d flight.

It turned out that none other than J.

Robert Oppenheimer had a near-

obsession with those very same ancient

texts that seem to eerily parallel the

events that brought the Second World

War to a tumultuous closing. Only two

days before the Trinity test was

conducted, Oppenheimer was compelled

to read the following from the the

Bhagavad-Gita, which is a significant

portion of the text of the Mahabharata.

The key section in question reads: “In

battle, in the forest, at the precipice in

the mountains, on the dark great sea, in

the midst of javelins and arrows, in

sleep, in confusion, in the depths of

shame, the good deeds a man has done

before defend him.”

In the wake of both the test and the

dropping of the atomic bombs on

Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Oppenheimer

came to view his creation as a definitive

nightmare. He said (in film-footage that

can be viewed at the Atomic archive

website):

We knew the world would not be the same.

A few people laughed, a few people cried,

most people were silent. I remembered the

line from the Hindu scripture, the Bhagavad-

Gita. Vishnu is trying to persuade the Prince

that he should do his duty and to impress him

takes on his multi-armed form and said,

“Now, I am become Death, the destroyer of

worlds.” I suppose we all thought that one

way or another.

Interestingly, Isidor Rabi—who

was an associate of Oppenheimer—

offered the opinion that he was

“overeducated in those fields which lie

outside the scientific tradition, such as

his interest in religion, in the Hindu

religion in particular, which resulted in a

feeling of mystery of the universe that

surrounded him like a fog.”

Now we come to the most

fascinating part of the story; it’s

something that occurred in 1952. Micah

Hanks takes up the story, in a 2012

paper, “Secrets of the Past: Early

Evidence of Nuclear Weapons?”: “…

during a seminar Oppenheimer was

giving at Rochester University on the

development of nuclear weapons, a

college student asked if the blast at

Alamogordo had been the first of its

kind.

Oppenheimer

replied

rather

strangely by saying, ‘Well, yes, in

modern times.’”

Micah Hanks makes an extremely

valuable observation on this issue:

This statement is troubling for a number of

reasons. For one, Oppenheimer seems to be

intimating that there had been other nuclear

explosions in the past that he knew about.

Even if this were indeed found to be the

case, where could any such blast have

occurred, and who would have been

responsible for it? Since Oppenheimer

specifically referenced “modern times,” it

would seem that something akin to the blasts

at Alamogordo, Hiroshima, and Nagasaki had

once transpired at some point earlier in

Earth’s history.

Hank’s research has also shown

that not only was Oppenheimer deeply

fascinated by the Bhagavad-Gita, but

that he was very keen to share its

contents with friends and colleagues—to

the extent that he would give them a gift

of it on birthdays and at holidays. He

also quoted from it at the funeral of none

other than U.S. President Franklin D.

Roosevelt.

Dr. Robe rt Oppe nhe ime r, whose work was ke y to

the de ve lopme nt of the atomic bomb during

World War II, be lie ve d that the Bhagavad-Gita

te xt re ve ale d how ancie nt Indian civilization

wipe d itse lf out with atomic bombs.

Since Hanks has, perhaps, done

more research into this particular, and

particularly controversial, field than

anyone else, it is to him we shall leave

the last word:

Perhaps, as Oppenheimer watched “trinity”

erupted at Alamogordo in 1945, he had

known all along that he was observing a re—

telling of a story so ancient it has been long—

forgotten by most today … and yet, strangely,

it served as the very impetus for something

hellish and devastating; and a creation he

would be best remembered for.

In terms of American history, 2003

will be remembered as the year in

which the controversial war in Iraq

commenced. While most of the world’s

media focused its attention on the

hostilities themselves, something else

was going on, something very intriguing

and, ultimately, something saturated in

conspiracy

theories.

It

was

the

widespread pillaging of the National

Museum of Iraq, which is situated in the

city of Baghdad. It’s a huge facility, one

that is home to countless, unique items of

archaeological, religious, and historical

importance—and many of which date

back to 3000 to 4000 B.C.E. Collectively,

they help paint a picture of life and

culture in the Middle East thousands of

years ago.

It’s intriguing to note that when it

became clear that a United States-driven

assault on Iraq was in the cards, the

American Council for Cultural Policy

(ACCP)

requested

that

something

— anything—be done to ensure that

those very same items of antiquity didn’t

end up in the wrong hands or, worse

still, destroyed. It transpires that the

ACCP’s concerns were well-placed;

very well-placed, to the extent that staff

may have known that someone was about

to target the museum for their own secret

reasons. Their nightmares came true

when, during the second week of April

2003, and over approximately a forty-eight-hour period, the museum was in

chaos: looters overwhelmed the staff

and thousands of items were stolen. But,

were the raids entirely the work of

random actions, or was something else

going on? And if so: what and why,

exactly?

There was both dismay and

surprise when the ACCP’s request that

the U.S. government help to secure the

National Museum of Iraq was rejected,

because of claims that, at the height of

battle, nothing could be guaranteed. Of

course, that all makes perfect sense:

after all, when lives were in danger,

very few would be focusing their

attentions on preserving millennia-old

pots and carvings. Nevertheless, this

situation gave rise to an interesting

scenario on the part of conspiracy

theorists: they concluded that the lack of

protection for the museum was part of a

secret plot to raid it of certain archaic

items of astonishing proportions.

It was only, and specifically, after

the raids of April 2003 that the sheer and

shocking scale of the looting became

apparent. It was thanks to the efforts of

the

U.S.

Marine

Corps’

Colonel

Matthew Bogdanos that the seriousness

of the situation became clear. Colonel

Bogdanos was the man with the

extensive, and even daunting task of

trying to figure out what had been taken.

By the turn of 2004, Bogdanos’s team

had been able to say with certainty that

several dozen important items had been

taken from the museum’s publicly open

areas. Far more intriguing, however,

was what was taken from those parts of

the museum that were not open to the

public.

They totaled, somewhat shockingly,

in excess of 2,500 artifacts—all of

historical and archeological importance.

While many were ultimately recovered

—thanks to good intelligence data and

the U.S. military’s dedication to the task

at hand—a large number was not. It was

not without a great deal of significance

when Colonel Bogdanos said (see “A

Conversation

with

Matthew

F.

Bogdanos”): “It is inconceivable to me

that the basement was breached and the

items

stolen

without

an

intimate

insider’s knowledge of the museum.

From there about 10,000 pieces were

taken. We’ve only recovered 650,

approximately.”

U.S. Marine Colone l Matthe w Bogdanos was

assigne d the task of figuring out just what had

be e n pillage d from the National Muse um of Iraq

in 2003.

Staff at the museum said that the

missing items included,

… the Warka Vase, a Sumerian alabaster

piece more than 5,000 years old; a bronze

Uruk statue from the Akkadian period, also

5,000 years old, which weighs 660 pounds;

and the headless statue of Entemena. The

Harp of Ur was torn apart by looters who

removed its gold inlay.

Museum

employees

continued:

“The

Entemena

statue,

which

is

estimated to be 4,400 years old, is the

first significant artifact returned from the

United States and by far the most

important piece found outside Iraq.

American officials declined to discuss

how they recovered the statue.”

So, what might those thousands of

items, that never resurfaced, have been?

To answer that question, it’s necessary to

take a look at the history of the National

Museum of Iraq.

It’s notable that, even from its very

earliest of years, the National Museum

of Iraq was steeped in matters relative to

secrecy,

intrigue,

and

government

activity. It was largely all thanks to a

woman named Gertrude Bell. As well as

being a noted archaeologist, Bell

worked in the secret field of espionage

with British Intelligence during the First

World War. Bell, the author of the book

Persian Pictures, did not wish to see the

growing collection of ancient artifacts

that were being found all across Iraq end

up spread all across the planet, and so,

she took matters into her own hands.

As a result, in 1922, Bell handed

just about all that she could over to the

Iraqi government. The collection of

items—most of which dated back

thousands of years—was relocated to an

official facility of the Iraqi government;

that is until 1926, when what was titled

the Baghdad Antiquities Museum was

created. Exactly forty years later, the

museum was renamed the National

Museum of Iraq and given a brand new

location, east of the Tigris River. Thus

was born the place that, in 2003, was

subjected to widespread looting of just

about everything that had been collected

since the time of Gertrude Bell.

The National Muse um of Iraq in Baghdad was

damage d and raide d during the 2003 war. Many

ancie nt national tre asure s we re loote d.

Re se arche r Jim Marrs spe culate d one of the

ite ms take n might have be e n the myste rious

white powder gold me ntione d as manna in the

Bible .

But, if the looting of the museum

was

steeped

in

matters

of

a

conspiratorial nature, rather than simply

because of the chaos and turmoil of

warfare, what might the thieves have

been looking for? It’s possible that the

operation may have been designed to try

and find the secret for the one thing that

each and every one of us, at some time

or

another,

has

surely

craved:

immortality. It’s a theory that has been

promoted by Jim Marrs, noted for his

research and writings in a wide variety

of fields, including 9/11, the JFK

assassination, and UFOs.

Jim Marrs has suggested that

someone within the U.S. government had

a secret agenda in place when the war

on Iraq began. It was an agenda that had

at its heart a quest to find white powder

gold. As for what, precisely, white

powder gold is, or may be, Marrs muses

on the possibility that it’s the legendary

manna from Heaven.

Exodus 16: 1–15 stated:

And they took their journey from Elim, and all

the congregation of the children of Israel

came unto the wilderness of Sin, which is

between Elim and Sinai, on the fifteenth day

of the second month after their departing out

of the land of Egypt.

And the whole congregation of the children

of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron

in the wilderness:

And the children of Israel said unto them,

Would to God we had died by the hand of the

LORD in the land of Egypt, when we sat by

the flesh pots, and when we did eat bread to

the full; for ye have brought us forth into this

wilderness, to kill this whole assembly with

hunger.

Then said the LORD unto Moses, Behold, I

will rain bread from heaven for you; and the

people shall go out and gather a certain rate

every day, that I may prove them, whether

they will walk in my law, or no.

And it shall come to pass, that on the sixth

day they shall prepare that which they bring

in; and it shall be twice as much as they

gather daily.

And Moses and Aaron said unto all the

children of Israel, At even, then ye shall

know that the LORD hath brought you out

from the land of Egypt:

And in the morning, then ye shall see the

glory of the LORD; for that he heareth your

murmurings against the LORD: and what are

we, that ye murmur against us?

And Moses said, This shall be, when the

LORD shall give you in the evening flesh to

eat, and in the morning bread to the full; for

that the LORD heareth your murmurings

which ye murmur against him: and what are

we? your murmurings are not against us, but

against the LORD.

And Moses spake unto Aaron, Say unto all

the congregation of the children of Israel,

Come near before the LORD: for he hath

heard your murmurings.

And it came to pass, as Aaron spake unto the

whole congregation of the children of Israel,

that they looked toward the wilderness, and,

behold, the glory of the LORD appeared in

the cloud.

And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,

I have heard the murmurings of the children

of Israel: speak unto them, saying, At even

ye shall eat flesh, and in the morning ye shall

be filled with bread; and ye shall know that I

am the LORD your God.

And it came to pass, that at even the quails

came up, and covered the camp: and in the

morning the dew lay round about the host.

And when the dew that lay was gone up,

behold, upon the face of the wilderness there

lay a small round thing, as small as the hoar

frost on the ground.

And when the children of Israel saw it, they

said one to another, It is manna: for they

wist not what it was. And Moses said unto

them, This is the bread which the LORD

hath given you to eat.

Manna may also have been the

legendary amrita, which was a life-extending form of nectar that was first

referred to in the pages of the Rig Veda,

a collection of hymns dating back to the

second millennium B.C.E. In 2009, the

Ambrosia Society noted in an article at

its website, “Ambrosia & Nectar”: “In

the Rig Veda Hymns, Soma, Amrita and

Nectar are found as descriptive terms

for the same ‘plant/God/drink’ so the

Soma or ‘pressed’ drink was Amrita or

‘without death’ and it was also the nectar

or ‘death overcoming.’”

Then there is ambrosia, described

by the Ambrosia Society like this:

“ambrosia” is derived from the Greek

ambrotos, where a-means “not” and

mbrotos is “mortal.” The literal

translation of ambrotos into English

would be the word “a-mortal in which

a- means “not” and mortal means

“death.” In Greek mythology ambrosia is

sometimes the food, sometimes the

drink, of the gods, often depicted as

conferring ageless immortality upon

whomever consumes it.

If at least a part of the mission in

Iraq was to find the legendary manna, it

clearly wouldn’t have been just to

provide food, as described in Exodus

16. Legend suggests that manna—also

known as the “bread of presence”—may

have

possessed

life-extending

properties, which might have allowed

for the extension of human life to

incredible ages. They might well have

been ages reached by the ancient, mighty

men of the Old Testament, such as

Methuselah and Noah, both of whom

reputedly lived for close to a thousand

years.

Should that prove to be too difficult

for many to swallow, consider the

following: only months before the

dawning of the twenty-first century,

digging outside of the city of Baghdad

revealed numerous artifacts that dated

back to the time of King Gilgamesh, who

reigned from around 2500 B.C.E. What is

particularly notable about Gilgamesh is

not so much where he reigned in Iraq,

but for how long: in excess of 120 years.

If the legends are true, and

Gilgamesh really did reign for such a

long period (something that does not take

into account how long he lived before he

was crowned), then anyone with a

vested interest in trying to understand the

secrets of immortality would likely take

a deep interest in those items excavated

in 1999. They very possibly did exactly

that: when the stash of artifacts from the

reign of Gilgamesh was found it was

taken to—of course—the National

Museum of Baghdad. Certain key items

from that very same excavation went

missing in 2003, never to be seen again,

despite all the efforts of the U.S. military

team that investigated the lootings.

Is a secret, elite, body of powerful

individuals doing its utmost to unravel

the mysteries of why we age? Incredibly,

might they have solved the riddle, not by

digging into today’s fringe science, but

by

unearthing—quite

literally—the

secrets of the past? The events at the

Baghdad-based National Museum of

Iraq in 2003 suggest the answers to both

questions might be: “Yes.”

Within the history and lore of

ancient

Mesopotamia—which

comprised parts of what, today, are

Syria, Iran, Kuwait, Iraq, and Turkey—

the most legendary, revered, unearthly

beings were known as the Anunnaki.

They were entities that, over the last few

decades, have collectively become an

integral part of “ancient astronaut”

research. This is hardly surprising, since

the word “Anunnaki” literally translates

into English as “those who from the

heavens came to earth,” and is taken

from the name of an ancient god of the

skies, Anu. On top of that, Mesopotamia

is acknowledged as being one of the key

places on the planet where human

civilization began.

This has all given rise to the idea

that, far from being the literal deities that

many take them to have been, the

Anunnaki were visiting astronauts, from

a faraway world—ones who tried to

bring stability and culture to the

previously primitive people of Earth—

although specifically for their benefit,

rather than for ours.

Although the Anunnaki have been

depicted as definitively reptilian-like in

appearance, there is also a widely held

belief that they were very human-like in

appearance, but much taller, and perhaps

even in the region of eight to twelve feet

tall. It is this belief that has led to

suggestions that the Anunnaki, and their

half-human offspring, were the legendary

“giants” of the Old Testament.

It has also been suggested that the

Anunnaki were very much a chthonic

body of entities—that’s to say they were

the denizens of a dark underworld. But,

whether they were gods, visitors from a

faraway solar system, or a highly

advanced race of humans that dwelled

deep underground, no one can deny that

they left a profound mark on the people

of Mesopotamia.

Researcher Lawrence Gardner said

of the Anunnaki (in 1999’s Genesis of

the Grail Kings):

Every item of written and pictorial attestation

confirms that the ancient Sumerians were

absolutely sincere about the existence of the

Anunnaki, and those such as Enki, Enlil,

Ninkhursag and Inanna fulfilled earthly

functions with designated community duties.

They were patrons and founders; they were

teachers

and

justices;

they

were

technologists and kingmakers. They were

jointly and severally venerated as archons

and masters, but there were certainly not

idols of religious worship as the ritualistic

gods of subsequent cultures became. In fact,

the word which was eventually translated to

become “worship” was avod, which meant

quite simply, “work.” The Anunnaki presence

may baffle historians, their language may

confuse

linguists

and

their

advanced

techniques may bewilder scientists, but to

dismiss them is foolish. The Sumerians have

themselves told us precisely who the

Anunnaki were, and neither history nor

science can prove otherwise.

There can be no doubt at all that the

dominating player in the development of

the theory that the Anunnaki were ancient

extraterrestrials was the late Zecharia

Sitchin (1920–2010). Over the course of

several decades and numerous books,

Sitchin formulated a startling scenario in

relation to these legendary beings from

afar. He concluded that the Anunnaki

were the inhabitants of a vast, faraway

planet that has been referred to as both

Nibiru and Planet X. Sitchin believed—

rather controversially, it must be

stressed—that Nibiru is actually a

resident of our very own solar-system.

Its orbit around the Sun is so near—

infinitely gigantic, however, that it is

only viewable every few thousand years,

he concluded. Sitchin also believed he

had discovered the exact time-cycle, as

he noted in his book, The 12th Planet:

The Mesopotamian and biblical sources

present strong evidence that the orbital period

of the 12th Planet is 3,600 years. The number

3,600 was written in Sumerian as a large

circle. The epithet for the planet, shar, also

meant “a perfect circle” or “a completed

cycle.” It also meant the number 3,600. The

identity of the three terms—planet/orbit/3,600

—could not be a mere coincidence. The

reign periods (a Sumerian text) are also

perfect multiples of the 3,600 year shar. The

conclusion that suggests itself is that these

shars of rulership were related to the orbital

period shar, 3,600 years.

Sitchin portrayed Nibiru as a planet

very much on its last legs, one whose

atmosphere was degrading—something

that could have spelled the end for the

Anunnaki, had they not chosen to take

certain

actions

that

had

major

implications for us, the human race. The

Anunnaki elected to hold off their

demise by using and exploiting the Earth

and its people to ensure their survival. It

was gold—specifically our gold—that

the Anunnaki needed to stabilize their

fraught situation. The plan was to flood

their planet’s atmosphere with gold dust,

thus keeping deadly ultra-violet rays at

bay.

This image re produce d from ancie nt

Me sopotamian wall art shows what looks like

flying aircraft.

While on Earth, said Sitchin, the

Anunnaki chose to do two things in

particular: (a) they embarked on a

program to turn what amounted to the

human race into a subservient, slave-like

species; and (b) they began to

genetically manipulate us. In part, this

was done via sophisticated science and

technology—perhaps not unlike so-

called gene-splicing techniques that we

are now developing. Then, there was the

tried and tested way that has worked

since time immemorial: sex. That male

Anunnaki were supposedly able to mate

—successfully—with human women

suggests a common, and even more

ancient, lineage and connection between

the two species.

The late Ze charia Sitchin be lie ve d that the

Me sopotamians e ncounte re d the Anunnaki, who

we re alie ns from a plane t in our solar syste m who

wishe d to e nslave humanity.

As for when all of this took place,

the time frame is somewhat confusing.

Sitchin took the view that the initial

Anunnaki journey to our world occurred

more than 400,000 years ago and

resulted in the Anunnaki landing in

certain parts of both Africa and the

Middle East. With outposts constructed,

the

Anunnaki

set

about

their

controversial process of mutating early

Homo Erectus into what, today, is us:

Homo Sapiens. The long-term plan to

create millions of human slaves—all

under the extraterrestrial thumb of their

masters—was well underway. There

was, however, one problem.

Perhaps

unforeseen

by

the

Anunnaki, their tinkering with the human

race and their attempts to upgrade us,

and turn us into robust, unquestioning

slaves, had a side-effect: the human race

grew quickly and spread far and wide,

to the point where we were eventually

seen as troublesome entities, in danger

of becoming unmanageable to the

Anunnaki. The Anunnaki saw an answer

to the problem of the growing human

infestation, however. Around 10,500

B.C.E., concluded Sitchin, Nibiru passed

perilously close to the Earth. Its huge,

gravitational

pull

had

an

overwhelmingly disastrous effect on our

planet, to the extent that it led to a huge,

worldwide flood, as described in

numerous ancient texts, such as the Bible

and the Quran. It also killed millions of

those humans that the Anunnaki were

becoming increasingly concerned about.

Those spared the massive destruction

were then used, in slavish style, to help

create the vast, stone structures of the

Middle East, South America, Central

America, Mexico, India, and Pakistan,

and also to mine for the gold that their

bullying alien masters demanded.

It was Sitchin’s belief that, in the

post-flood era, the Anunnaki decided

that their main base of operations would

be Sumer, which is situated in

Mesopotamia’s southern regions, and

dominated by both the Euphrates and

Tigris rivers. Although conventional

archaeology suggests that Sumer was

inhabited—and well on its way to

becoming one of the earliest, truly

civilized places on the planet—several

thousand years ago, Sitchin suggested the

Sumer people may have been introduced

to the area by the Anunnaki long before

that—or, at the very least, used and even

genetically manipulated to allow them to

technologically

progress

with

phenomenal speed. And, then, said

Sitchin, with their work done, and their

gold harvested, the Anunnaki left. That’s

not quite the whole story, however. The

civilization of Sumer came to its end as

mysteriously as it flourished.

Ancient astronaut proponents have

suggested that the people of Sumer may

have been obliterated by Anunnaki-created atomic weapons. As for why,

perhaps to further keep the human race in

check now that the Anunnaki had secured

all they needed from our world. Or, it

may have been that the conflict was

provoked by warring factions of the

Anunnaki, ones who had gone from

exploiting the human race to fighting

each other.

The official website of Zecharia

Sitchin states, in a paper from Sitchin,

titled The Evil Wind:

At the end of the third millennium B.C.E. the

great Sumerian civilization came to an abrupt

end. Its sudden demise was bewailed in

numerous lamentation texts that have been

discovered by archeologists. The texts

ascribed the calamity to an Evil Wind that

came blowing from the west (from the

direction of the Mediterranean Sea)—a

deathly cloud that caused excruciating death

to all living beings, people and animals alike,

that withered plants and poisoned the waters.

In The Wars of Gods and Men (third book

of The Earth Chronicles series), Zecharia

Sitchin saw an explanation of the sudden

death in a long text known to scholars as The

Erra Epos, that described a chain of events

that ultimately led to the use of “Weapons of

Terror” in a conflict between opposing clans

of the Anunnaki….

Zecharia Sitchin concluded that the Weapons

of Terror were nuclear weapons. Used to

obliterate the spaceport that then existed in

the Sinai Peninsula (and some “sinning cities”

such as Sodom and Gomorrah), the nuclear

cloud then was carried by the prevailing

winds eastward, causing death and desolation

in

the

Lands

Between

the

Rivers

(Mesopotamia)—the empire of Sumer and

Akkad.

Besides claiming that nuclear weapons were

first used on Earth not in the 1940’s in

Hiroshima but thousands of years earlier in

the Near East, Zecharia also pinpointed the

date: 2024 B.C.E.!

Millennia-old texts tell of a

massive and sudden event that occurred

just west of Sumer and that may have

wiped out the people and their culture.

From today’s context, it sounds eerily

like an out of the blue, nuclear strike.

Translated into English, it reads like

this:

On the land [Sumer] fell a calamity, one

unknown to man;

one that had never been seen before,

one which could not be withstood.

A great storm from heaven …

A land-annihilating storm …

An evil wind, like a rushing torrent …

A battling storm joined by a scorching heat

…

By day it deprived the land of the bright sun,

in the evening the stars did not shine …

The people, terrified, could hardly breathe;

the evil wind clutched them, does not grant

them another day …

Mouths were drenched with blood, heads

wallowed in blood …

The face was made pale by the Evil Wind.

It caused cities to be desolated, houses to

become desolate;

stalls to become desolate, the sheepfolds to

be emptied …

Sumer’s rivers it made flow with water that

is bitter;

its cultivated fields grow weeds, its pastures

grow withering plants.

So much for the story of the

Anunnaki in the distant past; it’s now

time to take a trip forward into time to

the very recent past.

In 2003, when the Iraqi war began

—significant portions of which were

fought in what was once Mesopotamia—

a controversial story surfaced that

suggested the saga of the Anunnaki was

not over, after all. It was a story that

came from a UFO researcher and author

named Michael Salla. He claimed to

have uncovered the strands of a fantastic

secret: part of the reason why the war on

Iraq went ahead, said Salla, was

because there were people working

under President George W. Bush who

had stumbled upon stories suggesting

that, somewhere in Iraq, there existed an

ancient Anunnaki device called a star-gate.

In essence, it was a highly

advanced piece of technology that would

allow the user to travel, near—

instantaneously, from one part of the

universe to another—in fact, to just

about anywhere and everywhere. If the

technology could be understood, it

would surely allow the user to

eventually,

and

probably

with

astonishing speed, dominate the entire

planet. So, the race was on to try and

find the star-gate—albeit under the

ingenious guise of a mission to topple

Saddam Hussein.

U.S. Marine s e nte r Saddam Husse in’s palace at

the e nd of the U.S. war with Iraq. Some spe culate

that the re ason for invading Iraq had nothing to

do with “we apons of mass de struction,” but,

rathe r, with some thing e lse much more important

hidde n in that ancie nt land.

Prior to the downfall and death of

Hussein,

Salla

said:

“From

the

perspective of the Bush administration,

control of the Sumerian star-gate would

enable

clandestine

government

organizations to continue their global

campaign of nondisclosure of the ET

presence.”

He continued:

On the part of Hussein Regime, control of

the star-gate would allow him to activate it

and to fulfill prophesy by facilitating the

return of an advanced race of ETs, the elite

Anunnaki.

President

Hussein

probably

imagines that in return for his loyalty to the

elite Anunnaki, he would be rewarded with a

position of great global authority. Perhaps he

would even see himself as some kind of

human savior facilitating the return of the

gods who would solve all of humanity’s

problems, and end the rule of clandestine

government organizations perpetuating nondisclosure of the ET presence.

Of course, such a thing never

happened and, as history has shown us,

Saddam Hussein was thankfully soon no

more. Was the story true? Was a real,

ancient,

Anunnaki-created

star-gate

found by U.S. military personnel at the

height of the Iraq war? Could this, rather

than the overthrow of Saddam Hussein,

have been the primary reason for the

invasion? If the answers are yes, this

begs an even bigger, and far more

serious, question: What if, one day, the

Anunnaki return and decide to take back

that incredible piece of technology…?

As was noted in the previous

chapter, it has been suggested that

the legendary “giants” of the Old

Testament were, in reality, either the

extraterrestrial Anunnaki or, at the very

least, their half-human and half-E.T.

offspring. On this particular issue,

researcher Angela Sangster said in a

2010 paper, “Who Were the Anunnaki?”:

Were the giants spoken of in Genesis actually

aliens from another planet? The Enuma

Elish (the creation story according to the

ancient Babylonians) has many parallels with

the Christian bible. The Book of Genesis

speaks of these giants (also called Nefilim)

who were taught by the Church as having

been angels who came to Earth and

cohabitated with the daughters of Man

(Genesis chapter six). The Book of Enoch,

which was removed from the Christian Bible,

speaks of the resulting hybrids of humans and

these giants, or “watchers.”

Zecharia Sitchin, not surprisingly,

had things to say on this matter, too. He

told Connecting Link magazine:

Who were the Nefilim, that are mentioned in

Genesis, Chapter six, as the sons of the gods

who married the daughters of Man in the

days before the great flood, the Deluge? The

word Nefilim is commonly, or used to be,

translated “giants.”

He continued:

I questioned this interpretation as a child at

school, and I was reprimanded for it because

the teacher said “you don’t question the

Bible.” But I did not question the Bible. I

questioned an interpretation that seemed

inaccurate, because the word, Nefilim, the

name by which those extraordinary beings,

“the sons of the gods” were known, means

literally, “Those who have come down to

earth from the heavens.”

Further evidence of ancient giants

absolutely abounds in the pages of the

Bible, as the website Beginning and

End clearly shows:

When Moses sent his spies to scout the

Promised Land so the children of Israel could

enter it, the spies reported seeing beings

there who were giants. The Bible makes it

abundantly clear that there were races of

people at that time who were so large, that

regular

sized

men

appeared

as

“grasshoppers” before them…. And we see

that when the great servant of the Lord,

Joshua, was sent to conquer the Promised

Land that God commands him to kill all of the

men, women and children of these giant

races. They were to be wiped as if any

remnant of their kind would post a great

danger.

The words of Numbers 13:31

confirm this particular story:

But the men that went up with him said, We

be not able to go up against the people; for

they are stronger than we. And they brought

up an evil report of the land which they had

searched unto the children of Israel, saying,

The land, through which we have gone to

search it, is a land that eateth up the

inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we

saw in it are men of a great stature. And

there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak,

which come of the giants: and we were in

our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we

were in their sight.

Moving on, there is Genesis 6:2–4,

the words of which point in the direction

of cross-breeding between the giant,

alien men, and human women:

That the sons of God saw the daughters of

men that they were fair; and they took them

wives of all which they chose. There were

giants in the earth in those days; and also

after that, when the sons of God came in

unto the daughters of men, and they bare

children to them, the same became mighty

men which were of old, men of renown.

All of this raises an important

question: is it possible that the legendary

giant, Goliath—perhaps the definitive

giant

of

all

time—was

an

extraterrestrial, one of the Anunnaki?

Certainly, the question is a controversial

one. That does not mean, however, that

we should outright dismiss it.

The Old Testament story of

Goliath’s death, at the hands of David

(who ultimately went on to become the

second king of the United Kingdom of

Israel and Judah), is a well-known and

thought-provoking one. It can be found in

Samuel 1, chapter seventeen. It tells of a

violent confrontation between Philistine

forces and those of the Israelites—at the

Valley of Elah, which is located on

Palestine’s West Bank, near the city of

Hebron.

So the story goes, for no less than

forty days, the most feared soldier of the

Philistines, Goliath, taunts, goads, and

dares the Israelites to send a solider to

try and defeat him. Goliath asserts that

whoever wins—he or the chosen

Israelite—will also decide the outcome

of the entire battle. The stakes, then, are

high in the extreme. David is the only

one who dares to take on the mighty

giant. And he does so in a decidedly

alternative fashion: whereas Goliath is

heavily armored and equipped with a

large shield and a powerful, razorsharp

sword, David elects to arm himself with

nothing more than a sling and a handful

of stones.

Many pe ople are familiar with the biblical story of

how David sle w the giant Goliath, but is it more

than a story? Could the re re ally have be e n giants

living with ordinary humans?

As told in 1 Samuel 17:38–50:

And Saul armed David with his armour, and

he put an helmet of brass upon his head; also

he armed him with a coat of mail.

And David girded his sword upon his armour,

and he assayed to go; for he had not proved

it. And David said unto Saul, I cannot go with

these; for I have not proved them. And

David put them off him.

And he took his staff in his hand, and chose

him five smooth stones out of the brook, and

put them in a shepherd’s bag which he had,

even in a scrip; and his sling was in his hand:

and he drew near to the Philistine.

And the Philistine came on and drew near

unto David; and the man that bare the shield

went before him.

And when the Philistine looked about, and

saw David, he disdained him: for he was but

a youth, and ruddy, and of a fair

countenance.

And the Philistine said unto David, Am I a

dog, that thou comest to me with staves?

And the Philistine cursed David by his gods.

And the Philistine said to David, Come to me,

and I will give thy flesh unto the fowls of the

air, and to the beasts of the field.

Then said David to the Philistine, Thou

comest to me with a sword, and with a spear,

and with a shield: but I come to thee in the

name of the LORD of hosts, the God of the

armies of Israel, whom thou hast defied.

This day will the LORD deliver thee into

mine hand; and I will smite thee, and take

thine head from thee; and I will give the

carcases of the host of the Philistines this day

unto the fowls of the air, and to the wild

beasts of the earth; that all the earth may

know that there is a God in Israel.

And all this assembly shall know that the

LORD saveth not with sword and spear: for

the battle is the LORD’s, and he will give you

into our hands.

And it came to pass, when the Philistine

arose, and came and drew nigh to meet

David, that David hasted, and ran toward the

army to meet the Philistine.

And David put his hand in his bag, and took

thence a stone, and slang it, and smote the

Philistine in his forehead, that the stone sunk

into his forehead; and he fell upon his face to

the earth.

So David prevailed over the Philistine with a

sling and with a stone, and smote the

Philistine, and slew him; but there was no

sword in the hand of David.

Those who accept the Bible

precisely and unswervingly might be

inclined to suggest that Goliath was

simply a tall man; a giant possessed of

such incredible fighting skills and

appearance that they made him feared

throughout the land. There are, however,

reasons why we should conclude that

Goliath’s reputation was based around

much more than that. Although the Dead

Sea Scrolls provide a height for Goliath

of six feet and nine inches, additional

ancient texts state that his height was just

a few inches short of an astonishing ten

feet. Six feet nine is not at all unheard of

in today’s world—check out the average

basketball team. Ten feet, however, most

assuredly is.

The tallest, and undisputed, man on

record is Robert Wadlow. A disorder of

the pituitary gland caused Wadlow of

Alton, Illinois, to grow to a height of

eight feet eleven inches. The disorder

also took his life at just twenty-two

years old, in 1940. Moreover, Wadlow’s

height and weight had major, adverse

effects on his legs—which had to be

supported by braces at all times, causing

him to slowly shuffle as he walked. In

addition, Wadlow was plagued by

infections in his legs, feet, and ankles. In

other words, for the average human,

really immense heights result in major

problems. In short, we are not

genetically programmed to reach such

heights. And, when and if we do, the

results are never positive.

Robe rt Wadlow had a pituitary disorde r that

cause d him to grow to a he ight of ne arly nine

fe e t. Many physical ailme nts came with his

he ight, de monstrating that be ing that large is not

practical for human be ings.

All of this is in sharp contrast to

Goliath, who, we are told, was a

powerful, skilled warrior. In addition,

his immense size did not appear to have

been caused by a disorder—of the

pituitary gland or, indeed, of anything

else. The description of Goliath is

simply that of an immense, well—

proportioned giant, one who was around

a foot taller than anyone else in the

entirety of recorded history. In view of

that, we might want to give careful

consideration to the possibility that

when David ended the life of Goliath, he

also took the life of someone who was

not entirely human.

In November 1991, a Nebraskan priest

named Ray Boeche had a clandestine

meeting with a pair of physicists

working on a top secret program for the

U.S. Department of Defense. Both men

were deeply worried and were looking

for advice and guidance from Boeche on

the project in which they were

immersed. The classified operation

revolved around attempts by the DoD to

contact what were termed “NonHuman

Entities,” or NHEs. Most people might

call them extraterrestrials, aliens, or in

terms of the field of Ufology and popular

culture—“the Grays.” For a while, the

DoD referred to them in those terms, too.

But not for long: as Ray Boeche listened

carefully and concerned by what his

Deep Throat sources told him, he came

to realize that the Pentagon was dabbling

in decidedly dangerous areas.

The scientists explained to Boeche

that the contact with the NHEs was not

achieved on a face-to-face basis but,

rather,

in

mind-to-mind

fashion.

Telepathy, ESP, and channeling were the

primary ways by which interaction

occurred.

But,

as

the

program

progressed,

something

ominous

occurred: it was as if a dark cloud

descended on all those tied to the

program. Bad luck, illness, and even

death blighted the members of the team.

Such was the extent of the negativity that

surrounded the operation that the DoD

had come to a startling and disturbing

conclusion.

Although the DoD had initially

assumed the entities they were dealing

with were extraterrestrial, over time that

view

changed

significantly

and

dramatically. Indeed, within seven or

eight months of the commencement of the

project, the scientists on board came to

believe that they were not dealing with

aliens from faraway galaxies, but with

highly

dangerous,

deceptive,

manipulative demons—as in literal

demons from a literal Hell.

The UFO presence on our planet,

the Pentagon group believed, was

designed to seduce us into believing

aliens were amongst us, when the reality

—as they saw it—was that we were

being led to accept that belief as a means

to allow Satan’s minions to get his claws

into us. Such was the concern on the part

of the DoD about their actions—namely

opening a door or a portal to something

monstrous and malignant—that it began

digging deep into the ancient past for the

answers to the UFO puzzle. It was

ancient demons, rather than ancient

aliens, that tasked the finest minds of the

Pentagon.

As incredible as it might sound,

those attached to the Pentagon program

consulted numerous early texts and

books that addressed the field of

demonology, chiefly to try and figure out

the extent to which the UFO phenomenon

—some of it or, perhaps, even all of it—

was the result of demonic activity and

attendant satanic deception. A great deal

of time was spent studying numerous

books

on

ancient

and

modern

demonology, including John Deacon and

John Walker’s 1601 work, Dialogical

Discourses of Spirits and Devils,

Reginald C. Thompson’s Devils and

Evil Spirits of Babylonia, and Edward

Langton’s Essentials of Demonology.

The Deacon and Walker book

presented to its readers a long and

complicated history of demonology, the

means by which demons could get their

grips into easily manipulated people,

and the deceptive nature of these unholy

creatures—all of that was unsettlingly

familiar to the Department of Defense

team.

As for Reginald C. Thompson’s

book, this was the one title, more than

any other, which deeply influenced the

mindset of the Pentagon project.

Thompson had an intriguing background:

as a nineteenth-century archaeologist, he

spent a great deal of time excavating the

remains of the ancient city of Nineveh,

which features prominently in the Old

Testament story of Jonah and the whale

—about which there will be more in a

later chapter. Thompson also excavated

at Carchemish, where, in 605 B.C.E., the

soldiers of the Egyptian pharaoh Necho

II were destroyed by the troops of

Babylonia’s Nebuchadnezzar II. In terms

of all things demonic, it was in the

direction of ancient Babylonia that most

of Thompson’s research headed.

Of

particular

fascination

to

Thompson were the stories he collected

of predatory, supernatural entities that

invaded

the

bedrooms

of

the

Babylonians. Thompson noted that

practically all cultures had their own

equivalents, most famously the incubus

and the succubus: malevolent entities

that can take on male or female form,

they sexually violate their victims in the

dead of night. For the Pentagon, this was

very familiar territory: they saw deep

parallels

between

the

ancient

Babylonian

incubi

encounters

and

today’s so-called alien abductions,

which also predominantly occur in the

middle of the night, and which have

major sexual components, too. Today’s

allegedly intergalactic abductors, the

DoD concluded, were really the incubi

of old, remodeled and camouflaged for a

new era, but with the same agenda: to

use, abuse, deceive, and manipulate the

human race.

The Department of Defense team

also spent countless hours reviewing

Emil Schneweis’s Angels and Demons

According to Lactantius. The Lactantius

of the title was a Christian writer who

was born around 230 to 240 C.E. in

Africa. He firmly believed that the

whole purpose of this bizarre and

disturbing interaction with the people of

Earth had just one goal: the enslavement

of the human soul.

An image of Lactantius from an old fre sco.

Lactantius was a Christian write r who live d

during the third ce ntury C.E. and be lie ve d incubi

we re trying to e nslave human souls.

The Pentagon also took great note

of the books of Dr. Merrill F. Unger. A

prestigious writer of dozens of books—

and someone who obtained A.B. and

Ph.D.

degrees

at

Johns

Hopkins

University and his Th.M. and Th.D.

degrees at Dallas Theological Seminary

—one title of Unger’s that the

Department of Defense team studied in

detail was his 1971 book, Demons in

the World Today. In the pages of his

book, Unger recorded:

Believers can be hindered, bound, and

oppressed by Satan and even indwelt by one

or more demons, who may derange the mind

and afflict the body. One woman, who

excelled in the gift of intercessory prayer,

was nevertheless constantly the center of a

disturbance because of lack of tact and

wisdom, due apparently to some alien spirit

indwelling her. The writer remembers well

the occasion of a prayer meeting when this

woman was delivered from this evil spirit, as

she and a group of us were on our knees in

intercession. All of a sudden, as she quietly

prayed, the demon in her gave an unearthly

yell that could be heard for a block and came

out of her, frightening the group almost out of

their wits. After falling into an unconscious

state for a minute or two, the woman

regained consciousness and rose to her feet,

joyfully confident that she had been set free

from an evil power.

Six years later, Unger penned What

Demons Can Do to Saints. It stated, in

part:

Clinical evidence abounds that a Christian

can be demon-possessed as a carry-over

from pre-conversion days, or can fall under

Satan’s power after conversion and become

progressively demonized, even seriously. If

such a person blatantly lives in scandalous

sin, subscribes to and embraces heresy,

engages in occultism, or gives himself to

rebellion and lawlessness against God’s Word

and will, he may expect a demon invasion in

his life.

The

Pentagon

team

nodded

knowingly—and with growing concern,

too.

One particular section of Dr. John

Warwick Montgomery’s Principalities

and Powers was highlighted by the

Pentagon:

There is a definite correlation between

negative occult activity and madness.

European psychiatrist L. Szondi has shown a

high correlation between involvement in

spiritualism and occultism on the one hand,

and schizophrenia on the other. Kurt Koch’s

detailed case studies have confirmed this

judgment. Being a genuine Christian believer

is no guarantee of exemption from the

consequences of sorcery and black magic.…

The tragedy of most sorcery, invocation of

demons, and related practices is that those

who carry on these activities refuse to face

the fact that they always turn out for the

worst. What is received through this Faustian

pact never satisfies and one pays with one’s

soul in the end anyway.

Then there was Neil T. Anderson,

author of Victory over the Darkness and

an engineer with NASA. The Pentagon

noted that encounters with supposed

aliens and those with what were

perceived as demons weren’t just

interconnected because of the sexual

components of the experiences, but

because of something else too: strange

marks on the skin. UFO researchers

suggest this is because of aliens

extracting cells, DNA, blood, and so on.

Demonologists suggest otherwise. Of

great interest to the DoD, Anderson had,

himself, experienced this, as his book

notes:

I was prepared to speak in chapel on the

topic of deliverance and evangelism, in which

I would expose some of the strategies of

Satan in these areas. Early that morning I

rose and showered before my wife and

children were awake. When I stepped out of

the shower I found several strange symbols

traced on the fogged-up mirror. I didn’t do it,

and Joanne, Heidi, and Karl were still asleep;

they hadn’t done it either.

I wiped the markings off the mirror,

suspicious that someone was flinging darts at

me to dissuade me from my chapel message.

I went down to eat breakfast alone, and as I

was sitting in the kitchen, suddenly I felt a

slight pain on my hand that made me flinch. I

looked down and saw what appeared to be

two little bite-marks on my hand. “Is that

your best shot?” I said aloud to the powers of

darkness attacking me. “Do you think

symbols on the mirror and a little bite are

going to keep me from giving my message in

chapel today? Get out of here.” The nuisance

left and my message in [the] chapel went off

without a hitch.

One of the most fascinating theories

of the Pentagon was that from the days of

ancient Babylonia to the present day, the

violent, predatory, and intrusive attacks

on people in the dead of night did not

occur in what we would call reality.

Rather, the events were projected into

the human mind—something that made

them part-manipulated dream and part—

hologram. Of deep relevance to the work

of the DoD was a book titled

Unmasking the Enemy.

Its authors were Dr. Nelson

Pacheco—a Principal Scientist with the

Supreme Headquarters, Allied Powers,

Europe (SHAPE), Technical Center—

and Tommy Blann, of the U.S. Air Force.

They wrote in their book:

… we propose that the “reality” behind the

UFO phenomenon … is due to a

manifestation of nonhuman preternatural

consciousness—for the purpose of deception

—that can interact with our physical

environment

and

with

our

human

consciousness to produce visual, physical,

and psychological effects. The artificial

construct created by this consciousness

mimics our three-dimensional objects and

systems and even our religious imagery—the

purpose being to slowly condition our minds

through subtle deception to accept a false

belief, while undermining our rational thought

processes and our human spirit.

Nicole

Malone’s

The

Bible,

Physics, and the Abilities of Fallen

Angels also captured the attention of the

DoD. This is hardly surprising when one

considers Malone’s words:

An incubus would invade human home s in the

de ad of night, according to old Europe an folklore ,

se xually violating the m for an e vil purpose .

It is important to note that sometimes fallen

angels do cause abductees to see “humans”

during the apparition; however, these are not

real humans, but instead are part of the vision

caused by the fallen angel…. In many cases

in which fallen angels cause visions of

humans, the humans are military personnel,

and advanced technology appears to be

present. These kinds of abductions are called

“Milabs,” for military abductions.

Except in rare cases of actual government

investigation of abductions and interviews

with abductees [which is the precise path

followed by the Collins Elite], these Milabs

are caused by fallen angels, and are just one

variety of abduction experiences. The entire

experience, like other mental attack visions, is

a vision, including the military personnel and

advanced technology the person sees.

Remember, these experiences are real to the

bodily senses, and the perception of time

passage seems normal to the abductee during

the experience.

Joe Jordan, a safety specialist at

NASA’s Kennedy Space Center, said of

this same theory, in an interview with me

in 2010:

The people don’t get taken to a ship; they are

physically still in bed. I have a couple of

cases where people had the abduction

experience while in the presence of a witness

who was awake. They didn’t go anywhere.

They almost went into an unconscious state.

This was only for a few minutes, but they

came out of it totally exhausted and could

talk about what had happened to them, and it

would take hours for them to tell it all. But it

was just minutes—like a time-displacement.

I’m not sure I would call it a hallucination,

maybe more of an apparition, something

along the lines of a hologram, but it’s still in

the mind. These entities can create this

experience in our minds and we can interact

with

it,

and

it

can

leave

physical

manifestations from the experience. And

that’s why this is so confusing.

The purpose of all this is to deny the reality

of Christianity. And, they have probably the

best propaganda machine I’ve ever seen or

read about. I believe that’s the purpose

behind this whole experience. Look at the

stories of old of gnomes, fairies, and elves:

we wouldn’t believe that today. So they come

in the emperor’s new clothes. And they

come in a guise that we will accept. But their

purpose is to defeat us and to delude us, so

that we will take our focus off the one true

God.

Reportedly, the Pentagon’s secret

team—dedicated to unraveling the dark

and disturbing truth about the connection

between ancient demons and modern day

aliens—continues its work to this day.

Any mention of secret, government

interest in such issues as UFOs and

alien visitations, invariably provokes

imagery relative to such things as the

Roswell UFO crash of 1947 and tales of

cosmic conspiracies coming out of Area

51. It is, however, a little known fact that

U.S. government agencies have taken a

great deal of interest in the UFO-themed

mysteries of not just recent history, but

of the distant past, too, and particularly

those with a connection to the issue of

ancient extraterrestrials.

Of keen interest to the government,

and since at least the 1950s, is the riddle

that surrounds the means by which the

Pyramids

of

Egypt—as

well

as

numerous other ancient structures—were

built. Of even greater interest to

officialdom is the theory that those same

structures were built via levitation

technology.

It is a fact that when we examine

the stories and legends of how the

ancients

managed

to

move

and

manipulate gigantic, multi-ton stones, we

find that levitation appears to play a

significant role in the saga. In the 900s,

for example, a Baghdad-born writer

named Abu al-Hasan Ali al-Mas’udi

described how stories had reached him,

suggesting that the pyramids of Egypt

were built in decidedly unconventional

fashion. According to al-Mas’udi the

massive blocks would almost magically

rise into the air when tapped by a

mysterious metal pole. Depending on

how the stones were struck, they could

be made to travel horizontally or

vertically, with virtually no manpower

needed at all.

This ties in with stories coming out

of the ancient Americas, as researcher

Richard Mooney noted, in his 1974

book, Colony Earth:

There is a tradition that appears in the

mythology of the Americas that the priests

“made the stones light,” so that they were

moved easily. Mooney added this was

directly connected to “the legend of

levitation,” which he described as an “actual

technique or device, long since forgotten.”

A similar story surrounds the

construction of the city of Troy. We are

told that “the God of Music seated

himself nearby and played such inspiring

tunes that the stones moved into place of

their own accord.” We are also told that

the Greek city of Thebes was built in

near-identical fashion: Amphion, the son

of Zeus, reportedly plucked a lyre to

effortlessly raise the huge stones of the

city. Then there is the Mayan city of

Uxmal. Now largely in ruins, it is said to

have been built around 500 C.E. by a

mysterious race of dwarves that had the

ability to move gigantic stones by

whistling at them. Rather intriguingly,

Stonehenge has a similar story attached

to it. It is the story of the Giants’ Dance,

in which the mighty stone pillars are

moved by music.

Of course, we should not take these

stories literally, in terms of lyres,

whistles, and music. They do, however,

all have one thing in common: they tell

of the moving of massive stones via

sound. This is acutely similar to

something that, today, is very much in its

infancy, but which the U.S. government

has secretly investigated for decades. It

is called acoustic levitation.

Researchers Marie Jones and Larry

Flaxman describe acoustic levitation in

their book The Resonance Key as “two

opposing

sound

frequencies

with

interfering sound waves, thus creating a

resonant zone that allows the levitation

to occur. Theoretically, to move a

levitating object, simply change or alter

the two sound waves and tweak

accordingly.”

The ancie nt Mayan city of Uxmal is said to have

be e n built by a myste rious race of dwarve s.

Although the U.S. military has

succeeded in moving small objects via

acoustic levitation, the ability to raise

multi-ton stones still eludes them. Other

avenues have been explored to try and

resolve the matter, however. As the

Freedom of Information Act has shown,

in the 1950s and 1960s files were

secretly opened on two authors who

were aggressively following the notion

of the ancients possessing levitation

technology. They were an American

named Morris Jessup (the author of The

Case for the UFO), and a New Zealand

pilot, Bruce Cathie. Both men wrote

extensively on what we might call the

concept of anti-gravity and the ancients.

Whether the product of highly

advanced, ancient extraterrestrials, or a

long-lost technology of millennia-old

human civilizations, we don’t know. But,

just maybe, some secret element of the

U.S. government does know.

Still on the matter of things relative

to the Egyptian Pyramids, we have to

turn our attention to their nearest ancient

neighbor:

the

Sphinx.

A

huge

construction—it is 65 feet high and 240

feet long long. The general consensus on

the part of mainstream archaeology is

that the Sphinx was built around 2550

B.C.E. It has, however, been suggested

that this particular date is not just wide

of the mark, but very wide of the mark.

Making absolutely no bones about

his belief that the Sphinx dates back

much further into antiquity is Robert

Schoch, a Ph.D., and an associate

professor of natural science at the

College of General Studies, Boston

University. Schoch takes the view that

the Sphinx may date back more than

7,000 years and possibly even further.

It’s a point of view dictated by the fact

there is strong evidence the Sphinx, at

some point, was significantly weathered

by massive amounts of rainfall. That

such heavy rain certainly did not fall any

time around, or after, the conventional

time frame in which the Sphinx was

allegedly built is a good pointer that

convention has it wrong. There’s another

aspect to the mystery of the Sphinx: the

interest that none other than the CIA has

taken in the mighty structure.

The late and renowned psychic

Edgar Cayce made the controversial

claim that he had been reincarnated from

an Egyptian priest—named Ra Ta—who

managed the construction of a magical

and sacred locale that Cayce termed the

Temple of Sacrifice. While in a hypnotic

state, Cayce channeled the spirit of Ra

Ta, who maintained that inside the right,

front paw of the Sphinx a vast treasure

existed: ancient records on the truth of

the legendary land of Atlantis.

The Freedom of Information Act

has demonstrated—although, admittedly,

to a very limited degree—that, in the

early 1960s, the CIA quietly opened a

file on Cayce’s work. As part of its

study of Cayce’s claims pertaining to the

Sphinx—and the ancient mysteries it

may well hide—in 1974, CIA remote-

viewers (psychic spies, in simple

terminology) tried to use their mind—

powers to penetrate the Sphinx and

psychically uncover what it was that the

Sphinx was so jealously guarding. To

date, those findings remain classified.

Also on the matter of the CIA, there

is the strange saga of its involvement in

the saga of none other than Noah’s Ark.

The biblical story of the huge,

worldwide flood that allegedly wiped

out practically all of the human race

reads as follows in Genesis 6:12–20:

And God looked upon the earth, and, behold,

it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted his

way upon the earth.

And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh

is come before me; for the earth is filled with

violence through them; and, behold, I will

destroy them with the earth.

Make thee an ark of gopher wood; rooms

shalt thou make in the ark, and shalt pitch it

within and without with pitch.

And this is the fashion which thou shalt make

it of: The length of the ark shall be three

hundred cubits, the breadth of it fifty cubits,

and the height of it thirty cubits.

A window shalt thou make to the ark, and in

a cubit shalt thou finish it above; and the door

of the ark shalt thou set in the side thereof;

with lower, second, and third stories shalt

thou make it.

And, behold, I, even I, do bring a flood of

waters upon the earth, to destroy all flesh,

wherein is the breath of life, from under

heaven; and every thing that is in the earth

shall die.

But with thee will I establish my covenant;

and thou shalt come into the ark, thou, and

thy sons, and thy wife, and thy sons’ wives

with thee.

And of every living thing of all flesh, two of

every sort shalt thou bring into the ark, to

keep them alive with thee; they shall be male

and female.

Of fowls after their kind, and of cattle after

their kind, of every creeping thing of the

earth after his kind, two of every sort shall

come unto thee, to keep them alive.

We are told that, after the waters

receded, Noah’s Ark came to rest on

what many believe, today, to have been

Mt. Ararat, Turkey.

It just so happens that the CIA holds

an extensive file on the claims that Mt.

Ararat was the final resting place for

Noah’s Ark. Or, as it is referred to

within the CIA, and by the Pentagon, too:

the “Ararat Anomaly.” It is a reference

to a large object first spotted in 1949 by

the crew of a U.S. Air Force spy plane.

Whatever the strange object is, no one

doubts it exists. For some it’s nothing

stranger than a weirdly shaped, rocky

outcrop that vaguely resembles a boat.

For others, it is nothing less than Noah’s

Ark itself. For more than a few, it’s an

ancient, wrecked UFO, one that crash-landed on Mt. Ararat thousands of years

ago, and which led to the development

of the Ark legend—because of the

assertions that the UFO had numerous

examples of terrestrial animals aboard.

It has long be e n surmise d that Noah’s Ark re ste d

atop Mt. Ararat (in mode rn-day Turke y) afte r the

flood wate rs re ce de d.

Whatever the truth of the matter,

there’s no denying that the CIA’s interest

in the Ararat Anomaly dates back to the

late 1940s. Then, in the 1950s, U-2 spy

planes were flown over the area to

secure high-quality photographs. In

1973, spy satellites were vectored over

Turkey—once again, as part of a

concerted effort to try and figure out the

true nature of the anomaly. The official

story is that no firm conclusion has been

reached, chiefly because of (a) the

inhospitable, icy, snowy environment at

the top of Mt. Ararat; and (b) the

reluctance of the Turkish government to

permit people to examine it in person.

The off-the-record story, however,

is that at some point in 1975, a Delta

Force-type team secretly parachuted into

the area and made its way to the Ararat

Anomaly and found not a huge rock or

even the remains of a rotting, old,

wooden boat. No, the story is that what

was discovered was nothing less than

the rusted remains of a huge metal craft,

one estimated to have become embedded

in both the ice and the mountain

thousands of years ago. Was it an ancient

equivalent of the famous Roswell UFO

crash of July 1947? Just perhaps, that’s

exactly what it was. And, also just

perhaps, the CIA knows that the story of

Noah’s Ark was prompted not by acts of

God,

but

by

the

actions

of

extraterrestrials that visited our world

and died in the process.

Within the realms of Ufology, the

paranormal, the folkloric, and

conspiracy theories, there is quite

possibly no phenomenon guaranteed to

provoke more controversy, debate, and

unbridled paranoia than that concerning

the Reptilians.

Diabolical and ominous shapeshifting entities from faraway star

systems and twilight dimensions beyond

our own, the Reptilians are cold-hearted, ruthless entities that have

played

formative

roles

in

the

development and manipulation of human

history, folklore, mythology, and culture.

They are the secret rulers of the planet,

exerting

powerful,

Machiavellian

influence over each and every one of us.

Seven to twelve feet tall, green-skinned, scaled, and monstrous, the

Reptilians are the real masters of the

world. Using their shapeshifting skills,

they have infiltrated and enslaved

government, industry, society, royalty,

and even the world of Hollywood. In

fact, just about no one is free of the

terrifying presence and wrath of the

dreaded Reptilians.

They are creatures whose existence

and presence on our world has nurtured

legends of dragons, aliens, and demons.

Even the biblical story of the talking

snake that tempted Adam and Eve to eat

from the Tree of Knowledge in the

Garden of Eden can be traced back to

Reptilian presence and control.

The Reptilians are the masterminds

behind alien abductions. They greedily

feast upon the thousands of people who,

every year, vanish without trace. They

surround us at all times, disguised and

camouflaged, using and abusing us as the

mood and the need takes them. They can

even count Queen Elizabeth II and

Prince Charles amongst their vile flesh—

eating and blood-drinking numbers. And

their mightiest of all figures secretly

inhabit vast underground caverns that

exist far below our surface world.

So, we are told by the conspiracy

minded, at least.

Perhaps the most famous of all the

Reptilians was Quetzalcoatl, a god of

Mesoamerican

lore—Mesoamerican

meaning central to the cultures and

people of Mexico, Belize, Nicaragua,

Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, and

Honduras. According to predominantly

Aztec legend, Quetzalcoatl was a highly

advanced entity, with near-magical skills

and possessed of highly advanced

sciences who tried to bring civilization,

technology, and a new world to the

Mesoamericans. His name translates as

“feathered serpent,” hence the potential

connection

to

the

controversy

surrounding the so-called Reptilians of

UFO lore.

Nicoletta

Maestri

said

of

Quetzalcoatl that he is

A drawing from the sixte e nth-ce ntury Code x

Magliabe chiano shows a man dre sse d as

Que tzalcoatl. Notice the re ptilian appe arance of

this mask.

… represented in many different ways

according

to

different

epochs

and

Mesoamerican

cultures.

He

is

both

represented in his nonhuman form, as a

feathered serpent, with plumage along its

body and around the head, as well as in his

human form, especially among the Aztecs

and in Colonial codices. In his human aspect,

he is often depicted in dark color with a red

beak, symbol of Ehecatl, the wind god, and

with a cut shell as a pendant, symbol of

Venus. In many images he is depicted

wearing a plumed headdress and holding a

plumed shield.

So far as can currently be

determined,

the

worship

of

this

enigmatic deity began at some point

between 100 B.C.E. and 100 C.E. It should

be noted, however, that devotion to

serpent-like gods in Mesoamerica, in

general, began much earlier. Evidence of

such worship can be found at Tabasco,

Mexico, which is estimated to have

dated back to at least 900 B.C.E., when it

was embraced by the Olmec people.

As evidence of the influence that

serpent gods had over Mesoamericans,

one only has to take a look at the Temple

of the Feathered Serpent, which is

situated at Teotihuacan, around thirty

miles outside of Mexico City, and which

was constructed around 100 B.C.E.

Classic imagery of feathery serpents, or

war serpents, adorns the huge step

pyramid, as it is known, and which is

also termed the Temple of Quetzalcoatl,

even though it predates widespread

worship of Quetzalcoatl. Such was the

reverence with which the people viewed

their serpent god, human sacrifice to

them

was

both

widespread

and

commonplace.

Interpretations on what, or who,

Quetzalcoatl was, are as many as they

are varied.

Within Mormon lore, we are told:

The story of the life of the Mexican divinity,

Quetzalcoatl, closely resembles that of the

Savior; so closely, indeed, that we can come

to no other conclusion than that Quetzalcoatl

and Christ are the same being. But the

history of the former has been handed down

to us through an impure Lamanitish source,

which has sadly disfigured and perverted the

original incidents and teachings of the

Savior’s life and ministry.

Karl

Andreas

Taube

is

an

archaeologist who has studied the

stories of Quetzalcoatl and states that, in

his opinion, the god symbolized fertility.

He also said (and is quoted in “The

Ideology of the Absent: The Feathered

Serpent and Classic Maya Rulership” by

Lucero and Panganiban): “It is possible

that the alternating serpent heads,

Quetzalcoatl and the War Serpent, refer

to dual aspects of rulership, the

feathered serpent with fertility and the

interior affairs of the state, and the War

Serpent with military conquest and

empire.”

David Carrasco, a noted historian,

has suggested Quetzalcoatl is a deity that

represents culture and civilization. And,

now, we come to the most controversial

theory of all: that Quetzalcoatl was an

ancient

astronaut,

one

who

was

determined to bring culture and science

to what he perceived as a decidedly

primitive body of people.

On this matter, it is intriguing to

note

that

throughout

Mesoamerica

Quetzalcoatl was associated with the

planet Venus. Alberto Mendo’s paper,

“Quetzalcoatl: Beyond the Feathered

Serpent,” notes that “the date of birth of

Quetzalcoatl and the day when Venus

reappears on the same position in the

eastern horizon once every eight years”

is the same.

Author

Vicky

Anderson

(in

“Goddess, the Divine Feminine”) said:

“To the ancient Maya and the Aztecs, the

god Xolotl was the evening star and his

brother Quetzalcoatl was the morning

star. The Maya and the Aztecs prophecy

that, one day, the god Quetzalcoatl will

return to the Earth from Venus.”

John Major Jenkins (cited by

Sandra Weaver in “Quetzalcoatl Is

Deeper Than Just a Mayan Story or

Myth”) offers the opinion that “the

Toltec pantheon that represented the

Zenith Cosmology was Quetzalcoatl,

whose earliest astronomical association

is with the Pleiades…. The Pleiades

were known as the serpent’s rattle, and

the flight of the Pleiades into alignment

with the zenith sun evoked the image of a

flying serpent.”

That

Quetzalcoatl

was

so

inextricably tied to the heavens above

makes it relatively easy to understand

why suggestions have been made that he

was an extraterrestrial entity.

Quetzalcoatl

researcher

Rick

Popko has a scenario for the nature of

the

legend

that

is

definitively

extraterrestrial-themed, but in a different

way. He offers the following, in 2010’s

“Mythology/quetzalcoatl”:

The theory I have is that Q was actually a

very large UFO. As the craft entered Earth’s

atmosphere, it broke into flames and began

its long descent, flaming, smoking and

spiraling out of control. If this thing was

multiple football fields in size, from the

ground, it could very well look like a flaming

serpent head, and the spiral smoke trails

could be interpreted as feathers. Of course a

ship of this size is going to make a big impact

when it crashes and probably take out a lot of

innocent people in the process. Keep in mind

most of these people have probably never

seen anything like this in their lives, let alone

watch it crash into their society and kill a

bunch of people. Heck if I were there at the

time, I’d probably bow down to as my god as

well.

The website Arcturi noted, in its “Retilians

and Aztec” article:

Ancient Aliens have been suspected to have

helped create many wonders we see today

including the massive Temples found through

Central America and the Yucatan Peninsula.

Like other great American civilizations,

Reptilians have been an integral part in the

Aztec civilization which cultivated a belief

system around the alien we now know as the

Reptilians.

Writer Paul Dale Roberts said of

the Quetzalcoatl saga, in his “In Search

of Quetzalcoatl” that:

What is also interesting is that there is a

reptilian influence…. The reptilian influence

is saturated throughout Egypt, East Asia,

India and the list goes on and on.

I believe the reptilian influence represents

ancient astronauts that resembled reptiles.

The reptile influence can even be found in

our own bible as it was the serpent that

influenced Eve to bite from the forbidden

fruit.

Could it be that ancient astronauts

long ago were living amongst our

advanced cultures like the Phoenicians,

Egyptians and bringing their knowledge

of science, math, and astronomy to

cultures like the Olmecs, Toltecs, and

Mayans?

Roberts provides us with a notable

statement to ponder on: “As the pieces

of the puzzle come together, it appears

that Erich Anton Paul von Däniken may

have been right all along.”

The Old Testament is filled to the

brim with tales demonstrating that

God’s almighty, homicidal wrath was

not something that any sane person

would want to incur. Without doubt one

of the prime examples of how God could

turn his hand to widespread slaughter—

even of babies, no less—can be found in

the Book of Exodus. It’s a book that tells

the story of how God threatens Pharaoh

by warning him that unless he frees the

Israelites from the shackles of slavery,

he, God, will unleash a series of deadly

and devastating plagues upon Pharaoh

and his people. Pharaoh—for a while, at

least—ignores

God’s

warnings,

something that Pharaoh ultimately comes

to majorly regret. When, essentially,

Pharaoh said to God: “Do your worst,”

that’s exactly what God does. No less

than ten plagues devastate the land.

The first turns the water of the

River Nile into blood. As noted in

Exodus 7:20:

And Moses and Aaron did so, as the LORD

commanded; and he lifted up the rod, and

smote the waters that were in the river, in the

sight of Pharaoh, and in the sight of his

servants; and all the waters that were in the

river were turned to blood.

That was soon followed by a

plague of frogs, as described in Exodus

8:1–4:

And the LORD spake unto Moses, Go unto

Pharaoh, and say unto him, Thus saith the

LORD, Let my people go, that they may

serve me.

And if thou refuse to let them go, behold, I

will smite all thy borders with frogs:

And the river shall bring forth frogs

abundantly, which shall go up and come into

thine house, and into thy bedchamber, and

upon thy bed, and into the house of thy

servants, and upon thy people, and into thine

ovens, and into thy kneading troughs:

And the frogs shall come up both on thee,

and upon thy people, and upon all thy

servants.

The frogs were followed by lice,

which, in turn, gave way to another

plague, this time of flies:

… and there came a grievous swarm of flies

into the house of Pharaoh, and into his

servants’ houses, and into all the land of

Egypt: the land was corrupted by reason of

the swarm of flies. (Exodus 8:24)

The se cond plague se t upon Egypt was countle ss

frogs. Why frogs? We ll, in Egypt frogs we re

conside re d sacre d be cause the godde ss He ke t

had the he ad of a frog. The re fore , the Egyptians

could not rid the mse lve s of the amphibians.

When all of that failed to move

Pharaoh, God turned his attentions to the

animals:

For if thou refuse to let them go, and wilt hold

them still,

Behold, the hand of the LORD is upon thy

cattle which is in the field, upon the horses,

upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the

oxen, and upon the sheep: there shall be a

very grievous murrain.

And the LORD shall sever between the

cattle of Israel and the cattle of Egypt: and

there shall nothing die of all that is the

children’s of Israel. (Exodus 9:2–4)

Next on the list was an outbreak of

terrible disease amongst the human

population, one that caused the eruption

of horrific boils on the skin of the

infected. God didn’t let up with that. He

continued to make each plague worse

than the previous one. In thunderous

tones, he warned Pharaoh:

As yet exaltest thou thyself against my

people, that thou wilt not let them go?

Behold, to morrow about this time I will

cause it to rain a very grievous hail, such as

hath not been in Egypt since the foundation

thereof even until now.

Send therefore now, and gather thy cattle,

and all that thou hast in the field; for upon

every man and beast which shall be found in

the field, and shall not be brought home, the

hail shall come down upon them, and they

shall die. (Exodus 9:17–20)

The storm gave way to a veritable

invasion by locusts. Once again, Pharaoh

was warned in advance:

And Moses and Aaron came in unto

Pharaoh, and said unto him, Thus saith the

LORD God of the Hebrews, How long wilt

thou refuse to humble thyself before me? let

my people go, that they may serve me.

Else, if thou refuse to let my people go,

behold, to morrow will I bring the locusts into

thy coast:

And they shall cover the face of the earth,

that one cannot be able to see the earth: and

they shall eat the residue of that which is

escaped, which remaineth unto you from the

hail, and shall eat every tree which groweth

for you out of the field:

And they shall fill thy houses, and the houses

of all thy servants, and the houses of all the

Egyptians; which neither thy fathers, nor thy

fathers’ fathers have seen, since the day that

they were upon the earth unto this day. And

he turned himself, and went out from

Pharaoh. (Exodus 10:3–6)

Perhaps the eeriest of all the

plagues that God dispatched was

darkness. It was a darkness quite unlike

any other, one that was so dark it

effectively left the people of Egypt in a

state of blindness; such was its intensity.

It lasted for three days. Then there came

the most devastating plague of all.

As Exodus 11:4–6 related:

And Moses said, Thus saith the LORD,

About midnight will I go out into the midst of

Egypt:

And all the firstborn in the land of Egypt shall

die, from the firstborn of Pharaoh that sitteth

upon his throne, even unto the firstborn of the

maidservant that is behind the mill; and all the

firstborn of beasts.

And there shall be a great cry throughout all

the land of Egypt, such as there was none

like it, nor shall be like it any more.

Prior to this mass execution of

Egypt’s children, God warned Moses

that he and his people needed to take a

specific step to ensure they did not fall

victim to the deadly plague. The only

way to survive it was to smear the blood

of a lamb on the door of the family

home. Moses instructed his followers to

do exactly that. It was an act that ensured

the survival of their firstborn. Pharaoh’s

people, however, did not do likewise

and, as a result, an untold number of

firstborn Egyptians died overnight. It

was this act that finally caused Pharaoh

to relent and release the Israelites from

their bondage.

Although Christians are happy to

accept the story in literal terms, there is

a distinct possibility that the ten plagues

of Israel were provoked not by an angry,

homicidal God, but by the work of

technologically

advanced

extraterrestrials, using a combination of

weather-control technology and the

unleashing of deadly, alien viruses on

the human and animal population.

It was revealed in the British

Observer newspaper on March 5, 2006,

that on July 25, 2001, “blood-red rain”

fell over the Kerala district of western

India, and continued for the next two

months. All along the coast it rained

crimson, turning local people’s clothes

pink, burning leaves on trees and falling

as scarlet sheets at some points. It must

be said this sounds astonishingly like

the claims that the Nile was turned blood

red. Researchers, however, did not

conclude that the Indian events were due

to the work of a deity, but possibly some

form of “alien bacteria.”

Godfrey Louis, a physicist at

Mahatma

Gandhi

University

in

Kottayam, stated to the authors of the

Observer article, Amelia Gentleman and

Robin McKie: “If you look at these

particles under a microscope, you can

see they are not dust, they have a clear

biological appearance.” Instead, Louis

decided that the rain was made up of

bacteria-like material that had been

swept to Earth from “a passing comet.”

Milton

Wainwright,

a

microbiologist

at

Sheffield,

tested

samples of Kerala’s “red rain.” He said:

“It is too early to say what’s in the phial.

But it is certainly not dust. Nor is there

any DNA there, but then alien bacteria

would not necessarily contain DNA.”

Louis added:

If anybody hears a theory like this, that it is

from a comet, they dismiss it as an

unbelievable kind of conclusion. Unless

people understand our arguments—people

will just rule it out as an impossible thing, that

extraterrestrial biology is responsible for this

red rain.

Moving on from matters relative to

red rain and alien viruses and how they

might, potentially, affect people, there is

that matter of God allegedly delivering

devastating disease to wipe out the

animal population. This brings us to

something else that has secretly worried

the world of officialdom. Prepared by

the U.S. government’s Committee on

Biological Warfare—at the request of

the Research and Development Board—

is a now-declassified fifty-page file that

dates from March 1947 through to the

latter part of 1948. It can be read at the

National Archives in Maryland and

makes

for

disturbing

reading.

Interestingly, the files cover two issues

relative to the Old Testament wrath of

God, and which are described in the

files as “exotic diseases and insect

pests.

The Committee said on this very

point:

Within the last few years there have been

several outbreaks of exotic diseases and

insect pests which are believed to have been

introduced accidentally but which could have

been introduced intentionally had someone

wished to do so. The use of epizootic agents

against our animal population by sabotage

methods is a very real and immediate danger.

Foot-and-mouth disease and rinderpest are

among those which would spread rapidly, and

unless effective counter-measures were

immediately applied, would seriously affect

the food supply of animal origin.

Worse still is the following:

Since foot-and-mouth is now present in

Mexico, it would be relatively easy for

saboteurs to introduce the disease into the

United States and have this introduction

appear as natural spread from Mexico. Since

rinderpest and foot-and-mouth disease are

not present in the United States, our animal

population is extremely vulnerable to these

diseases.

Alarmingly, the papers reveal, the

United States was in no position to

prevent a large-scale biological attack

on the animal population had it indeed

occurred:

The United States is particularly vulnerable to

this type of attack. It is believed generally

that espionage agents of foreign countries

which are potential enemies of the United

States are present already in this country.

There appears to be no great barrier to

prevent additional espionage agents from

becoming established here and there is no

control over the movements of people within

the United States.

And, stressing even further the

extraterrestrial connection to all this, in

1949, a doctor from Indiana believed

that he had solved the riddle of the alien

presence on our planet. Moreover, he

took great steps to try and warn the

world of officialdom of what was taking

place: nothing less than a covert

extraterrestrial attack on human beings

via biological warfare. Documentation

contained within the same file housed at

the National Archives reveals that the

doctor’s claims were scrutinized deeply

by the Federal Bureau of Investigation;

the Aero Medical Laboratory at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio; the

Atomic Energy Commission; and the Air

Force’s Office of Special Investigations.

Staff at the FBI’s Office in

Indianapolis informed Bureau director J.

Edgar Hoover that the doctor, whose

name is deleted from the now-declassified papers,

found himself in the midst of a polio epidemic

and that as a result he had read as much

literature as possible with respect to polio, its

symptoms, diagnosis, etc. Dr. [Deleted] told

that in his opinion, the cases which were

thought to be polio in the vicinity of Decatur,

Indiana, were not polio, but possibly the result

of uranium poisoning and that he felt the

presence of flying saucers had direct bearing

on the polio epidemic.

Hoover was further informed:

[The Doctor] pointed out that flying saucers

were observed in the Carolinas in 1948 and

there was a polio epidemic in the vicinity at

that time. Dr. [Deleted] stated he had

consulted one of the physicians at the

Benjamin Harrison Air Base and had also

checked the records with reference to

allegations concerning the sighting of flying

saucers and had done a little research with

respect to correlating the presence of flying

saucers and any polio epidemic.

As for that violent, killer storm that

God unleashed, again there is a distinct

possibility that it was technology, rather

than anything supernatural that provoked

the storm to specifically target Egypt.

April 28, 1997, was the date on which a

startling statement was made by William

S. Cohen, who, at the time, was the U.S.

secretary of defense under the Clinton

administration. The location was the

University of Georgia, which was

playing host to the Conference on

Terrorism,

Weapons

of

Mass

Destruction, and U.S. Strategy. As a

captivated audience listened intently,

Cohen revealed something that was as

remarkable as it was controversial.

Hostile

groups—that

Cohen,

whether by design or not, did not name

—were actively “engaging in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter

the

climate,

set

off

earthquakes,

volcanos remotely through the use of

ElectroMagnetic waves.”

Those of a religious mindset will

continue to believe that the plagues of

Israel were unleashed by an angry God

—and, of course, it is their right to

believe that. On the other hand, as the

above data demonstrates, there is a

distinct possibility that what devastated

Egypt and finally forced Pharaoh to back

down was the combined unleashing of

alien viruses, biological weapons (that

affected both people and animals), and

weather-modification technology of the

type described in 1997 by Secretary of

Defense Cohen.

They can be found in the hot Nazca

desert areas of southern Peru. They

were constructed around 500 C.E. Their

specific location is a huge plateau,

situated about twenty miles from Peru’s

capital city of Lima. More than 1,500

years after their creation they continue to

provoke awe, wonder, and a sense of

deep mystery. They have also provoked

theories that they were either built by, or

with the assistance of, highly advanced

extraterrestrials. They have become

famously known as the Nazca Lines.

Regardless of who, or what, made them,

it’s important to note that the Nazca

Lines are not just straight lines in the

sand. Indeed, they are more than that;

much more, in fact. The literally

hundreds of creations—of what are

known as geoglyphs—include intricate

portrayals of a variety of animals, birds,

insects, and fish, as well as a wide

variety of flora.

The process by which the Nazca

Lines—some of which extend for

hundreds of feet—were created is

actually quite simple and down to earth.

The natural color of the Nazca desert’s

ferrous oxide-containing pebbles is a

combination of red, brown, and orange.

However, one only has to dig down a

few inches to find that the soil below is

of a very different color: a slightly

discolored, yellowish-white. Thus, the

stark contrast between the topsoil

pebbles and the earth below makes for

an excellent medium in which to create

huge, intricate imagery that can be easily

viewed, which is exactly what the Nazca

Lines are noted for. The big questions

then are who created the lines and why?

The

general

consensus—even

among those who adhere to the idea that

there is an extraterrestrial component to

the mystery—is that the lines were the

work of the Nazca people; they made

their homes on the land surrounding

Peru’s Ica River and a large body of

valleys on the southern coast of the

country. Although the Nazcas rose to

prominence around 100 B.C.E., they were

not destined to last. By around the ninth

century C.E. their culture had fragmented,

splintered, and split into various other

groups. Without doubt, however, the

Nazca Lines remain the most famous,

lasting legacy of their existence and

culture. The sheer extent to which the

lines have gained such historical

significance can be demonstrated by the

fact that the United Nations Educational,

Scientific and Cultural Organization

(UNESCO) officially designated the

Nazca Lines as a World Heritage Site.

UNESCO

describes

a

World

Heritage Site as one that “is an

outstanding example of a type of

building, architectural or technological

ensemble or landscape which illustrates

[a] significant stage[s] in human

history”; that bears “a unique or at least

exceptional testimony to a cultural

tradition or to a civilization which is

living or which has disappeared,” that

“represents a masterpiece of human

creative genius”; which “exhibits an

important interchange of human values,

over a span of time, or within a cultural

area of the world, on developments in

architecture or technology, monumental

arts,

town-planning,

or

landscape

design,” and that “is directly or tangibly

associated with events or living

traditions, with ideas, or with beliefs,

with artistic and literary works of

outstanding universal significance.”

This e xample of one of the Nazca Line s looks

like a spide r, but can only be se e n as such from

the air.

Clearly, all of those categories

easily apply to the Nazca Lines.

As for when the Nazca Lines first

came to prominence—outside of their

very own culture, of course—the earliest

example can be found in a sixteenth—

century book penned by a Spanish

conquistador named Piedra Cieza de

Leon. Its title translates into English as

The Chronicle of Peru. The book

describes de Leon’s journeying around

Peru, and in which he refers to the Nazca

Lines as “signs,” “paths,” and “signals.”

It was in the 1920s that their

existence became more widely known.

Katherine Reece, a noted authority on

the Nazca Lines, said: “The credit for

the discovery of the lines goes to

Peruvian archaeologist Toribio Mejia

Xesspe who spotted them when hiking

through the foothills in 1927.”

The man who really got the ball

rolling, however, was Paul August

Kosok, a professor of history, whose

interest in, and fascination with, the lines

began in 1939—and all thanks to a flight

he made over the area, which brought

them to his attention. Kosok’s primary

interest was in the intricate canals and

irrigation systems that the ancient

Peruvians

had

constructed.

Kosok

thought—as he peered out of the aircraft

window—that the Nazca Lines just

might have played a role in the old canal

constructions. He quickly realized,

however, that their shallow depth meant

this simply could not be the case.

Instead, he came to the conclusion that

the lines represented something else

entirely: a still-existing, near-unique

aspect of ancient Nazca culture.

At the dawning of the 1940s, Kosok

connected with, and worked closely

with for years, a woman named Maria

Reiche. It was Reiche—of Dresden,

Germany—perhaps more than anyone

else, who demonstrated that some of the

Nazca Lines had links to astronomical

events, such as the summer solstice and

the winter solstice.

Bonnie Hamre (the author of

“Nazca Lines, Peru: Who Drew the

Lines in the Sand? How?”) noted:

Maria Reiche developed the theory that the

ancient Peruvians drew the lines to please

the gods and secure their good will. She

called the desert an astronomical calendar to

remind the gods that the desert was dry and

needed water; that crops needed blessings;

that the seas needed fish. There are theories

that the figures correspond to constellations

and the annual change of the seasons. Other

theories contend that the figures represent a

pantheon of gods and goddesses and were

the site of religious ceremonies.

Such was the interest in Reiche’s

research and theories that she succeeded

in having the Peruvian Air Force use its

aircraft to carefully map the lines. In

1949, Reiche’s book on the lines, titled

The Mystery of the Desert, was

published.

Its

theories,

on

the

astronomical angle, were met with both

support and derision. Reiche’s theories

were downright tame compared to those

that began to surface a couple of decades

later, however.

It has been suggested that the Nazca

people may have possessed fairly

sophisticated technology when it came to

the matter of how they were able to

make such massive patterns and designs

—ones that, chiefly, can only really be

appreciated by viewing them from

above.

Sacred Destinations noted in its

“Nazca Lines, Peru” feature:

In 1977, Jim Woodman accepted that the

Nazca people made the lines themselves, but

puzzled over why they would make them so

big that they couldn’t even see them. He

hypothesized that the Nazca people used hot-air balloons for “ceremonial flights” to view

their creations.

Woodman attempted to demonstrate the

validity of his theory by constructing a hot-air

balloon out of the materials that would have

been available to the Nazca. Using cloth,

rope and reeds, Woodman and his colleagues

assembled the balloon then risked their lives

on a balloon ride that reached a height of 300

feet. The balloon soon descended rapidly; the

balloonists bailed out 10 feet above the desert

before it crashed some distance away.

In his full-length book on the

subject, Nazca: Journey to the Sun,

Woodman said:

Anothe r Nazca Line looks like a hummingbird.

Did ancie nt Pe ruvians cre ate the line s to ple ase

the ir gods?

From

the

ground,

Nazca

is

totally

incomprehensible, yet from the air one gasps

with astonishment—and that is what most

fascinates modern man. The riddle of Nazca

asks why this colossal puzzle was created

over two thousand years ago if no one could

have seen it? To appreciate Nazca one must

be airborne above the plains.

Woodman added that, of his balloon

theory, “It is totally unreasonable that

Nazca was a prehistoric spaceport for

extraterrestrial

visitors.

Far

more

acceptable is the idea that the obviously

indigenous men of Nazca had learned to

fly there long, long ago.”

Not everyone was in agreement.

Author Joe Nickell (“The Nazca Lines

Revisited: Creation of a Full-Sized

Duplicate”) referred to the balloon

theory as “merely a flight of fancy.”

Katherine Reece, who penned

“Grounding the Nasca Balloon,” said

that: “the ‘evidence’ that Woodman put

forward to support his theory” was

“flawed.” She also said: “It is incorrect

to say that the lines cannot be seen from

the ground. They are visible from atop

the surrounding foothills…. The Nasca

lines have nothing to do with balloons.”

But, might they have had something

to do with visiting, ancient astronauts?

In 1968, Erich von von Däniken’s

famous and controversial book Chariots

of the Gods was published. In the pages

of his bestselling book, von Däniken

offered the controversial scenario that

the Nazca Lines had an extraterrestrial

component to them. The website Peru

Facts noted, in 2008, in its “Chariots of

the Gods” feature:

Erich Von Däniken believed that the Nazca

lines of Peru were the remains of an alien life

form that had used the markings as a guide

for a landing base in Peru. He believed that

the markings and lines were from the aliens

that had used the airport to visit earth….

With some of the lines being over six miles in

length it is hard to believe that the people of

Nazca had the ability to create these lines as

they would not have been able to view the

work they were creating as it is unlikely that

they would of been able to build a flying

vessel to monitor the construction of the lines

they were creating. Therefore the theory of

Erich Von Däniken could be a fitting reason

on how the Nazca lines were created.

This Nazca Line looks re markably like a mode rn-

day astronaut. Might it be true that alie n

astronauts visite d that part of Earth long ago?

Jacques Bergier, a noted proponent

of the theory that ancient astronauts—

from faraway galaxies—visited the

Earth in the distant past, said of the

Nazca Lines in his 1974 book,

Mysteries of the Earth: “The design is

made up of straight lines and large

surfaces in trapezoid form, rather

resembling one of our airports as seen

from an airplane. Also to be seen are

giant

spirals

analogous

to

what

telescopes show us of the spiral nebula.

There are also large-sized nonhuman

figures,

or

figures

of

gods

or

extraterrestrial beings; take your pick.”

Bergier suggested that the Nazca

Lines may have been made by the local

populace, which was “following the

orders, if not of the Intelligences, at least

of some higher race representing them.”

And how might such a thing successfully

be achieved? Bergier had a few ideas:

After a number of miracles, a voice is heard,

the people assemble, and each worker

receives exact instructions as to what he

must do. The entire maneuver is directed

from a helicopter, balloon, or some other

machine capable of hovering—one that we

still have not invented. The work lasts for

years, even decades and, when it is finally

done,

the

Intelligences

or

their

representatives go away.

The reason, suggested Bergier, was

“to build a sort of astroport, where the

recorders collecting data about the earth

could be brought for retrieval by

relatively simple, optically self-guiding

machines.”

The late Philip Coppens was the

author of a number of books, including

The Ancient Alien Question and The

Lost Civilization Enigma. And, until his

untimely passing in late 2012, he was a

regular on the History Channel’s Ancient

Aliens series. Coppens had a fascinating

theory about of the Nazca Lines.

Commenting on the nature and beliefs of

Nazca people, Coppens said, in 1999’s

“Nazca: Airport of the Gods?”:

Shamanic cultures use “shamans” [priests] to

seek contact with the gods, the ancestors, the

dead. These are local in a different

dimension; they are not physical beings, but

“spiritual entities,” often the souls of the tribal

ancestors, as well as creator deities. The land

of the dead was similar to Earth, but was

found in another dimension—here, yet

invisible to our eyes.

Commenting on the research of

Tony Morrison (who wrote the 1987

book The Mystery of the Nazca Lines),

Coppens said: “Morrison felt that the

clue to the Nazca lines was to be found

here: the lines were an ingenious system

that aided the shaman in his ‘voyage of

the soul.’ He argued that the lines often

converged in certain nodes, from which

they continued. On these nodes and at

regular intervals along the lines, small

altars could be found, sometimes little

more than a small heap of stones and

earth.

Von Däniken was right, [offered Copens]

when he suggested that the animals and lines

had to be seen from the sky. They were seen

during the shamanic flight, on his voyage to

the Otherworld. Shamanic theory states that

the shaman leaves his body and “floats” or

“soars” through the sky, where often the

eagle or another animal is his totem animal—

the animal mimics or symbolizes the flight of

the soul. If these lines were an airstrip, they

were an airstrip for the soul—to take off to

and return from the Otherworld.

This was something expanded upon

by Grahame Johnston, who said in

“Nazca Lines and the Nazca Culture”:

Using experimental archaeology the British

explorer, Tony Morrison, observed that the

old folk customs of the Andes Mountain

people demonstrated an unusual and pertinent

tradition. His research discovered that the

mountain people would travel from shrine to

shrine in direct straight paths praying as they

walked. A straight, direct path, similar to the

patterns found at Nazca, linked each shrine,

which could be nothing more than a carefully

grouped pile of stones or more elaborate

structures. Morrison has concluded that the

Nazca lines could have been used during

religious or ceremonial occasions.

And the theories don’t end there, as

Lee Krystek noted in “The Lines of

Nazca Peru”:

Two researchers, David Johnson and Steve

Mabee, have advanced a theory that the

geoglyphs may be related to water. The

Nazca plain is one of the driest places on

Earth, getting less than one inch of rain a

year. Johnson, while looking for sources of

water in the region, noticed that ancient

aqueducts, called puquios, seemed to be

connected with some of the lines.

Johnson thinks that the shapes may be a giant

map of the underground water sources

traced on the land. Mabee is working to

gather evidence that might confirm this

theory.

Today, countless centuries after

they were first lain down on the desert

floor of southern Peru, we still don’t

have a definitive answer for what it was

that made ancient man construct such

vast, intricate patterns that could only be

appreciated from a significant height—

whether from in the sky itself or from the

high, surrounding hills. Whether the

work of ancient extraterrestrials, equally

ancient humans inspired by ETs,

balloon-flying Nazcas, or shamanic

figures

engaging

in

out-of-body

experiences, of just one thing we can be

sure: the atmosphere of intrigue, mystery,

and fascination that surrounds the Nazca

Lines is unlikely to fade away anytime

soon—or, for that matter, anytime later,

too.

Although the term “Bigfoot” was not

coined until the late 1950s, it is a

fact that reports of giant, hairy, humanoid

creatures

inhabiting

the

wilder,

mountainous, and forested areas of the

United States date back to the earliest

years of Native American culture. Loren

Coleman, one of the world’s leading

authorities on Bigfoot, said:

When Europeans colonized from the East to

the West, their initial encounters were with

the rare, eastern Bigfoot, which the native

they met spoke about. The first Americans

acknowledged these hairy races, and their

tales come down to us in the records that

ethnographers, folklorists, and anthropologists

have preserved in overlooked essaid on

hairy-giant legends and myths.

There is, however, something very

intriguing about the Native American

beliefs in Bigfoot. They suggest the

creatures are far more than they appear

to be. That’s to say that they do not just

represent an undiscovered kind of North

American ape, but something directly

linked to the UFO phenomenon. Given

the fact that reports exist of Bigfoot from

centuries ago, as astonishing as it may

sound Bigfoot may be nothing less than

an ancient alien.

In

a

2012

report—“Native

American Bigfoot Figures of Myth and

Legend”—the

Native

Languages

website stated:

The Bigfoot figure is common to the folklore

of most Northwest Native American tribes.

Native American Bigfoot legends usually

describe the creatures as around 6–9 feet

tall, very strong, hairy, uncivilized, and often

foul-smelling, usually living in the woods and

often foraging at night.… In some Native

stories, Bigfoot may have minor supernatural

powers—the ability to turn invisible, for

example—but they are always considered

physical creatures of the forest, not spirits or

ghosts.

That is where the intertribal Bigfoot

similarities end, however. In the Bigfoot

myths of some tribes, Sasquatch and his

relatives are generally shy and benign figures

—they may take things that do not belong to

them or even kidnap a human wife, but do

not harm people and may even come to their

aid. Sometimes Bigfoot is considered a

guardian of nature in these tribes. These

more benevolent Bigfeet usually appear alone

or in a small family unit, and may exchange

gifts or use sign language to communicate

with Native American communities. But

Bigfoot legends from other tribes describe

them as malevolent creatures who attack

humans, play dangerous tricks on them, or

steal children; they may even eat people.

These more dangerous Bigfoot monsters,

known as Stick Indians or Bush Indians, are

sometimes found in large groups or even

villages, which engage in warfare with

neighboring Indian tribes.

One of the most fascinating cases of

relevancy came from James C. Wyatt of

Memphis, Tennessee, who shared with

paranormal expert Brad Steiger a copy

of his—Wyatt’s—grandfather’s journal

from 1888. Steiger told the story in his

2011 book, Real Monsters, Gruesome

Critters, and Beasts from the Darkside.

It described the old man’s exposure to

the Bigfoot phenomenon. The location

was

the

Humboldt

Meridian,

in

northwestern California. It was while in

the area, on one particular day, that

Wyatt’s

grandfather

encountered

a

tribesman carrying a plate of raw meat.

Puzzled, he asked what it was for. After

pondering on things for a while the man

motioned Wyatt Sr. to follow. On

arriving at a cave built into a cliff face,

he was shocked to see a huge, hair—

covered, man-like beast. It was,

however,

quite

docile

and

enthusiastically ate the meat provided

for him.

It was then that Wyatt’s grandfather

got the full story. The beast—nicknamed

“Crazy Bear”—had supposedly been

brought to the forests “from the stars.”

Nothing less than a “small moon” had

descended, ejecting both the creature

and several others of its kind. The

“moon” was reportedly piloted by very

human-looking entities that always

waved at the Indians as they dumped the

hairy beasts on their land.

James C. Wyatt asked Brad Steiger:

“Who is to say the Crazy Bears weren’t

exiled to our planet for some crime or

other infraction of the laws of another

planet?”

On a very similar path, the

respected investigator Lon Strickler, in

“The Bigfoot Paradox,” said:

Researcher and author Kewaunee Lapseritis

maintains that the Bigfoot race was brought

to Earth by the “Star People,” long before

human civilization even existed. His evidence

is

the

creature’s

use

of

telepathic

communications, alleged hundreds of joint

Bigfoot-UFO sightings going back over a

hundred years and theoretical physics. He

also

stated

that

conventional

Bigfoot

investigators have not found the creature

because they are limited in their belief that

Bigfoot is “simply a relic hominid that never

became extinct.”

A woode n carving of a Bigfoot has be come an

attraction to trave le rs on highway 504 in

Washington State .

“That

really

may

be

true,”

Lapseritis said in an interview, as Lon

Strickler chronicles in his “The Bigfoot

Paradox” article: “But in addition to

that, (Bigfoot) may literally be, as I’ve

discovered,

a

paraphysical,

inter—

dimensional native people that have told

me and other people telepathically that

they were brought here millions of years

ago by their friends, the Star People.”

Strickler added:

I recently received a telephone call from a

woman in British Columbia who said she was

the daughter of a Kootenai shaman. She

stated that most Native tribes seem to believe

Sasquatch is a non-physical creature. Some

tribal elders mention that they have seen the

creature shapeshift into a wolf. She said her

father thought that the creatures lived in

another dimension from our physical plane,

but can come here as it wishes.

Micah Hanks, who wrote “Curious

Cryptohominids: A Link Between Aliens

and Bigfoot?” and who is one of the

world’s leading authorities on a wide

and

varied

body

of

paranormal

mysteries, said of this controversial

issue:

Researchers such as John Keel and Stan

Gordon have noted the apparent parallels

between sightings of anthropomorphic apelike creatures and UFO encounters. In a few

smaller Fortean circles, this sort of research

has even occasionally led to the belief that

Bigfoot creatures might represent some form

of an alien being themselves. Various

websites online have even gone so far as to

denote Bigfoot-type creatures under the

extraterrestrial classification of “Sasquans”

and similar names, likening the beasts to

being an extraterrestrial race exiled (whether

or not it’s a self-imposed exile) here on

Earth. Other bizarre speculation along similar

lines suggests that Bigfoot creatures are

actually pets which, similar to an irresponsible

dog or cat owner taking an animal off to a

remote location and release it, have been

turned loose on this planet by their

extraterrestrial owners.

Now, it’s time to move across the Atlantic.

Regardless of what people may

personally feel or conclude about the

ancient Bigfoot-UFO connection—or,

more

correctly,

the

theoretical

connection—when we go looking for

places in Britain where both enigmas

have been seen and encountered, there’s

certainly no shortage of stories to

address. Back in 1879 sightings began of

a strange, “ape-man-like” creature

known as the Man-Monkey that haunted

England’s Shropshire Union Canal and

the nearby village of Ranton. It so

happens that, back in the 1950s, Ranton

was the site of a famous—but now

largely forgotten—UFO encounter.

Researcher Gavin Gibbons wrote

(in his 1957 book, They Rode in Space

Ships) that one October evening in 1954,

a Dutchman living in England named

Tony Roestenberg returned home to find

his wife, Jessie, “in a terrified state.”

According to Jessie: earlier that day

nothing less than a flying saucer hovered

over their isolated farmhouse in Ranton.

In addition, Jessie could see peering

down from the craft two very “Nordic”-

like men.

Their foreheads were high, their

hair was long and fair, and they seemed

to have “pitiful” looks on their faces.

The strange craft reportedly circled the

family’s home twice, before streaking

away. Curiously, on the following

Sunday, Tony Roestenberg had a “hunch”

that if he climbed on the roof of his

house

“he

would

see

something

unusual,” which he most certainly did. It

was a highflying, cigar-shaped object

that vanished into the clouds.

Gavin Gibbons, who investigated

the case personally, stated: “When I

visited the Roestenberg’s house almost

three weeks after the sighting … Jessie

Roestenberg appeared. She seemed

highly strained and nervous and her

husband, coming in later, was also very

strained. It was evident that something

most unusual had occurred.”

A numbe r of re se arche rs have drawn conne ctions

be twe e n sightings of Bigfoot and UFOs. This

illustration de picts a 1972 sighting in Missouri.

(mary e vans)

Then there is the apelike Shug

Monkey of Rendlesham Forest, Suffolk,

England—which also happens to be the

site of what is undeniably Britain’s most

famous

UFO

encounter:

that

of

December 1980 and most vividly

described in the book Left at East Gate

by Larry Warren and Peter Robbins.

And, to illustrate still further the UFO—

hairy man connection, just down the

road, so to speak, from Rendlesham

Forest is the town of Orford—home to a

legendary wild man caught in the seas

off the coast of Orford centuries ago.

Returning to the United States, there

is Stan Gordon’s book, Silent Invasion,

which details a wave of Bigfoot-UFO

activity in Pennsylvania in the early

1970s. Gordon’s book is a swirling

cauldron filled with dark and ominous

woods;

glowing-eyed

beast-men

prowling the countryside by night;

strange lights in the sky; UFO landings;

neighborhoods gripped by terror and

fear; and much, much more, too. And,

it’s thanks to Gordon’s research, as well

as his in-depth files prepared back when

all the dark drama was going on, that

we’re now able to appreciate the

curious

chaos

and

calamity

that

collectively hit the unsuspecting folk of

Pennsylvania all those years ago.

But, that’s not all: macabre Men in

Black, paranormal activity, psychic

possession, secret government interest in

Bigfoot, and prophetic visions of a dark

and foreboding future all come to the

fore in a book that is guaranteed to make

you think twice about the true nature of

Bigfoot.

As to how the Bigfoot beasts might

access our environment, we have to turn

to a man named Ronan Coghlan, who has

developed an intriguing theory that

explains the “here one minute, gone the

next minute” aspect of the Bigfoot

controversy, and which may also help

explain the nature of the old Native

American legends.

Coghlan told me in 2012:

It’s now becoming acceptable in physics to

say there are alternative universes. The main

pioneer of this is Professor Michio Kaku, of

the City College of New York. He has

suggested that not only are there alternate

universes, but when ours is about to go out in

a couple of billion years, we might have the

science to migrate to a more congenial one

that isn’t going to go out. I think he expects

science to keep improving for countless

millennia, which is very optimistic of him, but

whatever one thinks about that, the idea of

alternative universes is now gaining an

acceptance among physicists, and he’s the

name to cite in this area.

The subject is far from one lacking

in mysteries and questions, however, as

Coghlan acknowledged:

Now, how do you get into, or out of,

alternative universes? Well, the answer is

quite simple: You have heard of worm-holes,

I’m sure? No-one has ever seen a worm-

hole, I hasten to add. They are hypothetical,

but mainstream physicists say they could be

there, and there’s one particular type called

the Lorentzian Traversable Wormhole.

Physicists admit there is a possibility that this

exists, and it would be like a short-cut, from

one universe to another. Thus, for example,

it’s rather like a portal: Something from the

other universe would come through it. Or,

something from another planet could come

through it.

Turning his attentions towards the

links between worm-holes and bizarre

beasts, Coghlan commented that:

If there are any of these worm-holes on

Earth, it would be quite easy for anything to

come through, and it’s quite possible any

number of anomalous creatures could find

their way through from time to time. You

remember John Keel and his window-areas?

That would tend to indicate there’s a worm-hole in the vicinity; such as Point Pleasant,

West Virginia, where the Mothman was

seen.

I have the distinct suspicion we are dealing

with window-areas that either contact some

other planet, or they contact another

universe. My money is on the other universe,

rather than the other planet, to be honest with

you. Either a short-cut through time, or a

short-cut through space, is recognized as

possible these days. This is kind of cutting-edge physics, as it were.

Now, the other one isn’t cutting-edge physics

at all. It’s my own little theory. I think, looking

at a great many legends, folk-tales, and things

of that nature, it is possible to vibrate at

different rates. And if you vibrate at a

different rate, you are not seen. You are not

tangible. And, then, when your vibration

changes, you are seen, and you are tangible;

maybe that this has something to do with

Bigfoot appearing and disappearing in a

strange fashion.

And, finally, on the question of UFOs: Quite a

large number of Bigfoot-type creatures have

been seen in the vicinity of UFOs. I’m not

saying there’s necessarily a connection

between the two, but they do—quite often—

turn up in the same areas. Now, if UFOs

travel by worm-holes, and if Bigfoot does the

same, that might allow for a connection

between the two. They might not be mutually

exclusive.

Based on a careful study of Ronan

Coghlan’s words, we may well be

justified in saying that the ancient Native

American tribes knew far more about the

real nature of Bigfoot than we do today.

Within the field of Ufology, the term

“little green men” turns up with

deep

regularity—usually

in

a

disparaging,

fun-poking,

debunking

fashion. And, although it’s a term that

has very much become ingrained within

popular culture, it’s a fact that reports of

little green men are not uncommon in

UFO research. Certainly, one of the most

famous—or,

perhaps,

infamous—

examples can be found in a certain saga

that occurred on the night of August 21,

1955.

The location was a farmhouse

situated between the towns of Kelly and

Hopkinsville, Kentucky. What began

with sightings of strange lights in the sky

soon expanded into a definitive shoot-out with a group of little, green-colored

men. The farmhouse belonged to the

Sutton family, who wasted no time trying

to blast the diminutive things into

oblivion. It’s a case that remains a

ufological favorite. The association

between aliens and small, green

humanoids isn’t exclusively tied to the

Kelly-Hopkinsville case, however.

A researcher of folklore named

Chris Aubeck has been able to determine

that those three, now-famous, words—

little green men—date back to the final

years of the nineteenth century. In 1899,

for example, the Atlanta Constitution

newspaper published a story written by

Charles Battell Loomis, and titled

“Green Boy from Hurrah”—the Hurrah

of the title being a reference to another

world. The renowned fantasy novelist

Edgar Rice Burroughs wrote of the

“green men of Mars” in his 1906 story, A

Princess of Mars.

On May 22, 1947, just one month

before the term “flying saucer” was

coined (following the sighting of a

squadron of UFOs seen over Mount

Rainier, Washington, by a pilot named

Kenneth Arnold) a reference to “little

green men” was made in a Harrisburg,

Illinois, newspaper, the Daily Register.

Although the small article was on a

medical condition that can cause the skin

to turn green, it demonstrates that the

terminology was in popular use before

UFOs were, themselves, a part of our

culture. Four years later, in 1951, a sci-fi novel, Mack Reynolds’s The Case of

the Little Green Men, was published.

The subject matter was alien entities

infiltrating the human race.

We may never know, for sure, when

the “LGM” term was specifically

created; however, when it comes to the

matter of potential, ancient aliens, we

find a linkage between the phenomenon

and those now widely used three words.

It’s a story that takes us to the east coast

of England and centuries back in time.

So the tale goes, back in the twelfth

century, a young girl and boy, of

strangely green-hued skin, appeared in

the English village of Woolpit, which is

situated between the towns of Bury St.

Edmunds and Stowmarket. The children

claimed to have come from a magical

place called St. Martin’s Land, which

existed in an atmosphere of permanent

twilight, and where the people lived

underground, on nothing but green beans.

While the story has been relegated by

many to the realms of mere myth and

folklore, it may not be just that. It might,

actually, be much more.

According to the old legend, the

two children remained in Woolpit and

were

ultimately

baptized

by

the

villagers, who accepted them as their

very own. And although the boy

ultimately grew sickly and eventually

died, the girl did not. She thrived and

finally lost her green-tinged skin to

normal

colored

skin

of

healthy

appearance. She also, somewhat in

defiance of the disapproving attitudes of

certain members of the village, became,

as it was amusingly termed back then,

according to the legend, “rather loose

and wanton in her conduct.”

Ke nne th Arnold pose d in front of the airplane he

was flying in 1947, whe n he re porte dly saw UFOs

ne ar the Cascade Mountains.

Today, the story shows no signs of

going away anytime soon. In fact, the

people of the village of Woolpit still

embrace the story to this very day, as the

following extract from an article titled

“Welcome to Woolpit Village,” which

can be found at the the village’s official

website, demonstrates:

In 1016 Ulfketel, Earl of East Anglia, granted

the church and manor of Wlfpeta to the

Abbey of St Edmunds. The monks received

ten marks yearly from this grant, but the King

appropriated the revenues for the benefit of

one of his officials. A monk named Sampson

determined to put matters right and in 1159

travelled to Rome to obtain a charter from

Pope Alexander III. Despite being captured

and robbed by his enemies in the course of

his journey, Sampson managed to preserve

the Popes precious letter directing the

reversion of Woolpit and its church to the

monks, and returned to England after three

years. The monks were once again able to

enjoy the income, and Sampson was later

appointed Abbot.

One prominent feature of the village sign is

two small children. They depict a story that

goes back to the 12th century and tells the

legend of “The Green Children of Woolpit.”

This curious tale is recorded as taking place

at about the same time as Sampson’s journey

to Rome. Very briefly, reapers were

astonished at the discovery of a boy and a

girl in a hole in the ground. The children were

green, and spoke no recognizable language.

The boy, who was sickly, soon died, but the

girl grew up in Woolpit, and is said to have

married a man from King’s Lynn. This story

has been re-enacted on many occasions and

has appeared on childrens’ television.

Ralph of Coggeshall, a thirteenth-

century monk, wrote specifically of the

strange girl, who fortunately survived

and thrived in Woolpit all those

centuries ago:

Being frequently asked about the people of

her country, she asserted that the inhabitants,

and all they had in that country, were of a

green colour; and that they saw no sun, but

enjoyed a degree of light like what is after

sunset.

Being asked how she came into this country

with the aforesaid boy, she replied, that as

they were following their flocks, they came

to a certain cavern, on entering which they

heard a delightful sound of bells; ravished by

whose sweetness, they went for a long time

wandering on through the cavern, until they

came to its mouth.

When they came out of it, they were struck

senseless by the excessive light of the sun,

and the unusual temperature of the air; and

they thus lay for a long time. Being terrified

by the noise of those who came on them,

they wished to fly, but they could not find the

entrance of the cavern before they were

caught.

That both wild children were

reportedly green-skinned and lived

underground in a mysterious locale has

led many to disregard the tale out of

hand as one of fairy-based, mythological

proportions

and

nothing

else

whatsoever. That may not actually have

been the case, however.

The pair may have been suffering

from a condition called hypochromic

anemia, in which the sufferer—as a

result of a very poor diet that, in part,

affects the color of the red blood cells—

can develop skin of a noticeably green

shade. In support of this scenario,

hypochromic anemia was once known as

chlorosis, a word formulated in the early

1600s by a Montpellier professor of

medicine named Jean Varandal. And

why did Varandal choose such a name?

Simple: It came from the Greek word

chloris, meaning greenish-yellow or

pale green.

Therefore, we might very well, and

quite justifiably even, conclude that the

strange children of Woolpit were

definitively wild in nature. And given

their state of poor health, they may

certainly have lived poor and strange

lives, very possibly deep underground.

Or, perhaps, permanently under a thick

canopy of dense forest of the type that

dominated England at that time—with

others of their kind, in and around

Suffolk, just as they had claimed to the

villagers of Woolpit; and, all the while

struggling to survive on the meager

supplies of food available to them that

were ultimately responsible for their

green-yellow hue.

There

is

another

possibility,

however; these little green children may

not have been of this world. They may

have been ancient extraterrestrials.

Dr. Karl Shuker, an authority on the

mysteries of our world, has spent a great

deal of time investigating the saga of the

green children of Woolpit. In his 2012

paper, “The Green Children of Woolpit:

Investigating a Medieval Mystery,”

Shuker said:

A very different and far more dramatic

explanation was proffered by Harold T.

Wilkins, an investigator of unexplained

anomalies. In his book Mysteries: Solved

and Unsolved (1959), Wilkins boldly

proposed that the green children may have

entered our world from a parallel version

(existing in a separate dimensional plane but

directly alongside our own), by accidentally

passing through some form of inter—

dimensional “window” bridging the two.

Another dramatic proposal is that the green

children are extraterrestrials. As long ago as

1651, Robert Burton opined in his tome

Anatomy of Melancholy that they may have

come from Venus or Mars.

On a similar path, Tristan Eldritch

noted, in “The Green Children of

Woolpit:” “To a modern reader, the

children

might

suggest

stranded

extraterrestrials of some kind, and this

interpretation of the tale goes back much

further than you would imagine.” Indeed,

as Eldritch also reveals, “the story found

its way into Francis Goodwin’s fancy

The Man in the Moone (1638), a work

sometimes regarded as the very earliest

example of science fiction.”

Researcher Melanie Koslovic said

in “Green Children of Woolpit”:

It has also been suggested that the children

may have been aliens, or inhabitants of a

world beneath the Earth. In 1996 an article

was published in the magazine Analog

concerning this mystery; astronomer Duncan

Lunan hypothesized that the children were

accidentally sent to Woolpit from their home

planet due to a malfunction in their “matter

transmitter.”

Lunan thinks that the planet from which the

children originated may be trapped in a

synchronous orbit around its sun, presenting

the conditions for life only in a narrow

twilight zone between a fiercely hot surface

and a frozen dark side. He believes the

children’s green color is a side effect of

consuming genetically modified alien plants

eaten on their planet.

Hubpages notes of Lunan’s theory

(in “Green Children of Woolpit:

Mysterious Visitors from an Unknown

Land”) that:

encouraged by the introduction of this

element of science fiction to the proceedings,

another unusual hypothesis has surfaced. The

foundation of this theory is based on the

belief that the children came from another

dimension. Proponents of this reasoning

believe that the pair inadvertently discovered

a cave opening which was a portal between

their dimension, and our own. Evidently, the

portal was not a two-way access point; or

once the children were through, it vanished:

as no one was ever able to pinpoint such an

opening near the wolf pit where the two

were discovered.

Duncan Lunan, himself, said (in an

interview with Michael S. Collins) that

the green girl ultimately became the wife

of one

… Richard Barre, one of Henry II’s senior

ambassadors, which rather puts paid to the

“runaways from some primitive tribe” class

of explanations. Her first, illegitimate child

may have been fathered by Henry himself.

I’ve traced her descendants to the present—

one of them was deputy head of the House

of Lords under Margaret Thatcher, and he

thinks it’s a hoot: “I knew my ancestors were

colorful, but not that colorful.” It looks as if

the children grew up in a human colony on a

planet with a trapped rotation and were

returned to Earth in a matter-transmitter

accident, one of a number which happened

while the Earth’s magnetic field was

disturbed by the most violent solar activity

since the Bronze Age.

Before you write off Lunan’s theory

as being far too fanciful, it’s worth

noting that he attended Marr College and

Glasgow University. He has a master’s,

with honors, in English and philosophy,

with physics, astronomy, and French as

supporting

subjects,

and

has

a

postgraduate diploma in education.

Author of Children from the Sky, Duncan Lunan

be lie ve s that the strange childre n of Woolpit

we re se nt the re accide ntally by an alie n race .

Such is the age of the curious tale

of Woolpit’s centuries-old saga of the

village’s eerie, green-skinned children,

that we’ll likely never know if they

really were ancient aliens or of far more

down-to-earth origins. But, whatever the

truth, of one thing we can be sure: the

enchanting nature of the story ensures

that, with every new generation that

comes along, it gathers more momentum

and provokes increased fascination.

Situated in a specific section of the

planet Mars called Cydonia is a

vast, sprawling structure that appears to

resemble nothing less than a carving into

the rock of an extremely human-looking

face. Its dimensions are impressive: it is

around three kilometers in length and

around half that size in width. It first

gained attention on July 25, 1976, when

the face was photographed by NASA’s

Viking 1 probe that, at the time, was

orbiting Mars. To some, it’s nothing but

a large mesa that looks like a face. To

others, it is a face—one constructed,

possibly hundreds of thousands of years

ago, by ancient Martians.

One person who dug very deeply

into the many and varied areas of

controversy that surround what has

become

known—to

skeptics

and

believers, alike—as the “Face on

Mars,” was the late Mac Tonnies, who

penned an entire book on the subject, in

2004,

titled

After

the

Martian

Apocalypse. Before his death in 2009 at

the age of thirty-four, Tonnies shared his

thoughts with me on this curious,

otherworldly structure. It was an

interview that covered just about each

and every facet of the Face on Mars

controversy.

Tonnies began:

I’ve always had an innate interest in the

prospect of extraterrestrial life. When I

realized that there was an actual scientific

inquiry regarding the Face and associated

formations, I realized that this was a potential

chance

to

lift

SETI

[Search

for

Extraterrestrial

Intelligence]

from

the

theoretical arena; it’s within our ability to visit

Mars in person. This was incredibly exciting,

and it inspired an interest in Mars itself—its

geological history, climate, et cetera.

I have a BA in Creative Writing. So of

course, there are those who will happily

disregard my book because I’m not

“qualified.” I suppose my question is “Who is

qualified to address potential extraterrestrial

artifacts?” Certainly not NASA’s Jet

Propulsion

Laboratory,

whose

Mars

exploration timetable is entirely geology—

driven.

Tonnies noted to me how the

controversy first surfaced:

NASA itself discovered the Face and even

showed it at a press conference, after it had

been photographed by the Viking mission in

the 1970s. Of course, it was written off as a

curiosity. Scientific analysis would have to

await independent researchers. The first two

objects to attract attention were the Face and

what has become known as the “D&M

Pyramid.” Both unearthed by digital imaging

specialists Vincent DiPietro and Gregory

Molenaar. Their research was published in

Unusual Martian Surface Features; shortly

after, Face researcher Richard Hoagland

pointed out a collection of features [some,

eerily pyramid-like] near the Face which he

termed the “City.”

The Mars Re connaissance Orbite r took this

2007 photo of the famous “Face on Mars” that

shows a much-le ss distinctive human appe arance

than the photo capture d e arlie r (inse t) by the

Viking 1 Orbiter in 1976.

When asked by me how the

controversy

was

ignited,

Tonnies

replied:

When NASA dismissed the Face as a “trick

of light,” they cited a second, disconfirming

photo allegedly taken at a different sun-angle.

This photo never existed. DiPietro and

Molenaar had to dig through NASA archives

to find a second image of the Face—and, far

from disputing the face-like appearance, it

strengthened the argument that the Face

remained face like from multiple viewing

angles.

Tonnies

continued

with

his

comments and observation in regards to

the NASA–Face on Mars issue:

The prevailing alternative to NASA’s

geological explanation—that the Face and

other formations are natural landforms—is

that we’re seeing extremely ancient artificial

structures built by an unknown civilization.

NASA chooses to ignore that there is a

controversy, or at least a controversy in the

scientific sense.

Since making the Face public in the 1970s,

NASA has made vague allusions to humans’

ability to “see faces” (e.g. the “Man in the

Moon”) and has made lofty dismissals, but it

has yet to launch any sort of methodical

study of the objects under investigation.

Collectively, NASA frowns on the whole

endeavor. Mainstream SETI theorists are

equally hostile.

Tonnies

made

valuable

observations to me relative to the

controversy:

Basically, the Face—if artificial—doesn’t fall

into academically palatable models of how

extraterrestrial intelligence will reveal itself, if

it is in fact “out there.” Searching for radio

signals is well and good, but scanning the

surface of a neighboring planet for signs of

prior occupation is met with a very carefully

cultivated institutionalized scorn. And of

course it doesn’t help that some of the

proponents of the Face have indulged in more

than a little baseless “investigation.”

As for Tonnies’s own thoughts, they

were as intriguing as they were notable:

I think some of the objects in the Cydonia

region of Mars are probably artificial. And I

think the only way this controversy will end is

to send a manned mission. The features

under investigation are extremely old and

warrant on-site archaeological analysis.

We’ve learned—painfully—that images from

orbiting

satellites

won’t

answer

the

fundamental

questions

raised

by

the

Artificiality Hypothesis.

When asked by me: “Do you

believe all the perceived anomalous

structures are indeed that or do you feel

some are of natural origin while some

are of unnatural origin?” Tonnies

replied:

I suspect that we’re seeing a fusion of

natural geology and mega scale engineering.

For example, the Face is likely a modified

natural mesa, not entirely unlike some rock

sculptures on Earth but on a vastly larger and

more technically challenging scale.

I then asked a couple of questions

of a very controversial nature: “Is there

a relationship between the face and the

pyramids on Mars and similar ones at

Egypt?

What

does

the

research

community think of this perceived

connection? Tonnies responded thus:

There’s a superficial similarity between some

of the alleged pyramids in the vicinity of the

Face and the better-known ones here on

Earth. This has become the stuff of endless

arcane theorizing, and I agree with esoteric

researchers that some sort of link between

intelligence on Mars and Earth deserves to

be taken seriously. But the formations on

Mars are much, much larger than terrestrial

architecture. This suggests a significantly

different

purpose,

assuming

they’re

intelligently designed. Richard Hoagland, to

my knowledge, was the first to propose that

the

features

in

Cydonia

might

be

“arcologies”—architectural ecologies—built

to house a civilization that might have

retreated underground for environmental

reasons.

“If these things are artificial, who

built them—Martians? Someone visiting

Mars? Ancient earth civilizations now

forgotten or lost to history?” I asked. He

replied:

It’s just possible that the complex in Cydonia

(and potential edifices elsewhere on Mars)

were constructed by indigenous Martians….

Mars was once extremely Earth-like. We

know it had liquid water. It’s perfectly

conceivable that a civilization arose on Mars

and managed to build structures within our

ability to investigate. Or the anomalies might

be evidence of interstellar visitation—perhaps

the remains of a colony of some sort. But

why a humanoid face?

That’s the disquieting aspect of the whole

inquiry; it suggests that the human race has

something to do with Mars, that our history is

woefully incomplete, that our understanding

of biology and evolution might be in store for

a violent upheaval. In retrospect, I regret not

spending more time in the book addressing

the possibility that the Face was built by a

vanished terrestrial civilization that had

achieved spaceflight. That was a tough

notion to swallow, even as speculation, as it

raises as many questions as it answers.

Was there any way to determine

when the Face and the surrounding

structures were built, if they were built?

He said:

We need to bring archaeological tools to bear

on this enigma. When that is done, we can

begin reconstructing Martian history. Until

we visit in person, all we can do is take better

pictures and continue to speculate.

I wanted to know what Tonnies’s

theories were as to how Mars—if it

once was home to intelligent life—was

transformed into a dead world. He had a

few eye-opening ideas:

Astronomer Tom Van Flandern has proposed

that Mars was once the moon of a tenth

planet that literally exploded in the distant

past. If so, then the explosion would have had

severe effects on Mars, probably rendering it

uninhabitable. That’s one rather apocalyptic

scenario. Another is that Mars’s atmosphere

was destroyed by the impact that produced

the immense Hellas Basin [a 7,152-meter—

deep basin located in Mars’s southern

hemisphere]. Both ideas are fairly heretical

by current standards; mainstream planetary

science is much more comfortable with Mars

dying a slow, prolonged death. Pyrotechnic

collisions

simply

aren’t

intellectually

fashionable—despite evidence that such

things are much more commonplace than

we’d prefer.

I asked Tonnies what it was that

had stimulated him not just to investigate

the controversy surrounding the Face on

Mars, but to write an entire book on the

subject, too. It was, he said, all down to

one thing: “Anger.”

He explained:

The He llas Basin on Mars’s southe rn

he misphe re is an imme nse crate r that might have

be e n cause d by a huge impact that de stroye d the

plane t’s atmosphe re .

I was, frankly, fed up with bringing the

subject of the Face on Mars up in online

discussion and finding myself transformed

into a straw man for self-professed experts.

It was ludicrous. The book is a thought

experiment, a mosaic of questions. We don’t

have all of the answers, but the answers are

within our reach. Frustratingly, this has

become very much an “us vs. them” issue,

and I blame both sides. The debunkers have

ignored solid research that would undermine

their assessment, and believers are typically

quite pompous that NASA et al. are simply

wrong or, worse, actively covering up.

On this latter point, of whether or

not NASA was engaged in a conspiracy

to hide the truth of the Face on Mars,

Tonnies had some interesting thoughts

that he wished to share:

When NASA/JPL released the first Mars

Global Surveyor image of the Face in 1998,

they chose to subject the image to a high-

pass filter that made the Face look hopelessly

vague. This was almost certainly done as a

deliberate attempt to nullify public interest in

a feature that the space agency is determined

to ignore. So yes, there is a cover-up of sorts.

But it’s in plain view for anyone who cares to

look into the matter objectively. I could

speculate endlessly on the forms a more

nefarious cover-up might take—and I come

pretty close in the book—but the fact

remains that the Surveyor continues to return

high-resolution images. Speculation and even

some healthy paranoia are useful tools. But

we need to stay within the bounds of

verifiable fact lest we become the very

conspiracy-mongering caricatures painted by

the mainstream media.

Tonnies also wanted to point out

that the Face on Mars and the

surrounding

pyramid-like

structures

were not the only anomalies on Mars:

The Mars Global Surveyor has taken images

of anomalous branching objects that look, for

all the world, like organic phenomena. Arthur

C. Clarke [the late, acclaimed science-fiction

author, who died in 2008] for one, is sold on

the prospect of large forms of life on Mars,

and has been highly critical of JPL’s silence.

Clarke’s most impressive candidates are

what he has termed “banyan trees” near the

planet’s south pole. And he collaborated with

Mars researcher Greg Orme in a study of

similar features NASA has termed “black

spiders”—root-like formations that suggest

tenacious macroscopic life.

My final question for Tonnies was:

“What do you hope your book After the

Martian Apocalypse will achieve?”

He said:

Our attitudes toward the form extraterrestrial

intelligence will take are painfully narrow.

This is exciting intellectual territory, and too

many of us have allowed ourselves to be told

what to expect by an academically palatable

elite. I find this massively frustrating.

I hope After the Martian Apocalypse will

loosen the conceptual restraints that have

blinkered radio-based SETI by showing that

the Face on Mars is more than collective

delusion or wishful thinking. This is a

perfectly valid scientific inquiry and demands

to be treated as such.

More than a decade since Tonnies’s

book was published, the controversy

surrounding the Face on Mars still

stands—as does that eerie, mysterious,

visage itself.

In the same way that ancient Native

American lore suggests the United

States’ Bigfoot has unearthly origins,

very much the same can be said of

reports of such creatures seen in the

United Kingdom. While the U.K. has a

surprisingly large number of Bigfoot

reports for such a small nation, it’s a fact

that the sightings are not made at

random. Rather, the vast majority occur

in and around some of the U.K.’s most

ancient and sacred stone circles. Why

that may be is a question that will be

answered at the very end of this chapter.

First, however, let’s take a look at a

number of the stand-out cases on record.

Tucked away on the fringes of an

old

English

village

called

Long

Compton is a roughly circular formation

of stones called the Rollright Stones. For

just about everyone who visits the

stones, the effect is very much the same:

a sense of being deep in the heart of a

magical realm, one saturated by matters

paranormal and supernatural. It’s not

surprising, then, that the Rollright Stones

have attracted numerous legends to

explain their presence. There’s no

doubting their point of origin: the Bronze

Age. As for their purpose, that’s quite

another matter.

That the Rollright Stones are made

up of a circle referred to as the King’s

Men and a burial area that the locals call

the Whispering Knights has led to the

creation of an engaging legend. It’s a

legend that dates back to the first decade

of the seventeenth century. So the

enduring story goes, an evil witch—one

Mother Shipton—did not take kindly to

the king and his knights intruding upon

her land. As a result, she cast powerful

spell and turned the entire party into

blocks of stone. In that scenario, the

Rollright Stones are the petrified

remains of a long-gone army that was

defeated not by bows and arrows,

swords, and spears, but by a malevolent

hex.

Now we come to the matter of

monsters. Paul Devereux is a noted

expert on British-based stone circles and

areas of archaeological significance, and

the author of many books, including

Stone Age Soundtracks: The Acoustic

Archaeology of Ancient Sites. In 1977,

Devereux created an ambitious program

to study numerous standing stone

formations in the U.K., ones that seemed

to be surrounded by an excess of

ultrasonic and magnetic phenomena. At

the height of the investigation at the

Rollright Stones, one of Devereux’s

team caught a very brief view of a large,

upright, shaggy-haired animal lurking

near the stones. In an instant, it was gone

—something that prevented the witness

from getting a good look at it.

Nevertheless, he was sure it was no

normal wild animal of the types that

roam around the U.K., such as a fox or a

deer.

Moving on to the English county of

Devon, and specifically the wilds of

Dartmoor—where Sir Arthur Conan

Doyle set his Sherlock Holmes novel

The Hound of the Baskervilles—there

are the thought-provoking words of a

woman named Theo Brown, a noted

historian, author, and devotee of Devon

legend and lore. Back in the 1940s, a

colleague

of

Brown

encountered

something very strange at the site of an

ancient, Neolithic stone circle on

Dartmoor called Lustleigh Cleave,

which is estimated to have been

constructed around 580 C.E.

The story provided to Brown was

that the person in question stumbled

upon “a family of ‘cave men,’ either

naked and covered in hair or wrapped in

the shaggy pelts of some wild animal,

shambling around the stone circle at the

top of the cleave.”

A particularly notable account of an

encounter with a bizarre beast near the

site of a stone circle comes from the

files of investigative author Merrily

Harpur. In fact, the site was not just near

a stone circle, but close to the definitive

stone circle of all: Stonehenge. It was in

the fall of 2002 when a man named

George Price—at the time serving with

the British Army—had a bizarre

encounter on a huge expanse of English

wilderness called Salisbury Plain,

which is also home to Stonehenge.

Ne ar the village of Long Compton, England,

stand the Rollright Stone s. Le ge nd has it that the

stone s are what re main of the king’s knights who

we re turne d to stone by a witch.

It was on the plain that Price, taking

part in Army training maneuvers at the

time, caught sight of an immense creature

of apelike proportions and appearance

that was sporting a hairy coat similar to

that of an orangutan. As the military

closed in, the beast wasted no time in

exiting the area at high speed and

vanishing into the undergrowth. That the

monster should have been encountered

near one of the world’s most famous,

sacred sites—one that dates back to

approximately 3,100 B.C.E.—is surely no

coincidence.

Then there is the curious tale of a

man named W. E. Thorner. Late one

night, on the remote Scottish island of

Hoy in the early 1940s, Thorner was

stunned by a bizarre sight: a band of

hairy people engaged in a wild dance

near the edge of a large cliff. Thorner

said:

These creatures were small in stature, but

they did not have long noses nor did they

appear kindly in demeanour. They possessed

round faces, sallow in complexion, with long,

dark, bedraggled hair. As they danced about,

seeming to throw themselves over the cliff

edge, I felt that I was a witness to some

ritual dance of a tribe of primitive men. It is

difficult to describe in a few words my

feelings at this juncture or my bewilderment.

The whole sequence could have lasted about

three minutes until I was able to leave the

cliff edge.

Still on the topic of unknown, hairy,

humanoid animals seen in the U.K.—and

ones seen in the direct vicinity of

ancient,

historical

sites—

cryptozoologist Neil Arnold told me the

following, in a January 2012 interview:

I’ve always wondered what type of

manifestation these U.K. “wild men” could

be. In the autumn of 2011 a psychic lady who

I know as a friend and who I trust—I don’t

often have any interests in psychics—

accompanied me to Blue Bell Hill, which is a

very haunted village in Kent, a few miles

short of the town of Maid-stone. I knew of

several obscure “man-beast” reports in the

area which she knew nothing about. I took

her to one particular spot, near some ancient

stones, hoping she’d pick up a ghostly

presence and she said she felt nothing

whatsoever, but she did state quite

categorically that a few years previous,

around 2003 she’d had a bizarre encounter in

the area one night.

Arnold continued:

She had visited Kit’s Coty House—a set of

stones—with a group of fellow psychics. Her

friends were over on one side of the field

which harbours the stones and she was in

another area when she noticed someone

walking towards her a few hundred yards

away. The figure seemed to be striding rather

aggressively and was coming from the

direction of a thicket which runs alongside

the field.

The woman, whose name is

Corriene, said Arnold,

… stated that from a distance the figure

appeared huge in build and covered in hair

and she sensed it was not “real” but gave off

an air of malevolence. The figure marched

towards her and she could see it had long

hair and a beard, covering most of its face.

The hulking figure was taller than six feet

and appeared to have a loin cloth around its

waist and furred boots. No-one else saw this

figure, but I was intrigued as I knew that in

the past several witnesses had come forward

to say they’d seen similar figures in woods

within miles of Blue Bell Hill.

Arnold told me this set him on an

intriguing and alternative pathway:

I began to wonder if people had seen, from a

distance, some type of ghostly primitive man

—long hair, bearded, muscular, animal fur

around the waist—who, from several

hundred yards away, or in ill light, may have

looked as if he was covered in hair. Blue Bell

Hill and much of Kent is steeped in history—

so maybe people were seeing some type of

Neolithic hunter. Corriene was intrigued by

what I said and then, rather startled,

mentioned that on another occasion whilst in

the area of the stones she’d seen several of

these people who she felt were not

aggressive, and although armed with spears

were simply guarding the area and stooping

low in the bushes, curious as to what they

were seeing.

All of this brings us to an important

question: why, in the U.K., do so many

ancient sites play host to nightmarish,

hairy animals of unknown origin and

type? Linda Godfrey, who has penned a

number of excellent books on unknown

animals, such as The Beast of Bray

Road and The Michigan Dogman, has

formulated a theory in her home country

of the United States that might just as

easily apply to what is afoot in the U.K.

It revolves around a creature both feared

and revered by Native Americans: the

Skinwalker.

Godfrey refers to them, in her 2012

book, Real Wolfmen, as “entities created

by magic ritual that look like animals but

are really spirit doubles of the shaman

that either go out from the physical body

or envelope it like a supernatural

costume.”

Godfrey

adds

that

Skinwalkers are akin to Tibetan beliefs

in what are known as Tulpas, or thought—

forms: creations of the human mind that

have the ability to leap out of the brain

and take on a degree of reality. In

essence, a Tulpa is a creation of the

human mind, but one that can be

projected externally and given a

semblance of quasi-independent life in

our 3-D world.

Godfrey also said: “I can tell you

that Native Americans from various

locations have indicated to me that these

things

absolutely

exist,

as

do

zoomorphic

(animal-shaped)

spirit

guardians made to watch over sacred

grounds.”

“Animal-shaped spirit guardians,”

brought into our world to protect areas

deemed sacred to the ancients: does this

not sound very familiar? It should: while

Godfrey’s words are directed at

paranormal hotspots in the United States,

based on what we just have seen they

could easily apply to the U.K. and its

famous

stone

circles

and

their

accompanying monsters.

Beyond any shadow of doubt, it’s one

of the strangest of all the stories

that appear in the pages of the Old

Testament. It’s the controversial saga of

a man named Jonah, who allegedly spent

no less than three days immersed in the

water-filled belly of a whale. Biblical

scholars and believers are content to

accept the story in wholly literal terms.

Many of those who adhere to the theory

that the tales in the Old Testament are

born out of distorted accounts of alien

visitation have suggested that Jonah was

not swallowed by a whale but abducted

by the extraterrestrial crew of a UFO.

Before we get to the alien angle,

however, let us first address the matter

of what, exactly, the Bible said about

Jonah’s underwater exploits.

Jonah, the son of Amittai, was a

prophet from Gath Hepher, Israel, who,

according to the book of Jonah in the

Bible, was instructed by God to go to

Nineveh (a Mesopotamian city on the

east side of the Tigris River, which

flows through Turkey and Iraq) and

preach the Gospel.

By all accounts, Jonah was not one

to take orders—from anyone, and that

even included an all-powerful deity. As

a result, he outright ignored God’s

command and elected to head for Joppa,

a seaport, and make his way by ship to

Tarshish.

Given that we are specifically

talking about the Old Testament, God’s

response was hardly surprising: it was

one filled with wrath and dire

punishment for Jonah. God conjured up

an appropriately almighty storm, the

huge waves of which, when coupled

with violent thunder and lightning,

almost battered the ship to the point of

complete destruction. The crew, it

becomes clear, was a suspicious bunch

and drew lots to determine whose

wrongdoing had incurred the backlash of

God. Jonah came up short and was

quickly tossed overboard by the

frightened crew. Suddenly, however,

something remarkable happened.

The pounding waves became calm,

the skies cleared, and the storm was

gone—in pretty much an instant. Then

something

even

more

astounding

occurred: a mighty whale surfaced from

the depths and swallowed Jonah, who,

up until that point, had been doing his

best to stay afloat in the churning waters.

As he sat in the fishy, watery belly for a

full three days, Jonah came to realize his

error and soon repented for not

following God’s orders to preach to the

people of Nineveh. A satisfied God

arranged for Jonah to be deposited back

on dry land in a most curious fashion:

the whale, rather unceremoniously,

vomited him up.

In the biblical story, Jonah is swallowe d up by a

whale —or large fish of some kind—while

voyaging to Joppa. Pe rhaps, though, the “fish”

was not a fish at all, but an Unide ntifie d

Subme rge d Obje ct, or USO.

There was, however, something

very strange about the newly returned

Jonah: the three days in the belly of the

whale had bleached his skin and clothes

white, giving him a decidedly unsettling,

eerie appearance. This may well have

had some bearing on why, exactly, the

people of Nineveh listened to Jonah

when he ordered them to give up their

evil, wanton ways, lest God destroy the

city. They not only listened, they also did

as Jonah had insisted: they changed their

behavior, fasted, and repented. God,

seeing that the people of Nineveh had

indeed changed, forgave them and the

city was spared destruction.

That is the Old Testament version

of the story of Jonah and the mysterious

whale in which he was inexplicably able

to live for three full days. The idea that a

person could survive, for around

seventy-two hours, in the belly of a

whale, deep within the waters of a

churning ocean, is, however, ridiculous.

We are, therefore, required to look in

other directions for potential answers to

what really lay at the heart of the story.

Michel M. Deschamps, of Northern

Ontario

UFO

Research

&

Study

(NOUFORS), said in his article “My

Personal Belief System (and How It’s

Been Affected UFOs):”

I did some research and found that it was

impossible for a man to be inside of a whale

for three days because there is no species of

whale that can actually swallow a man

whole, and then spit him out. The largest

whales

only

eat

plankton,

which

is

microscopic in size compared to that of a

man.

I kept thinking that maybe Jonah had been

taken aboard a vessel of some type … which

then brought him to shore, a few days later.

I had read many reports of these black

silhouettes that were seen floating on the

surface of the ocean during the 1950s and

1960s. Some thought that maybe, they were

dealing

with

Soviet

submarines.

But

whatever they were, they always managed to

disappear without a trace, leaving the

authorities dumbfounded. It is a known fact

amongst UFOlogists that USOs (Unidentified

Submerged Objects) do exist, and they are of

a non-terrestrial origin. They’re actually

UFOs that have the ability to submerge

themselves in our world’s oceans and lakes.

So it would not be too surprising for me to

find out that this is what lies behind the story

of “Jonah and the whale.”

That the field of ufology is rife with

sightings of so-called USOs is not in

doubt. The late author and anomalies

research Ivan T. Sanderson wrote an

entire book on the subject of unidentified

craft seen in the world’s oceans. Its title:

Invisible Residents. While it would be

impossible

to

summarize

all

of

Sanderson’s bulging case-files, one will

suffice.

From military sources, Sanderson

learned of a fascinating case that

occurred off the coast of Puerto Rico in

1963. U.S. Navy personnel were taking

part in a military exercise: aircraft,

ships, and submarines played significant

roles in the operation.

At some point in the exercise, Navy

personnel tracked the movements of a

very curious object, deep in the ocean

waters. They continued to do so for no

less than four days, as the object—which

was clearly under intelligent control—

traveled to the astonishing depth of

27,000 feet. Whatever the nature of the

USO, it remained unidentified.

In his 2013 paper, “The Story of

Jonah,” researcher John Black makes

good observations on the story of Jonah:

Let us travel back thousands of years to a

time when there was no technology and ask

ourselves how an advanced, modern vehicle

would have been perceived and described

using the limited terms and references the

civilization had. Is it not obvious that an

airplane would have been perceived as a

shiny, metallic bird, or perhaps a chariot of

fire?

Similarly, isn’t it possible that a submarine

would have been perceived as a whale, since

whales, even then, were the largest mammals

in the sea? A prime example of such a

limitation is how we still use the term “flying

disc” for unknown vehicles simply because

they remain, to us, unknown disc-like shaped

objects that fly. If we had this kind of

technology then the term we use would be

completely different.

Black concluded:

This story makes you wonder whether this

“God” could have just been a supreme being

with knowledge and power beyond the

author’s comprehension, along with a fleet of

vehicles at his disposal to force the faith and

obedience of his subjects.

It’s interesting to note that within

alien abduction lore, there are many

accounts of people reportedly taken onboard UFOs and submerged into liquids,

or gels. They sound eerily like the

accounts of Jonah while he was caught

in the water-filled belly of a whale. An

extract from one such report—taken

from an online article, “A True Account

of Alien Abduction”—reads thus:

I woke up again, this time naked in a funnel

shaped pool filled with a greenish black gel

type liquid. The pool had to be 20 yards wide

all around. And pretty deep. The pool was

made of some kind of shiny metal. With the

gel it made the surface very slippery and you

would slip under the gel if you tried to get

out. I then realized something very odd at

that time. I wasn’t alone.

There were at least 15 other humans with

me. All of them screaming and panicking.

This is what scared me. I didn’t know what

they were screaming about. I thought they

knew something I didn’t, so I got scared.

Some were under the gel moving around I

could see. Most were trying to escape.

A second account, from the

iwasabducted.com

website’s

post,

“Abducted at night from bedroom,”

reads:

I found myself inside a clear glass cylinder,

totally submerged in some kind of warm fluid,

thicker than water, thinner than oil. To my

surprise, I was able to breathe this warm

fluid without discomfort. I could also open my

eyes without a problem. The solution was

clear, of a greenish color and the container

was softly lit. I remember, still fully

submerged in this solution, that I slowly

began to recall the abduction that had taken

me away from my bedroom, minutes, maybe

hours before. (impossible to tell). Then I

made the connection with the place I was

now in and real fear took hold of me. I

remember desperately trying to get out of the

container but I could not move a muscle

except for my eyelids.

Finally, and all at once by sheer force of will,

I was able to regain movement of my limbs. I

jumped out of the glass container faster than

a spring. Apparently, what I had been

breathing while submerged was very

different than air because I felt the urgent

need to take a big breath of air as soon as I

came out.

I was naked and dripping this fluid/solution

that was sort of a slimy gel. The place was

dark, very steamy with a strange, unpleasant

smell.

Researcher Helmut Lammer—in

“New Evidence of Military Involvement

in Abductions”—tells the story of an

abductee he calls “Lisa.” In Lammer’s

own words:

Lisa … was kidnapped and brought to a

military underground facility, where she saw

naked humans floating in tubes. Lisa claims

that she was forced by humans into some

type of pool filled with a golden yellow bubbly

fluid, while other humans looked at her. Lisa

has

traumatic

recollections

that

her

kidnappers tried to make her and other

victims able to breathe in the liquid. In two of

the before mentioned cases the abductee

was forced to breathe the liquid like Lisa.

The hypnosis transcripts reveal that the liquid

breathing experiences were traumatic for the

abductees. Both abductees where totally

immersed in the liquid and both reported that

they could breathe the fluid.

UFO authority Stanton Frie dman sugge ste d that

a pe rson could survive g force s and long trave l in

a space craft be tte r if subme rge d in fluids.

UFO authority Stanton Friedman

made a notable observation in “UFO

Propulsion Systems”:

The amount of acceleration a person can

stand depends on many factors; the three

most important depends on the duration of

acceleration (the greater the force, the

shorter the time it can be tolerated), the

direction of the force in relation to the body

(back to front acceleration is much easier to

handle then head to foot acceleration, and for

this reason Apollo astronauts have their

backs perpendicular to the direction of the

thrust, rather than along it as in an elevator),

and body environment is important ( a person

immersed in fluid can withstand greater

acceleration than one not so immersed).

In light of Friedman’s words, we

might wish to consider the possibility

that Jonah’s time spent within the belly

was actually time spent immersed in

fluids that allowed for his body to cope

with the rigors of travel in a craft not

normally designed to transport humans.

It may well have been a liquid that had

an unfortunate side-effect: it bleached

Jonah’s skin as white as a ghost.

Perhaps the story of Jonah is, in

reality, one of the earliest accounts on

record of an alien abduction.

Any mention of presidential

assassinations that changed the face

of the United States will, probably first

and foremost, conjure up imagery

relative to the November 22, 1963,

assassination of President John F.

Kennedy, at Dealey Plaza, Dallas, Texas.

Long before JFK was killed, however

(whether by Lee Harvey Oswald, the

Cubans, the Mafia, or the KGB), there

was the murder of President Abraham

Lincoln, on April 15, 1865.

Unlike so many presidents of the

twentieth century, Lincoln was not born

into a rich, powerful family. It was

exactly the opposite: Lincoln was very

much a self-made man, one who was

brought up in near-poverty in Hardin

County,

Kentucky.

Lincoln

was

determined to make a significant life for

himself, however, and he achieved

exactly that—and much more, besides.

Prior to his election to the position of

president of the United States in March

1861, Lincoln had worked as both a

state legislator and a lawyer, and, in

1846, was elected to the House of

Representatives. From there, it was a

case of the sky being the limit; until, that

is, a man named John Wilkes Booth put

paid to all of that. There are, however,

widely held beliefs that Booth did not

act alone when he shot and killed

Lincoln.

Powerful

bankers,

the

Confederates, the Jesuits, or possibly

even high-ranking Masons, it has been

suggested, may have been in on the

deadly act.

To understand the conventional

theory that John Wilkes Booth was the

culprit we have to go back to the

dawning of the 1860s. In the presidential

election of 1860, Lincoln gained a great

deal of support from those who

demanded an end to slavery—as did

Lincoln himself. There were, however,

significant

numbers

who

were

vehemently against the abolition of

slavery. They were the people of

Georgia, Mississippi, Texas, South

Carolina, Louisiana, Alabama, and

Florida. So vehemently anti-abolition

were they, they created what became

known as the Confederate States of

America. Tensions began to mount

between north and south, to the point

when, on April 12, 1861, civil war

broke out. It continued until May 9,

1865, and saw the South soundly

defeated. Slavery was no more, and the

Confederate States of America was

gone, too. It was a decisive victory for

the president, who celebrated a new

beginning for the United States and its

people. Unfortunately, Lincoln would not

have long to celebrate. Someone was

planning a quick demise for the nation’s

victorious leader.

Actor John Wilke s Booth is shown assassinating

Pre side nt Abraham Lincoln at Ford’s The atre in

Washington, D.C.

It’s ironic that John Wilkes Booth

was so anti-Lincoln, and for this

particular reason—despite his hatred of

the president—Booth chose never to

enlist with the Confederate military and

do in-the-field battle with the North.

That’s not to say he was a coward,

though. Rather, Booth forged deep and

intriguing links to the world of

espionage, acting for the Confederates in

decidedly “James Bond, 007”-style.

Demonstrating his loathing for the

president, more than a year before

Lincoln was killed, Booth had secretly

devised an operation to have the

president kidnapped and held until such

a time that he authorized the release of a

large number of Southern soldiers.

Things really reached their peak in early

April 1865, however. That was when

Booth, outraged by Lincoln’s plans to

allow black people to vote, decided that

kidnapping wasn’t enough for Lincoln:

nothing less than the president’s death

would satisfy Booth.

The date on which America was

changed was April 14, 1865. It was

Good Friday—albeit a very bad Friday

for Lincoln. The location was the

Washington, D.C., Ford’s Theatre, where

Lincoln and his wife, Mary, were due to

watch Tom Taylor’s play Our American

Cousin. It was during an interval that

disaster

struck.

Lincoln’s

main

bodyguard was a man named John

Parker. During the interval, Parker left

the president and headed for a drink or

two at the Star Saloon, which stood

adjacent to the theater. It was the perfect

moment for Booth to strike—and strike

he did. It was shortly before 10:15 P.M.

when Booth stealthily made his way to

the balcony seats in which Lincoln and

Mary were sitting and fired a bullet at

the president’s head.

Pandemonium broke out. Booth was

almost apprehended by Major Henry

Rathbone, but he managed to escape by

plunging a knife into the major. As for

the president, his hours were numbered.

It turns out that sitting hardly any

distance from the president was Dr.

Charles Leale, who raced over to the

rapidly fading Lincoln. Despite frantic

attempts to save his life, Lincoln died,

after plunging into a coma for more than

eight hours. As for Booth, he fled the

theater

and

outwitted

and

out-

maneuvered his military pursuers for

almost two weeks. A standoff occurred

at a Virginia farm, where Booth was shot

to death by Sergeant Boston Corbett.

When it comes to the conspiracy

theories

concerning

the

death

of

President Abraham Lincoln, they differ

significantly from the killing of President

John F. Kennedy in November 1963.

Whereas most conspiracy researchers of

the JFK affair suggest Lee Harvey

Oswald was nothing but a convenient

patsy who never fired even a single

bullet, when it comes to the killing of

Lincoln,

most

investigators

are

convinced Booth was the gunman. A big

question, however, exists: Was Booth the

brains behind the operation, or was

someone else pulling the strings? To try

and answer that question, let’s start with

the Masonic theory.

Mary Surratt, Le wis Powe ll, David He rold, and

Ge orge Atze rodt we re e xe cute d by hanging on

July 7, 1865, for conspiring to kill Pre side nt

Lincoln.

Researcher John Daniel lays the

blame squarely on the tentacles of

British-based Masonry. He suggested

that the reason why powerful figures in

the

British

establishment

wanted

President Lincoln gone were twofold.

First, by having Lincoln assassinated, it

would splinter the United States into

two, less than powerful sections, both of

which could easily be conquered much

easier than could one unified nation.

Daniel also argued that the Brits wished

to create a central bank under their

control.

Such a bank would likely have been

established

under

the

powerful

Rothschilds, who history has shown did

offer the Lincoln government a loan—

one with an extremely high interest rate.

The Rothschilds were convinced that

Lincoln would have no choice but to

accept the loan to help get the United

States back on its feet. Lincoln chose not

to, however. The Rothschilds were

soundly rebuffed.

Daniel said, in “Scarlet and the

Beast”:

Had it not been for Abraham Lincoln, English

Freemasonry would have succeeded. When

Lincoln restored the Union, the British

Brotherhood, out of revenge, plotted his

assassination. The Knights of the Golden

Circle, bankrolled by British Masonic

interests, selected John Wilkes Booth, a 33rd

degree Mason and member of Mazzini’s

Young America, for the task.

As for how the crime was hidden,

Daniel concludes that Edwin Stanton—

both a Freemason and the secretary of

war during the Lincoln administration—

coordinated the effort to bury the truth.

He said that it was Stanton who ordered

the blocking of all the roads out of

Washington, D.C., aside from the one

from which John Wilkes Booth was able

to escape and make his way to Virginia.

On top of that, Daniel does not believe

that Booth died at the Virginia farm that

the history books assure us he did:

Stanton then arranged for a drunk man to be

found, similar in build and appearance to

Booth. This man was to be murdered and his

body burned in a barn adjacent to the only

road not guarded by the military. Stanton just

happened to be on that road when he “found”

the murdered man, certifying that the charred

body was the remains of John Wilkes Booth.

The real John Wilkes Booth escaped.

Moving on, we have the Jesuit—

based conspiracy theory.

The idea that President Lincoln’s

assassination

was

orchestrated

by

Jesuits has its origins in events that

occurred in 1856, in Urbana, Illinois. In

that year, while employed as a lawyer,

Lincoln successfully offered defense to a

Canadian Catholic priest named Charles

Chiniquy. The case revolved around the

claim that Chiniquy had slandered

Bishop Anthony O’Regan, of the Roman

Catholic Church. When Peter Spink, a

Catholic from Illinois, filed suit against

Chiniquy, Lincoln was the man who

came to the rescue. And although the

court’s decision did not rule totally in

favor of Chiniquy, an agreement was, at

least and at last, reached.

Rather intriguingly, when the trial

was over, Chiniquy developed deep

concerns that the Jesuits—better known

as the Society of Jesus, or as they are

sometimes called, “God’s Marines”—

would take revenge on Lincoln for

humiliating Spink and, as a result, the

entire

Catholic

Church.

More

disturbingly, Chiniquy learned of an

association between the Jesuits and John

Wilkes Booth. It was a discovery that, in

1906, prompted Chiniquy to go public

with his conclusion that the Jesuits were

indeed guilty of killing the president—

via the deadly actions of Booth.

An equally controversial theory

suggests that none other than Lincoln’s

vice president, Andrew Johnson, ran the

operation to have Lincoln permanently

removed from office—or that, at the

very least, Johnson knew of the planned

killing and deliberately did nothing to

stop it from occurring. The latter was a

theory that even Lincoln’s wife, Mary,

came to believe. As unbelievable or as

unlikely as such a theory might sound, it

is a fact that Booth and Johnson crossed

paths in February 1864, when Booth—

who worked as an actor—performed at

the Wood’s Theatre in Nashville. Even

more damning, in terms of establishing a

connection, two years earlier, in 1862,

both men shared a mistress.

On top of that, although Johnson

and Lincoln amounted to a political pair,

they were certainly not friends. Johnson

did not share Lincoln’s views when it

came to the issue of the abolition of

slavery. Johnson wasn’t even Lincoln’s

first choice for a running mate: that went

to Hannibal Hamlin a Republican. After

serving as Lincoln’s first-term vice

president, Hamlin was dropped in favor

of Johnson, when it was decided that by

choosing Johnson—as a southerner—it

would send a message to the people that

Lincoln was doing his utmost to reunite

the country.

Such was the extent to which the

finger-pointing in Johnson’s direction

extended

that

a

Congressional

Assassination Committee was created to

address

the

claims

of

Johnson’s

complicity in the killing of the president.

It found no evidence of guilt on the part

of Johnson.

Almost 150 years have now passed

since President Abraham Lincoln was

assassinated by John Wilkes Booth at

Washington, D.C.’s Ford’s Theatre. It’s

doubtful that Booth was a wholly

innocent patsy—as has been suggested in

the case of Lee Harvey Oswald of

roughly a century later. As for the

possibility that Booth was the main man

in a deep, dark conspiracy, however, that

the theories continue to circulate after

such a large passage of time suggests

that the killing of the president was not

just the work of one crazed man, after

all.

In the latter part of 1888, a deadly

figure roamed the shadowy and foggy

back-streets of Whitechapel, London,

England, by night, violently slaughtering

prostitutes

and

provoking

terror

throughout the entire capital. He quickly

became—and still remains to this very

day—the world’s most notorious serial

killer. He was, in case you haven’t by

now guessed, Jack the Ripper. But, what

makes the Ripper so infamous, more than

a century after his terrible crimes were

committed, is that his identity still

remains a mystery. And everyone loves a

mystery.

So, who might Jack have been? The

theories are almost endless. Indeed, no

less than thirty potential suspects have

been identified. They include a powerful

Freemason, a surgeon, a doctor, a poet,

and even a member of the British royal

family. What follows is a list of those

individuals who have had more fingers

pointed at them than any others.

Without

doubt,

the

most

controversial theory for whom, exactly,

Jack the Ripper might have been, is that

he was a member of the British Royal

Family, specifically Prince Albert

Victor, the Duke of Clarence. It was a

theory that first surfaced in the early

1960s, specifically in the pages of a

book by French author, Philippe Julian.

In the 1967 English language version,

Julian wrote:

Before he died, poor Clarence was a great

anxiety to his family. He was quite

characterless and would soon have fallen a

prey to some intriguer or group of roués, of

which his regiment was full. They indulged in

every form of debauchery, and on one

occasion the police discovered the Duke in a

maison de recontre of a particularly

equivocal nature during a raid. The young

man’s evil reputation soon spread. The rumor

gained ground that he was Jack the Ripper.

Additional rumors suggested that

Albert had caught syphilis from a

London prostitute and, in a deranged

state of mind caused by the increasing

effects of his condition, roamed the

Whitechapel district of London in search

of prostitutes, upon whom he could take

out his rage and revenge. Nothing

concrete, however, has surfaced—so far,

at least—to suggest the prince was Jack.

That hasn’t stopped the theory from

thriving, however.

A variation on the theory that the

Duke of Clarence was Jack the Ripper is

that he was not the killer, but was

connected to him in a roundabout

fashion. The duke, theorists suggest,

secretly married a woman who was a

Catholic. This was too much for Queen

Victoria, and so a dark plan was put into

place. Sir William Withey Gull, the first

baronet of Brook Street and a noted

physician and Freemason, took on the

grim task of killing the friends of the

young woman in question who knew of

the secret marriage. Gull, then, trying to

protect the royals from scandal, was the

man behind the Ripper legend. And to

ensure that the killings were not

traceable back to the highest levels of

the British royal family, the legend of the

serial killer Jack the Ripper was created

as a convenient cover and diversion.

Maybe.

A ne wspape r story from Se pte mbe r 1888

de scribe s the horrific murde r of Annie Chapman.

Not all the de tails are corre ct he re ; for e xample ,

it was not true that the victim’s he art was

re move d.

As early as the 1890s, American

newspapers were reporting on the rumor

that Jack was actually a prominent figure

in London medicine, one who, according

to the man’s wife, had displayed violent

characteristics at the height of the

killings. Supposedly, the story got back

to the man’s co-workers. They quickly

visited the family home and found a

number of undisclosed items that

strongly suggested the man was indeed

Jack the Ripper. He was reportedly

hospitalized for his own good and died

soon after. Perhaps of some significance,

Gull—who famously coined the term

anorexia nervosa—died in 1890, and

just two years after the Ripper murders

took place.

In 1970, the late English physician

Thomas Edmund Alexander Stowell

stated that Gull was not the Ripper, but

was the killer’s doctor. Although

Stowell did not come straight to the

point and name Jack, his words and

description of the man make it clear that

he was talking about the Duke of

Clarence.

Six years later, in 1976, the Gull

theory was advanced at length in the

pages of Stephen Knight’s book Jack the

Ripper: The Final Solution. The work

was lauded at the time, but the story he

told—of Gull, of a huge Masonic

conspiracy, and of terrible murders that

were linked to the British monarchy—

has since been denounced, even by

leading figures in the Jack the Ripper

research community.

John Hamill, of the Freemasons’

United Grand Lodge of England, said

(and is quoted in David Peabody’s

article, “Exploding the Ripper Masonic

Link”):

The Stephen Knight thesis is based upon the

claim that the main protagonists, the Prime

Minister Lord Salisbury, Sir Charles Warren,

Sir James Anderson and Sir William Gull

were all high-ranking Freemasons. Knight

knew his claim to be false for, in 1973, I

received a phone call from him in the Library,

in which he asked for confirmation of their

membership. After a lengthy search I

informed him that only Sir Charles Warren

had been a Freemason. Regrettably, he chose

to ignore this answer as it ruined his story.

One person who often pops up in

Ripper research is John Pizer, an

admittedly unsavory Polish Jew who

worked in Whitechapel as a bootmaker,

and who was known locally as “Leather

Apron.” Strongly suspected of having

assaulted a number of prostitutes in the

area, and with a conviction for stabbing

already on record, Pizer was arrested by

Police Sergeant William Thicke in

September 1888—perhaps with much

justification, it might be argued.

Unfortunately for Thicke, Pizer had

alibis for two of the murders. One of

them was one hundred percent cast-iron.

At the time of Jack the Ripper’s second

killing, Pizer was speaking with none

other than a police officer. The two of

them were watching a huge fire as it

engulfed

the

London

docks.

Nevertheless, the investigation of Pizer

continued, something that revealed there

had been bad blood between Pizer and

Thicke for years.

One the ory is that the physician Sir William

Withe y Gull murde re d wome n who kne w of the

Duke of Clare nce ’s marriage to a Catholic; he

the n cre ate d the story of Jack the Rippe r to

cove r up the plot.

Despite having the perfect alibi,

elements of the London press openly

named him as Jack the Ripper. Pizer had

his revenge, however—a bit of legal

wrangling

ensured

monetary

compensation for the controversial boot

maker. And, in a strange bit of irony that

no doubt pleased Pizer—and as British

Home Office papers of 1889 reveal—

Sergeant Thicke was himself once

accused of being the Ripper.

A doctor who specialized in

abortions (which, for the numerous

prostitutes of Whitechapel in the late

1800s, would have been many), Thomas

Cream was someone who often surfaces

in those domains in which Ripper

investigators dwell. In 1881 Cream was

jailed for poisoning in Illinois. Upon his

release in 1891, however, he moved to

London, where his murders continued.

He was hung by the neck at Newgate

Prison in 1892. Legend said that Cream

was literally halfway through admitting

to be the Ripper when the rope snapped

his neck, although it’s a claim that has

yet to be vindicated.

There is a problem here: Cream

was in jail in the United States in 1888,

the year in which the Ripper murders

occurred. Or was he? Some Ripper-

researchers suggest Cream bribed his

way out of his U.S. prison years earlier

and was secretly replaced by a

lookalike. Was it all too good to be true?

As with just about every suspect in the

Ripper

affair,

the

jury

remains

steadfastly out.

On New Year’s Eve 1888, the body

of Montague John Druitt was hauled out

of the River Thames. A barrister, one

who also doubled as an assistant,

schoolmaster, and someone who was

born in Dorsett, England, Druitt was

suspected by Assistant Chief Constable

Sir Melville Macnaghten of being Jack

the Ripper. Macnaghten was no fool: he

rose to the position of assistant

commissioner

of

the

London

Metropolitan Police.

It is a fact that mental illness ran

through the Druitt family: both his

mother and grandmother were deranged

souls. There was also talk that Druitt had

taken his life for fear that word might get

out that he was homosexual. That the

Ripper murders ceased after Druitt’s

suicide only served to amplify the theory

that he was the killer. For example, in

his 1906 book, The Mysteries of

Modern London, poet and novelist

George Robert Sims wrote that the

Ripper had avoided the gallows by

throwing himself into the Thames just

after the Ripper murders ended—which

is exactly what Druitt did. A near-identical statement was made by Sir

John Moylan, the Home Office’s under—

secretary of state. If Druitt was Jack the

Ripper, then he took with him to the

grave the secrets of his homicidal,

double life.

William Henry Bury, originally

from London’s East End, might be

considered the ideal candidate for Jack

the Ripper. Shortly after the horrific

murders occurred, he moved to live in

the city of Dundee, Scotland. It was

while living there that Bury killed his

wife, Ellen. Notably, Ellen was a former

prostitute and was the victim of vicious

cuts to her stomach. That Jack the Ripper

solely targeted prostitutes and took a

great deal of glee in slicing and dicing

his victims did not pass by unnoticed.

Bury freely admitted to having

killed his wife. And, after having done

so, he was quickly found guilty of her

murder and soon thereafter hanged for

his crime. Interestingly, the hangman

himself, a character named James Berry,

told just about anyone who cared to ask

about Bury that he, Bury, was Jack the

Ripper. Had Bury made a secret

confession to the man who ended his

life? It’s difficult to say for sure, but

Berry was sufficiently sure in his own

mind. He told the story in 1927, in the

pages of Thomson’s Weekly News.

One of the biggest problems facing

the police in the Ripper affair was that

the killer always acted in an elusive

fashion. But one man claimed to have

actually gotten a good look at him—as in

up close and personal. That man was

George

Hutchinson,

a

laborer.

Hutchinson’s story revolved around the

life and death of Jack the Ripper’s final

victim, Mary Kelly.

According

to

Hutchinson’s

somewhat unlikely claim made to the

police, at around 2.00 A.M., just a few

hours before Kelly’s death, he had seen

her with a suspicious-looking character.

As Kelly and Hutchinson crossed paths,

and as the former walked towards

Thrawl Street, she was approached by a

man. It was a man, wearing a hat, who

was

determined

to

ensure

that

Hutchinson didn’t get a good look at his

face.

Oddly,

Hutchinson

then

contradicted himself by asserting that the

man was in his mid-thirties, wore a long

coat, had a “stern” look on his face, and

sported a thin moustache, slightly curled

at the ends.

Allegedly somewhat concerned for

Kelly’s safety, Hutchinson decided to

keep careful watch on Kelly’s rented

room, to where she took the man, and

where she was violently torn to pieces

only hours later. Despite hanging around

for a while, Hutchinson never saw Kelly

or the man leave the room. The

astonishingly

detailed

nature

of

Hutchinson’s report led some in

London’s police force to wonder if he,

himself, was the Ripper, trying to cover

his tracks by providing a detailed, false

description of the killer.

A ne wspape r ske tch of William He nry Bury, who

was suspe cte d of be ing Rippe r be cause he had

kille d his wife , a forme r prostitute .

Between April and October 1888,

Joseph “Danny” Barnett was in a

relationship with Jack’s final victim,

Mary Kelly. At the time, Barnett was

working at Billingsgate Fish Market.

And with money coming in, there was no

more need for Mary to walk the streets.

Unfortunately, when, in October, Barnett

lost his job, Kelly had to return to

selling herself for pennies. And, after a

violent quarrel, the two split up.

Nevertheless, Barnett—after the initial

drama had calmed down—continued to

give Mary money, when he had some to

spare. As a result, intriguing theories

have

been

suggested

concerning

Barnett’s possible role as Jack the

Ripper. First, there is the scenario of

Barnett killing Kelly’s prostitute friends

as a means to scare Kelly out of earning

her living on the streets of London.

Although, it must be said, this is taking

persuasion to its absolute extreme. A

second theory suggests that during their

violent argument, Barnett killed Mary—

whether by accident or design is

unknown. But, to try and avoid

suspicions that he was the killer, Barnett

chose to hideously mutilate her body in a

fashion befitting the Ripper, as a means

to camouflage his own actions. Since the

Ripper was on everyone’s minds,

Barnett would fall under the radar—if

the story is true, of course.

One of the strangest stories

concerning the identity of Jack the

Ripper revolves around a man named

Alexander

Pedachenko,

a

Russian

doctor. It’s a story that has conspiratorial

overtones to it since Pedachenko, as

well as being a doctor, was a member of

the Okhrana. It was, essentially, a

“secret police” unit—one that was

focused on fighting terrorists and

revolutionary types.

The story that links Pedachenko to

Jack the Ripper’s murderous spree in

Whitehall sounds unlikely, but is

nonetheless

thought-provoking.

Supposedly,

Pedachenko,

working

secretly with two colleagues, went on

homicidal rampages around London’s

East End.

According to the strange and

controversial

story,

Pedachenko

embarked on the mad killing spree with

one specific goal in mind: make the

finest minds of Scotland Yard to look

foolish so they lacked in credibility.

That the story was supposed to have

surfaced from Rasputin—the famous

healer, mystic, and “Mad Monk” who

had an unrelenting hold on the Russian

royal family—only made matters even

more controversial.

In 1889, just one year after Jack the

Ripper brought overwhelming fear to

Whitechapel, a man named Francis

Thompson penned a short story titled

The End Crowns the Work. It told of a

poet who sacrificed young women to

ancient gods, as a means to ensure he

became successful in his career in the

field of poetry. Thompson was a keen

poet himself, one who also spent time

living in the very heart of Whitechapel.

For a while, he had to resort to sleeping

on the streets of the district, when his

planned career as a full-time poet

spectacularly collapsed around him. In

addition, Thompson studied for six years

to be a surgeon. It was training that, of

course, made Thompson very familiar

with both human anatomy and knives.

Ripper theorists have suggested that

Thompson’s story—of young girls and

sacrificial rites—might very well have

been based upon Thompson’s own,

warped and deranged attempts to

achieve literary success by killing—and,

in his crazed mind, sacrificing—

London’s

East

End

prostitutes.

Interestingly, while down and destitute

in London, Thompson actually lived

with a prostitute for a short period. She

was a prostitute who, soon thereafter,

disappeared.

Beyond any shadow of doubt, the

most important development in decades

—maybe even ever—in the saga of Jack

the Ripper surfaced in September 2014.

It all revolved around a man named

Aaron Kosminski. Born in 1865, in the

Polish town of Klodawa, Kosminski

moved to England with his family in the

1880s, at the age of sixteen.

There are several notable things

about Kosminski: (a) he lived in

Whitechapel when the Ripper murders

occurred; (b) he suffered from acute

mental illness and was placed in an

insane asylum; and (c) the police had

suspected him of being Jack the Ripper.

He was plagued—night and day—by

voices in his head. He had a fear of

eating food prepared by anyone but

himself and had an even bigger terror of

bathing. Because of his psychological

state, Kosminski spent time in two

institutions:

Colney

Hatch

Lunatic

Asylum and Leavesden Asylum, the

latter being the place where he died at

the age of fifty-three, chiefly because of

the effects of severe malnutrition

provoked by anorexia.

In terms of the Jack the Ripper

connections, in 1894, Sir Melville

Macnaghten, who at the time was the

assistant chief constable of the London

Metropolitan Police, recorded in a

memo that Kosminski was considered a

suspect. Far more telling, Macnaghten

described Kosminski as someone who

had a “great hatred of women” and who

had “strong homicidal tendencies.”

In September 2014, Britain’s Daily

Mail newspaper revealed the results of

a mitochondrial DNA analysis, which

demonstrated

the

presence

of

Kosminski’s semen on a shawl owned

by one of the Ripper’s victims,

Catherine Eddowes. Critics, however,

have pointed out that the shawl was “in

the same room” as two of Eddowes’

descendents in 2007, something that

could have contaminated the shawl with

the DNA then, rather than back in 1888.

That is all well and good, but then

there is the matter of the semen. Writer

Tom Head noted in his article “5

Reasons Aaron Kosminski Might Not

Have Been Jack the Ripper”:

Finding Kosminski’s mtDNA in a semen stain

on the shawl is much more impressive, and is

much harder to explain. Contrary to

Ripperologist Richard Cobb’s claim that the

stain could be explained by Kosminski’s

history with prostitutes in the area, the

likelihood that Kosminski’s mtDNA just

happened to end up on a shawl that had

already been described as an artifact of the

murder scene seems prohibitively remote to

me.

It was thanks to Russell Edwards,

the author of the book Naming Jack the

Ripper, that the shawl surfaced: he

purchased it at an auction, which

ultimately led it to be tested for DNA

evidence. Edwards said, in a Guardian

article titled “Jack the Ripper was

Polish immigrant, Aaron Kosminski,

book claims:” “I’ve got the only piece of

forensic evidence in the whole history of

the case. I’ve spent fourteen years

working on it, and we have definitively

solved the mystery of who Jack the

Ripper was. Only non-believers that

want to perpetuate the myth will doubt.

This is it now—we have unmasked

him.”

June 30, 1908, is a date that has gone

down in history, chiefly because it is

shrouded in mystery, controversy, and

conspiracy. It was just as dawn was

breaking that an unknown, and unearthly,

entity

entered

the

Earth’s

skies.

Whatever

it

was,

it

exploded

spectacularly

and

violently

over

Tunguska, Russia, at a height of around

four to six miles. The precise location

was an area of heavily forested hills

near Siberia’s Lake Baikal. By all

accounts

the

object

was

huge:

somewhere in the vicinity of 200 to 600

feet in length. Such was its pummelling

force—the unknown intruder flattened

entire swathes of the landscape for miles

and miles. Trees were laid down like

matchsticks, the sky lit up in ominous

fashion, and the terrifying sound of a

deafening explosion filled the ears of

those unfortunate enough to have been

caught up in the cataclysmic event. Such

was the scale of the incident that the

explosion was seismically recorded in

both the United States and the United

Kingdom.

To

put

things

into

a

perspective

that

can

be

readily

appreciated today, the blast was the

equivalent of around ten to thirty

megatons of TNT.

Not surprisingly, the Soviet media

was quick to report on the almost

apocalyptic affair. The Sibir newspaper

was one of the first to have its reporters

hot on the trail. Two days after the

calamitous events, staff at the Sibir

reported:

In the N Karelinski village the peasants saw

to the NorthWest, rather high above the

horizon, some strangely bright bluish-white

heavenly body, which for 10 minutes moved

downwards. The body appeared as a “pipe,”

i.e. a cylinder. The sky was cloudless, only a

small dark cloud was observed in the general

direction of the bright body. It was hot and

dry. As the body neared the ground, the

bright body seemed to smudge, and then

turned into a giant billow of black smoke, and

a loud knocking was heard, as if large stones

were falling, or artillery was fired. All

buildings shook. At the same time the cloud

began emitting flames of uncertain shapes.

All villagers were stricken with panic and

took to the streets, women cried, thinking it

was the end of the world.

Another newspaper, Krasnoyaretz, offered

the following on July 13, 1908:

At 7:43 the noise akin to a strong wind was

heard. Immediately afterwards a horrific

thump sounded, followed by an earthquake

which literally shook the buildings. The first

thump was followed by a second, and then a

third. Then the interval between the first and

the third thumps were accompanied by an

unusual underground rattle, similar to a

railway upon which dozens of trains are

travelling at the same time.

This photo of falle n tre e s was take n by an

e xpe dition le d by Le onid Kulik almost fifte e n

ye ars afte r the e ve nt in Tunguska.

Afterwards for 5 to 6 minutes an exact

likeness of artillery fire was heard: 50 to 60

salvoes in short, equal intervals, which got

progressively weaker. After 1.5–2 minutes

after one of the “barrages” six more thumps

were heard, like cannon firing, but individual,

loud, and accompanied by tremors. The sky,

at the first sight, appeared to be clear. There

was no wind and no clouds. However, upon

closer inspection to the north, where most of

the thumps were heard, a kind of an ashen

cloud was seen near the horizon which kept

getting smaller and more transparent and

possibly by around 2–3.00 P.M. completely

disappeared.

Although the event was big news at

the time it occurred—which is hardly

surprising—it’s somewhat curious to

note that the story died very quickly, to

the extent that it was pretty much

forgotten by one and all. There was,

however, one person who never forgot

—a man who intended to find out what it

was that caused such massive damage to,

thankfully, a very sparsely populated

area of Russia. That man was Leonid

Kulik, a mineralogist who was funded

by the Soviet Academy of Sciences to

check out the area—in 1921, some

thirteen years after the incident took

place.

Despite the passing of almost a

decade and a half by the time Kulik

arrived on the scene, widespread

devastation was still very much the

order of the day: thousands of flattened

trees, a scorched landscape, and

evidence of some terrible and violent

event having occurred chilled Kulik to

the bone. Kulik’s visit was just a brief

one; nevertheless it gave him the

opportunity to formulate a theory that the

cause of the destruction was a huge

meteorite.

Such was the interest that Kulik’s

trek to Tunguska provoked that six years

later he was back. This time, the

expedition was a far more ambitious

one. It turns out that the Soviet

government’s decision to financially

back Kulik was not because of any

particular overriding desire to solve the

riddle of the aerial anomaly. No—it was

because the Soviets dearly wished to

recover

the

massive

amount

of

fragmented iron that Kulik suspected had

been deeply deposited in the ground

when the meteorite exploded. It was

matters of an economical, rather than an

astronomical, nature that dominated the

Soviet mind.

It was during this particular visit

that Kulik was finally able to gauge the

full and shocking scale of the incident:

the area of complete devastation was no

less than 50 kilometers wide. Kulik was

also able to speak with a man who

witnessed the apocalyptic event unfold.

It was a man named Semen Semenov,

who told Kulik, in 1927:

At breakfast time I was sitting by the house

at Vanavara Factory, facing north. I suddenly

saw that directly to the north, over Onkoul’s

Tunguska road, the sky split in two and fire

appeared high and wide over the forest. The

split in the sky grew larger, and the entire

northern side was covered with fire. At that

moment I became so hot that I couldn’t bear

it, as if my shirt was on fire. From the

northern side, where the fire was, came

strong heat. I wanted to tear off my shirt and

throw it down, but then the sky shut closed,

and a strong thump sounded, and I was

thrown a few yards. I lost my senses for a

moment, but then my wife ran out and led me

to the house.

After that such noise came, as if rocks were

falling or cannons were firing, the earth

shook, and when I was on the ground, I

pressed my head down, fearing rocks would

smash it. When the sky opened up, hot wind

raced between the houses, like from cannons,

which left traces in the ground like pathways,

and it damaged some crops. Later we saw

that many windows were shattered….

Another witness, identified only as

Chuchan, came forward and said:

We had a hut by the river with my brother

Chekaren. We were sleeping. Suddenly we

both woke up at the same time. Somebody

shoved us. We heard whistling and felt strong

wind. Chekaren said, “Can you hear all those

birds flying overhead?” We were both in the

hut, couldn’t see what was going on outside.

Suddenly, I got shoved again, this time so

hard I fell into the fire. I got scared.

Chekaren got scared too. We started crying

out for father, mother, brother, but no one

answered.

There was noise beyond the hut, we could

hear trees falling down. Chekaren and I got

out of our sleeping bags and wanted to run

out, but then the thunder struck. This was the

first thunder. The Earth began to move and

rock, wind hit our hut and knocked it over.

My body was pushed down by sticks, but my

head was in the clear. Then I saw a wonder:

trees were falling, the branches were on fire,

it became mighty bright, how can I say this,

as if there was a second sun, my eyes were

hurting, I even closed them. It was like what

the Russians call lightning. And immediately

there was a loud thunderclap. This was the

second thunder. The morning was sunny,

there were no clouds, our Sun was shining

brightly as usual, and suddenly there came a

second one!

Chekaren and I had some difficulty getting

out from under the remains of our hut. Then

we saw that above, but in a different place,

there was another flash, and loud thunder

came. This was the third thunder strike. Wind

came again, knocked us off our feet, struck

against the fallen trees.

We looked at the fallen trees, watched the

tree tops get snapped off, watched the fires.

Suddenly Chekaren yelled “Look up” and

pointed with his hand. I looked there and saw

another flash, and it made another thunder.

But the noise was less than before. This was

the fourth strike, like normal thunder.

Now I remember well there was also one

more thunder strike, but it was small, and

somewhere far away, where the Sun goes to

sleep.

Post-Kulik, Tunguska once again

fell off the radar of many—until the

period from the mid 1950s to the mid

1960s, when further investigations at the

site uncovered evidence of massive

quantities of iridium and nickel—both of

which are characteristic of a meteorite.

It should be noted, however, that the

meteorite theory was not the only one

that was gaining favor. As the sixties

became the seventies, the theories

became more and more controversial

and exotic. They included a small comet,

a black hole and even a collision

between matter and anti-matter. Without

a doubt, however, the most controversial

theory was the one that suggested an

alien

spacecraft,

which

possibly

suffered some form of disastrous and

fatal onboard malfunction, exploded

high above Tunguska, and in the process,

forever scarred massive amounts of the

landscape.

“According to [Alexei] Zolotov [a

Soviet scientist],” said writer David

Darling (in “Tunguska Phenomenon”), “a

spaceship controlled by ‘beings from

other worlds’ may have caused the 1908

explosion. He imagined a nuclear-

propelled

craft

that

exploded

accidentally because of a malfunction.”

Zolotov was not alone. Without

doubt the major flag-fliers of the “alien

accident” angle were John Baxter and

Thomas Atkins, who penned an entire

book on the case: The Fire Came By.

Researchers Matthew Wittnebel and

Andrew Mann noted in their article,

“The Tunguska Event,” that Baxter and

Atkins

… say the Earth’s magnetic field was

disturbed at the time of the explosion, as it

would have been by a nuclear blast.

Secondly, the pattern of destruction in the

shattered forest is more consistent with the

shock waves produced by an atomic bomb

than with those of a conventional explosion.

Other clues were the extreme intensity of the

light, and a later discovery of numerous tiny

green globules of melted dust, called trinitites,

which are characteristic of an atomic blast.

The E.T. angle also received

support from Vladimir V. Rubtsov, Ph.D.

He said, in a 2001 article “The

Unknown Tunguska—What We Know

and What We Do Not Know about the

Great Explosion of 1908”:

The hypothesis of a thermal explosion,

according to which the Tunguska space body

was a meteorite or the core of a small comet

that exploded as a result of the rapid

deceleration in the lower atmosphere, met

with difficulties.

A rare mutation among the human natives of

the region also arose in the 1910s in one of

the settlements near the epicenter. According

to Dr. N. V. Vasilyev, medico-ecological

examination of the state of health of the

native inhabitants reveals population genetic

effects similar to those observed in the

regions affected by nuclear weapon tests.

These facts (as well as the local magnetic

storm that started after the explosion) count

in favor of the nuclear character of the

Tunguska explosion. Maybe we are even

dealing in this instance with a novel type of

nuclear reaction.

Then there is the matter of the

brilliant, maverick scientist, Nikola

Tesla. In 1995, Oliver Nicholsen said of

the Tunguska-Tesla connection, in his

paper,

“Tesla’s

Wireless

Power

Transmitter”:

Associating Tesla with the Tunguska event

comes close to putting the inventor’s power

transmission idea in the same speculative

category as ancient astronauts. However,

historical facts point to the possibility that this

event was caused by a test firing of Tesla’s

energy weapon.

In 1907 and 1908, Tesla wrote about the

destructive effects of his energy transmitter.

…

Then, in 1915, he stated bluntly: “It is

perfectly practical to transmit electrical

energy without wires and produce destructive

effects at a distance. I have already

constructed a wireless transmitter which

makes this possible.… But when unavoidable

[it] may be used to destroy property and life.

The art is already so far developed that the

great destructive effects can be produced at

any point on the globe, defined beforehand

with great accuracy….”

The nature of the Tunguska event, also, is

consistent with what would happen during the

sudden release of wireless power. No fiery

object was reported in the skies at that time

by professional or amateur astronomers as

would be expected when a 200,000,000

pound object enters the atmosphere at tens of

thousands miles an hour.

Today, we are still very much in the

dark with regard to the Tunguska affair.

Comet, meteorite, black hole, anti-matter, UFO, or the fringe-science of

Nikola Tesla: the theories are almost as

near-endless as is that massive area of

flattened, burned, earth.

Although the Second World War

broke out in September 1939, it

was in December 1941 that the United

States was brought into the conflict, as a

direct result of the terrible attack on

Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, on December 7,

1941. When Japanese forces launched a

surprise attack on the U.S. naval base, it

resulted in death on a scale near—

unimaginable. More than 350 Japanese

aircraft—comprised

of

bombers,

fighters, and planes equipped with

torpedoes—targeted Pearl Harbor. It

was an attack that killed 2,403 American

citizens and residents. Nearly 200

American

military

planes

were

destroyed. Each and every battle ship

was severely damaged, of which four

sunk. As for the Japanese, their losses

were the exact opposite: less than thirty

aircraft, a handful of small submarines,

and not even seventy personnel.

The primary reason for the attack

was to try and prevent U.S. naval forces

from impacting on Japan’s plans to hit

the southeastern Asia interests of the

Allies. Such was the nationwide outrage

that immediately erupted that just

twenty-four hours after the attack the

U.S. government declared outright war

on Japan. From there, matters escalated

quickly: on December 11, both Germany

and Italy declared war on the United

States. Full-scale, worldwide conflict

was now pretty much the name of the

game. Had the United States not entered

the Second World War, there is a very

strong possibility that the Nazi hordes of

Adolf Hitler would have overrun

Europe, claiming it as their own.

In all of this carnage, chaos, and

conflict, a disturbing rumor began to

circulate—one that continues to circulate

to this very day. It suggests that there

were those in the governments of the

United States and the United Kingdom

who had secret, advance warning of the

Pearl Harbor attack, but specifically

stayed quiet and allowed the terrible

events to occur, thus justifying bringing

America into the war. In far more recent

times, similar claims have been made in

relation to the 9/11 attacks—namely, that

they too were allowed to happen to

justify a large scale invasion of the

Middle East. We will return to 9/11

later. But, for now, we will focus on

certain events that preceded and

followed

the

shocking

attack

of

December 7, 1941.

It is a seldom discussed fact that

such is the ongoing endurance of the

allegations that there was advance

knowledge of the attack on Pearl Harbor

that the U.S. government has initiated ten

separate, official inquiries to try and get

to the bottom of the rumors. Of those ten,

nine were undertaken in the 1940s,

while the most recent was in 1995.

To

many

it

might

seem

inconceivable that the Japanese could

launch an attack on Pearl Harbor—using

no less than 350 aircraft—and no one, at

all, would have had advance notice, or

even have heard a whisper, of what was

afoot.

Nevertheless,

that

was,

essentially, the combined conclusion of

all the reports. Rather than Pearl Harbor

having been deliberately allowed to

occur as a result of high-level

conspiracies, fingers were pointed in the

direction of errors in communication, a

catastrophically mistaken belief that

Pearl Harbor was invulnerable, and the

way in which adequate intelligence-

gathering was sorely absent at the time.

Within conspiracy circles, the

theory that someone, deep within

officialdom, knew the attack was going

to occur and allowed precisely that to

happen, still very much endures. One

significant part of the theory revolves

around the matter of code breaking.

American

code

breakers

had,

specifically prior to the attacks on Pearl

Harbor,

successfully

cracked

a

significant number of the ciphers that the

Japanese military used. Certainly, the

U.S. Navy’s Office of Naval Intelligence

(ONI) had teams of people working day

and night to crack the Japanese’s codes.

The Army’s Signal Intelligence Service

(SIS) was doing likewise. That at least

some of the codes were broken is an

established fact.

Much of the controversy surrounds

97-shiki Obun inji-ki—or what the U.S.

government code-named “Purple.” It

was a secure, diplomatic code used at

the highest level of the Japanese

government. Those who adhere to the

conspiracy theories argue that since the

attacks on Pearl Harbor were clearly

planned in advance, and would have

been steeped in overwhelming secrecy,

why is it that nothing of relevance was

picked

up

from

the

widespread

penetration of Purple? Their argument is

that relevant data was obtained and

decoded, but—as per the conspiracy

theory—was ignored, in favor of the

attack being permitted to happen. And it

wasn’t just a few dozen people working

to crack Japan’s codes, something that

might have led to crucial material being

overlooked. Collectively, it was in

excess of seven hundred—and not a

single, solitary word relevant to the

Pearl Harbor attacks was ever found and

decoded?

The USS Shaw e xplode s during the Japane se

attack on Pe arl Harbor on De ce mbe r 7, 1941.

But was it really a surprise attack?

A second area of concern revolves

around the activities of a certain ship,

the SS Lurline, a huge liner that had the

capacity to hold more than seven

hundred people and that was launched in

1932. As one enduring story goes, as the

SS Lurline was traveling from San

Francisco to Hawaii it picked up very

unusual communications using a form of

Morse code. Contrary to popular

assumption, there is not just one kind of

Morse code. In fact, there are more than

a few. One is a Japanese variation.

When the SS Lurline’s chief expert in

the field of Morse code, Leslie Grogan,

heard the messages, he concluded they

were Japanese. They were also,

reportedly, emanating from the east.

The Japanese denied they engaged

in any kind of chatter or communication

during the flight towards Pearl Harbor.

Japanese military papers of 1942, now

in the public domain and available for

study at the National Archives, noted:

In order to keep strict radio silence, steps

such as taking off fuses in the circuit, and

holding and sealing the keys were taken.

During the operation, the strict radio silence

was perfectly carried out. The Kido Butai

used the radio instruments for the first time

on the day of the attack since they had been

fixed at the base approximately twenty days

before and proved they worked well. Paper

flaps had been inserted between key points

of some transmitters on board Akagi to keep

the strictest radio silence.

Of course, the entire matter could

be resolved by carefully studying the

documentation and data that had been

prepared by Leslie Grogan and which

was provided to the 14th Naval District,

Honolulu. Unfortunately, that same

documentation and data cannot be found

— anywhere.

Another bone of contention is that

relative to a statement made by Vice

Admiral Frank E. Beatty—a statement in

which he strongly suggested there was a

desire for war between Japan and the

United States. The statement can be

found in a Before It’s News article titled

“When Was Pearl Harbor, December 7,

1941, a Day That Will Live in Infamy!”

Prior to December 7, it was evident even to

me that we were pushing Japan into a corner.

I believed that it was the desire of President

Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill that

we get into the war, as they felt the Allies

could not win without us and all our efforts to

cause the Germans to declare war on us

failed; the conditions we imposed upon Japan

—to get out of China, for example—were so

severe that we knew that nation could not

accept them. We were forcing her so

severely that we could have known that she

would react toward the United States. All her

preparations in a military way—and we knew

their overall import—pointed that way.

On a similar path, on October 7,

1940, a document was prepared by ONI

operative Lieutenant Commander Arthur

H. McCollum. He listed a number of

theoretical issues and scenarios that

might provoke the Japanese military into

attacking the United States. McCollum

also said: “If by these means Japan

could be led to commit an overt act of

war, so much the better.”

Even more telling are the words of

a man named Jonathan Daniels. At the

time the Pearl Harbor attack occurred,

he

was

President

Roosevelt’s

administrative assistant. Daniels said of

the events of December 7, 1941, and of

Roosevelt’s reaction to it: “The blow

was heavier than he had hoped it would

necessarily be. But the risks paid off;

even the loss was worth the price.”

Then there are the words of

Congressman Martin Dies. He wrote:

Early in 1941 the Dies Committee came into

possession of a strategic map which gave

clear proof of the intentions of the Japanese

to make an assault on Pearl Harbor. The

strategic map was prepared by the Japanese

Imperial Military Intelligence Department. As

soon as I received the document I telephoned

Secretary of State Cordell Hull and told him

what I had. Secretary Hull directed me not to

let anyone know about the map and stated

that he would call me as soon as he talked to

President Roosevelt. In about an hour he

telephoned to say that he had talked to

Roosevelt and they agreed that it would be

very serious if any information concerning

this map reached the news services. I told

him it was a grave responsibility to withhold

such vital information from the public. The

Secretary assured me that he and Roosevelt

considered it essential to national defense.

Pre side nt Franklin D. Roose ve lt is picture d he re

signing the de claration of war against Japan on

De ce mbe r 8, 1941. It is be lie ve d by some that

the pre side nt and England’s Winston Churchill

wante d the war to happe n.

Writer James Perloff noted in 2013,

in

“Pearl

Harbor:

Hawaii

Was

Surprised; FDR Was Not,” that, as the

deadly date got closer and closer:

In Java, in early December, the Dutch Army

decoded a dispatch from Tokyo to its

Bangkok embassy, forecasting attacks on

four sites including Hawaii. The Dutch

passed the information to Brigadier General

Elliot Thorpe, the U.S. military observer.

Thorpe sent Washington a total of four

warnings. The last went to General

Marshall’s intelligence chief. Thorpe was

ordered to send no further messages

concerning the matter. The Dutch also had

their Washington military attaché, Colonel

Weijerman,

personally

warn

General

Marshall.

Then there are the allegations that

the British government—under the

command of Sir Winston Churchill—

knew what was afoot. Journalist Paul

Lashmar noted of the Churchill-based

conspiracy theories in a 1998 article,

“Pearl Harbor Conspiracy Is Bunk”:

There are two versions of the great Pearl

Harbor conspiracy theory. In the first,

Churchill informed Roosevelt of Japan’s

intent but the two leaders agreed to sit on the

information.

The

second

version—that

Churchill knew of the Japanese plan but did

not tell Roosevelt—was most forcefully

advanced by the British authors James

Rusbridger and Eric Nave in their 1991 book

Betrayal at Pearl Harbor. They claimed

that the British had broken the codes of the

Japanese Fleet and knew that the Japanese

would steam east and attack the American

base.

This version was given credence because

Captain Nave had broken the Japanese naval

cipher JN-25 in 1939. James Rusbridger was

a former MI6 courier who had become a

self-styled expert on intelligence matters. He

was also the cousin of MI5’s Peter Wright of

Spycatcher fame. According to conspiracy

theorists, Churchill was desperate to get

Americans into the war to help the

beleaguered British.

And, finally, there is the saga of a

man named Edward R. Murrow. On

December 7, 1941, Murrow—a noted

journalist with CBS—had a dinner date

with President and Mrs. Roosevelt at the

White House. The events of earlier that

day, needless to say, should have taken

precedence

over

dinner—for

the

president, at least. Nevertheless, the

dinner continued for Murrow. At one

point, Murrow caught sight of Roosevelt

and his staff, deep in discussion about

Pearl Harbor. Murrow, mindful of the

fact that rumors were circulating that

Roosevelt had advance notice of the

Japanese attack, later said (and whose

words are cited in A.M. Sperber’s 1998

book, Murrow: His Life and Times):

Fame d CBS journalist Edward R. Murrow was

with the Roose ve lts and se ve ral important staff

and military pe rsonne l the e ve ning of Pe arl

Harbor attack. He would late r say that the se

pe ople se e me d ge nuine ly surprise d by the

Japane se attack.

There was ample opportunity to observe at

close range the bearing and expression of

Mr. Stimson, Colonel Knox, and Secretary

Hull. If they were not surprised by the news

from Pearl Harbor, then that group of elderly

men were putting on a performance which

would have excited the admiration of any

experienced actor. It may be that the degree

of the disaster had appalled them and that

they had known for some time. But I could

not believe it then and I cannot do so now.

There was amazement and anger written

large on most of the faces.

In later years, the journalist,

correspondent, and author John Gunther

(who penned the acclaimed 1949 book

Death Be Not Proud) asked Murrow

about that fateful night, to which he

replied the “full story” of what really

happened at Pearl Harbor, and why,

would pay enough to put his son through

college, but added, guardedly: “If you

think I’m going to give it to you, you’re

out of your mind.”

Is it possible that, going completely

against what the history books assure

us, Adolf Hitler did not commit suicide

in 1945, as the Second World War

spiraled down to its end? Was his death

actually, and ingeniously, staged to

allow him to escape from Nazi Germany

and start a new life on the other side of

the world? To many, it must sound like

the stuff of a big bucks Hollywood

movie or of a page-turning thriller.

Incredibly, it may not be. It just might be

the absolute, astonishing truth.

Born in Austria in 1889, Hitler

fought during the First World War with

the Bavarian Army and, in 1919, one

year after the hostilities were over,

became a member of the German

Workers’ Party, later known as the

Nationalsozialistische

Deutsche

Arbeiterpartei—or, in English, the

National Socialist German Workers

Party. As an ominous sign of what was

soon to surface, Hitler was responsible

for coming up with the idea of using the

swastika as the sign of the NSGWP.

It was evident that, even at this

stage, and long before the Second World

War broke out, Hitler was someone

filled with a maniacal lust for power. In

1923, in what was called the Beer Hall

Putsch, Hitler sought to stage a coup in

Munich, the intention being to ultimately

take on, and overthrow, Germany’s

Weimar Republic government, which

had been created in 1919. The coup

failed and Hitler was jailed. Although

his sentence was five years, he only

served a fraction of it, during which he

wrote Mein Kampf.

On his release, Hitler campaigned

vigorously for a new Germany, one that,

in his crazed, deranged eyes, would take

the nation to a whole new level of

power and even world domination.

Incredibly, Hitler’s tactics—fueled by

propaganda and claims that he would

make Germany strong again—almost

worked. The Nazi Party rose to

stratospheric proportions, which saw

Hitler elected to the position of

chancellor in 1933. The Weimar

Republic was, essentially, transformed

—into what eventually became the

notorious Third Reich.

It was Hitler’s solid determination

to make Germany a major world player,

and the dominant force in Europe, that

led to the eruption of the Second World

War. Only days after Hitler’s hordes

invaded Poland, on September 1, 1939,

Germany was at war with both Britain

and France. Two years later, America

joined the war, after the devastating

attack by Japanese forces on Pearl

Harbor. The war raged until 1945 when,

finally, and thankfully, the Nazi war-

machine crumbled about itself. Seeing

that the end was in sight, Hitler took the

cowardly way out and committed

suicide. Or did he?

Adolf Hitle r is se e n he re at a 1930 me e ting of the

e arly Nazi party.

The problem with the story of

Hitler’s suicide is that there is no

precise consensus on what really

happened. A great deal is down to

nothing more than rumor, hearsay, and

legend. What is known for certain is that

in January 1945, the Soviet Union

launched what was called the Berlin

Strategic Offensive Operation. It was the

last, large-scale confrontation of the

1939–1945 hostilities in Europe. The

Soviets utterly overwhelmed Berlin,

something that reportedly prompted

drastic action on the part of Hitler. It is a

fact that, with the end in sight, Hitler and

his lover, Eva Braun, married. It was,

quite possibly, one of the shortest

marriages in history: only forty hours

after tying the knot, both of them were

dead—allegedly.

With the Nazi regime falling all

around him, Hitler decided to take a

bullet. Braun ended her life via a fatal

amount of cyanide. The location of the

deaths was Hitler’s Führerbunker,

which was part of a large, underground

network

of

rooms

and

tunnels

constructed below Berlin, and which

was expanded in size and scope as the

war raged, and as the need for ever-growing protection for Hitler grew. The

date was April 30, 1945. Hitler had laid

down certain plans in the event that Nazi

Germany was defeated. One was that

both his and Braun’s bodies should be

taken to the garden area of the Reich

Chancellery and torched. Reportedly,

that is exactly what happened: rather

appropriately in a bomb crater.

An issue of Stars and Stripes announce s that

Hitle r is de ad. His body and that of his wife , Eva,

we re burne d be yond re cognition, howe ve r.

The story continues that when the

Soviets overran Berlin they took

possession of Hitler’s burned remains—

as well as those of Braun, Hitler’s dogs,

and the Nazis’ propaganda minister,

Joseph Goebbels, and his family. The

Soviets reportedly buried the remains,

dug them up, reburied them, and

repeated the process on numerous

occasions and in numerous locations. We

are told that in 1970, the KGB took a

decision to lay the matter to rest, once

and for all: whatever was left of the

bodies was burned, pulverized, and

dumped in the Biederitz River.

That is the accepted story of the

death of the most notorious, evil, and

despicable man of the twentieth century.

It is, however, a story with a few

problems attached to it.

First, there are conflicting stories

of what really happened in the

Führerbunker. Reportedly, a gunshot

was heard coming from the bunker

around 3.30 P.M. As a result, Heinz

Linge, who served as Hitler’s valet,

entered the study room, from which the

gunshot came. It was clear that both the

Führer and Braun were dead on a couch:

blood was dripping from Hitler’s temple

and his jaw. The odor of almonds told

Linge that Braun had opted for cyanide.

Another of Hitler’s cronies, SS-

Sturmbannführer Otto Günsche, said he

saw the bodies, claiming that Hitler’s

head-wound left a significant stain on the

couch. And, now, the problems start.

While the accepted version of

events is that Hitler shot himself in the

temple, others maintain he took a bullet

in the mouth. Linge claimed to have seen

blood coming from both the temple and

the mouth, yet only one gunshot was

heard. Further claims, some coming out

of the KGB, suggested that Hitler, like

Braun, had also taken cyanide. That,

however, was disputed by Linge, who

said only Braun had taken cyanide.

Moving on, there is the matter of Hitler’s

skull.

When the Soviets overran Berlin in

1945, and secured the burned remains of

Hitler, very little was reportedly left to

recover. Most intact of all were the skull

and portions of the jaw. For decades, the

Soviet government believed that a

particular skull in its possession was

that of Hitler, having been recovered

from devastated Berlin. Not so—in

2009, DNA analysis showed that, in

reality, the skull was that of a woman,

one probably in her twenties or thirties.

And, no, it was not Eva Braun.

Now it’s time to turn our attention

towards the FBI.

It’s a little known fact that the FBI,

in the postwar era, began to quietly

compile what ultimately turned out to be

a large dossier of material on claims that

Hitler had survived the Second World

War and secretly fled to South America.

It’s a dossier that has now been

declassified and can be accessed at the

FBI’s website, The Vault.

As one might expect to be the case,

many of the claims are scant in data,

second-and third-hand in nature, or

written by individuals with more time on

their hands than sense in their heads.

That said, however, one section of the

file is particularly intriguing and

noteworthy. Incredibly, it suggests that

none other than Allan Dulles—who, in

the Second World War, made his mark in

the Office of Strategic Services, and

served as director of the CIA from 1953

to 1961—was complicit in a top secret

program to have Hitler secretly shipped

out to South America, when the Nazis

were defeated.

The files in question refer to stories

coming out of Los Angeles, California,

and which reached the eyes and ears of

the L.A. office of the FBI. According to

what the FBI was told, two Nazi—

controlled

submarines

made

their

stealthy

way

to

the

Argentinean

coastline, where they covertly deposited

high-ranking Nazis that had escaped the

wrath of the United States, the United

Kingdom, and the Soviet Union. One of

the most astounding rumors concerning

this story was that it was not just high-rankers who were making new lives for

themselves on the other side of the

world. It was the most high-ranking

Nazi, too—Adolf Hitler—who allegedly

was by now hunkered down somewhere

in the heart of the Andes.

Eva Braun and Adolf Hitle r—shown he re in 1942

—we re re porte dly se e n, alive and we ll, in

Arge ntina afte r the war.

The big question is: who was the

FBI’s informant? Unfortunately, we don’t

know, since his name is excised from the

relevant,

released

documents.

Nevertheless, he had a great deal of data

to impart, something that definitely made

the FBI sit up and take careful notice. It

must be noted that the bureau’s source,

himself a former Nazi, offered the

information—with a promise of more to

come—in return for safe haven in the

United States. As to how the person

claimed to know that Hitler had survived

the war, it was, if true, sensational. The

man said he had been personally present

when the submarines in question reached

the coastline of Argentina. Aboard one

of them were Adolf Hitler and Eva

Braun—neither displaying any evidence

of bullet wounds or the effects of

cyanide. Quite the opposite—they were

vibrant, healthy, and very much alive.

If the story was simply that—a tall

tale told to try and secure asylum in the

United States—the man had certainly

crafted an elaborate story. The FBI’s

source provided details of the specific

villages that Hitler, and the rest of the

straggling remnants of “The Master

Race,” passed through on their way to

safe haven, somewhere in Argentina.

Adding further credence to this,

additional files—also declassified under

Freedom of Information legislation—

revealed that amongst staff of the U.S.

Naval Attaché in Buenos Aires, rumors

were circulating that Hitler did not die

in Berlin, but was now hiding out in

Argentina.

In 2014 there was a dramatic new

development in the saga of whether or

not Adolf Hitler died in Berlin,

Germany, in 1945, or secretly made a

new life for himself in South America—

first in Paraguay and then in Brazil. The

new data came from Simoni Renee

Guerreiro Dias, the author of a book

entitled Hitler in Brazil—His Life and

His Death. Dias’s research suggests that

Hitler changed his name to Adolf

Leipzig, living out his life in Nossa

Senhora do Livramento, a small village

approximately thirty miles from the

Brazilian town of Cuiaba. Supposedly,

to the villagers, Hitler was known as the

“Old German.”

As to how Dias found out this

information, the story is a thought-

provoking one: during the course of her

research, Dias found an old, fading

photograph of Adolf Leipzig and then

compared it to photos of Hitler. The

suggestion is they were one and the

same. Additional confirmation came

from a nun who had seen Hitler, when he

was in his eighties, hospitalized in

Cuiaba.

Attempts

to

have

Hitler

removed from the hospital were denied,

amid rumors that Vatican officials had

the last word on the matter—and the last

word, apparently, was that Hitler should

remain where he was: out of sight and

protected.

At the time of writing, the story is

progressing in dramatic fashion: the

body of Leipzig has been secured and

permission has been given for DNA to

be extracted from it. And, to ensure there

is comparative material, a relative of

Hitler, now living in Israel, has offered

to provide a sample of DNA to

determine if the two match.

The story is not as unlikely as many

might assume. As Liberty Voice noted,

when the Leipzig-Hitler story surfaced

in early 2014:

Thousands of Nazis escaped Germany after

the war, including Adolf Eichmann and Josef

Mengele. Eichmann and Mengele, two of

Hitler’s most trusted henchman, both lived in

Argentina in the 1940s. The Argentine

President,

Juan

Domingo

Perón,

did

everything that could be done to get the

Nazis to South America’s second largest

country. Argentine agents were sent to

Europe to make passage easy by providing

falsified travel documents and, in many

instances, travel expenses were covered.

Even Nazis accused of the most horrific

crimes, such as Mengele and Eichmann,

were welcomed.

Immediately after the Second World

War came to an end in July 1945,

certain elements of the American

military and intelligence community

clandestinely sought to bring some of the

most brilliant figures within the German

medical and scientific communities into

the United States to continue research—

and at times highly controversial

research—they had undertaken at the

height of the war. It was research that

included studies of human anatomy and

physiology in relation to aerospace

medicine, high-altitude exposure, and

what was then termed “space biology.”

The startling fact that some of these

scientists were ardent Nazis, and even

members of the notorious and feared SS,

proved not a problem at all to the

government of the time. Thus was born

the notorious Operation Paperclip, so

named because the recruit’s papers were

paper-clipped to regular American

immigration forms.

In January 1994, President Bill

Clinton

appointed

an

Advisory

Committee

on

Human

Radiation

Experiments (ACHRE) that was tasked

with investigating unethical medical

experimentation undertaken on human

beings from the mid-1940s onward. The

ACHRE was quick to realize that

Paperclip

personnel

played

a

considerable role in postwar human

experimentation on American soil. The

ACHRE files on Operation Paperclip

have now been declassified under the

terms of the Freedom of Information Act,

thus allowing each and every one of us

to access the controversial material.

According to a declassified April 5,

1995, memorandum from the Advisory

Committee Staff (ACS) to the members

of the ACHRE:

The Air Force’s School of Aviation Medicine

(SAM) at Brooks Air Force Base in Texas

conducted dozens of human radiation

experiments during the Cold War, among

them flash blindness studies in connection

with atomic weapons tests, and data

gathering for total-body irradiation studies

conducted in Houston. Because of the

extensive postwar recruiting of German

scientists for the SAM and other US defense

installations, and in light of the central

importance of the Nuremberg prosecutions to

the Advisory Committee’s work, members of

the staff have collected documentary

evidence about Project Paperclip from the

National Archives and Department of

Defense records.

The experiments for which Nazi investigators

were tried included many related to aviation

research. These were mainly high-altitude

exposure

studies,

oxygen

deprivation

experiments, and cold studies related to air—

sea rescue operations. This information about

air crew hazards was important to both sides,

and, of course, continued to be important to

military organizations in the Cold War.

The ACHRE memorandum then

detailed the background and scope of the

project:

Project Paperclip was a postwar and Cold

War operation carried out by the Joint

Objectives Intelligence Agency (JOIA)

[Author’s Note: the JOIA was a special

intelligence office that reported to the

Director of Intelligence in the War

Department, comparable to the intelligence

chief of today’s Joint Chiefs of Staff.]

Paperclip had two aims: to exploit German

scientists for American research, and to deny

these intellectual resources to the Soviet

Union. At least 1,600 scientists and their

dependents were recruited and brought to the

United States by Paperclip and its successor

projects through the early 1970s.

ACHRE continued:

In recent years, it has been alleged that many

of these individuals were brought to the

United States in violation of American

government policy not to permit the entrance

of “ardent Nazis” into the country, that many

were security risks, and that at least some

were

implicated

in

Holocaust-related

activities.

“At the time of its inception,” said ACHRE,

“Paperclip was a matter of controversy in the

War Department, as demonstrated by a

November 27, 1946 memorandum from

General [Leslie] Groves, director of the

Manhattan Project, relating to the bringing to

the United States of the eminent physicist

Otto Hahn. Groves wrote that the Manhattan

Project: “… does not desire to utilize the

services of foreign scientists in the United

States, either directly with the Project or with

any

affiliated

organization.

This

has

consistently been my views [sic]. I should

like to make it clear, however, that I see no

objection to bringing to the United States

such carefully screened physicists as would

contribute materially to the welfare of the

United States and would remain permanently

in the United States as naturalized citizens. I

strongly

recommend

against

foreign

physicists coming in contact with our atomic

energy program in any way. If they are

allowed to see or discuss the work of the

Project the security of our information would

get out of control.”

The Advisory Committee Staff also

revealed:

A number of military research sites recruited

Paperclip scientists with backgrounds in

aeromedicine,

radiobiology

and

ophthalmology. These institutions included the

SAM, where radiation experiments were

conducted,

and

other

military

sites,

particularly the Edgewood Arsenal of the

Army’s Chemical Corps.

The portfolio of experiments at the SAM was

one that would particularly benefit from the

Paperclip

recruits.

Experiments

there

included

total-body

irradiation,

space

medicine and biology studies, and flash

blindness studies. Herbert Gerstner, [The

committee has no documents at this time

indicating that Dr. Gerstner engaged in

human experimentation in Germany] a

principal investigator in TBI experiments at

the SAM, was acting director of the Institute

of Physiology at the University of Leipzig: he

became a radiobiologist at the SAM.

The Air Force Surgeon General and SAM

officials welcomed the Paperclip scientists.

In March 1951, the school’s Commandant, O.

O. Benson Jr., wrote to the Surgeon General

to seek more … “first-class scientists and

highly qualified technologists from Germany.

The first group of Paperclip personnel

contained a number of scientists that have

proved to be of real value to the Air Force.

The weaker and less gifted ones have been

culled to a considerable extent. The second

group reporting here in 1949 were, in general,

less competent than the original Paperclip

personnel, and culling process will again be in

order.”

Ge ne ral Le slie Grove s ove rsaw the Manhattan

Proje ct, which use d forme r Nazi scie ntists to

construct nucle ar we apons for the Unite d State s.

General Benson’s adjutant solicited resumes

from a Paperclip list, including a number of

radiation biology and physics specialists. The

qualifications of a few scientists were said to

be known, so curricula vitae were waived.

The adjutant wrote, also in March 1951: “In

order to systematically benefit from this

program this headquarters believes that the

employment of competent personnel who fit

into our research program is a most important

consideration.”

ACHRE then addressed the issues

of (a) the way in which a race began

between the United States and the Soviet

Union to acquire the services of the

German

scientific

and

medical

communities, post-1945; and (b) the

extent to which some of the Paperclip

scientists had been supporters of the

Nazi regime:

Official U.S. government policy was to avoid

recruitment of “ardent Nazis,” it was stated.

However, this was qualified by the following:

“Many of the Paperclip scientists were

members of Nazi organizations of one sort of

another. The documentary record indicates,

however, that many claimed inactive status or

membership that was a formality, according

to files in the National Archives.”

Research undertaken by the ACS

uncovered the fact that much pressure

was exerted in an attempt to ensure that

Paperclip succeeded. For example, an

April 27, 1948, memorandum from the

director of the Joint Intelligence

Objectives

Agency,

Navy

captain

Bosquet N. Wev, to the Pentagon’s

director of intelligence stated:

Security investigations conducted by the

military have disclosed the fact that the

majority of German scientists were members

of either the Nazi Party or one or more of its

affiliates.

These

investigations

disclose

further that with a very few exceptions, such

membership was due to exigencies which

influenced the lives of every citizen of

Germany at that time.

Wev

was

critical

of

over—

scrupulous

investigations

by

the

Department of Justice and other agencies

as reflecting security concerns no longer

relevant with the defeat of Germany, and

“biased considerations” about the nature

of his recruits’ fascist allegiances. The

possibility of scientists being won to the

Soviet side in the Cold War was,

according to Captain Wev, the highest

consideration.

In a March 1948 letter to the State

Department,

Wev

assessed

the

prevailing view in the government:

Responsible officials … have expressed

opinions to the effect that, insofar as German

scientists are concerned, Nazism no longer

should be a serious consideration from a

viewpoint of national security when the far

greater threat of Communism is now

jeopardizing the entire world. I strongly

concur in this opinion and consider it a most

sound and practical view, which must

certainly be taken if we are to face the

situation confronting us with even an iota of

realism. To continue to treat Nazi affiliations

as significant considerations has been

phrased as “beating a dead Nazi horse.”

The committee then turned its

attention to two controversial figures in

this particularly notorious saga. The first

was Hubertus Strughold. Born in

Germany in 1898, Strughold obtained a

Ph.D. in biochemistry in 1922, an M.D.

in sensory physiology in 1923, and

between 1929 and 1935 served as

director of the Aeromedical Research

Institute in Berlin. In 1947, as a result of

Project Paperclip’s actions, Strughold

joined the staff of the Air Force’s School

of Aviation Medicine at Randolph Field,

Texas; and in 1949 he was named head

of the then-newly formed Department of

Space Medicine at the school—where,

according to documentation uncovered

by the ACHRE, he conducted research

into “effects of high speed”; “lack of

oxygen”; “decompression”; “effects of

ultra-violet

rays”;

“space

cabin

simulator

for

testing

humans”;

“weightlessness”;

and

“visual

disturbances.”

Strughold was naturalized as an

American citizen in 1956 and, four years

later, became chair of the Advanced

Studies Group, Aerospace Medical

Center at Brooks Air Force Base.

Strughold—whose awards and honors

included the USAF Exceptional Civilian

Service Award and the Theodore C.

Lyster Award of the Aerospace Medical

Association—retired in 1968. And, as

the Advisory Committee Staff stated:

Perhaps the most prominent of the Paperclip

physicians was Hubertus Strughold, called

“the father of space medicine” and for whom

the Aeromedical Library at the USAF School

of Aerospace Medicine was named in 1977.

During the War, he was director of the

Luftwaffe’s

aeromedical

institute;

a

Strughold staff member was acquitted at

Nuremberg on the grounds that the

physician’s Dachau laboratory was not the

site of nefarious experiments.

Strughold had a long career at the SAM,

including the recruitment of other Paperclip

scientists in Germany. His background was

the subject of public controversy in the

United States. He denied involvement with

Nazi experiments and told reporters in this

country that his life had been in danger from

the Nazis. A citizen for 30 years before his

death in 1986, his many honors included an

American Award from the Daughters of the

American Revolution.

An April 1947 intelligence report on

Strughold stated: “[H]is successful career

under Hitler would seem to indicate that he

must be in full accord with Nazism.”

However, Strughold’s colleagues in Germany

and those with whom he had worked briefly

in the United States on fellowships described

him as politically indifferent or anti-Nazi.

In his application to reside in this country, he

declared: “Further, the United States is the

only country of liberty which is able to

maintain this liberty and the thousand-year-old culture and western civilization, and it is

my intention to support the United States in

this task, which is in danger now, with all my

scientific abilities and experience.”

In a 1952 civil service form, Strughold was

asked if he had ever been a member of a

fascist organization. His answer: “Not in my

opinion.” His references therein included the

Surgeon General of the Air Force, the

director of research at the Lovelace

Foundation in New Mexico, and a colleague

from the Mayo Clinic. In September 1948,

Strughold was granted a security clearance

from the Joint Intelligence Objectives

Agency director, Captain Wev, who in the

previous

March

had

written

to

the

Department of State protesting the difficulty

of completing immigration procedures for

Paperclip recruits.

The

second

character

of

controversy was one who, incredibly,

rose to a position of major significance

within NASA. Wernher von Braun was

born in Wirsitz, Germany, on March 23,

1912, and earned his bachelor’s degree

at the age of twenty from the University

of Berlin, where he also received his

doctorate in physics in 1934. Between

1932 and 1937, von Braun was

employed by the German Ordnance

Department

and

became

technical

director of the Peenemüende Rocket

Center in 1937, where the V-2 rocket

was developed.

Von Braun came to the United

States in September 1945 under contract

with the Army Ordnance Corps as part

of Paperclip and worked on high altitude

firings of captured V-2 rockets at the

White Sands Proving Ground, until he

became project director of the Ordnance

Research and Development Division

Sub-Office at Fort Bliss, Texas. On

October 28, 1949, the secretary of the

Army approved the transfer of the Fort

Bliss group to Redstone Arsenal; and

after his arrival in Huntsville in April

1950, von Braun was appointed director

of development operations.

We rnhe r von Braun (in civilian clothing) is shown

in this 1941 photograph posing with se ve ral

Ge rman office rs. Be fore working for the

Ame rican space program, von Braun was

re sponsible for the V-2 rocke t the Ge rmans use d

during the London blitz.

Major development projects under

von Braun’s technical direction included

the

Redstone

rocket,

the

Jupiter

Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile,

and the Pershing missile. He and his

team of German scientists and engineers

were also responsible for developing

the Jupiter C Reentry Test Missile and

launching the free world’s first scientific

earth satellite, Explorer 1.

On July 1, 1960, von Braun and his

team were transferred to the National

Aeronautics and Space Administration

and became the nucleus of the George C.

Marshall Space Flight Center at

Redstone Arsenal. He served as director

of the Marshall Center until February

1970 when he moved to NASA

Headquarters to serve as deputy

associate administrator. On 1 July 1972,

von Braun left NASA to become vice

president

of

engineering

and

development for Fairchild Industries in

German-town, Maryland, and was

inducted into the Ordnance Corps Hall

of Fame in 1973. Von Braun retired in

January 1977 because of ill health and

died on June 16, 1977. It was not a bad

life for the “former” Nazi. And it was a

life that never would have existed had it

not been for the creation of Paperclip,

the ultimate Faustian pact.

The final word on this matter goes

to the ACS, who noted in its final report

on Paperclip and its investigations of it

activities:

The staff believes that this trail should be

followed

with

more

research

before

conclusions can be drawn about the

Paperclip scientists and human radiation

experiments.

That

the

standard

for

immigration was “not an ardent Nazi” is

troubling; in Strughold’s case, investigators

had specifically questioned his credentials for

“denazification.” It is possible that still—

classified intelligence documents could shed

further light on these connections.

In light of that final sentence from

the committee, it seems the story is not

yet over.

No one, not even the U.S.

government,

disputes

that

something came crashing to earth in the

wilds of New Mexico in early July

1947. We are talking about the infamous

“Roswell UFO crash.” Indeed, history

has shown that shortly after rancher

Mack Brazel stumbled upon a large

amount of mystifying material on the

Foster Ranch (and possibly upon a

number of unusual corpses, too—it has

been suggested), staff at the Roswell

Army Air Field issued a press release

stating that they had recovered an

honest-to-goodness “flying disc.”

This was barely two weeks after

the famous UFO sighting of pilot

Kenneth

Arnold

at

the

Cascade

Mountains, Washington State—an event

that almost singlehandedly gave birth to

the “flying saucer.” Today, we have

almost seventy years of “modern era”

UFO reports to scrutinize—something

that has allowed the extraterrestrial

theory to develop and be widely

embraced.

But it’s difficult to say for sure the

extent to which the concept of “flying

disc = alien spaceship” was widely

accepted, just barely two weeks after the

Arnold affair. In other words, when the

military said: “Yes, we have recovered

a flying saucer,” it may have meant they

had an extraterrestrial vehicle on their

hands. On the other hand, it could also

be interpreted as: “We have recovered a

bunch of odd-looking wreckage that we

think might be connected to those weird

things in the sky people have been seeing

for the last week or two—whatever they

may be.”

Regardless of which scenario is

correct, it is an undeniable fact that the

recovery of a flying disc was confirmed

—which is just one of the many things

that makes Roswell such an intriguing

and enduring case. It’s also a fact that, in

barely any time at all, the flying disc

story was retracted and in its place a

weather-balloon explanation surfaced.

That’s two explanations in two days. In

the years that followed, a dozen or so

additional

theories

surfaced—some

more plausible than others.

The late Jim Keith was the author

of a number of conspiracy/UFO-themed

books, including Casebook on the Men

in Black; The Octopus (co-written with

Kenn Thomas); and Black Helicopters

over America. In a small article titled

“Roswell UFO Bombshell,” Keith

described his clandestine meeting with

“a longtime researcher / instructor of

engineering at a school in New Mexico”

who claimed to know the truth of

Roswell. As for what Keith was told, it

goes like this:

The Inte rnational UFO Muse um and Re se arch

Ce nte r in Roswe ll, Ne w Me xico, was founde d by

army information office r Walte r Haut and Gle nn

De nnis in 1992.

According to my source, the true story

behind the alleged UFO crash was that there

was an accident involving a B-29 flying from

the Army Air Force Base in Sandia

(Albuquerque) to Roswell … my source

states that either an atomic bomb or what is

termed a “bomb shape,” or “test shape,” the

shell of a nuke lacking explosives and atomic

capability, and sometimes filled with concrete

to

add

weight,

was

accidentally

or

purposefully jettisoned above Corona, New

Mexico, directly on the flight path between

Sandia and Roswell. Along with the bomb,

metal foil used for radar jamming, termed

“chaff,” may have also been dropped.

In

2010,

Anomalist

Books

published the final title from the late

Mac Tonnies: The Cryptoterrestrials.

Highly thought-provoking and deeply

controversial in equal measures, the

book focused on the idea that UFOs are

not the products of alien races, but of

very ancient, terrestrial people that

dwell deep underground and who

masquerade as extraterrestrials to

camouflage their true identity.

Tonnies

speculated

that

the

Cryptoterrestrials

are

likely

very

impoverished, but utilize subterfuge,

hologram-style technology, and staged

events to suggest otherwise to us. He

even theorized they may have made use

of large, balloon-style craft, too. And on

this

very

matter—of

the

Cryptoterrestrials using balloons in

covert missions—Tonnies said in his

book: “Maybe the Roswell device

wasn’t high tech. It could indeed have

been a balloon-borne surveillance

device brought down in a storm, but it

doesn’t logically follow that it was one

of our own.”

Annie Jacobsen’s book, Area 51:

An Uncensored History of America’s

Top Secret Military Base, created a

huge wave of controversy when it was

published in 2011, and chiefly for one,

specific reason. The book includes a

story suggesting that the Roswell craft

and bodies were, in reality, the

diabolical creations of a near-Faustian

pact between the notorious Nazi (and

“Angel of Death)”, Dr. Josef Mengele

and Soviet premier Joseph Stalin.

The purpose of this early Cold War

plan: to plunge the United States into a

kind of War of the Worlds-style panic by

trying to convince the U.S. government

aliens were invading. And how would

the plan work? By placing grossly

deformed children (courtesy of the

crazed Mengele) inside a futuristic-looking aircraft designed by the brilliant

aviation experts, the Horten brothers,

and then trying to convince the United

States of the alien origins of both.

Unfortunately for Stalin—we are told—

the plot failed when a storm brought

down the craft and its “crew” in the

wilds of New Mexico, an event that did

not lead to widespread panic, but that

instead was hastily covered up by U.S.

military authorities.

The Collins Elite is a quasi-official

group within the U.S. government that

believes the UFO mystery is one of

demonic origins. Yes, fork-tails, horns,

fiery pits, and maybe even spinning

heads—that kind of thing. It must be

stressed that the conclusions of the group

were chiefly belief-driven, rather than

prompted by hard evidence.

One of the conclusions of the group

was that Roswell was nothing less than a

brilliant Trojan Horse. For the members

of the Collins Elite, deceptive demons

had, essentially, used a kind of “cosmic

alchemy” to create both (A) the so-called “memory-metal” found by Mack

Brazel on the Foster Ranch; and (B) the

curious bodies—or body-parts—also

located on the ranch. In other words,

Roswell—perceived by the Collins

Elite, at least—was an ingenious ruse, a

staged crash, designed to have us

believe vulnerable ETs are in our midst,

when it’s really the all-powerful minions

of Satan.

Although no longer active in the

UFO

community,

Timothy

Cooper

provoked a wealth of controversy in the

1990s, thanks to an enormous body of

allegedly leaked, and, supposedly highly

secret, documentation in his possession

on everything from crashed UFOs to

alien autopsies and from sinister deaths

in the UFO field to alien viruses. One

such document titled UFO Reports and

Classified Projects, offers a non-UFO-themed explanation for what occurred at

Roswell. The relevant extract reads as

follows:

One of the projects underway at that time

incorporated re-entry vehicles containing

radium and other radioactive materials

combined with biological warfare agents

developed by I. G. Farben for use against

allied assault forces in Normandy in 1944.

When a V-2 warhead impacted near the

town of Corona, New Mexico, on July 4,

1947, the warhead did not explode and it and

the deadly cargo lay exposed to the elements

which forced the Armed Forces Special

Weapons Project to close off the crash site

and a cover story was immediately put out

that what was discovered was the remains of

a radar tracking target suspended by

balloons.

The July 9, 1947, issue of the Roswell Daily

Record he adline d the story about a flying sauce r

be ing capture d by the military.

When personnel at the Roswell

Army Air Field announced in July 1947

that they had recovered a crashed flying

disc, one thing was one hundred percent

absent: any mention of bodies. And,

needless to say, the body angle was also

absent

from

the

hasty

follow-up

explanation

of

a

weather-balloon

recovery. The body angle was also

denied in the Air Force’s July 1994

report on Roswell (titled Report of Air

Force Research Regarding the Roswell

Incident), as the following extract

shows: “It should also be noted here that

there was little mentioned in this report

about the recovery of the so-called

‘alien bodies.’ The wreckage was from a

Project Mogul balloon. There were no

‘alien’ passengers therein.”

Three years later, however, things

had changed. In a new document —The

Roswell Report: Case Closed—it was

stated by the Air Force:

“Aliens” observed in the New Mexico desert

were probably anthropomorphic test dummies

that were carried aloft by U.S. Air Force

high altitude balloons for scientific research.

… The reports of military units that always

seemed to arrive shortly after the crash of a

flying saucer to retrieve the saucer and

“crew” were actually accurate descriptions

of

Air

Force

personnel

engaged

in

anthropomorphic

dummy

recovery

operations.

One of the most controversial

theories for the Roswell affair suggests

the stories of crashed UFOs and dead

aliens were born out of high-altitude

experimentation/flights using human test-subjects— some, at least, being Japanese

individuals, both scientists and prisoners

of war. In 1997, Popular Mechanics

published a story along these very lines.

Plus, the well-respected Australian UFO

researcher Keith Basterfield was given a

near-identical story (in the mid-2000s)

by a man whose father worked for

British Intelligence. But that’s not all.

Another person who was hot on the

trail of the “high-altitude/Japanese”

angle was the now-deceased UFO

investigator Kathy Kasten. Much of

Kasten’s research on this particular

topic took her in the direction of Fort

Stanton—which just happens to be

situated in Lincoln County, where the

still-mystifying events of July 1947 went

down. After Kasten’s death in 2012, I

inherited all of her files, notes,

correspondence, documents, and much

more—hundreds of pages of which (and

maybe even more) were focused on her

Roswell/Fort Stanton research. And then

there is Kasten’s unpublished book on

her Roswell research, too, which makes

for fascinating reading. I suspect we

have not yet heard the last of this

particular theory.

Then there is the matter of time

travel. One of those who revealed his

thoughts on this particular scenario was

Lieutenant

Colonel

Philip

Corso,

coauthor with William Birnes of the

much-debated,

championed,

and

denounced UFO-themed book: The Day

after Roswell. The unusual bodies found

within the wreckage of the craft, Corso

claimed, were genetically created beings

designed to withstand the rigors of space

flight, but they were not the actual

creators of the UFO itself.

Right up until the time of his death

in 1998, Corso speculated on the distinct

possibility that the U.S. government

might still have no real idea of who

constructed the craft, or who genetically

engineered the bodies found aboard.

Notably, Corso gave much consideration

to the idea that the Roswell UFO was a

form of time machine, possibly even one

designed and built by the denizens of the

Earth of a distant future, rather than by

the people of a far away solar system.

Following the defeat of Nazi

Germany in 1945, numerous German

scientists were brought to the United

States via a program called Operation

Paperclip. And many of those same

scientists went to work at the New

Mexico-based White Sands Missile

Range (or the White Sands Proving

Ground, as it was known back then).

This has led to a scenario involving a

highly secret program to test-fly radical

Nazi aircraft captured after Hitler and

his cronies were defeated.

Someone

who

has

deeply

addressed the Nazi/Roswell links is

Joseph P. Farrell, the author of Roswell

and the Reich: The Nazi Connection.

Farrell, however, took things in a

decidedly

different

direction.

He

concludes the Roswell event was not

caused by the flight and crash of a

German craft flown from White Sands.

Rather, Farrell believed that “what

crashed may have been representative of

an independent postwar Nazi power—an

extraterritorial Reich monitoring its old

enemy, America….”

The Flying Saucer was a science-fiction novel published in 1948 and

written by Bernard Newman, a man who

penned more than a hundred books on

subjects including real-life espionage,

global politics, and current affairs. It

was his foray into the weird world of

crashed UFOs that was perhaps most

notable of all, however.

The book was published just eleven

months after the alleged recovery by the

U.S. military of a flying saucer on the

Foster Ranch, Lincoln County, New

Mexico, in July 1947. The Flying

Saucer tells the story of a secret cabal

that stages a series of hoaxed UFO

crashes, with the express purpose of

attempting to unite the world against a

deadly alien foe that, in reality, does not

exist.

That Newman had numerous, high-level connections to officialdom has

given rise to the theory that (a) Roswell

was, itself, a staged event—one

designed to scare the Soviets into

thinking the United States had acquired

alien technology; and (b) Newman based

his “novel” on data secured by sources

with top secret knowledge of the

Roswell ruse.

In

an

article

titled

Roswell

Explained—Again

(which

was

published

in

Fate

magazine

in

September 2005, Kevin Randle (a

leading figure in the quest to resolve

Roswell) stated that during the early part

of the 1990s, he “interviewed a man

who worked with NASA at the White

Sands Missile Range.” The man in

question was Gerald Brown.

Randle continued that Brown

speculated “some kind of flying wing

had crashed while carrying five chimps

dressed in silver flying suits.” So far, no

evidence has surfaced to suggest that the

alien body stories can be explained

away via the chimpanzee scenario. On

the other hand, there is no hard,

undeniable evidence for any theory

when it comes to Roswell.

On July 28, 1995, a report surfaced

from

the

National

Security

and

International Affairs Division of the

General Accounting Office (today called

the Government Accountability Office)

that disclosed the results of its

investigation of the Roswell affair.

Commenting on an Air Force report on

Roswell published in July 1994, the

GAO noted the following:

DOD informed us that the U.S. Air Force

report of July 1994, entitled Report of Air

Force Research Regarding the Roswell

Incident, represents the extent of DOD

records or information concerning the

Roswell crash. The Air Force report

concluded that there was no dispute that

something happened near Roswell in July

1947 and that all available official materials

indicated the most likely source of the

wreckage recovered was one of the project

MOGUL balloon trains. At the time of the

Roswell crash, project MOGUL was a highly

classified U.S. effort to determine the state

of Soviet nuclear weapons research using

balloons that carried radar reflectors and

acoustic sensors.

And that’s where things stand to

this very day: fourteen theories for just

one, near-seventy-year-old event. They

are theories that range from the plausible

to the unlikely, and with others hazily

hovering somewhere in between. Some

of those scenarios may be the work of

hoaxers; others could be born out of the

clandestine worlds of disinformation

and psychological warfare. The Air

Force’s reports on the Mogul Balloon

angle and the crash-test-dummy theory

are—in my opinion, at least—honest

attempts to try and resolve a mystery for

which today, no files can be found —

anywhere.

Somewhere, in this confusing mass

(and mess) of theories, the truth of

Roswell exists … probably….

Within the annals of research into

conspiracy theories, there is

perhaps no more emotive term than that

of “mind-control.” Indeed, mention those

two words to anyone who is even

remotely aware of the term and it will

invariably and inevitably (and wholly

justifiably, too) provoke imagery and

comments

pertaining

to

political

assassinations, dark and disturbing CIA

chicanery,

sexual

slavery,

secret

government projects—and even alien

abductions and subliminal advertising on

the part of the world’s media and

advertising agencies.

Yes: the specter of mind-control is

one that has firmly worked its ominous

way into numerous facets of modern-day

society. And it has been doing so for

years. Consider, for example, the

following (from “Hypnosis Comes of

Age,” Science Digest, April 1971).

“I can hypnotize a man, without his

knowledge or consent, into committing

treason against the United States,”

asserted Dr. George Estabrooks, Ph.D.,

and chair of the Department of

Psychology at Colgate University, way

back in 1942, and before a select group

of personnel attached to the U.S. War

Department. Estabrooks added: “Two

hundred trained foreign operators,

working in the United States, could

develop a uniquely dangerous army of

hypnotically

controlled

Sixth

Columnists.”

Estabrooks’s piece-de-resistance,

however, was to capitalize on an

ingenious plan that had been postulated

as far back as the First World War.

As he explained in “Hypnosis

Comes of Age”:

During

World

War

One,

a

leading

psychologist made a startling proposal to the

navy. He offered to take a submarine steered

by a captured U-boat captain, placed under

his hypnotic control, through enemy mine

fields to attack the German fleet. Washington

nixed the stratagem as too risky. First,

because there was no disguised method by

which the captain’s mind could be outflanked.

Second, because today’s technique of day—

by-day breaking down of ethical conflicts

brainwashing was still unknown.

The indirect approach to hypnotism would, I

believe, change the navy’s answer today.

Personally, I am convinced that hypnosis is a

bristling, dangerous armament which makes it

doubly imperative to avoid the war of

tomorrow.

A perfect example of the way in

which the will of a person could be

completely controlled and manipulated

was amply and graphically spelled out

in Estabrooks’s 1971 article:

Communication in war is always a headache.

Codes can be broken. A professional spy

may or may not stay bought. Your own man

may have unquestionable loyalty, but his

judgment is always open to question.

The “hypnotic courier,” on the other hand,

provides a unique solution. I was involved in

preparing many subjects for this work during

World War II. One successful case involved

an Army Service Corps Captain whom we’ll

call George Smith.

Captain Smith had undergone months of

training. He was an excellent subject but did

not realize it. I had removed from him, by

post-hypnotic suggestion, all recollection of

ever having been hypnotized.

First I had the Service Corps call the captain

to Washington and tell him they needed a

report of the mechanical equipment of

Division X headquartered in Tokyo. Smith

was ordered to leave by jet next morning,

pick up the report and return at once.

Consciously, that was all he knew, and it was

the story he gave to his wife and friends.

Then I put him under deep hypnosis, and

gave him—orally—a vital message to be

delivered directly on his arrival in Japan to a

certain colonel—let’s say his name was

Brown—of military intelligence.

Outside of myself, Colonel Brown was the

only person who could hypnotize Captain

Smith. This is “locking.”

I performed it by saying to the hypnotized

Captain: “Until further orders from me, only

Colonel Brown and I can hypnotize you. We

will use a signal phrase the moon is clear.

Whenever you hear this phrase from Brown

or myself you will pass instantly into deep

hypnosis.”

When Captain Smith re-awakened, he had no

conscious memory or what happened in

trance. All that he was aware of was that he

must head for Tokyo to pick up a division

report.

On arrival there, Smith reported to Brown,

who hypnotized him with the signal phrase.

Under hypnosis, Smith delivered my message

and received one to bring back. Awakened,

he was given the division report and returned

home by jet. There I hypnotized him once

more with the signal phrase, and he spieled

off Brown’s answer that had been dutifully

tucked away in his unconscious mind.

And with the early, groundbreaking work of George Estabrooks

now concisely spelled out for one and

all to read, digest and muse upon, let me

acquaint you with a concise history of

the world of mind-control, mind-manipulation, and what could accurately

be termed mind-slavery.

The picture is not a pretty one—not

at all.

Although the U.S. intelligence

community, military, and government

have undertaken countless official (and

off-the-record, too) projects pertaining

to

both

mind-control

and

mind-manipulation,

without

any

doubt

whatsoever, the most notorious of all

was Project MKUltra: a clandestine

operation that operated out of the CIA’s

Office of Scientific Intelligence and had

its beginnings in the Cold War era of the

early 1950s.

A sample of de classifie d docume nts shows the

proposal for MKUltra: the CIA’s plan to try and

control pe ople ’s minds.

The date of the project’s actual

termination is a somewhat hazy one;

however, it is known that it was

definitely in operation as late as the

latter part of the 1960s—and, not

surprisingly and regretfully, has since

been replaced by far more controversial

and deeply hidden projects.

To demonstrate the level of secrecy

that surrounded Project MKUltra, even

though it had kicked off at the dawn of

the fifties, its existence was largely

unknown outside of the intelligence

world until 1975—when the Church

Committee

and

the

Rockefeller

Commission began making their own

investigations of the CIA’s mind-control-related activities—in part to determine

if (a) the CIA had engaged in illegal

activity, (b) the personal rights of

citizens had been violated, and (c) if the

projects at issue had resulted in fatalities

—which they most assuredly and

unfortunately did.

Rather conveniently, and highly

suspiciously, too, it was asserted at the

height of the inquires in 1975 that two

years earlier, in 1973, CIA director

Richard

Helms

had

ordered

the

destruction of the agency’s MKUltra

files. Fortunately, this did not stop the

Church Committee or the Rockefeller

Commission, both of which had the

courage and tenacity to forge ahead with

their investigations, relying on sworn

testimony from players in MKUltra,

where documentation was no longer

available for scrutiny, study, and

evaluation.

The story that unfolded was both

dark and disturbing—in equal degrees.

Indeed, the scope of the project—and

allied operations, too—was spelled out

in an August 1977 document titled The

Senate MKUltra Hearings that was

prepared

by

the

Senate

Select

Committee on Intelligence and the

Committee on Human Resources, as a

result of its probing into the secret world

of the CIA.

The Senate MKULtra Hearings

document, available via the Freedom of

Information Act, is a lengthy and

detailed one. It states:

Research and development programs to find

materials which could be used to alter human

behavior were initiated in the late 1940s and

early 1950s. These experimental programs

originally included testing of drugs involving

witting human subjects, and culminated in

tests using unwitting, non-volunteer human

subjects. These tests were designed to

determine the potential effects of chemical or

biological agents when used operationally

against individuals unaware that they had

received a drug.

The Select Committee then turned

its attention to the overwhelming secrecy

that surrounded these early 1940s/1950s

projects:

The testing programs were considered highly

sensitive by the intelligence agencies

administering them. Few people, even within

the agencies, knew of the programs and

there is no evidence that either the Executive

Branch or Congress were ever informed of

them.

The highly compartmented nature of these

programs may be explained in part by an

observation made by the CIA Inspector

General that, “the knowledge that the

Agency is engaging in unethical and illicit

activities would have serious repercussions in

political and diplomatic circles and would be

detrimental to the accomplishment of its

missions.” The research and development

programs, and particularly the covert testing

programs, resulted in massive abridgments of

the rights of American citizens, and

sometimes with tragic consequences, too. As

prime evidence of this, the Select Committee

uncovered details on the deaths of two

Americans that were firmly attributed to the

programs at issue; while other participants in

the testing programs were said to still be

suffering from the residual effects of the

tests as late as the mid-1970s.

And as the Select Committee

starkly noted:

While some controlled testing of these

substances might be defended, the nature of

the tests, their scale, and the fact that they

were continued for years after the danger of

surreptitious administration of LSD to

unwitting individuals was known, demonstrate

a fundamental disregard for the value of

human life.

There was far more to come: The

Select Committee’s investigation of the

testing and use of chemical and

biological agents also raised serious

questions

about

the

adequacy

of

command and control procedures within

the Central Intelligence Agency and

military intelligence, and also about the

nature of the relationships among the

intelligence

agencies,

other

governmental agencies, and private

institutions and individuals that were

also allied to the early mind-control

studies.

For example, the Select Committee

was highly disturbed to learn that with

respect to the mind-control and mind-manipulation projects, the CIA’s normal

administrative

controls

were

controversially—and

completely—

waived for programs involving chemical

and biological agents—supposedly to

protect their security, but more likely to

protect those CIA personnel who knew

they were verging upon (if not outright

surpassing) breaking the law.

But it is perhaps the following

statement from the Select Committee that

demonstrates the level of controversy

that surrounded—and that still surrounds

—the issue of mind-control-based

projects:

The decision to institute one of the Army’s

LSD field testing projects had been based, at

least in part, on the finding that no long-term

residual effects had ever resulted from the

drug’s administration. The CIA’s failure to

inform the Army of a death which resulted

from the surreptitious administration of LSD

to unwitting Americans, may well have

resulted in the institution of an unnecessary

and potentially lethal program.

The Select Committee added:

The development, testing, and use of

chemical and biological agents by intelligence

agencies raises serious questions about the

relationship

between

the

intelligence

community and foreign governments, other

agencies of the federal government, and

other institutions and individuals.

The questions raised range from the

legitimacy of American complicity in actions

abroad which violate American and foreign

laws to the possible compromise of the

integrity of public and private institutions used

as cover by intelligence agencies.

While MKUltra was certainly the

most infamous of all the CIA-initiated

mind-control programs, it was very far

from being an isolated one. Indeed,

numerous sub-projects, post-projects,

and operations initiated by other

agencies were brought to the Select

Committee’s attention. One was Project

Chatter, which the Select Committee

described thus:

Project Chatter was a Navy program that

began in the fall of 1947. Responding to

reports of “amazing results” achieved by the

Soviets in using “truth drugs,” the program

focused on the identification and the testing

of such drugs for use in interrogations and in

the recruitment of agents. The research

included laboratory experiments on animals

and human subjects involving Anabasis

aphylla, scopolamine, and mescaline in order

to determine their speech-inducing qualities.

Overseas experiments were conducted as

part of the project. The project expanded

substantially during the Korean War, and

ended shortly after the war, in 1953.

Then there was Projects Bluebird

and Artichoke. Again, the Select

Committee dug deep and uncovered

some controversial and eye-opening data

and testimony:

The earliest of the CIA’s major programs

involving the use of chemical and biological

agents, Project Bluebird, was approved by

the Director in 1950. Its objectives were: (a)

discovering means of conditioning personnel

to prevent unauthorized extraction of

information from them by known means, (b)

investigating the possibility of control of an

individual

by

application

of

special

interrogation

techniques,

(c)

memory

enhancement, and (d) establishing defensive

means for preventing hostile control of

Agency personnel.

Also use d for ane sthe sia and e ve n le thal

inje ction, sodium pe ntothal is a type of barbituate

that has be e n use d in inte rrogations. It de cre ase s

highe r cortical brain function, making pe ople le ss

able to lie unde r pre ssure .

The Select Committee added with

respect to Bluebird:

As a result of interrogations conducted

overseas during the project, another goal was

added—the evaluation of offensive uses of

unconventional

interrogation

techniques,

including hypnosis and drugs. In August 1951,

the project was renamed Artichoke. Project

Artichoke included in-house experiments on

interrogation techniques, conducted “under

medical and security controls which would

ensure that no damage was done to

individuals

who

volunteer

for

the

experiments. Overseas interrogations utilizing

a combination of sodium pentothal and

hypnosis after physical and psychiatric

examinations of the subjects were also part

of Artichoke.”

Interestingly, the Select Committee

noted:

Information about Project Artichoke after the

fall of 1953 is scarce. The CIA maintains that

the project ended in 1956, but evidence

suggests that Office of Security and Office

of Medical Services use of “special

interrogation” techniques continued for

several years thereafter.

MKNaomi was another major CIA

program in this area. In 1967, the CIA

summarized the purposes of MKNaomi

thus:

(a) To provide for a covert support base to

meet clandestine operational requirements.

(b) To stockpile severely incapacitating and

lethal materials for the specific use of TSD

[Technical Services Division]. (c) To

maintain in operational readiness special and

unique items for the dissemination of

biological and chemical materials. (d) To

provide for the required surveillance, testing,

upgrading, and evaluation of materials and

items in order to assure absence of defects

and complete predictability of results to be

expected under operational conditions.

Under an agreement reached with

the Army in 1952, the Special

Operations Division (SOD) at Fort

Detrick was to assist CIA in developing,

testing, and maintaining biological

agents and delivery systems—some of

which were directly related to mind-control

experimentation.

By

this

agreement, the CIA finally acquired the

knowledge, skill, and facilities of the

Army to develop biological weapons

specifically suited for CIA use.

The Select Committee also noted:

SOD developed darts coated with biological

agents and pills containing several different

biological agents which could remain potent

for weeks or months. SOD developed a

special gun for firing darts coated with a

chemical which could allow CIA agents to

incapacitate a guard dog, enter an installation

secretly, and return the dog to consciousness

when leaving. SOD scientists were unable to

develop a similar incapacitant [sic] for

humans. SOD also physically transferred to

CIA personnel biological agents in “bulk”

form, and delivery devices, including some

containing biological agents.

In addition to the CIA’s interest in

using biological weapons and mind-control against humans, it also asked

SOD to study use of biological agents

against crops and animals. In its 1967

memorandum, the CIA stated:

Three methods and systems for carrying out

a covert attack against crops and causing

severe crop loss have been developed and

evaluated under field conditions. This was

accomplished in anticipation of a requirement

which was later developed but was

subsequently scrubbed just prior to putting

into action.

The Select Committee concluded

with respect to MKNaomi that the

project was

… terminated in 1970. On November 25,

1969, President Nixon renounced the use of

any form of biological weapons that kill or

incapacitate and ordered the disposal of

existing stocks of bacteriological weapons.

On February 14, 1970, the President clarified

the extent of his earlier order and indicated

that toxins—chemicals that are not living

organisms but are produced by living

organisms—were

considered

biological

weapons subject to his previous directive and

were to be destroyed. Although instructed to

relinquish control of material held for the CIA

by

SOD,

a

CIA

scientist

acquired

approximately 11 grams of shellfish toxin

from SOD personnel at Fort Detrick which

were stored in a little-used CIA laboratory

where it went undetected for five years.

Recognizing, however, that when it

came to mind-control and manipulation,

MKUltra was the one project that more

than any other was worth pursuing as

part of its efforts to determine the extent

to which the CIA had bent and broken

the law and flouted the rights of citizens,

the Select Committee had far more to say

on the operation:

Time

and

again

the

Select

Committee returned to Project MKUltra.

Not surprising, as it was, after all, the

principal CIA program involving the

research and development of chemical

and biological agents, and was, in the

words of the Select Committee: “…

concerned with the research and

development of chemical, biological,

and radiological materials capable of

employment in clandestine operations to

control human behavior.”

The Inspector General’s survey of

MKUltra, in 1963, noted the following

reasons for the profound level of

sensitivity that surrounded the program:

A. Research in the manipulation of

human behavior is considered by

many authorities in medicine and

related fields to be professionally

unethical, therefore the reputation

of professional participants in the

MKUltra program are on occasion

in jeopardy.

B. Some MKUltra activities raise

questions of legality implicit in the

original charter.

C. A final phase of the testing of

MKUltra products places the rights

and interests of U.S. citizens in

jeopardy.

D. Public disclosure of some aspects

of MKUltra activity could induce

serious adverse reaction in U.S.

public opinion, as well as stimulate

offensive and defensive action in

this field on the part of foreign

intelligence services.

Over the ten-year life of the

program, many “additional avenues to

the control of human behavior” were

designated as being wholly appropriate

for investigation under the MKUltra

charter. These included “radiation,

electroshock,

various

fields

of

psychology, psychiatry, sociology, and

anthropology, graphology, harassment

substances, and paramilitary devices and

materials.”

Needless to say, this was a grim

list.

A

1955

MKUltra

document

provides a good example of the scope of

the effort to understand the effects of

mind-altering substances on human

beings, and lists those same substances

as follows. In the CIA’s own words:

1. Substances which will promote

illogical

thinking

and

impulsiveness to the point

where the recipient would be

discredited in public;

2. Substances which increase the

efficiency of mentation and

perception.

3. Materials which will prevent or

counteract the intoxicating effect

of alcohol.

4. Materials which will promote

the

intoxicating

effect

of

alcohol.

5. Materials which will produce

the signs and symptoms of

recognized

diseases

in

a

reversible way so that they may

be used for malingering, etc.

6. Materials which will render the

induction of hypnosis easier or

otherwise

enhance

its

usefulness.

7. Substances which will enhance

the ability of individuals to

withstand privation, torture and

coercion during interrogation

and so-called “brainwashing.”

8. Materials and physical methods

which will produce amnesia for

events preceding and during

their use.

9. Physical methods of producing

shock

and

confusion

over

extended periods of time and

capable of surreptitious use.

10. Substances which produce

physical disablement such as

paralysis of the legs, acute

anemia, etc.

11. Substances which will produce

“pure”

euphoria

with

no

subsequent let-down.

12.

Substances

which

alter

personality structure in such a

way that the tendency of the

recipient to become dependent

upon

another

person

is

enhanced.

13. A material which will cause

mental confusion of such a type

that the individual under its

influence will find it difficult to

maintain a fabrication under

questioning.

14. Substances which will lower the

ambition and general working

efficiency

of

men

when

administered in undetectable

amounts.

15. Substances which promote

weakness or distortion of the

eyesight or hearing faculties,

preferably without permanent

effects.

16. A knockout pill which can

surreptitiously be administered

in drinks, food, cigarettes, as an

aerosol, etc., which will be safe

to use, provide a maximum of

amnesia, and be suitable for use

by agent types on an ad hoc

basis.

17. A material which can be

surreptitiously administered by

the above routes and which in

very small amounts will make it

impossible for a man to perform

any

physical

activity

whatsoever.

In other words, when it came to

mind-manipulation, more than half a

century ago, the CIA already had all

bases covered.

A special procedure, designated

MKDelta, was established to govern the

use

of

MKUltra

materials

when

specifically

utilized

in

overseas

operations. Such materials were used on

a number of occasions. According to the

Select Committee: “Because MKUltra

records were destroyed, it is impossible

to reconstruct the operational use of

MKUltra materials by the CIA overseas;

it has been determined that the use of

these materials abroad began in 1953,

and possibly as early as 1950.”

The Select Committee further

explained:

Drugs were used primarily as an aid to

interrogations,

but

MKUltra/MKDelta

materials were also used for harassment,

discrediting, or disabling purposes. According

to an Inspector General Survey of the

Technical Services Division of the CIA in

1957—an inspection which did not discover

the

MKUltra

project

involving

the

surreptitious administration of LSD to

unwitting, non-volunteer subjects—the CIA

had developed six drugs for operational use

and they had been used in six different

operations on a total of thirty-three subjects.

By 1963 the number of operations and

subjects had increased substantially.

Aside from the CIA, the Select

Committee learned that the Army was up

to its neck in mind-control-related

projects too. In its 1977 report, the

Select Committee wrote:

There were three major phases in the

Army’s testing of LSD. In the first, LSD was

administered to more than 1,000 American

soldiers who volunteered to be subjects in

chemical warfare experiments. In the second

phase, Material Testing Program EA 1729, 95

volunteers

received

LSD

in

clinical

experiments designed to evaluate potential

intelligence uses of the drug. In the third

phase, Projects Third Chance and Derby

Hat, 16 unwitting non-volunteer subjects

were interrogated after receiving LSD as

part of operational field tests.

But what of the post-MKUltra era:

Did the official world really cease its

operations and destroy its files en—

masse, in 1973, as had been alleged?

Probably not: In a 1977 interview,

fourteen-year

CIA

veteran

Victor

Marchetti stated that the CIA’s claim that

MKUltra was abandoned was nothing

more than a “cover story.”

Ward Kimball, a major player in

the Walt Disney Corporation, was

famous for his on-screen animations of

the Cheshire Cat, Jiminy Cricket, the

March Hare, and the Mad Hatter. Not

only that: Kimball was the man

responsible for Mickey Mouse; at least,

in the incarnation he appears today.

Kimball joined the Disney Studios in

1934 and rose up the ranks to become a

directing animator in such classics as

Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs,

Pinocchio, Fantasia, and Peter Pan. He

also directed Disney’s Oscar-winning

shorts Toot, Whistle, Plunk and Boom in

1953 and It’s Tough to be a Bird in

1969.

As

strange

and

as

near-unbelievable as it may seem, in the early

1950s Walt Disney, Kimball, and senior

elements of the CIA were all tied

together in a secret and strange program

to influence public opinion on the nature

of the UFO controversy. So, how did this

odd relationship between Disney and the

CIA begin? Let’s take a look. The first

thing to note is the time frame.

On both July 19 and 20, 1952, there

were repeated sightings of unknown

aerial objects in the Washington, D.C.,

airspace, something that, on July 24, led

USAF Major General John A. Samford

to state in a Secret memorandum for the

attention of the Deputy Chief of Staff,

Operations:

We are interested in these reports in that we

must always be on the alert for any threat or

indication of a threat to the United States.

We cannot ignore these reports but the mild

hysteria subsequent to publicity given this

subject causes an influx of reports which

since the nineteenth of July has almost

saturated our “Emergency” procedures.

The situation really escalated after

the weekend of July 26–27. A two-page

U.S. Air Force document, prepared only

days later, and made available thanks to

Freedom of Information legislation,

related the facts:

This incident involved unidentified targets

observed on the radar scopes at the Air

Route Traffic Control Center and the tower,

both at Washington National Airport, and the

Approach Control Radar at Andrews Air

Force Base. In addition, visual observations

were reported to Andrews and Bolling AFB

and to ARTC Center, the latter by pilots of

commercial aircraft and one CAA aircraft.

Varying numbers (up to 12 simultaneously) of

u/i targets on ARTC radar scope. Termed by

CAA personnel as “generally solid returns,”

similar to a/c except slower. Mr. Bill Schreve,

flying a/c NC-12 reported at 2246 EDT that

he had visually spotted 5 objects giving off a

light glow ranging from orange to white; his

altitude at time was 2,200. Some commercial

pilots reported visuals ranging from “cigarette

glow” to a “light.”

ARTC crew commented that, as compared

with u/i returns picked up in early hours of 20

July 52, these returns appeared to be more

haphazard in their actions, i.e. they did not

follow a/c around nor did they cross scope

consistently on same general heading. Some

commented that the returns appeared to be

from objects “capable of dropping out of the

pattern at will.” Also that returns had

“creeping appearance.” One member of

crew commented that one object to which F-94 was vectored just “disappeared from

Scope” shortly after F-94 started pursuing.

All crew members emphatic that most u/i

returns have been picked up from time to

time over the past few months but never

before had they appeared in such quantities

over such a prolonged period and with such

definition as was experienced on the nights of

19/20 and 26/27 July 1952.

Although the portions extracted

from this report speak for themselves, let

us now examine an official transcript of

a conversation, dated July 26, between

staff at Washington National Airport and

personnel from Andrews Air Force Base

at the time of the sightings:

Wash: Andrews Tower, do you read? Did you

have an airplane in sight west-northwest or

east of your airport eastbound?

Andr: No, but we just got a call from the Center.

We’re looking for it.

Wash: We’ve got a big target showing up on our

scope. He’s just coming in on the west edge

of your airport—the northwest edge of it

eastbound. He’ll be passing right through the

northern portion of your field on an east

heading. He’s about a quarter of a mile from

the northwest runway—right over the edge

of your runway now.

Andr: This is Andrews. Our radar tracking said

he’s got a big fat target out here northwest

of Andrews. He said he’s got two more

south of the field.

Wash: Yes, well the Center has about four or five

around the Andrews Range Station. The

Center is working a National Airlines—the

Center is working him and vectoring him

around his target. He went around Andrews.

He saw one of them—looks like a meteor

… went by him … or something. He said

he’s got one about three miles off his right

wing right now. There are so many targets

around here it is hard to tell as they are not

moving very fast.

Within a matter of hours of hearing

of the events of July 26–27, FBI director

J. Edgar Hoover instructed N.W.

Philcox, the FBI’s Air Force liaison

representative, to determine what had

taken place and to ascertain the Air

Force’s opinions on the UFO subject as

a whole. The FBI’s declassified UFO

files—from which the following extracts

are taken—can be accessed at the FBI’s

website, The Vault.

On July 29, Philcox made arrangements

through the office of the Director of Air

Intelligence, Major General John A. Samford,

to meet with Commander Randall Boyd of

the Current Intelligence Branch, Estimates

Division, Air Intelligence, regarding “the

present status of Air Intelligence research

into the numerous reports regarding flying

saucers and flying discs.”

Although the Air Force was

publicly playing down the possibility

that

UFOs

were

anything

truly

extraordinary, Philcox was advised that

“at the present time the Air Force has

failed to arrive at any satisfactory

conclusion in its research regarding

numerous reports of flying saucers and

flying discs sighted throughout the

United States.”

An illustration de picts what a U.S. Air Force pilot

suppose dly witne sse d ne ar Washington, D.C. in

July 1952.

Philcox was further informed that

Air Intelligence had set up at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, the Air

Technical Intelligence Center, which had

been established in part for the purpose

of “coordinating, correlating and making

research into all reports regarding flying

saucers and flying discs.”

As Philcox listened very carefully

to what Boyd had to say on the matter, he

noted that the Air Force had placed its

UFO reports into three definable

categories. In the first instance there

were those sightings

…which are reported by citizens who claim

they have seen flying saucers from the

ground. These sightings vary in description,

color and speeds. Very little credence is

given to these sightings inasmuch as in most

instances they are believed to be imaginative

or some explainable object which actually

crossed through the sky.

Philcox then learned that the second

category of encounters proved to be of

greater significance:

Sightings reported by commercial or military

pilots. These sightings are considered more

credible by the Air Force inasmuch as

commercial or military pilots are experienced

in the air and are not expected to see objects

which are entirely imaginative. In each of

these instances, the individual who reports

the sightings is thoroughly interviewed by a

representative of Air Intelligence so that a

complete description of the object can be

obtained.

The third category of encounters,

Boyd advised Philcox, were those

where, in addition to a visual sighting by

a pilot, there was corroboration either

from a ground-based source or by radar.

Philcox wrote to Hoover:

Commander Boyd advised that this latter

classification constitutes two or three per

cent of the total number of sightings, but that

they are the most credible reports received

and are difficult to explain.

“In these instances … there is no

doubt that these individuals reporting the

sightings actually did see something in

the sky.” And to demonstrate that Boyd

was well acquainted with the UFO issue

on a worldwide scale, he confided in

Philcox that “sightings have also

recently been reported as far distant as

Acapulco, Mexico, Korea and French

Morocco … the sightings reported in the

last classification have never been

satisfactorily explained.”

The commander then came out with

a true bombshell, as Philcox noted in his

report on the meeting: “[Boyd] advised

that it is not entirely impossible that the

objects may possibly be ships from

another planet such as Mars.”

The curious and fantastic events of

July 1952 deeply troubled the FBI and

the Air Force. They greatly worried the

CIA, too—and for very intriguing and

alternative reasons that had very little to

do with literal alien invasion or

visitation. On December 2, 1952, the

CIA’s assistant director H. Marshall

Chadwell, noted in a classified report on

UFO activity in American airspace:

“Sightings of unexplained objects at

great altitudes and traveling at high

speeds in the vicinity of major U.S.

defense installations are of such nature

that they are not attributable to natural

phenomena or known types of aerial

vehicles.”

Believing that something really

might be afoot in the skies of America,

Chadwell prepared a list of saucer—

themed

recommendations

for

the

National Security Council, which can be

found at the CIA’s website, CIA.gov:

1. The Director of Central

Intelligence shall formulate and

carry

out

a

program

of

intelligence

and

research

activities as required to solve

the problem of instant positive

identification of unidentified

flying objects.

2. Upon call of the Director of

Central Intelligence, government

departments and agencies shall

provide

assistance

in

this

program of intelligence and

research to the extent of their

capacity provided, however,

that the DCI shall avoid

duplication

of

activities

presently directed toward the

solution of this problem.

3. This effort shall be coordinated

with the military services and

the Research and Development

Board of the Department of

Defense, with the Psychological

Board and other governmental

agencies as appropriate.

4. The Director of Central

Intelligence shall disseminate

information

concerning

the

program of intelligence and

research activities in this field

to the various departments and

agencies which have authorized

interest therein.

Forty-eight

hours

later,

the

Intelligence

Advisory

Committee

concurred

with

Chadwell

and

recommended that “the services of

selected scientists to review and

appraise the available evidence in the

light of pertinent scientific theories”

should be the order of the day. Thus was

born the Robertson Panel, so named

after the man chosen to head the inquiry:

Howard Percy Robertson, a consultant

to the Agency, a renowned physicist, and

the director of the Defense Department

Weapons Evaluation Group.

Chadwell was tasked with putting

together a crack team of experts in

various science, technical, intelligence,

and military disciplines and have them

carefully study the data on flying saucers

currently held by not just the CIA, but the

Air Force too—who obligingly agree to

hand over all their UFO files for the

CIA’s scrutiny. Or, at least, the Air Force

said it was all they had.

Whatever the truth of the matter

regarding the extent to which the USAF

shared its files with Chadwell’s team,

the fact that there was a significant body

of data to work with was the main thing.

And so the team—which included Luis

Alvarez, physicist, radar expert (and

later, a Nobel Prize recipient); Frederick

C. Durant, CIA officer, secretary to the

panel, and missile expert; Samuel

Abraham

Goudsmit,

Brookhaven

National Laboratories nuclear physicist;

and Thornton Page, astrophysicist, radar

expert, and deputy director of Johns

Hopkins Operations Research Office—

quickly got to work.

The overall conclusion of the

Robertson Panel was that while UFOs,

per se, did not appear to have a bearing

on national security or the defense of the

United States, the way in which the

subject could be used by unfriendly

forces to manipulate the public mindset

and

disrupt

the

U.S.

military

infrastructure did have a bearing—and a

major one, too—on matters of a security

nature. According to the panel’s

members:

Although evidence of any direct threat from

these sightings was wholly lacking, related

dangers might well exist resulting from: A.

Misidentification of actual enemy artifacts by

defense personnel. B. Overloading of

emergency reporting channels with “false”

information. C. Subjectivity of public to mass

hysteria and greater vulnerability to possible

enemy psychological warfare.

There was also a recommendation

that a number of the public UFO

investigative groups that existed in the

United States at the time, such as the

Civilian Flying Saucer Investigators

(CFSI) and the Aerial Phenomena

Research Organization (APRO), should

be “watched” carefully because of “the

apparent

irresponsibility

and

the

possible use of such groups for

subversive purposes.”

The panel also concluded that “a

public education campaign should be

undertaken” on matters relative to UFOs.

Specifically, agreed the members, such a

program would

… result in reduction in public interest in

‘flying saucers’ which today evokes a strong

psychological reaction. This education could

be accomplished by mass media such as

television, motion pictures, and popular

articles. The basics of such education would

be actual case histories that had been

puzzling at first but later explained. As in the

case of conjuring tricks, there is much less

stimulation if the “secret” is known. Such a

program should tend to reduce the current

gullibility of the public and consequently their

susceptibility to clever hostile propaganda.

In this connection, Dr. Hadley Cantril

(Princeton University) was suggested. Cantril

authored Invasion from Mars (a study in the

psychology of panic, written about the

famous Orson Welles radio broadcast in

1938) and has since performed advanced

laboratory studies in the field of perception.

The names of Don Marquis (University of

Michigan) and Leo Roston were mentioned

as

possibly

suitable

as

consultant

psychologists.

Also,

someone

familiar

with

mass

communications techniques, perhaps an

advertising expert, would be helpful. Arthur

Godfrey was mentioned as possibly a

valuable channel of communication reaching

a mass audience of certain levels. Dr.

Berkner suggested the U.S. Navy (ONR)

Special Devices Center, Sands Point, L. I., as

a potentially valuable organization to assist in

such an educational program. The teaching

techniques used by this agency for aircraft

identification during the past war [were] cited

as an example of a similar educational task.

The Jam Handy Co. which made World War

II training films (motion picture and slide

strips) was also suggested, as well as Walt

Disney, Inc. animated cartoons.

Robbie Graham, a UFO researcher

who has studied the many and varied

intricacies of the Robertson Panel and

its links to Disney and Ward Kimball,

said in his 2011 article, “UFOs and

Disney”:

The panel’s singling-out of Disney made

sense given the animation giant’s then firmly

established working relationship with the US

government: during World War II Disney

made numerous propaganda shorts for the

US military, and in the 1950s corporate and

government sponsors helped the company

produce

films

promoting

President

Eisenhower’s “Atoms for Peace” policy, as

well as the retrospectively hilarious Duck and

Cover

documentary,

which

depicted

schoolchildren surviving an atomic attack by

sheltering under their desks.

Graham continued in his article:

That the Robertson Panel highlighted Disney

is significant in that the Panel’s general

recommendation to debunk UFOs through

media channels is known to have been acted

upon in at least one instance: this being the

CBS TV broadcast of UFOs: Friend, Foe,

or

Fantasy?

(1966),

an

anti-UFO

documentary narrated by Walter Cronkite. In

a letter addressed to former Robertson Panel

Secretary Frederick C. Durant, Dr Thornton

Page confided that he “helped organize the

CBS TV show around the Robertson Panel

conclusions,” even though this was thirteen

years after the Panel had first convened. In

light of this case alone, it seems reasonable to

assume that the government may at least

have attempted to follow through on the

Robertson Panel’s Disney recommendation.

As for Ward Kimball, in 1979, he

went public on certain aspects of

Disney’s links to the UFO conundrum

and officialdom and stated that it wasn’t

just the CIA that Disney was working

with when it came to UFOs. At some

point during 1955 or 1956 Disney was

contacted by representatives of the U.S.

Air Force and was asked to secretly

cooperate on a documentary about the

UFO controversy. As part of the deal,

the Air Force offered to supply actual

UFO footage, which Disney was told it

could include in its film.

Animation studio giant Walt Disne y (le ft) stands

with rocke t e ngine e r We rnhe r von Braun in this

1954 photo. Von Braun was a te chnical advisor on

thre e Disne y films about space e xploration.

According to Kimball, at that time

it wasn’t at all unusual for either Walt

Disney or his studio to go along with the

government’s

wishes—or,

perhaps,

demands might be a far more accurate

term to use. Kimball revealed how,

during the Second World War, the

military practically took over Disney’s

Burbank facilities, where dozens of

hours of military-training productions

and war-effort films featuring Disney

characters, like Donald Duck, were

made.

The studio began work on the

requested UFO documentary; animators

were asked to imagine what an alien

would look like; while Walt Disney

himself eagerly waited for the Air Force

to deliver the promised film of actual

UFOs. At the last moment, however, the

Air Force mysteriously withdrew the

offer of the footage, and the planned

documentary was canceled.

But, what all this does demonstrate

is that Disney had a link to UFOs, the

CIA,

and

secret

projects—and

specifically, and collectively, in a

fashion

that

revolved

around

manipulating and controlling public

opinion on, and perception of, all things

of the flying saucer variety.

n May 26, 1946, the U.S. Air

“OForce awarded to the Fairchild

Engine and Airplane Corporation

a contract which established Fairchild

as the responsible agency of the Nuclear

Energy for Propulsion of Aircraft

(NEPA) project. The purpose of the

project was twofold: (1) to perform

feasibility investigations and research

leading toward the adaptation of nuclear

energy to the propulsion of aircraft, and

(2) to educate the aircraft engine

industry in the field of nuclear science

and its adaptation to aeronautical

propulsion,” wrote staff based at the

Oak Ridge National Laboratory in

Tennessee.

The content above is extracted from

a lengthier, secret document that dealt

with the feasibility of constructing a

nuclear-powered aircraft, one that could

be used in a showdown with the Soviets

at the height of the Cold War. The

content of the document is made

particularly

controversial

for

one

specific reason. It makes it clear that the

military was thinking of using human

test-subjects—such as prisoners and

even

cadavers—in

its

nuclear

experimentation.

In the late summer of 1946 there

was a radical shake-up in the Nuclear

Energy for Propulsion of Aircraft

program. The contract that Fairchild had

with the military did not live up to its

expectations and was placed into the

hands of General Electric, who insisted

that the operations be carried out not at

Oak Ridge, but at GE’s plant in Ohio.

More than a few Fairchild staff jumped

ship and joined the new version of

NEPA. Others, however, stayed at Oak

Ridge, which—despite the severing of

ties with Fairchild—had already made

plans for a new project: the Aircraft

Nuclear Program (ANP).

The biggest challenges that faced

both NEPA and the ANP were the

scientific and technological issues

surrounding

the

development,

construction, and deployment of nuclear-powered aircraft into the skies of our

world. Could the crew be affected by

very close proximity to a nuclear power—

source? There were other challenges,

too,

and

chiefly

economic

ones:

Congress balked and frowned upon the

ever escalating costs, and particularly in

light of the fact that missiles and

supersonic

planes

were

already

demonstrating their significant worth.

So, thought Congress, why are we even

giving consideration to extremely costly,

and potentially hazardous, nuclear

aircraft? Congress’s question was a fair

and understandable one—to the extent

that, not even one year into his

presidency, President John F. Kennedy

finally had the research programs into

nuclear-powered aircraft shut down.

Te st Are a North (TAN), locate d in Butte County,

Idaho, was use d in the late 1950s to te st the

fe asibility of cre ating a nucle ar-powe re d aircraft.

The proje ct was discontinue d in 1961.

Although official, and extensive,

research into nuke planes went ahead,

for around fifteen years before JFK

closed it down, it is an acknowledged

fact that dark and disturbing research

was done on human beings, in an effort

to understand and combat the potentially

troublesome issues of exposing a crew

to such a futuristic vehicle and power—

plant. This is amply demonstrated in the

papers of NEPA’s Medical Advisory

Committee,

the

MAC.

A

now-declassified June 1948 document (which

can be inspected at the National

Archives, Maryland) makes it very clear

what was going through the minds of the

scientists on the program:

The NEPA Medical Advisory Committee is

attempting to determine what will happen to

humans exposed at infrequent times to

amounts of radiations which are higher than

those accepted as permissible for peace time

operations.

The

Committee,

with

the

exception of one member, feels that such

information cannot be obtained by animal

experiments nor by clinical observations.

MAC made another suggestion, or,

as some might call it, an example of

crossing the line that should never be

crossed. MAC said: “The information

sought is sufficiently important to justify

the use of humans as experimental

subjects.”

It was then time for the entire

scenario to tumble out. And what a

hotbed of controversy it was, and as the

official, previously top secret papers

show:

“The

Committee,

therefore

recommends, that the Armed Services

arrange for and conduct unclassified

experiments on man which will make

possible the accurate prediction of

biological changes resulting from known

levels of radiation exposure.”

Those very same “experiments on

man” were aimed at using nothing less

than prisoners then held in American

jails:

The Committee is not in a position to make

recommendations as to where these tests can

be conducted other than that they should be

carried out at some federal, state, or Armed

Services prison, where life prisoners are

incarcerated and where arrangements can be

made with the prison authorities to cooperate

in the experiment. The selection of the prison

is a matter for top military consideration.

Continued cooperation of the prison staff and

prisoners for a matter of many years will be

required.

Actually, it didn’t take years, at all.

In fact, it wasn’t even one year.

By

early

1948,

MAC’s

Subcommittee

on

Human

Experimentation recommended that “the

Armed Services arrange for and conduct

unclassified

experiments

making

possible

accurate

prediction

of

biological damage in man from known

levels of radiation exposure.”

Matters began to progress with

speed. In June 1949, the Joint Panel on

Medical Aspects of Atomic Warfare

gave its support to the program. Four

months later, every scientific agency, and

arm of the military, that had a vested

interest in seeing the nuclear aircraft

program come to life was unanimous. An

October 4, 1949, memo makes that

starkly clear. Experiments on people, the

author noted, were the “number one

recommendation.”

Everything was running smoothly

until February 1950. That was when a

significant percentage of staff at the

Atomic Energy Commission Medical

Group (CMG) grew worried about

where things were potentially heading.

In their eyes and minds, it was one thing

to undertake research into the effects of

nuclear aircraft on their crews. They

saw it as quite another thing entirely,

however, to consider, and give the go—

ahead for, experiments to be undertaken

on American citizens—even those

incarcerated

in

American

jails.

Unfortunately for the rest of the people

allied to the program, the CMG was a

large and powerful body, one that, when

it flexed its muscles and expressed its

concern, was able to put everything into

a definitive state of limbo.

The

arguing

went

on

until

September, with many suggesting it was

dangerous to go down the path of using

human guinea-pigs—and without their

consent and even knowledge, too—and

just as many others offering that it was

no big deal. Unless, that is, one

happened to be just such a prisoner. It

was in September that NEPA’s staff

began working on a recommendation—

style document that would forcibly argue

the need for the program to proceed, and

also the need for human test-subjects to

be found—and quickly, too.

Matters came to a head in

December when NEPA noted that the

only thing needed to end the stalemate

would be for a major, powerful body to

make a final decision, once and for all:

“At the meeting of the NEPA Research

Guidance Committee, it was recognized

that unless AEC or some other highly

influential agency recommends human

experimentation, the NEPA proposal

would never be carried out by the

Armed Services.”

In essence, this amounted to nothing

less than a stern warning, combined with

a final ultimatum. NEPA’s Medical

Advisory Committee also had its say, as

a January 5, 1950, report— Radiation

Biology Relative to Nuclear Energy

Powered Aircraft Recommendations to

NEPA—shows:

For many reasons it is desirable that the

aircraft carry a crew. This implies that the

reactor will be surrounded with shielding

adequate to protect the crew against

radiations escaping from the reactor. It is

necessary to determine the amount of

radiation a human can reasonably tolerate in

a given number of doses, at given repetition

frequencies, and at given intensities, so that

shield weights can be minimized. This

knowledge is only partially available.

Despite the ultimatum, those against

the human experimentation proceeding

were unmoved. It was this stance that, on

February 12, 1951, provoked M. C.

Leverett, who was the technical director

of the nuclear aircraft program, to send a

memo to Dr. Shields Warren, the

director of medicine and biology at the

Atomic Energy Commission. It said:

Dr. Warren,

In connection with our work on Nuclear

Powered Flight, we have as you know called

together a group of highly qualified experts in

the general field of radiology and the effects

of radiation upon human beings, in order to

assist us in defining the limiting exposure to

which we should plan to subject the crew of

a nuclear powered airplane.

One of the actions taken by this group of

experts was the formulation of a program of

recommended research necessary, in their

opinion, for adequate coverage of the

radiobiological aspects of nuclear flight.

Among the recommended research projects

was the highly controversial one of human

experimentation which this group strongly

recommended and gave a position of highest

priority.

For almost two years the various members of

this Committee have been making efforts to

gain

governmental

approval

of

their

recommendation

regarding

human

experiments. These efforts have been largely

unsuccessful and we and they have come

finally to the conclusion that further efforts in

this direction would be a waste of energy.

We are therefore discontinuing our efforts to

obtain

governmental

approval

for

experiments on humans along the lines

recommended by our Advisory Committee.

While the NEPA experimentation

did not proceed in the fashion that some

dearly hoped it would, the same most

certainly cannot be said for other

agencies and programs. We know this,

thanks to the work of the Advisory

Committee

on

Human

Radiation

Experiments (ACHRE), which was

created in 1994, and whose staff

uncovered the documents cited above

and which are contained in its Final

Report: Advisory Committee on Human

Radiation Experiments:

On 15 January 1994, President Clinton

appointed the Advisory Committee on

Human Radiation Experiments. The president

created the Committee to investigate reports

of possibly unethical experiments funded by

the government decades ago.

The members of the Advisory Committee

were fourteen private citizens from around

the country: a representative of the general

public and thirteen experts in bioethics,

radiation oncology and biology, nuclear

medicine, epidemiology and biostatistics,

public health, the history of science and

medicine, and law.

President Clinton asked us to deliver our

recommendations to a Cabinet-level group,

the Human Radiation Interagency Working

Group, whose members are the Secretaries

of Defense, Energy, Health and Human

Services, and Veterans Affairs; the Attorney

General; the Administrator of the National

Aeronautics and Space Administration; the

Director of Central Intelligence; and the

Director of the Office of Management and

Budget.

ACHRE continued:

The controversy surrounding the plutonium

experiments and others like them brought

basic and crucial questions to the fore: How

many experiments were conducted or

sponsored by the government, and why?

How many were secret? Was anyone

harmed? What was disclosed to those

subjected to risk, and what opportunity did

they have for consent? By what rules should

the past be judged? What remedies were due

those who were wronged or harmed by the

government in the past? How well do federal

rules

that

today

govern

human

experimentation work? What lessons can be

learned from the experiments?

This shop was locate d at Te st Are a North in

Scoville , Idaho, and was use d to produce

machine ry for the Aircraft Nucle ar Propulsion

program.

The

President

directed

the

Advisory

Committee to uncover the history of human

radiation experiments during the period 1944

through 1974. It was in 1944 that the first

known human radiation experiment of

interest was planned, and in 1974 that the

Department of Health, Education and

Welfare adopted regulations governing the

conduct of human research; a watershed

event in the history of federal protection for

human subjects.

With the assistance of hundreds of federal

officials and agency staff, the Committee

retrieved

and

reviewed

hundreds

of

thousands of government documents. Some

of the most important documents were secret

and were declassified at our request. Even

after this extraordinary effort, the historical

record remains incomplete. Some potentially

important collections could not be located and

were evidently lost or destroyed years ago.

Nevertheless, the documents that

were recovered enabled us to identify

nearly

4,000

human

radiation

experiments sponsored by the federal

government between 1944 and 1974. In

the great majority of cases, only

fragmentary data was locatable and the

identity of subjects and the specific

radiation exposures involved were

typically unavailable.

These case studies, said ACHRE,

included:

1. Experiments with plutonium and

other atomic bomb materials;

2.

The

Atomic

Energy

Commission’s

program

of

radioisotope distribution;

3. Non-therapeutic research on

children;

4. Total body irradiation;

5. Research on prisoners;

6. Human experimentation in

connection

with

nuclear

weapons testing;

7.

Intentional

environmental

releases of radiation;

8.

Observational

research

involving uranium miners and

residents of the Marshall

Islands.

The testing, revealed ACHRE, was

carried out largely to help advance

research in “biomedical” fields, and to

“advance national interests in defense or

space exploration.”

They continued:

The Atomic Energy Commission, the

Defense Department and the National

Institutes of Health recognized at an early

date that research should proceed only with

the consent of the human subject. The

Committee found little evidence of rules or

practices of consent except in research with

completely

healthy

subjects.

It

was

commonplace during the 1940s and 1950s for

physicians to use patients as subjects of

research without their awareness or consent.

Those

who

sponsored

and

undertook

the

experiments,

said

ACHRE, “are blameworthy for not

having had policies and practices in

place to protect the rights and interests

of human subjects who were used in

research from which the subjects could

not possibly derive direct medical

benefit.”

ACHRE then made what was, quite

possibly, its starkest comment of all:

Information about human experiments was

kept

secret

out

of

concern

for

embarrassment to the government, potential

legal liability, and worry that public

misunderstanding

would

jeopardize

government programs. There is no evidence

that issues of fairness or concerns about

exploitation in the selection of subjects

figured in policies or rules of the period.

On the matter of the notorious

Nuremberg trials that followed the end

of the Second World War, the committee

recorded the following:

It

would

be

historically

irresponsible,

however, to rely solely on records related

directly to the Nuremberg Medical Trial in

evaluating the postwar scene in American

medical

research.

The

panorama

of

American thought and practice in human

experimentation was considerably more

complex than Ivy acknowledged on the

witness stand in Nuremberg.

In general, it does seem that most American

medical

scientists

probably

sought

to

approximate the practices suggested in the

Nuremberg Code and the AMA principles

when working with “healthy volunteers.”

Indeed, a subtle, yet pervasive, indication of

the recognition during this period that consent

should be obtained from healthy subjects was

the widespread use of the term volunteer to

describe such research participants.

Yet, as Advisory Committee member Susan

Lederer has recently pointed out, the use of

the word volunteer cannot always be taken

as an indication that researchers intended to

use subjects who had knowingly and freely

agreed to participate in an experiment; it

seems that researchers sometimes used

volunteer as a synonym for research

subject, with no special meaning intended

regarding the decision of the participants to

join in an experiment.

In the late 1940s American medical

researchers seldom recognized that research

with patient-subjects ought to follow the

same principles as those applied to healthy

subjects. Yet, some of those few who asked

themselves hard questions about their

research work with patients concluded that

people who are ill are entitled to the same

consideration as those who are not.

That some did in fact reach this conclusion is

evidence that it was not beyond the horizon

of moral insight at that time. Nevertheless,

they were a minority of the community of

physician researchers, and the organized

medical profession did not exhibit a

willingness to reconsider its responsibilities to

patients in the burgeoning world of postwar

clinical research.

Of all the many and varied

programs that ACHRE successfully

uncovered,

none

were

more

controversial than one with the entirely

innocent-sounding code name of Project

Sunshine. On June 9, 1995, ACHRE

completed a report for President Clinton

titled Documentary Update on Project

Sunshine

“Body

Snatching.”

Its

contents are as shocking as they are

revealing:

As part of Project Sunshine, which sought to

measure strontium-90, the AEC [Atomic

Energy Commission] engaged in an effort to

collect the bones of human infants from

domestic and foreign sources. As discussed

in the prior memorandum, the project

involved the use of a cover story (those

without clearance being told that the skeleton

collection would be used to study naturally

occurring radiation, and not that from fallout).

Key participants in Project Sunshine at its

onset included the AEC’s Division of Biology

and Medicine (DBM), its Director John

Bugher, Columbia University’s Dr. J.

Laurence Kulp, and the University of

Chicago’s Dr. Willard Libby (who became an

AEC Commissioner).

Libby was the brains that led to

Project Sunshine coming to full fruition.

In the 1930s, he secured B.Sc. and Ph.D.

degrees

from

the

University

of

California and, at the height of the

Second World War, worked on the

Manhattan Project that led to the

successful development of the atomic

bomb. On October 1, 1954, Libby was

made a member of the Atomic Energy

Commission—at the specific request of

President Dwight D. Eisenhower, no

less. It’s Libby’s work on Project

Sunshine that is of relevance to us,

however.

ACHRE recorded:

A 1955 transcript classified as “secret”

(located in the classified materials at the

National Archives and recently declassified

at the Committee’s request), sheds more light

on the role of tissue sampling in Project

Sunshine.

The

transcript

shows

that

considerable thought had been devoted to

best ways to establish channels to procure

“human samples,” and the impact of secrecy

on the effort. AEC Commissioner Willard

Libby, who was a primary proponent of

Project Sunshine, explained the great value of

“body snatching,” and noted that the AEC

had even employed an “expensive law firm”

to “look up the law of body snatching.”

Dr. Willard Libby was a ke y participant in Proje ct

Sunshine . He was one of the de ve lope rs of

radiocarbon dating te chnique s and was also a

me mbe r of the Atomic Ene rgy Commission.

The meeting was then turned over to Dr.

Libby, who was now an AEC commissioner.

Dr. Libby began by stating that there was no

effort more important to the AEC than

Sunshine. “However, there are great gaps in

the data.” He explained: “By far the most

important [gap] is human samples. We have

been reduced to essentially zero level on the

human samples. I don’t know how to get

them but I do say that it is a matter of prime

importance to get them and particularly in the

young age group.

“The supply of stillborns had evidently been

shut off: We were fortunate, as you know to

obtain a large number of stillborns as

material. This supply, however, has now been

cut off also, and shows no signs, I think, of

being rejuvenated.”

Therefore, Libby told the audience, expertise

in “body snatching” would be highly valued:

“So human samples are of prime importance

and if anybody knows how to do a good job

of body snatching, they will really be serving

their country.”

Libby recalled that when Project Sunshine

was created in 1953, a law firm was hired to

study this problem: “I don’t know how to

snatch bodies. In the original study on the

Sunshine at Rand in the summer of 1953, we

hired an expensive law firm to look up the

law of body snatching. This compendium is

available to you. It is not very encouraging. It

shows you how very difficult it is going to be

to do it legally.”

The conferees discussed the need for a wide

enough variety of samples to cover age

ranges and potential variations among body

parts. Dr. Kulp, from Columbia, explained

that there were “channels.” “We have the

channels in these places where we are

getting everything. We have three or four

other leads where we could get complete age

range

samples

from

different

other

geographic localities. These three are

Vancouver, Houston, and New York. We

could easily get them from Puerto Rico and

other places. We can get virtually everyone

that dies in this range….”

Finally, there was discussion of the need for

resources from other countries. Colonel

Maxwell of the Armed Forces Special

Weapons Project suggested the Armed

Services could provide some help for

specimens of the local population. The

possibilities included Germany, a native

hospital in Formosa, and the Navy unit in

Cairo.

The document goes on and on, in

similar, controversial fashion. ACHRE’s

findings on Project Sunshine—extracted

from previously highly classified files—

reference (a) “body snatching,” (b)

radiation experiments on what are

described as “specimens” (people, of

course), (c) the means by which “human

samples” could be secretly obtained,

and (d) particularly how those “in the

young age group might be secured.”

Those findings demonstrate the

existence of one of the darkest and most

disturbing programs ever established.

Anumber of conspiracy theorists

have suggested that one spinoff of

the

MKUltra

mind-control

experimentation began in the early

1950s: the development of a program to

fabricate UFO incidents. In other words,

the plan was to subject unwitting

individuals to brain-warping and mind-altering technologies to see how

effective they might be. One person who

might have been subjected to this very

technology was none other than L. Ron

Hubbard,

the

brains

behind

the

controversial cult of Scientology—

whose beliefs are heavily influenced by

matters of an extraterrestrial nature.

Under the terms of the Freedom of

Information

Act,

the

FBI

has

declassified hundreds of pages of

formerly classified files on Hubbard and

the Church of Scientology. One of those

documents cited a letter that Hubbard

penned to the FBI. It dealt with

something very weird and downright

disturbing.

According to the FBI, Hubbard told

them that on February 23, 1951, “about

two or three o’clock in the morning his

apartment was entered. He was knocked

out. A needle was thrust into his heart to

produce a coronary thrombosis and he

was given an electric shock. He said his

recollection of this incident was now

very blurred, that he had no witnesses

and that the only other person who had a

key to the apartment was his wife.”

It was not long after this that

Hubbard’s belief in alien life grew to

new, stratospheric proportions.

Interestingly, in the following year

a man named Karl Hunrath—who hailed

from Wisconsin—had a very similar

experience to that of Hubbard. In July

1952, Hunrath complained to his local

police department about something very

weird indeed.

In the early hours of a Sunday

morning in July, someone broke into

Hunrath’s home, injected his arm full of

chemicals—which rendered him into a

distinctly altered state of mind, and

eerily paralleled the claims of L. Ron

Hubbard

one

year

earlier—and

proceeded to tell him that he, Hunrath,

had been chosen to play a significant

role in the alien mission on Earth. A

very groggy Hunrath could only look on

amazed from his bed as the somewhat

foreign-sounding—but perfectly human—

appearing—alien told him: “I am Bosco.

You have been chosen to enter our

brotherhood of galaxies.”

A scie nce fiction nove list and founde r of

Scie ntology, L. Ron Hubbard once claime d he

had be e n knocke d out and drugge d in 1951. It

was afte r this incide nt that his obse ssion with

alie ns came about.

The files continue that the suit-and-

tie-wearing Bosco advised Hunrath the

brothers from beyond were deeply

worried about our warlike ways, and so,

as a result, action had to be taken against

those dastardly elements of the human

race who wanted to spoil everyone

else’s fun. There was not to be any The

Day

the

Earth

Stood

Still-style

ultimatum for one and all, however. No

—The

aliens

wished

to

recruit

sympathetic

humans

to

aid

their

righteous cause.

Hunrath, like Hubbard, developed

an interest in UFOs that became an

obsession. Rather notably, on November

10, 1953, Hunrath, with a colleague

named Wilbur Wilkinson, vanished. The

pair took to the skies in a small, two-

seater plane, from a small airport on the

outskirts of Los Angeles. Neither man

was ever seen again.

In late July 1953, just four months

before he vanished, Hunrath booked a

flight from Los Angeles back to his home

state of Wisconsin. And after a brief stop

in his home town of Racine, Hunrath

drove the approximately fifty-mile

journey to the city of Delavan, where he

met with one Kenneth Goff, a man who

was born there in 1914, and who spent

his formative years growing up there,

too.

Goff

is

described

in

now-declassified FBI files of May 6, 1955,

as “a self-styled freelance Evangelist

who for the past number of years has

been speaking around the U.S. regarding

the threat of communism to the U.S.”

Lectures that Goff routinely delivered to

interested parties included: Treason in

our State Department; Should we use

the Atom Bomb? ; Red Secret Plot for

Seizure of Denver; and Do the Reds

Plan to Come by Alaska?

As the FBI additionally noted:

“Also, some of the titles of Goff’s

books, which he publishes voluminously,

are: Will Russia Invade America?, One

World, A Red World, and Confessions of

Stalin’s Agent.” But, the FBI had other

concerns about Goff. He had once been a

rabid commie himself, and there were

certain figures in the bureau who

believed Goff was not quite the now-

anti-communist that he professed to be.

Rather, there was a suspicion that Goff

had gone deep-cover and his red-hating

ravings were merely a collective,

ingenious ruse to camouflage his real

intent:

establishing

networks

of

communist sympathizers across the

United States.

The FBI certainly had a fine stash

of material on Goff, who, it was

recorded:

“… is a self-admitted former member of the

Communist Party,” and who “… was found

guilty by jury trial on February 25, 1948, in

United States District Court, District of

Columbia, and was fined $100 as a result of

the subject’s placing anti-communist signs

before the Soviet Embassy in Washington,

D.C.

FBI files on Goff also noted:

The Rocky Mountain News on October 25,

1951, contained an article stating that three

Englewood persons were ordered to appear

in Denver Municipal Court as an aftermath

of the ripping of the Soviet flag yesterday at

Civic Center. Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Goff

were two of these three individuals.

Patriotic Americans might say that

protesting outside the Soviet Embassy

and tearing up the Soviet flag were very

laudable actions for a U.S. citizen to

undertake on home-turf at the height of

the fraught and dicey Cold War. The FBI

wasn’t quite so sure, however: “It has

been our concern that Goff always

ensures he is seen while displaying anti—

Soviet

tendencies.

[Deleted]

has

remarked that if Goff is still privately

‘of a party mind’ this might explain his

public displays.”

Goff was certainly an interesting

character and had made comments in the

1950s about communist-based plans to

covertly introduce fluoride into the US

water-supply, to create a “spirit of

lethargy” in the nation. And: guess what?

Goff had a deep interest in Flying

Saucers. Indeed, one of Goff’s regular

lectures was titled: Traitors in the

Pulpit, or What’s Behind the Flying

Saucers—Are

They

from

Russia,

Another Planet, or God? But it was not

so much from the perspective of UFOs

being alien or even Russian, however,

that interested Goff. His concern was

how the UFO subject could be utilized

as a tool of manipulation and control by

government.

In his 1959 publication Red

Shadows, Goff offered the following to

his readers—which, of course, secretly

included the FBI:

During the past few years, the flying saucer

scare has rapidly become one of the main

issues, used by organizations working for a

one-world government, to frighten people into

the belief that we will need a super world

government to cope with an invasion from

another planet. Many means are being used

to create a vast amount of imagination in the

minds of the general public, concerning the

possibilities of an invasion by strange

creatures from Mars or Venus.

He continued:

This drive began early in the 40’s, with a

radio drama, put on by Orson Welles, which

caused panic in many of the larger cities of

the East, and resulted in the death of several

people. The Orson Welles program of

invasion from Mars was used by the

Communist Party as a test to find out how

the people would react on instructions given

out over the radio. It was an important part

of the Communist rehearsal for the

Revolution.

The

now-infamous

Welles

broadcast was, of course, based upon

H.G. Wells’s acclaimed novel War of

the Worlds. And while, today, it is

fashionable and almost de rigueur

within ufological circles to suggest the

conspiratorial and nefarious aspects the

Orson Welles’s broadcast and deep

conspiracy go together hand-in-glove, it

was far less so in the 1950s. Goff, then,

was quite the prophet—and particularly

so when one takes into consideration the

fact that he had been mouthing off about

War of the Worlds, a “one-world

government,” and a secret program to

manipulate the public with staged UFO

encounters as far back as 1951. Why

1951? Well, here’s where things get

even stranger.

In that very year of 1951, Goff—

just like L. Ron Hubbard in 1951 and

Karl Hunrath in 1952—got a visit in the

middle of the night from a shadowy

character who pumped his arm full of

mind-expanding

chemicals.

In

practically the same scenario that befell

Hunrath, lo, a very smartly dressed

human-looking alien did appear before

an astonished Goff. It was one who

wished Goff to spread the word that (a)

communism was a very bad thing; and

(b) ET hated Reds.

Goff might have been an odd

character, but he was most certainly no

fool. After the strange figure vanished

and Goff finally regained all his senses,

he recognized it simply could not have

been a coincidence that he—with a

fairly significant background in matters

of a red nature—should have been

warned about the perils of communism.

Coupled with his well-publicized

fears about chemicals being introduced

into the water supply to affect the

mindset of the American populace, Goff

—perhaps very

astutely—came

to

believe that he had been targeted by

some governmental agency that had, at

its heart, a program involving (a) the

creation of fabricated UFO-themed

events; (b) the use of drugs to instill

altered states in the targeted individual;

and (c) a bigger picture of widespread

manipulation and control of the populace

via hoaxed UFO events—hence his

absolute obsession with the whole War

of the Worlds/ one world government

issue.

The Goff-Hubbard links don’t

begin

and

end

with

late

night

shenanigans in the bedroom and needles

in the arm. In 1955 the Church of

Scientology published a booklet titled

BrainWashing: A Synthesis of the

Russian Textbook on Psychopolitics.

Supposedly, it was a summary of the

work of one Lavrentiy Beria, a Soviet

politician, marshal of the Soviet Union,

and chief of the Soviet security and

secret police apparatus (NKVD) under

Joseph Stalin during the Second World

War and Deputy Premier from 1946 to

1953. According to the Church of

Scientology, rather intriguingly, Brain-

Washing was distilled from a lengthy

speech that Beria delivered in 1950 on

the subject of none other than how

psychiatry could be utilized as a tool of

social control. Not everyone, however,

is quite so sure that Beria had anything

to do with it.

One of Orson We lle s’s most famous productions

was the 1938 broadcast of War of the Worlds,

which illustrate d how the public could be

panicke d by the ide a of alie n invade rs.

L. Ron Hubbard Jr. came straight to

the point: “Dad wrote every word of it.”

Even

more

interesting,

the

introduction to a version of Brain-

Washing in the hands of Morris

Kominsky—the author of The Hoaxers:

Plain Liars, Fancy Liars and Damned

Liars—was written by none other than

Kenneth Goff.

Another version attributes the

entire work to Goff, despite the fact that

the document is filled with what is

clearly evidence of Hubbard’s very own

writing

style

and

references

to

Dianetics. Clearly, then, Goff and

Hubbard

were

somehow

interconnected. Kenneth Goff died in 1972

while still only in his late fifties.

Given that Hubbard, Goff, and

Hunrath were all subjected to nighttime

visitations

from

individuals

who

injected chemicals of who knows what

kind into their arms—and that all three

men subsequently became well-known

players within the arena of UFO

research—this

begs

an

important

question: are shadowy forces, whose

agenda is to roll in a New World Order,

intent on using a non-existing alien threat

to control each and every one of us, just

as Kenneth Goff believed was going to,

one day, happen?

In the December 1960 / January 1961

issue of the NICAP UFO Investigator

journal, a small article was published

under the heading of “Space-Life Report

Could be Shock.” It read as follows:

The discovery of intelligent space beings

could have a severe effect on the public,

according to a research report released by

the

National

Aeronautics

and

Space

Administration. The report warned that

America should prepare to meet the

psychological impact of such a revelation.

The 190-page report was the result of a

$96,000 one-year study conducted by the

Brookings Institution for NASA’s longrange

study committee.

Public realization that intelligent beings live on

other planets could bring about profound

changes, or even the collapse of our

civilization, the research report stated.

“Societies sure of their own place have

disintegrated when confronted by a superior

society,” said the NASA report. “Others

have survived even though changed. Clearly,

the better we can come to understand the

factors involved in responding to such crises

the better prepared we may be.”

Although the research group did not expect

any immediate contact with other planet

beings, it said that the discovery of intelligent

space races “could nevertheless happen at

any time.”

NICAP—the

National

Investigations Committee on Aerial

Phenomena, which was a public UFO

research study group—continued:

Even though the UFO problem was not

indicated as a reason for the study, it

undoubtedly was an important factor. Fear of

public reaction to an admission of UFO

reality was cited as the main reason for

secrecy in the early years of the AF [Air

Force] investigation.

Radio communication probably would be the

first proof of other intelligent life, said the

NASA report. It added: “Evidences of its

existence might also be found in artifacts left

on the moon or other planets.”

NICAP further noted that the document gave

weight to “… previous thinking by scholars

who have suggested that the earth already

may be under close scrutiny by advanced

space races.” In 1958, Prof. Harold D.

Lasswell of the Yale Law School stated:

“The implications of the UFOs may be that

we are already viewed with suspicion by

more advanced civilizations and that our

attempts to gain a foothold elsewhere may be

rebuffed as a threat to other systems of

public order.”

NICAP concluded:

The NASA warning of a possible shock to

the public, from the revelation of more

advanced civilizations, supports NICAP’s

previous arguments against AF [Air Force]

secrecy

about

UFOs.

All

available

information about UFOs should be given to

the public now, so that we will be prepared

for any eventuality.

The document to which NICAP was

referring was titled Proposed Studies on

the Implications of Peaceful Space

Activities for Human Affairs. It was a

document written by an employee of the

Brookings Institution named Donald N.

Michael. The report was contracted by

the Committee on Long Range Studies,

which was an arm of NASA. The

document was completed and provided

to the House of Representatives in the

87th U.S. Congress on April 18, 1961.

More than half a century after it

was completed, the document is still

noted for its intriguing and controversial

content, much of which has potential

impact on the UFO phenomenon. One of

the most notable entries reads:

While face-to-face meetings with it will not

occur within the next twenty years (unless its

technology is more advanced than ours,

qualifying it to visit earth), artifacts left at

some point in time by these life forms might

possibly be discovered through our space

activities on the Moon, Mars, or Venus.

It has been suggested by UFO

theorists that this “artifacts” statement

might imply Brookings and NASA had

already uncovered data on—and secured

photographs of—the controversial “Face

on Mars,” which is discussed in an

earlier chapter. The report then makes

what can only be interpreted as a thinly

veiled threat, regarding what the future

might bring, if the presence of

intelligent, extraterrestrial life in our

midst was confirmed:

Anthropological files contain many examples

of societies, sure of their place in the

universe, which have disintegrated when they

have had to associate with previously

unfamiliar societies espousing different ideas

and different life ways; others that survived

such an experience usually did so by paying

the price of changes in values and attitudes

and behavior.

On this very issue, in 2004 Mac

Tonnies told me, in a personal

interview:

If our own history is any example,

technologically robust civilizations inevitably

subsume less sophisticated cultures, not

merely by violently dismantling them, but by

introducing a virulent strain of apathy. The

infamous Brookings report to NASA,

recommending

that

the

discovery

of

extraterrestrial artifacts be covered up for

fear of paralyzing research and development

enterprises, stands as perhaps the most

explicit elucidation of this idea.

The Michaels paper continued:

Since intelligent life might be discovered at

any time via the radio telescope research

presently under way, and since the

consequences of such a discovery are

presently unpredictable because of our

limited knowledge of behavior under even an

approximation

of

such

dramatic

circumstances, two research areas can be

recommended:

Continuing studies to determine emotional

and intellectual understanding and attitudes—

and successive alterations of them if any—

regarding the possibility and consequences of

discovering intelligent extraterrestrial life.

Historical and empirical studies of the

behavior of peoples and their leaders when

confronted with dramatic and unfamiliar

events or social pressures. Such studies

might help to provide programs for meeting

and adjusting to the implications of such a

discovery. Questions one might wish to

answer by such studies would include: How

might

such

information,

under

what

circumstances, be presented to or withheld

from the public for what ends? What might

be the role of the discovering scientists and

other decision makers regarding release of

the fact of discovery?

The questions were many. Granted

they were theoretical, but they provoked

raised eyebrows and concerned thoughts

within NASA and the U.S. government.

An individual’s reactions to such a

radio contact, said Brookings, “would in

part depend on his cultural, religious,

and social background, as well as on the

actions

of

those

he

considered

authorities and leaders, and their

behavior, in turn, would in part depend

on their cultural, social, and religious

environment.”

And, as the Brookings team also noted:

The discovery would certainly be front-page

news everywhere; the degree of political or

social repercussion would probably depend

on leadership’s interpretation of (1) its own

role, (2) threats to that role, and (3) national

and personal opportunities to take advantage

of the disruption or reinforcement of the

attitudes and values of others. Since

leadership itself might have great need to

gauge the direction and intensity of public

attitudes, to strengthen its own morale and

for decision making purposes, it would be

most advantageous to have more to go on

than personal opinions about the opinions of

the public and other leadership groups.

Brookings noted an important issue

that the conformation of alien life might

have on the human race, as a whole:

The knowledge that life existed in other parts

of the universe might lead to a greater unity

of men on earth, based on the “oneness” of

man or on the age-old assumption that any

stranger is threatening. Much would depend

on what, if anything, was communicated

between man and the other beings.

One of the most controversial

issues that occupied Brookings was that

relative to the impact that the existence

of alien life would have on the world of

religion:

The Brookings Institution is a private , nonprofit

organization locate d in Washington, D.C., that

re se arche s and write s studie s that influe nce

public policy.

The positions of the major American religious

denominations, the Christian sects, and the

Eastern

religions

on

the

matter

of

extraterrestrial life need elucidation. Consider

the following: “The Fundamentalist (and anti—

science) sects are growing apace around the

world. For them, the discovery of other life—

rather than any other space product—would

be electrifying. Some scattered studies need

to be made both in their home centers and

churches and their missions, in relation to

attitudes

about

space

activities

and

extraterrestrial life.”

If plant life or some subhuman intelligence

were found on Mars or Venus, for example,

there is on the face of it no good reason to

suppose these discoveries, after the original

novelty had been exploited to the fullest and

worn off, would result in substantial changes

in perspectives or philosophy in large parts of

the American public, at least any more than,

let us say, did the discovery of the coelacanth

or the panda.

The

matter

of

extraterrestrial

existence, and specifically its impact on

religion, was still impacting on NASA in

the 2000s. As evidence of this, in

November 2009, NASA announced:

This past week in Rome as part of the

International Year of Astronomy, the

Pontifical Academy of Sciences hosted a

Study

Week

on

Astrobiology.

Their

discussion ranges from what it would mean

to the Church if alien life were found, to

whether or not science needs religion.

This final sentence, from NASA’s

November 2009 press release, is highly

significant, since it extremely closely

echoes the words and recommendations

of the Brookings report of 1960.

The human race stood a very good

chance of having its collective ego

bruised by a close encounter with aliens,

Brookings advised NASA:

If super intelligence is discovered, the results

become quite unpredictable. It is possible that

if the intelligence of these creatures were

sufficiently superior to ours, they would

choose to have little if any contact with us.

On the face of it, there is no reason to

believe that we might learn a great deal from

them, especially if their physiology and

psychology were substantially different from

ours.

Ironically, Brookings noted, those

most likely to be “devastated” by the

discovery of extraterrestrial life might

not be the general public but the

scientific community—the very people

looking for the aliens. Brookings

explained its stance on this matter:

It has been speculated that, of all groups,

scientists and engineers might be the most

devastated by the discovery of relatively

superior creatures, since these professions

are most clearly associated with the mastery

of nature, rather than with the understanding

and

expression

of

man.

Advanced

understanding of nature might vitiate all our

theories at the very least, if not also require a

culture and perhaps a brain inaccessible to

earth scientists.

It is perhaps interesting to note that when

asked what the consequences of the

discovery of superior life would be, an

audience of Saturday Review readership

chose, for the most part, not to answer the

question at all, in spite of their detailed

answers to many other speculative questions.

A possible but not completely satisfactory

means for making the possibility “real” for

many people would be to confront them with

present speculations about the I.Q. of the

porpoise and to encourage them to expand on

the implications of this situation.

Such

studies

would

include

historical

reactions to hoaxes, psychic manifestations,

unidentified flying objects, etc. Hadley

Cantril’s

study,

Invasion

from

Mars

(Princeton University Press, 1940), would

provide a useful if limited guide in this area.

Fruitful understanding might be gained from a

comparative study of factors affecting the

responses of primitive societies to exposure

to technologically advanced societies. Some

thrived, some endured, and some died.

It is, perhaps, this final sentence

that humankind had—and still has—the

most to worry about. If extraterrestrials

—friendly or hostile—one day show

themselves to us, en masse, there is a

very good chance that, as the Brookings

report noted all those decades ago, from

a psychological perspective we might

not survive the encounter, at least not

intact. This is one of the reasons why

Brookings made what turned out to be its

most controversial statement of all. It

was a statement that said NASA should

think very carefully about not when it

should reveal, to the public, the truth

about confirmed alien visitation, but if it

should do so.

Given that events such as the

infamous Roswell UFO crash of July

1947 remain enveloped by a wide and

thick cloak of secrecy, one can make a

valid argument that the decision to deny

the public the truth of Roswell may have

been, in part or in whole, influenced by

the words, comments, and conclusions of

Brookings.

There can be no doubt that when it

comes to Hollywood legends, they

don’t get more legendary than Marilyn

Monroe, the ultimate blond bombshell.

Born in 1925, she became one of the

biggest stars of Hollywood’s Golden

Age, starring in such hit movies as Bus

Stop, Some Like It Hot, and Gentlemen

Prefer Blondes. With worldwide fame,

millions of adoring fans, and a lifestyle

that saw her mixing with the rich, the

famous, and the leading lights of both

Hollywood and the world of politics,

Monroe’s life should have been a dream.

It was, however, more like a nightmare:

failed marriages, depression, anxiety, a

fragile state of mind, and a cast of

characters who used and abused

Monroe, were all parts of the short life

of the famous star—one whose life

tragically came to an end at just thirty—

six. It was a death that, more than half a

century after it occurred, still provokes a

mass of debate.

That Monroe is acknowledged to

have had affairs with both President

John F. Kennedy and his brother Robert

Kennedy (the attorney general under

JFK), has led to suspicions that she was

murdered as a result of certain, top

secret data shared with her by the

Kennedy brothers—as a means to

impress her into the bedroom, before

being callously dumped. There’s no

doubt that Monroe was a prestigious

keeper of journals—one of which,

dubbed “The Red Book,” reportedly

contained the facts surrounding a wealth

of data on everything from the U.S.

government’s plans to invade Cuba, a

CIA-Mafia connection, attempts to have

Cuba’s Fidel Castro assassinated, and

even crashed UFOs and dead aliens—all

provided by the recklessly talkative

Kennedy boys.

If Marilyn Monroe was considered

a potential security threat for what she

knew, surely we should see some

evidence of it, correct? Yes, correct.

And we do see that evidence—thanks to

the Freedom of Information Act. Now

available, but previously classified,

documents reveal that as far back as

1955 both the FBI and the CIA were

watching Monroe closely. It was all as a

result of the fact that, in the very same

year, she applied for a visa to visit the

former Soviet Union.

The FBI’s files also show that J.

Edgar Hoover was keeping watch on all

the many and varied rumors of links

between Monroe and both JFK and

RFK. Her links to mob buddy Frank

Sinatra were also secretly noted by

officialdom—and were frowned upon,

too. Doubtless, the official, secret

surveillance of Marilyn would have

continued, had something not intervened.

That “something” was her death, on

August 5, 1962.

Actre ss Marilyn Monroe (ce nte r) is se e n in this

May 19, 1962, photo with U.S. attorne y ge ne ral

Robe rt Ke nne dy (le ft) and Pre side nt John F.

Ke nne dy (right). It was be lie ve d that Monroe

kne w a gre at many gove rnme nt se cre ts that the

Ke nne dys divulge d to he r, and that that might be

why she was kille d.

Despite extensive investigations,

the passing of Marilyn Monroe remains

the enigma it was back in 1962. The

story begins on August 4, one day before

the actress’s death. The afternoon was

taken up by a visit to Monroe’s

Brentwood, Los Angeles home by her

psychiatrist, Dr. Ralph Greenson. He

was attempting to get Monroe out of her

depressive state of mind. A few hours

later, at around 7.00 P.M., Monroe

chatted on the phone with Joe DiMaggio

Jr. (the son of her former husband, and

baseball legend, Joe DiMaggio) and

was, said DiMaggio Jr. in a good frame

of mind. Not long after that, the actor

Peter Lawford invited Marilyn over to

his house for dinner. She chose not to go.

Lawford was reportedly concerned by

Monroe’s stoned, slurry tones and

decided to call her again later. This is

where things become confusing—and

potentially conspiratorial.

So the story goes—Lawford tried

to reach Monroe several times again that

night—all to no avail. He was, however,

able to speak with her housekeeper,

Eunice Murray, who assured Lawford

that all was well. He was not so sure.

Murray would later state that at roughly

10.00 P.M. she saw a light coming from

Monroe’s bedroom but heard nothing,

and assumed the actress had fallen

asleep and left the light on.

Around half an hour later, rumors

were circulating that Marilyn had

overdosed, something confirmed by

Monroe’s lawyer, Mickey Rudin, and

her publicist, Arthur P. Jacobs. The nail

in the coffin came at approximately 1.00

A.M. when Peter Lawford got a call from

Rudin, stating the star was dead. That is

somewhat curious, however, as at 3.00

A.M.—two hours later—Eunice Murray

reportedly tried to wake Monroe by

knocking on the bedroom door and the

French windows.

Dr. Greenson was soon on the

scene again, having been phoned by

Murray;

he

quickly

smashed

the

windows to gain entry. Sure enough, the

world’s most famous blond was no

more. The police soon arrived to a scene

filled with confusion and suspicious

activity. Murray was hastily washing the

bed sheets when the investigating

officers descended on Marilyn’s home.

Both Greenson and Murray made

changes to their stories, specifically in

regard to who called who and when, and

in relation to the particular time at which

they believed she died—around 4.00

A.M. This was completely at odds with

the conclusion of the undertaker, Guy

Hockett, who put the time of death at

around 9.30 P.M., a significant number of

hours earlier. On top of that, pathologist

Dr. Thomas Noguchi was suspicious of

the fact that even if Monroe had taken an

overdose—of what was deemed to be

Nembutal—she had not swallowed it,

via a glass of water, for example. A

study of her intestines demonstrated that.

How the drugs got into the system of the

actress remained a puzzle. Actually,

everything remained a puzzle—and it

pretty much still does.

Marilyn Monroe was laid to rest on

August 8, 1962, at the Los Angeles,

California-based

Westwood

Village

Memorial Park Cemetery. Was her death

due to a combination of her fragile state

of mind, anger, and turmoil at the way

the Kennedy brothers treated her, and

overwhelming depression? Such a

scenario isn’t impossible. It’s worth

noting, however, that not long after

Marilyn’s death, the FBI received

something startling, something that was

not declassified until decades later, and

that shed shocking new light on the

strange saga.

One of the most fascinating—and

deeply

controversial—pieces

of

documentation

that

has

surfaced

concerning the death of Marilyn Monroe

originated with an unknown individual

who the FBI identified, in its now

declassified dossier on the Hollywood

legend, as a “former Special Agent, who

is

currently

Field

Representative,

Appointment

Section,

Governor’s

Office, State of California.”

Written and sent to the FBI in 1963,

its contents are eye-opening in the

extreme, since they suggest that the

attorney

general,

himself,

Bobby

Kennedy, was involved in a plot to

“induce” Monroe’s suicide. The lengthy

document to the FBI begins as follows:

A fan le ft the se flowe rs at the crypt of Marilyn

Monroe at We stwood Village Me morial Park

Ce me te ry in Los Ange le s, California.

Robert Kennedy had been having a romance

and sex affair over a period of time with

Marilyn Monroe. He had met her, the first

date being arranged by his sister and brother—

in-law, Mr. and Mrs. Peter Lawford. Robert

Kennedy had been spending much time in

Hollywood during the last part of 1961 and

early 1962, in connection with his trying to

have a film made of his book dealing with the

crime investigations. He used to meet with

producer Jerry Wald. He was reported to be

intensely jealous of the fact that they had

been making a film of John F. Kennedy’s

book of the PT boat story

The unidentified special agent of

the FBI continued that RFK was “deeply

involved emotionally” with Marilyn

Monroe, and had repeatedly promised to

divorce his wife to marry Marilyn.

Eventually, however, she realized that

Bobby had no intention of marrying her,

at all—and almost certainly never had

any such plans. Adding to that woe was

the fact that, as the Bureau was also

informed,

… about this time, 20th Century Fox studio

had decided to cancel [Monroe’s] contract.

She had become very unreliable, being late

for set, etc. In addition, the studio was in

financial

difficulty

due

to

the

large

expenditures caused in the filming of

“Cleopatra.” The studio notified Marilyn that

they were canceling her contract. This was

right in the middle of a picture she was

making. They decided to replace her with

actress Lee Remick.

The spiraling bad luck, in both her

private life and her acting career,

prompted Monroe to turn to Bobby

Kennedy yet again, even though it was

clear to her that the relationship was

doomed to go nowhere. It was a

decision that may well have cost

Marilyn her life, as the words of the

FBI’s confidante demonstrate:

Marilyn telephoned Robert Kennedy from

her home at Brentwood, California, person-to-person, at the Department of Justice,

Washington, D.C. to tell him the bad news.

Robert Kennedy told her not to worry about

the contract—he would take care of

everything. When nothing was done, she

again called him from her home to the

Department of Justice, person-to-person, and

on this occasion they had unpleasant words.

She was reported to have threatened to make

their affair public. On the day that Marilyn

died, Robert Kennedy was in town, and

registered at the Beverly Hills Hotel. By

coincidence, this is across the street from the

house in which a number of years earlier his

father, Joseph Kennedy, had lived for a time,

common-law, with Gloria Swanson.

It was at this point in the

informant’s story that things turned

decidedly dark. Hardly surprising, since

he outlined something controversial in

the extreme: a cold-hearted plot to

manipulate Marilyn Monroe into taking

her own life. It began like this, FBI

documents state:

Peter Lawford knew from Marilyn’s friends

that she often made suicide threats and that

she was inclined to fake a suicide attempt in

order to arouse sympathy. Lawford is

reported as having made a “special

arrangement” with Marilyn’s psychiatrist, Dr.

Ralph Greenson, of Beverly Hills. The

psychiatrist

was

treating

Marilyn

for

emotional problems and getting her off the

use of barbiturates. On her last visit to him,

he prescribed [illegible] tablets, and gave her

a prescription for 60 of them, which was

unusual in quantity, especially since she saw

him frequently.

That “special arrangement” had one

goal: the death of the Hollywood

goddess. The statement to the FBI

continued:

[Monroe’s] housekeeper put the bottle of pills

on the night table. It is reported the

housekeeper

and

Marilyn’s

personal

secretary and press agent, Pat Newcombe,

were cooperating in the plan to induce

suicide. Pat Newcombe was rewarded for

her cooperation by being put on the head of

the Federal payroll as top assistant to George

Stevens, Jr., head of the Motion Pictures

Activities Division of the U.S. Information

Service. His father, George Stevens, Sr., is a

left-wing Hollywood director, who is well

known for specializing in the making of

slanted and left-wing pictures. One of these

was the “Diary of Anne Frank.”

On the day of Marilyn’s death, said

the “former Special Agent,” Robert

Kennedy checked out of the Beverly

Hills Hotel and flew from Los Angeles

International

Airport

via

Western

Airlines to San Francisco, where he

checked into the St. Francis Hotel, the

owner of the hotel being a Mr. London, a

friend of Robert Kennedy. From there,

Kennedy phoned Peter Lawford “to find

out if Marilyn was dead yet.”

FBI records reveal what reportedly

happened next:

Peter Lawford had called Marilyn’s number

and spoke with her, and then checked again

later to make sure she did not answer.

Marilyn expected to have her stomach

pumped out and to get sympathy through her

suicide attempt. The psychiatrist left word for

Marilyn to take a drive in the fresh air, but did

not come to see her until after she was

known to be dead.

Marilyn received a call from Joe DiMaggio,

Jr., who was in the U.S. Marines, stationed at

Camp Pendleton, California. They were very

friendly. Marilyn told him she was getting

very sleepy. The last call she attempted to

make was to Peter Lawford to return a call

he had made to her. Joe DiMaggio, Sr.,

knows the whole story and is reported to

have stated when Robert Kennedy gets out

of office, he intends to kill him. [Deleted]

knew of the affair between Robert Kennedy

and Marilyn.

Marilyn Monroe ’s body was found in he r home in

Bre ntwood, California. She had no clothe s on,

which adde d to the gossip that she and Robe rt

Ke nne dy we re having an affair.

The story was not over—however,

in fact far from it. The FBI’s source had

far more to add:

While Robert Kennedy was carrying on his

sex affair with Marilyn Monroe, on a few

occasions, John F. Kennedy came out and

had sex parties with [deleted], an actress.

Chief of Police Parker, of the Los Angeles

Police Department, has the toll call tickets

obtained from the telephone company on the

calls

made

from

Marilyn’s

residence

telephone. They are in his safe at Los

Angeles Headquarters.

From there, things got even more

controversial:

Florabel Muir, the columnist, has considerable

information and knowledge of the Robert F.

Kennedy and Marilyn Monroe affair. She

personally saw the telephone call records.

Marilyn Monroe’s psychiatrist, although he

knew she had taken the pills, did not come to

her home until after she was dead. He made

contact with the coroner and an arrangement

was made for a psychiatric board of inquiry

to be appointed by the coroner, an unheard of

procedure in the area. This was so the

findings could be recorded that she was

emotionally unbalanced. It was reported this

arrangement was to discredit any statements

she may have made before she died.

During the period of time that Robert F.

Kennedy was having his sex affair with

Marilyn Monroe, on one occasion a sex party

was conducted at which several other

persons were present. Tape recording was

secretly made and is in the possession of a

Los Angeles private detective agency. The

detective wants $5,000 for a certified copy of

the recording, in which all the voices are

identifiable.

We may never know for sure to

what extent the data provided to the FBI

was acted upon—even if at all. We can

say one thing for certain, however—just

as with the deaths of JFK, Robert

Kennedy, and Martin Luther King,

nagging suspicions remain that the

official explanation may not be the

correct explanation.

In the slightly more than half a century

that has now passed since President

John F. Kennedy was shot and killed in

Dealey

Plaza,

Dallas,

Texas,

on

November 22, 1963, a wealth of

theories has been put forward to explain

the death of the only man to whom

Marilyn Monroe sang, or rather purred,

“Happy Birthday.” Those theories range

from plausible to paranoid and bizarre

to out of this world.

On November 29, 1963, an

investigation began that still provokes

huge

debate

in

conspiracy-themed

circles, decades after JFK bought the

bullet(s). The ten-month-long study was

undertaken

by

the

President’s

Commission on the Assassination of

President Kennedy. Or, as it is far better,

and unofficially, known: the Warren

Commission—which took its name from

its chairman, Chief Justice Earl Warren.

The commission’s job was to get to

the bottom of the big question that

everyone was itching to see answered:

who really shot JFK? According to the

Warren Commission, it was Lee Harvey

Oswald. And it was only Oswald. Not

everyone agreed with that controversial

conclusion, however.

In 1978, fourteen years after the

Warren Commission laid all the blame

firmly on the shoulders of Oswald, the

U.S. House Select Committee on

Assassinations came to a different

conclusion. The lone gunman, said the

committee, was not such a lone gunman,

after all. President Kennedy’s death was

the result of nothing less than a full-on

conspiracy.

The HSCA agreed with the Warren

Commission that Kennedy was killed by

Oswald and no one else. The committee

went one step further, however, by

concluding that Oswald was not the only

gunman prowling around Dallas on that

deadly day.

Forensic analysis suggested to the

HSCA’s investigators that four shots

rang out, not the three that the Warren

Commission attributed to Oswald.

That’s to say there was another gunman.

In the minds of the HSCA’s staff, this

mysterious second character completely

missed his target. Nevertheless, a pair of

shooters meant a conspiracy was at the

heart of the JFK assassination. In other

words: take that, Warren Commission.

Was JFK the victim of both an

assassin and friendly fire? Two men,

totally unconnected to each other, but

who, in a strange set of circumstances,

ultimately sealed the fate of the

president?

This

was

the

theory

postulated in a 1992 book, Mortal

Error: The Shot That Killed JFK, by

Bonar Menninger.

This photo was take n of Pre side nt Ke nne dy and

the First Lady just be fore the assassination in

Dallas, Te xas, on Nove mbe r 22, 1963.

The

scenario

presented

by

Menninger had Oswald as the chief

culprit, but not the only one. George

Hickey was a Secret Service agent

travelling in the vehicle immediately

following the presidential car. After the

bullets fired by Oswald slammed into

JFK, Menninger suggested, Hickey

accidentally discharged his weapon,

delivering the fatal head-shot that killed

Kennedy.

In 1992, when Mortal Error was

published, Hickey was still alive. He

was not pleased to see himself portrayed

as the second gunman in the Kennedy

assassination. Unfortunately for Hickey,

he let three years pass before trying to

take legal action against the publisher,

St. Martin’s Press.

U.S. District Court judge Alexander

Harvey II dismissed the defamation case

on the grounds that Hickey had waited

too long to file suit. In 1998, however,

Hickey received an undisclosed sum of

money from St. Martin’s Press that led

Hickey’s attorney, Mark S. Zaid, to state:

“We’re

very

satisfied

with

the

settlement.”

Prior to his death in 1976, Johnny

Roselli was a notorious and much feared

figure in the Chicago, Illinois, Mafia.

His influence and power extended to the

heart of tinsel-town and the slots and

tables of Vegas. In 1960, Roselli was

quietly contacted by a man named

Robert Maheu, a former employee of the

CIA and the FBI.

A startling proposal was put to

Roselli. The CIA, Maheu explained,

wanted Roselli’s help in taking care of

Fidel Castro. In mob-speak, “taking care

of” meant “whacking.” Thus was born a

controversial program that saw the CIA

and the mob work together, hand in

glove.

As history has shown, Roselli and

his goons never did take out Castro. But,

say conspiracy theorists, they may have

ended the life of JFK, with help from the

CIA. The mob was no fan of the

Kennedy

administration.

Robert

Kennedy, as U.S. attorney general, went

after the Mafia in definitive witch-hunt

style. Did the mob decide to return the

favor? Maybe it did.

Following

Kennedy’s

killing,

Roselli and a number of other mobsters,

including Santo Trafficante Jr. and

Carlos Marcello, were suspected of

having been implicated. Even the House

Select Committee on Assassinations

admitted

there

were

“credible

associations relating both Lee Harvey

Oswald and Jack Ruby to figures having

a relationship, albeit tenuous, with

Marcello’s

crime

family

or

organization.”

Just perhaps, it’s not such a

whacked-out theory, after all.

JFK taken out of circulation to

prevent him from revealing the truth

about what really crashed at Roswell,

New Mexico, in 1947? So say UFO

researchers, who said that on getting

elected in 1960, JFK got the lowdown

on all-things E.T.-based in a secret

briefing from the CIA: “Bad news, Mr.

President: E.T. is real. Worse news: he

really doesn’t like us.” Kennedy was

determined to warn the public of the

alien menace. A secret and ruthless

cabal in the heart of officialdom,

however, was having none of it. The

president had to go before he spilled the

bug-eyed beans. It sounds crazy. But

even crazier, the JFK assassination

really is littered with characters who

were tied to the strange world of flying

saucers.

Back in 1947, a man named Fred

Crisman claimed to have recovered

debris from an exploded UFO in

Tacoma, Washington. Crisman also

alluded to having worked for decades as

a

deep-cover

agent

with

U.S.

Intelligence. Jim Garrison was New

Orleans’s district attorney from 1961 to

1973 and the man portrayed by Kevin

Costner in Oliver Stone’s JFK. In 1968,

Garrison subpoenaed Crisman while

investigating JFK’s death. The reason:

Crisman had connections to a CIA asset

believed by many researchers to have

been linked to the killing of Kennedy.

His name was Clay Shaw. The case

against Shaw collapsed and Crisman

breathed a big sigh of relief.

Guy Bannister, a retired FBI agent

at the time of the JFK assassination, was

also linked to Clay Shaw by Garrison.

As the Freedom of Information Act has

shown, Bannister undertook numerous

UFO investigations for the FBI in 1947.

There’s even a Lee Harvey Oswald

connection. In October 1962, Oswald

went to work for a Texas-based

company called Jaggars-Chiles-Stovall.

It undertook classified photo analysis

connected to the CIA’s U-2 spy plane

program.

Where

was

the

U-2

developed? Area 51, that’s where. And

we all know what goes on out there,

right?

One

of

the

oddest

theories

concerning the Kennedy assassination

tumbled out in the pages of a 1975 book,

Appointment in Dallas. It was written

by Hugh McDonald, formerly of the

LAPD.

According

to

McDonald,

Oswald was indeed a patsy, but in a

very strange fashion.

Oswald was supposedly told, by

shadowy sources, that his expertise was

needed in Dallas on November 22,

1963. But Oswald wasn’t required to

kill the president. Quite the contrary,

Oswald was told to ensure all his bullets

missed JFK.

The

operation,

Oswald

was

assured, was designed to demonstrate

how inadequate the Secret Service was

by staging a mock-assassination attempt

of the president. Unbeknownst to

Oswald, however, a team of real

assassins was in Dealey Plaza. Their

bullets, however, did not miss.

The gunmen made quick exits,

leaving Oswald as the man guaranteed to

take the fall—simply because he really

did fire bullets across Dealey Plaza. A

panicked Oswald, realizing he had been

set up, fled the scene, thus setting in

motion the wheels that led to his arrest

and death.

Le e Harve y Oswald took the fall for killing

Pre side nt Ke nne dy. He was shot de ad by Jack

Ruby two days afte r the Ke nne dy assassination.

Forget Oswald. JFK was killed by

the man behind the wheel, in full view of

the people of Dallas and thousands of

cameras. That was the outrageous claim

of one of the most vocal conspiracy

theorists of the 1980s and 1990s. His

name was Milton William “Bill”

Cooper.

The man who Cooper fingered as

the guilty party was William Greer, a

Secret Service agent who drove the

presidential limousine on the day that

JFK was destined not to leave Dallas

alive. When shots echoed around Dealey

Plaza, Greer slowed the car down and

turned back to look at the president. For

Cooper, Greer’s actions were not due to

confusion caused by the chaos breaking

out all around him. No. Cooper claimed

that analysis of the famous footage taken

by Abraham Zapruder, on the Grassy

Knoll on November 22, showed Greer

pointing some form of device at JFK.

That device, Cooper maintained to

anyone who would listen, was nothing

less

than

a

sci-fi-style

weapon

developed by government personnel that

had acquired the technology from

extraterrestrials.

By the time Cooper got on his rant,

which began in the late 1980s, Greer

wasn’t around to defend himself. He

passed away in 1985 from cancer,

having retired from the Secret Service in

1966 as a result of problems caused by a

stomach ulcer.

In a strange piece of irony, Cooper

himself died by the bullet. In the summer

of 1998, he was formerly charged with

tax evasion. Cooper told the government

where to go and what to do. What the

government did, on November 5, 2001,

was to dispatch deputies to Cooper’s

Arizona home. A shoot-out soon erupted.

Cooper, like JFK, was soon full of lead.

In October 1959, Lee Harvey

Oswald—a

self-admitted

Marxist—

made his way to the Soviet Union.

Oswald reached Moscow on October 16

and announced that he wished to remain

in Russia. Although the Soviets were,

initially, reluctant to allow Oswald

residency, that soon changed. It wasn’t

long before Oswald had a job and a

home. In 1961, he had a wife: Marina.

Fatherhood soon followed. Claiming to

have become disillusioned with a dull

life in the Soviet Union, however,

Oswald moved his family to the United

States in 1962.

This map shows the route that JFK’s limo took,

as we ll as the position of the snipe r, the Grassy

Knoll, and whe re Abraham Zaprude r was

standing whe n he shot the film.

Was Oswald recruited by the KGB

during his time in Russia? Was his return

to the States actually nothing to do with

disillusionment? Had the elite of the

Kremlin convinced Oswald to kill

Kennedy?

One

person

who

has

commented on such matters is Ion Mihai

Pacepa.

In 1978, Pacepa, a general with

Romania’s Department of State Security,

defected to the United States. One of

Pacepa’s revelations was that JFK was

killed on the orders of Soviet premier

Nikita Khrushchev. Still seething from

backing down in the Cuban missile

crisis

of

1962,

Khrushchev

was

determined to exact his revenge. Oswald

was chosen to ensure that revenge was

achieved.

Notably, Pacepa asserted that

Khrushchev made a last-minute decision

not to go ahead with the plan to kill JFK.

Unfortunately, the Russians failed to

make timely contact with Oswald and

inform him of the change in plans. The

countdown to assassination could not be

stopped.

As far back as the late 1950s, the

CIA planned to have Cuba’s president,

Fidel Castro, assassinated. The Kennedy

administration sought to destabilize the

Cuban government on many occasions.

Castro was enraged. Not as enraged as

he became in the wake of the Bay of Pigs

invasion of 1961 and the missile crisis

of 1962, however.

So angered was Castro that he

decided to teach the United States a

terrible lesson by having the most

powerful man on the planet, JFK,

murdered.

Or,

so

this

particular

conspiracy theory goes. None other than

Kennedy’s

successor,

Lyndon

B.

Johnson, suspected the Cubans were

behind the president’s killing. Stating

that he could “accept that [Oswald]

pulled the trigger,” Johnson felt that

Castro had a significant hand in matters

somewhere.

Not

surprisingly,

Castro

has

consistently denounced such claims.

Castro also asserts, perhaps with

justification, that had the United States

proved Cuba was involved, his country

would have been wiped off the map.

Castro was certainly not a fan of JFK.

But would he have risked the very

existence of Cuba to see Kennedy

killed? The question lives on.

In January 1961, outgoing president

Dwight D. Eisenhower made a speech,

part of which has become inextricably

tied to the murder of JFK. Eisenhower

said: “In the councils of government, we

must guard against the acquisition of

unwarranted influence, whether sought

or unsought, by the military-industrial

complex.”

In the minds of many JFK

assassination researchers, it is this

military-industrial complex that we

should look to for the answers on the

fifty-year-old killing of the president.

JFK had a vision of creating a state of

lasting peace between the United States

and the Soviet Union. In short, Kennedy

wanted to end the Cold War. We’re

talking permanently.

Powerful figures in the military, the

Intelligence community, and companies

that raked in millions of dollars in

lucrative defense contracts secretly

agreed to do the unthinkable. Profits

from war were more important than the

life and goals of the president.

Today, more than half a century

after President John F. Kennedy was

assassinated, we’re still none the wiser

as to what really went down. Or didn’t.

Those who see conspiracies around

every corner will continue to see them.

As for those who don’t, well, they

won’t. And, in all likelihood, the full

and unexpurgated facts, whether pointing

in the direction of deep conspiracy or

Lee Harvey Oswald, will never surface.

One thing does seem likely,

however. In another 50 years, when the

hundredth anniversary of the JFK

assassination looms large, theorizing,

finger pointing, and Deep Throat-style

testimony will still be the order of the

day. But definitive answers? Don’t bet

on it.

Very few people would dispute that

Martin Luther King Jr. was the

foremost, leading, and most influential

figure in the arena of civil rights in the

twentieth century. King, who was born

on January 15, 1929, in Atlanta,

Georgia, was a man upon whose words

millions of African Americans hung—

and still do. He changed the face of

American society and culture. He was

awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1964.

And, he died—before he was even forty

—under

circumstances

that

many

theorists and researchers believe were

dominated by conspiracy and cover-up.

The official story of the shooting of

Martin Luther King Jr. goes like this: in

early February 1968, a major dispute

broke out in Memphis, Tennessee. Local

African Americans, employed in the

city’s sanitation industry, were becoming

more and more angered by the fact that

their wages were significantly lower

than those of their white colleagues. The

result was that they went on strike,

protesting against what they saw as an

outrageous, racist practice on the part of

Memphis’ mayor, Henry Loeb. King

agreed with them, to such an extent that

he decided to fly out to Memphis to offer

his support for the striking workers and

to condemn the practices of Loeb. King

could not have known it at the time, but

his actions had just firmly sealed his

fate.

The countdown to King’s final

moments really began on April 3. That

was when King spoke before an

audience at Memphis’s Church of God in

Christ—which, today, has no less than

five million, predominantly African—

American, followers. Looking back on

the day in question, one can practically

see the air of menace and death growing

before King’s very eyes. When he was

due to fly to Memphis, King’s flight was

almost canceled—the result of a claim

that there was an explosive device

aboard. Fortunately, that proved not to

be the case. The ominous atmosphere

was not about to go away anytime soon,

however.

While

he

passionately

delivered a speech to the large throng at

the Church of God in Christ, a huge

storm wailed and thundered outside. The

rain poured, the heavens flashed, and the

sky boomed.

Somewhat eerily, what turned out to

be King’s final, public speech—ever—

was cloaked with references to finality,

to death, and to God. King told the

audience:

I don’t know what will happen now. We’ve

got some difficult days ahead. But it doesn’t

matter with me now, because I’ve been to

the mountaintop. And I don’t mind. Like

anybody, I would like to live a long life.

Longevity has its place. But I’m not

concerned about that now. I just want to do

God’s will. And He’s allowed me to go up to

the mountain. And I’ve looked over and I’ve

seen the Promised Land. I may not get there

with you. But I want you to know tonight,

that we, as a people, will get to the Promised

Land. And so I’m happy, tonight. I’m not

worried about anything; I’m not fearing any

man. My eyes have seen the glory of the

coming of the Lord.

Followers of Christianity might say

that the Lord, hearing King’s words,

came calling on him—and very soon,

too.

While he was visiting Memphis,

King stayed at the Lorraine Motel,

specifically in room 306, which he

shared with Reverend Ralph David

Abernathy—who, after King’s death, ran

the “Poor People’s Campaign,” which

saw

thousands

of

angry

African

Americans descending upon Washington,

D.C., to protest about their living

conditions.

It was just one-minute after 6.00

P.M. on the evening of April 4 that King’s

life was violently and viciously ended.

At the time in question, King was

positioned on a second-floor balcony of

the Lorraine Motel. Suddenly, a single,

solitary shot rang out. It wrought

immediate and irreversible devastation

on King: it slammed into his cheek,

utterly shattering his right jawbone,

breaking into shards a number of

vertebrae, and creating a gaping hole in

his jugular vein. One of these injuries,

alone, could have proved fatal. With all

of them, however, King really didn’t

stand a chance. He was unconscious

even before he hit the balcony floor.

The Lorraine Mote l in Me mphis, Te nne sse e ,

whe re Martin Luthe r King Jr. was assassinate d

(the spot is marke d by the wre ath on the se cond

floor). It is now part of the National Civil Rights

Muse um.

Despite the fact that King was

driven,

at

breakneck

speed,

to

Memphis’s St. Joseph Hospital, and

despite the very best efforts of the

hospital’s medical staff, King could not

be saved from the reaper. A little more

than an hour after he was shot, King was

dead. He was just thirty-nine years of

age. Adding to that odd and unsettling

sense of finality that surrounded King’s

last days, when his body was autopsied

it was determined that his heart was in

very bad shape—something that may

well have taken him to an early grave

anyway, even if he had avoided that

deadly bullet. As for who shot and killed

King, this is where things become

decidedly murky.

The official version of events that

concerns the shooting of Martin Luther

King

Jr.

is

actually

quite

straightforward. Not long after that fatal

shot rang out, a man named James Earl

Ray was seen leaving—with possibly

incriminating speed—a lodging house

that was situated on the other side of the

road from the Lorraine Motel. That Ray

was renting a room at the house at the

time is not a matter of any doubt, nor is

the fact that less than a week before the

shooting Ray purchased a rifle, using a

bogus name. That same rifle—along

with a pair of binoculars—was found in

a bundle covered in Ray’s fingerprints. It

must be noted, too, that Ray had a long

and checkered history as a career

criminal.

He was found guilty of burglary in

1949, served two years in prison for

armed robbery in 1952, and was

convicted of mail fraud three years later.

In 1959, and after yet another armed

robbery, Ray was hit with a two-decade

sentence. It was a sentence destined not

to last, however. In 1967, Ray escaped

from the Jefferson City-based Missouri

State Penitentiary, after which he spent

time in, variously, Mexico, Los Angeles,

and Birmingham, Alabama—the latter

being where, on March 30, 1968, he

purchased a Remington Gamemaster 760

.30–06 caliber rifle and twenty bullets.

In the aftermath of the shooting, Ray

made his careful, stealthy way to the

Canadian city of Toronto, the reason

being that he had previously secured

bogus ID there. Exactly one month after

he returned to the city, Ray used that

same, faked, documentation to fly to the

United Kingdom. It was at London’s

Heathrow Airport that Ray was finally

arrested—while trying to leave the U.K.

for pastures new. He was quickly

returned to the United States and,

ultimately, charged with the murder of

Martin Luther King Jr. Not only that, Ray

offered up that yes, he did shoot and kill

King. The date of the confession was

March 10, 1969—Ray’s forty-first

birthday. For his actions, Ray got ninety—

nine years. He died, still incarcerated,

on April 23, 1998, from the effects of

Hepatitis C. He was seventy years old.

Just like Lee Harvey Oswald,

James Earl Ray was portrayed as a

definitive lone gunman, even by himself.

At least, for a short period: only

seventy-two hours after admitting to

having shot and killed King, Ray, by

now in custody, had a sudden and

radical change of mind. Not only that, he

made

some

curious

statements

concerning the assassination of the civil—

rights legend. According to Ray’s odd

words, while he was not the man who

shot and killed King, he just might have

been, “partially responsible without

knowing it.” Then there was the matter

of a mysterious character known as

“Raoul.”

According to Ray, he met the

enigmatic Raoul in Canada, sometime

after escaping from the Missouri State

Penitentiary. Writer Pan Shannan (in

“Former CIA Participant Says He Was

Part of It—Raoul Identified as FBI

Agent”)

said

of

the

Ray-Raoul

connection that Raoul “quickly began to

give James money in exchange for his

help with importing some kind of

contraband.”

Shannan continued:

In Memphis on April 4th, the afternoon of the

murder, Raoul had suggested that James go

to a movie, but James declined. After several

tries at getting rid of James for awhile, Raoul

finally sent him on an errand only minutes

before King was shot. James said that he

was going to get the worn tires changed on

the Mustang but that the man at the tire store

was too busy and could not get to it that day.

When

James

returned

to

the

flophouse/Lorraine Motel location, it was

surrounded by police cars with flashing lights,

and he decided it would be prudent to leave

the area, as it certainly was not a place for

an escaped con to be hanging around.

Jame s Earl Ray’s mugshot, take n afte r he was

capture d and charge d with killing Martin Luthe r

King Jr. Many be lie ve that the pe tty criminal

could not have acte d alone , howe ve r.

It was, said Ray, Raoul who told

him to purchase the rifle, who instructed

Ray to meet with him in Memphis, and

who even told Ray in which boarding

house he should rent a room. The story

continues that, although he did not

realize it at the time, Ray was being set

up as the fall guy—the patsy—in the

assassination. A case for this can be

made: the bundle containing the rifle and

binoculars was dumped in the doorway

of a building adjacent to the rooming

house.

The

website

What

Really

Happened noted in “The Death of

Martin Luther King. Raoul Proven!”:

Less than two minutes after the fatal shot

was fired, a bundle containing the 30.06

Remington rifle allegedly used in the

assassination and some of Ray’s belongings

was conveniently found in the doorway of the

Canipe Amusement Company next door to

the boarding house. Ray would have had to

fire the shot that killed King from his

contorted position in the bathroom, exit the

sniper’s nest, go to his room to collect his

belongings and wrap and tie it all in a bundle,

leave his room, run down the stairs and out of

the boarding house, stash the bundle next

door, and then get away from the scene

unnoticed—all within two minutes!

Ray may have been a long-term

criminal, but he was certainly no fool.

Why leave the incriminating evidence,

with his fingerprints just about here,

there, and everywhere, right below the

room in which he allegedly carried out

the assassination—and for one and all to

see?

In June 2000, the U.S. Department

of Justice released a document titled

Investigation of Recent Allegations

Regarding the Assassination of Dr.

Martin Luther King, Jr. It contains a

section titled “Findings Regarding

Raoul,” which makes for fascinating

reading.

On August 26, 1998, the attorney

general directed the Civil Rights

Division of the U.S. Department of

Justice, assisted by the Criminal

Division, to investigate two separate,

then-recent allegations related to the

April 4, 1968, assassination of King.

The allegations emanate from two

people: Loyd Jowers, a former Memphis

tavern owner, and Donald Wilson, a

former agent with the FBI.

In 1993, twenty-five years after the

murder, Jowers claimed that he had

participated in a conspiracy to kill King,

along with an alleged Mafia figure,

Memphis police officers, and a man

named Raoul. According to Jowers, one

of the conspirators shot Dr. King from

behind his tavern.

Wilson alleged in 1998 that shortly

after the assassination, while working as

an FBI agent, he took papers from the

abandoned car of James Earl Ray.

Wilson claims he concealed them for

thirty years. Some of the papers

contained references to a Raoul and

figures associated with the November

1963 assassination of President John F.

Kennedy. According to Wilson, someone

who later worked in the White House

subsequently stole the other papers he

took from Ray’s car, including one with

the telephone number of an FBI office.

The Department of Justice had

much to say on all this. Its staff began:

Both the Jowers and the Wilson allegations

suggest that persons other than or in addition

to James Earl Ray participated in the

assassination. Ray, within days of entering his

guilty plea in 1969, attempted to withdraw it.

Until his death in April 1998, he maintained

that he did not shoot Dr. King and was

framed by a man he knew only as Raoul. For

30 years, others have similarly alleged that

Ray was Raoul’s unwitting pawn and that a

conspiracy orchestrated Dr. King’s murder.

These varied theories have generated several

comprehensive government investigations

regarding the assassination, none of which

confirmed the existence of any conspiracy.

However, in King v. Jowers, a recent civil

suit in a Tennessee state court, a jury

returned a verdict finding that Jowers and

unnamed

others,

including

unspecified

government agencies, participated in a

conspiracy to assassinate Dr. King.

The DoJ was not persuaded by the

words of Jowers and Wilson:

Our mission was to consider whether the

Jowers or the Wilson allegations are true and,

if so, to detect whether anyone implicated

engaged in criminal conduct by participating

in the assassination. We have concluded that

neither allegation is credible. Jowers and

Wilson have both contradicted their own

accounts. Moreover, we did not find

sufficient, reliable evidence to corroborate

either of their claims. Instead, we found

significant evidence to refute them.

Nothing new was presented during King v.

Jowers to alter our findings or to warrant

federal investigation of the trial’s conflicting,

far-ranging

hearsay

allegations

of

a

government-directed plot involving the Mafia

and African American ministers closely

associated with Dr. King. Ultimately, we

found nothing to disturb the 1969 judicial

determination that James Earl Ray murdered

Dr. King or to confirm that Raoul or anyone

else implicated by Jowers or suggested by

the Wilson papers participated in the

assassination.

Dr. Martin Luthe r King Jr. is se e n he re with

Pre side nt Lyndon Johnson at a 1966 White

House me e ting. Some pe ople , such as Loyd

Jowe rs, be lie ve d King was kille d as a re sult of a

joint Mafia-gove rnme nt plot.

The DoJ also noted:

More than 30 years after the crime, there still

is no reliable information suggesting Raoul’s

last name, address, telephone number,

nationality,

appearance,

friends,

family,

location,

or

any

other

identifying

characteristics. The total lack of evidence as

to Raoul’s existence is telling in light of the

fact

that

Ray’s

defenders,

official

investigations, and others have vigorously

searched for him for more than 30 years.

The dearth of evidence is also significant

since Ray often claimed that he was

repeatedly with Raoul in various places,

cities, and countries, and many of Ray’s

associations unrelated to the assassination

have been verified.

Because the uncorroborated allegations

regarding Raoul originated with James Earl

Ray,

we

ultimately

considered

Ray’s

statements about him. Ray’s accounts

detailing his activities with Raoul related to

the assassination are not only self-serving,

but confused and contradictory, especially

when compared to his accounts of activities

unrelated to the assassination. Thus, Ray’s

statements suggest that Raoul is simply Ray’s

creation. For these reasons, we have

concluded there is no reliable evidence that a

Raoul participated in the assassination.

As persuasive as many might find

the words of the Department of Justice to

be, the story does not end there. It’s now

time for us to take a look at the

controversial world of mind-control. It

is a fact that after he escaped from

prison, in 1967, Ray underwent plastic

surgery—reportedly, notes Brad Steiger

—on the orders of Raoul. Steiger

continued:

A link to MKULTRA, the CIA’s mind-control project, may have occurred when

Ray was recuperating from the plastic

surgery. Dr. William Joseph Bryan, Jr. had

programmed individuals when he was with

the air force as chief of Medical Survival

Training, the air force’s covert mind-control

section. Bryan, whom some called pompous

and arrogant, liked nothing better than to talk

about himself and his accomplishments. He

was known as an expert on brainwashing,

and he served as a consultant on The

Manchurian Candidate, a motion picture

that portrayed a programmed political

assassin. In informal discussions, Bryan

“leaked” that he had programmed Sirhan

Sirhan and James Earl Ray to commit

assassinations and to forget their participation

in the act.

The It Was Johnson website (that is

dedicated to the study of the theory that

President John F. Kennedy’s death was

orchestrated by his successor, President

Lyndon B. Johnson) noted:

Dr. Bryan, like many other figures directly

involved in the murders of the Kennedy

brothers and King, would die under

mysterious circumstances in the spring of

1977; this at a time when the JFK case was

reopened and key witnesses and conspirators

everywhere conveniently died (e.g., John

Rosselli, Sam Giancana). In Bryan’s case,

the coroner determined he died of natural

causes before any autopsy was performed.

The Ray family was determined to

have its say, too. In April 2008, Ray’s

brother, John Larry Ray, wrote and

published a book on the death of his

sibling. Its title was Truth at Last. The

Alabama-based

Birmingham

News

noted, in an article penned by Rahkia

Nance, that:

For years, John Larry Ray has tried to reveal

what he said is an uncovered page in history

about his older brother’s role in the

assassination of Martin Luther King, Jr. He

always has contended James Earl Ray was a

government “patsy,” the fall guy for a

sophisticated government plot.

Nance noted that John Larry Ray

stated that his brother had been “caught

in a web of hypnosis, brainwashing and

government-backed

mind-control

programs that all began with the shooting

of a black soldier named Washington in

1948. As a military police officer in

Germany, James Earl Ray was directed

to shoot the soldier, only identified as

Washington, who had been arrested for

beating up Jews. Army records showed

that prior to the incident, Ray had

received two spinal taps, which John

Larry suggests may have been part of a

drug experiment,” one which may have

involved the administering of LSD and

other hallucinogens.

The shooting, Ray said in his book,

… identified James Earl Ray as a

programmable

personality

and

would

eventually thrust him into the center of the

King assassination. Upon his general

discharge from the Army in 1948, James Earl

Ray would spend the next 20 years falling

deeper into the government network, first

used as an undercover operative investigating

Communists and eventually landing in and out

of prisons, supposedly under the guidance of

federal agents.

Was Martin Luther King Jr. the

victim of nothing stranger than a violent

career criminal, one who had killed

another black man, some twenty years

earlier? Or, were King and James Earl

Ray both victims in this strange and (so

far) unending saga? The final word, for

now, goes to Ray’s brother, John Larry

Ray, who, said: “James got caught up in

something he didn’t understand. He

didn’t know what was going down.”

Almost two months to the day after

Martin Luther King Jr. was shot

and killed in Memphis, Tennessee, the

life of yet another formidable figure in

American history was brought to a

violent, bloody, and controversial end.

That

figure

was

Robert

Francis

Kennedy. He was better known as

Bobby, the younger brother of President

John F. Kennedy—himself shot and

killed under suspicious circumstances in

Dallas, Texas, in November 1963—and

as the man who served as the attorney

general of the United States while JFK

was in power. Just like with the deaths

of Martin Luther King Jr. and that of

President Kennedy, the circumstances

surrounding the shooting of RFK are

steeped in mystery. And, also as with the

deaths of King and JFK, there is more

than one version of events.

The version that is accepted by the

U.S. government is that Kennedy was

shot and killed in the early hours of June

5, 1968, in Los Angeles, California, by a

man named Sirhan Sirhan—and only by

Sirhan Sirhan. At the time, Kennedy was

aggressively campaigning to be the

Democratic nominee for president.

Sirhan’s actions ensured Bobby never,

ever, held presidential office. Sirhan

received a life-sentence for murdering

Robert Kennedy—which he continues to

serve to this day, at the San Diego,

California-based Richard J. Donovan

Correctional Facility.

On the other side of the coin are the

claims of deep conspiracy, of mind-controlled assassins, of Manchurian

candidates, and of shadowy gunmen—all

of whom were determined to ensure that

another Kennedy never reached the

White House. Let’s now try and sort fact

from rumor and what we can deduce

versus what we have been told.

At the time of his killing on June 5,

RFK was in a distinctly good mood. Had

he not been shot, Kennedy might very

well have been elected president. The

timeframe of the election was important,

as was the run-up to the tragic events.

Kennedy announced his decision to run

on March 16, 1968. Significant portions

of the United States were soon thereafter

in states of flux, as a direct result of the

killing of Martin Luther King Jr. There

was vehement, and violent, opposition to

the Vietnam War, race riots were

breaking out, and tens of thousands were

demanding new legislation to help

lessen the overwhelming amount of

poverty that was blighting certain cities.

Lyndon

Johnson,

who

was

campaigning to be reelected, realized

that his time was running out and he

dropped out of the race. Vice President

Hubert Humphrey jumped in and quickly

became a major contender. Indeed, at the

time of RFK’s death, Humphrey was

ahead of Kennedy: the latter had 561

delegates to Kennedy’s figure of less

than four hundred. It was clear, however,

that things were turning in favor of RFK,

something that was particularly defined

by the results of the California poll.

An enthused RFK knew that he had

to

continue

the

tidal

wave

of

campaigning, speaking to the voters, and

getting the nation behind him if he was to

secure the White House for the next four

years—at least. This involved Kennedy

thanking his campaign team, and

followers, in the Embassy Room of the

Ambassador Hotel. Had RFK already

been elected president, there’s a good

chance he would have survived the

assassination—at the time the Secret

Service, specifically in the wake of the

assassination of JFK in November 1963,

had majorly beefed-up the security for

the U.S. president. Unfortunately, the

Secret Service provided zero protection

for presidential candidates. As for

Kennedy, he had just three people

protecting him—a couple of bodyguards

and William Barry, previously of the

FBI. Little did he know it, but time was

running out for Robert Kennedy—

drastically so.

Mugshot of Sirhan Sirhan, a Jordanian citize n

living in the Unite d State s who was convicte d of

killing Robe rt F. Ke nne dy.

With Kennedy now riding a distinct

wave, the original plan—for him to meet

with his team and supporters—was put

on hold, the reason being that the media

demanded a statement from RFK,

something that, if done quickly, would

still allow the story to make the next

day’s, early-morning newspapers. Since

this would continue the campaign

momentum, Kennedy—following the

suggestion of his aide Fred Dutton—

agreed that the best approach was to

speak with the media first. To reach that

rapidly growing band of media, Dutton

directed RFK through the hotel’s kitchen,

which was the most optimum route.

Kennedy gave the press what they

wanted, after which there was a sudden

change of plans, in terms of his exit. The

number of people present, by now, was a

definitive throng. Kennedy couldn’t even

get back to the kitchen via the original

route, and he was forced to take another

to finally make it. Kennedy and Karl

Uecker, who was the maitre d’,

increased their step, as they walked

along a passageway, one in which

Kennedy stopped to shake hands with a

busboy named Juan Romero. At that

moment, Sirhan Sirhan raced forward,

letting loose with a salvo of bullets.

Complete and utter chaos broke out, as

Sirhan’s .22 caliber Iver-Johnson Cadet

revolver took down Kennedy and

injured a number of other people

present, including one of RFK’s

campaign volunteers, Irwin Stroll, and

ABC News’s William Weisel. Sirhan

was quickly wrestled to the ground, but

it was all to no avail. Kennedy’s life

was quickly ebbing away—as the media

looked on and captured on film the final,

grim moments of his life.

RFK’s

wife,

Ethel,

was,

unsurprisingly, hysterical. She knelt by

her dying husband, whose final words

were, “Don’t lift me,” as paramedics

attempted to do just that, onto a stretcher.

For a while it seemed that things might

be okay, despite the severe physical

damage that Kennedy had suffered. His

heartbeat was still strong—something

confirmed by Ethel, who had the

opportunity to listen to it via a

stethoscope—despite the fact that he

soon passed out. For roughly half an

hour, attempts were made to save the life

of RFK, after which he was quickly

driven to the nearby Hospital of the

Good Samaritan. Unfortunately, the good

Samaritans on hand just weren’t good

enough.

This was hardly surprising: as the

medical team assigned to Kennedy

carefully examined their patient, they

were devastated by the damage that

Sirhan’s bullets had wrought: one bullet

was embedded in RFK’s neck. Another

impacted through his right armpit and

then tore out of his chest. And a third

slammed into his skull, at the rear of his

right ear. One such injury would have

been bad enough, but three practically

sealed RFK’s fate. He took his last

breaths at 1.44 A.M., a little more than

one full day after he was shot. Robert

Kennedy’s funeral took place on June 8.

He was, just like his brother, JFK,

buried at Arlington National Cemetery.

Although Hubert Humphrey won the

Democratic nomination, it was a

Republican, Richard M. Nixon, who

ultimately won the race for the White

House.

But what of RFK’s assassin, Sirhan

Sirhan: Was he really the solitary

shooter that he was portrayed as?

Sirhan Sirhan’s background is a

significant part of the story. He was born

in Jerusalem, was a citizen of Jordan,

and was vehemently anti-Zionist. That

RFK was a noted supporter of the state

of Israel deeply grated on Sirhan’s mind,

to the point where loathing of Kennedy

eventually turned into outright hatred.

This can be illustrated in no greater and

graphic fashion than in Sirhan’s very

own journal. Under the May 19, 1968,

date, he wrote: “My determination to

eliminate RFK is becoming more and

more of an unshakable obsession. RFK

must die. RFK must be killed. Robert F.

Kennedy must be assassinated. Robert F.

Kennedy must be assassinated before 5

June 68.”

Almost certainly, these words had

specific significance to Sirhan. June 5

marked the date on which—one year

earlier, in 1967—the so-called Six Day

War, between Israel and its opponents in

the Middle East (Syria, Jordan, and

Egypt), began.

Since the evidence against Sirhan

was seen as being cast-iron, on April

17, 1969, he was found guilty of the

murder of Robert Kennedy, which

resulted in him being given a sentence of

death—which was later changed to life

imprisonment. But was the evidence

really that cast-iron solid? To some, it

wasn’t.

Robe rt F. Ke nne dy was burie d at Arlington

National Ce me te ry. Afte r his de ath, Hube rt

Humphre y won the De mocratic Party nomination

but lost the pre side ntial e le ction to Richard

Nixon.

It transpires that doubts about

Sirhan’s guilt surfaced very soon after he

was found guilty of killing RFK. While

Sirhan was interviewed in San Quentin

prison in 1969, he was interviewed by a

man named Dr. Eduard Simson-Kallas,

who was an expert in the field of

hypnosis and believed Sirhan had been

subjected to some form of subliminal

programming of the mind-control kind.

On top of that, the coroner in the RFK

case, Thomas Noguchi, offered his

conclusion that the bullet that entered the

senator’s skull, behind his right ear, had

been fired at a distance of barely one—

inch. That suggests even if Sirhan was a

hypnotically controlled assassin, he must

have had an accomplice, since he was

most definitely further away than one

inch when he shot Kennedy.

What was without a doubt the

biggest development in the saga of who

really shot RFK surfaced in 2011, when

papers were filed, in federal court,

maintaining that Sirhan Sirhan was

“manipulated by a seductive girl in a

mind-control plot to shoot Sen. Robert F.

Kennedy.”

The papers, noted the media, “point

to a mysterious girl in a polka-dot dress

as the controller who led Sirhan to fire a

gun in the pantry of the Ambassador

Hotel. But the documents suggest a

second person shot and killed Kennedy

while using Sirhan as a diversion.”

The story of the mysterious girl is

not a new one, as the late Jim Keith—a

leading figure in conspiracy research,

until his own controversial death in

1999—said in his 1998 book Mind

Control, World Control:

Immediately after the Kennedy shooting a

woman named Sandra Serrano saw a

Caucasian woman in a white dress with

black polka dots, and a young man,

tentatively identified as Mexican-American,

and wearing a white shirt and gold sweater,

running down the stairs that provided exit

from the hotel. The woman in the polka dots

said, “We’ve shot him! We’ve shot him!”

Serano asked, “Who did you shoot?” and the

woman responded, “We shot Senator

Kennedy.”

The 2011 revelations take the story

much further, as the media noted. For the

first time, Sirhan said, and while under

hypnosis, on a specific cue from the

polka-dotted girl he went into “range

mode,” believing he was at a firing

range and seeing circles with targets in

front of his very eyes.

“I thought that I was at the range

more than I was actually shooting at any

person, let alone Bobby Kennedy,”

Sirhan was quoted as saying during

interviews with Daniel Brown, a

Harvard University professor and an

expert in trauma memory and hypnosis.

The U.K’s Daily Mail newspaper

noted of this issue in a 2011 article titled

“Bobby Kennedy assassin still claims he

was ‘victim of mind control and his gun

didn’t fire fatal shot’ in new appeal after

parole is denied”:

Sirhan’s lawyers, William Pepper and Laurie

Dusek, are using a defense that is eerily

familiar to another Kennedy murder—that

there was more than one shooter. They say

the sixty-seven-year-old Christian Palestinian

born in Jerusalem was hypnoprogrammed to

divert attention from a shooter who actually

killed Mr. Kennedy in 1968. They also allege

he was an easy scapegoat because he is

Arab.

“The public has been shielded from the

darker side of the practice. The average

person is unaware that hypnosis can and is

used to induct antisocial conduct in humans,”

the court papers stated. Those same papers

also noted that Sirhan was “an involuntary

participant in the crimes being committed

because he was subjected to sophisticated,

hypnoprogramming and memory implantation

techniques which rendered him unable to

consciously control his thoughts and actions

at the time the crimes were being

committed.”

Then, in 2012, a writer for the

Huffington Post noted (in “RFK

Assassination Witness Nina Rhodes-Hughes Says Sirhan Sirhan Didn’t Act

Alone”): “Nina Rhodes-Hughes, a key

witness to the Robert F. Kennedy

assassination at the Ambassador Hotel

in 1968, is making bombshell claims in a

CNN

interview,

suggesting

that

convicted murderer Sirhan Sirhan didn’t

act alone.”

In Rhodes-Hughes’s very own

words: “What has to come out is that

there was another shooter to my right.

The truth has got to be told. No more

cover-ups.”

The Post added: “Rhodes-Hughes,

now 78, claims the FBI ‘twisted’ her

statements to investigators after the

incident in order to come up with the

conclusion that she had only heard 8

shots, an account that was used as

evidence that Sirhan carried out the act

without an accomplice.”

The late Jim Keith referred to an

odd—and, perhaps, highly revealing—

discussion between Sirhan Sirhan and a

psychiatrist based at UCLA: Dr. Bernard

Diamond. Keith stated that when

Diamond was speaking with Sirhan

about certain entries in his notebooks,

he, Diamond, asked, “Is this crazy

writing?”

Sirhan chose to reply in writing,

rather than verbally:

“YES. YES. YES.”

“Are you crazy?” the doctor pressed.

“NO. NO.”

“Well, why are you writing crazy?”

“PRACTICE PRACTICE PRACTICE.”

“Practice for what?”

“MIND CONTROL MIND CONTROL

MIND CONTROL.”

The final word goes to Charles R.

McQuiston, one of the originators of

Psychological Stress Evaluator (PSE)

technology, and a member of U.S. Army

Intelligence.

Jim

Keith

quoted

McQuiston in his book Mind Control,

World Control:

I’m convinced that Sirhan wasn’t aware of

what he was doing. He was in a hypnotic

trance when he pulled the trigger and killed

Senator Kennedy. Everything in the PSE

charts tells me that someone else was

involved in the assassination—and that Sirhan

was programmed through hypnosis to kill

RFK. What we have here is a real live

“Manchurian Candidate.”

On August 8, 1974, U.S. President

Richard

Milhous

Nixon

did

something that no other American

president has ever done, before or since:

he resigned from office in disgrace. It

was the inevitable fallout in one of the

nation’s

biggest-ever

scandals:

Watergate. The events that led to Nixon’s

decision to walk away from his

presidency can be traced back to the

early hours of June 17, 1972. That was

when a breakin occurred at the

headquarters of the Democratic National

Committee (DNC), which was housed in

the Washington, D.C.-based Watergate

Complex. This was not a case of

burglary, however.

The intruders were there to install

covert listening devices and make

copies of important papers of the DNC.

Five men were given the task of getting

the job done. They were: Eugenio

Martinez, James McCord, Virgilio

Gonzalez, Bernard Barker, and Frank

Sturgis. They failed miserably. Good

work on the part of Watergate’s security

staff, and in particular a guard named

Frank Wills, combined with the actions

of the D.C. police, soon meant that the

five conspirators were in custody. It was

not long before the sensational truth of

the affair started to surface, bit by bit.

Money found in the possession of

the five was traced back to the

Committee for the Reelection of the

President. This was not good news for

Nixon. Worse news was to follow. Also

in on the conspiracy were three

powerful figures: John Mitchell, the

attorney general; Jeb Magruder, the

acting-chair of the Committee for the

Reelection of the President; and John

Dean, the White House counsel. Panicky

attempts by Nixon’s staff to distance the

president from the guilty parties fell

apart when the press learned that Nixon

had attempted to bury the story. It was

only a matter of time before the death—

knell for Nixon was signaled.

On the night of his resignation,

Nixon made a speech to the American

people that, in part, went as follows:

In all the decisions I have made in my public

life, I have always tried to do what was best

for the Nation. Throughout the long and

difficult period of Watergate, I have felt it

was my duty to persevere, to make every

possible effort to complete the term of office

to which you elected me.

In the past few days, however, it has become

evident to me that I no longer have a strong

enough political base in the Congress to

justify continuing that effort. As long as there

was such a base, I felt strongly that it was

necessary to see the constitutional process

through to its conclusion, that to do otherwise

would be unfaithful to the spirit of that

deliberately

difficult

process

and

a

dangerously destabilizing precedent for the

future.

But with the disappearance of that base, I

now believe that the constitutional purpose

has been served, and there is no longer a

need for the process to be prolonged.

Richard M. Nixon be came the first pre side nt in

U.S. history to re sign from that office .

I would have preferred to carry through to

the finish whatever the personal agony it

would have involved, and my family

unanimously urged me to do so. But the

interest of the Nation must always come

before any personal considerations.

From the discussions I have had with

Congressional and other leaders, I have

concluded that because of the Watergate

matter I might not have the support of the

Congress that I would consider necessary to

back the very difficult decisions and carry out

the duties of this office in the way the

interests of the Nation would require.

I have never been a quitter. To leave office

before my term is completed is abhorrent to

every instinct in my body. But as President, I

must put the interest of America first.

America needs a full-time President and a

full-time Congress, particularly at this time

with problems we face at home and abroad.

To continue to fight through the months

ahead for my personal vindication would

almost totally absorb the time and attention of

both the President and the Congress in a

period when our entire focus should be on the

great issues of peace abroad and prosperity

without inflation at home.

Therefore, I shall resign the Presidency

effective at noon tomorrow. Vice President

Ford will be sworn in as President at that

hour in this office.

In terms of the American media’s

investigations, it was without a doubt the

team of Bob Woodward and Carl

Bernstein—of the Washington Post and

who went on to pen the bestselling book

on the affair, All the President’s Men,

which was published in 1974—that

made Watergate the nation-changing

event

it

became.

What

set

the

Woodward-Bernstein investigation apart

from those of other news outlets was the

fact that the duo had an ace up their

sleeves:

a

high-level,

government

whistleblower,

infamously

dubbed

“Deep Throat.”

Although senior staff of the

Washington Post knew of the existence

of Deep Throat, the rest of the nation’s

media and the general public were kept

in the dark until All the President’s Men

was published—which told the whole

secrecy-filled, shadowy saga. Such was

the success of the book, the movie-rights

were quickly sold and, in 1976, a

Hollywood version of the events that led

to Nixon’s resignation surfaced, with

Robert Redford and Dustin Hoffman

playing Woodward and Bernstein. For

more than thirty years after Nixon’s

resignation, the real identity of Deep

Throat

was

never

formerly

acknowledged. In 2005, however, that

all changed—the world finally learned

the true identity of the man who helped

Woodward and Bernstein uncover the

story that destroyed the presidency of

Richard Nixon.

Journalist Bob Woodward (shown he re ) te ame d

up with Carl Be rnste in at the Washington Post to

bre ak the story about Wate rgate .

Deep Throat was Mark Felt, at the

time of Watergate the associate director

of the FBI. When the world learned of

the identity of Deep Throat, it quite

naturally thrust Watergate back into the

public domain and became a major

talking point for not just the nation’s

media, but for the world’s, too. But, was

Felt really Deep Throat? Was he just one

of many Deep Throat-style sources?

Was Felt acting as a witting stooge,

carefully protecting the real source of

Woodward and Bernstein’s information?

To

answer

those

questions,

it’s

necessary for us to return to the events of

the early 1970s.

As for the name “Deep Throat,” it

was the idea of the Washington Post’s

managing-editor, Howard Simons, who

was inspired by the famous 1972 porno—

flick Deep Throat that starred Linda

Lovelace. From the outset, Woodward

and Bernstein stated they would not

identify

their

source.

The

only

circumstances under which they would

do so, the pair said, would be (a) if

Deep Throat died; or (b) if Deep Throat,

himself, wanted to go public—in which

case, the pair would offer support to him

and confirm his claim to be the United

States’ most infamous whistleblower of

the decade. What do we know about

Mark Felt?

Born in Idaho, in 1913, Felt joined

the FBI in 1942 and had a prestigious

career. During the Second World War, he

worked in the bureau’s Espionage

Section—the work of which revolved

around tracking down Nazi spies,

sympathizers, and saboteurs in the

United States. By the mid-1950s, Felt

was running the Salt Lake City, Utah,

office of the FBI. He returned to the

Washington,

D.C-based

FBI

headquarters in 1962. Two years later,

he was assistant director. And, in 1971,

Felt was offered the position of deputy

associate director. It was a position he

enthusiastically accepted. It wasn’t long

before Felt was associate director, the

most powerful figure in the FBI next to J.

Edgar Hoover himself. Little wonder,

then, that Felt was in a prime position to

know the lowdown on Watergate.

In terms of how Felt became known

to Woodward and Bernstein, most of the

revelations on this issue came from

Woodward. He first met Felt around the

turn of the 1970s—the date remains

unclear—at the White House and kept in

periodic touch with him from thereon.

There was a good reason for this.

Woodward noted that Felt was an

“incurable gossip.” This was good news

for an investigative journalist like

Woodward. Felt’s inability to keep his

mouth shut meant that, from time to time,

Woodward got more than a few tasty

morsels of information on important

stories,

such

as

the

attempted

assassination of presidential candidate

George Wallace Jr. in May 1972.

Mark Fe lt, who was se cond associate dire ctor of

the FBI at the time of the Wate rgate bre ak-ins,

admitte d in 2005 that he was De e p Throat.

Woodward

was

no

fool—he

quickly recognized the significance of

the Watergate affair and contacted Felt to

see if he could offer any insight,

information, and guidance. It turned out

that, yes, Felt could do that—provided

that Woodward was willing to keep his

mouth shut about from whom the

information was coming. That was good

enough for Woodward, particularly

when Felt was able to provide

verifiable information that linked the

Watergate breakins to senior figures in

the Nixon administration.

Such was the concern about how

far, and how deep, the story ran.

Woodward and Felt arranged their

meetings in a paranoia-soaked fashion

that would have been worthy of an

episode

of

The

X-Files.

When

Woodward wanted to meet with Felt, he

signaled him by prominently placing a

flower pot containing a red flag on the

balcony of his apartment. After the

identity of Deep Throat became known,

Woodward said of this curious situation,

in a June 2005 article for the

Washington Post, titled “How Mark Felt

Became Deep Throat”:

How he [Deep Throat] could have made a

daily observation of my balcony is still a

mystery to me. At the time, the back of my

building was not enclosed so anyone could

have driven in the back alley to observe my

balcony. In addition, my balcony and the back

of the apartment complex faced onto a

courtyard or back area that was shared with

a number of other apartment or office

buildings in the area. My balcony could have

been seen from dozens of apartments or

offices. There were several embassies in the

area. The Iraqi embassy was down the

street, and I thought it possible that the FBI

had surveillance or listening posts nearby.

Could Felt have had the counterintelligence

agents regularly report on the status of my

flag and flowerpot? That seems unlikely, but

not impossible.

As for Felt, when he had something

he wanted to share with Woodward, he

would make a note on the copy of the

New York Times that Woodward had

delivered to his door on a daily basis. It

was as a result of this strange set of

affairs that Woodward and Bernstein

became famous and President Richard

Nixon became downright infamous. But,

is that all there is to it? No, possibly not.

It was on May 31, 2005, that Mark

Felt finally stood up and said that he

was, indeed, the mysterious and

enigmatic Deep Throat. His story

appeared in an issue of Vanity Fair,

something that ensured the floodgates

were open and could not be closed

again. Now that the world knew the

truth, there was no need for Woodward

and Bernstein to stay silent: they had

pledged never to reveal Felt as their

source until he did so, himself, or he

passed away. The two writers were

backed up—in their assertion that Felt

was Deep Throat—by the Washington

Post’s Ben Bradlee, who held the

position of executive editor of the

newspaper when Watergate occurred.

A number of individuals were

neither impressed nor convinced by

Felt’s words, or by the back-up

testimony of Woodward, Bernstein, and

Bradlee. One was L. Patrick Gray, who

spent just under a year as acting director

of the FBI after J. Edgar Hoover’s death

in 1972. Gray—the coauthor with his

son Ed of the book, In Nixon’s Web: A

Year in the Crosshairs of Watergate—

didn’t dispute that Felt provided some of

the data that allowed Woodward and

Bernstein to get to the heart of the

conspiracy. Gray was, however, of the

opinion that Felt was just one of a

number of sources that the Woodward-Bernstein team was using. In that sense,

Deep

Throat

was

a

convenient

composite behind which not just Mark

Felt could be hidden.

Then there was Leonard Garment,

the White House counsel after John

Dean, who had his suspicions that Felt

might have been Deep Throat, but was

also troubled by the theory:

Wate rgate , whe re the 1972 scandal starte d, is a

comple x of five buildings that include office s,

apartme nts, and a hote l. It is still in use today and

is on the U.S. Re giste r of Historic Place s.

The Felt theory was a strong one. Felt had a

personal motive for acting. After the death of

J. Edgar Hoover, Felt thought he was a

leading candidate to succeed Hoover. The

characteristics were a good fit. The trouble

with Felt’s candidacy was that Deep Throat

in All the President’s Men simply did not

sound to me like a career FBI man.

There were other issues that some

found suspicious. For example, there

was the matter of that red-flagged

flowerpot on Woodward’s balcony—the

one he used to signal Deep Throat when

a meeting was needed. Adrian Havill is

the author of the 1993 book Deep Truth:

The Lives of Bob Woodward and Carl

Bernstein. Havill had significant issues

with the idea that the layout of the

apartment complex that Woodward lived

in would have allowed Felt to see the

flowerpot, never mind the flag. The

reason being: Wooodward’s balcony

overlooked an interior courtyard, not the

street. Havill also had issues with

whether or not copies of the New York

Times were really delivered to the front

doors of the residents of the block.

Woodward said yes, they were.

In view of all this, it’s hardly

surprising that other candidates have

been suggested, aside from Mark Felt.

First on our list are members of

President Nixon’s Secret Service. The

allegation goes that since they were

specifically responsible for installing

and maintaining the many and varied

listening-and recording-devices that

Nixon secretly had placed throughout the

White House, the Secret Service would

have been the ideal candidates to

overhear incriminating conversations

and then provide summaries of those

same conversations to Woodward and

Bernstein.

Nixon’s

successor,

President

Gerald R. Ford, also had the finger

pointed in his direction, the theory being

that Ford saw Watergate as a convenient

way to get rid of Nixon and take control

of the White House and the presidency

for himself—which, is actually what

happened, whether due to any duplicity

on Ford’s part or not. Pat Buchanan—

Nixon’s special assistant—was accused

on more than a few occasions of being

Deep Throat. His response was amusing

and fiery, to say the least: the last time

he cooperated with The Washington

Post, said Buchanan, was in 1952, when

he was a paper boy delivering copies of

the newspaper in northwest Washington.

Interestingly, Buchanan was of the

opinion that Deep Throat was not just

one person, but many.

And the list goes on. It includes

John Daniel Ehrlichman, counsel and

assistant to the president for domestic

affairs, William Colby, who was the

director of the CIA from September

1973

to

January

1976;

Colby’s

immediate successor at the CIA (and

future

president),

George

Herbert

Walker Bush; Nixon’s Press Secretary,

Ron Ziegler; Raymond Price, Nixon’s

speechwriter

(which

included

his

resignation speech); and even ABC

News’s Diane Sawyer, who was brought

into the Nixon administration by the

aforementioned Ron Ziegler.

The

likelihood

is

that

the

controversy will never truly go away.

Woodward and Bernstein stand by their

position of Felt, and only Felt, being

Deep Throat, as did Ben Bradlee before

his death. As for Mark Felt, whatever

the true nature of his involvement in

secretly spilling the beans on the

Watergate fiasco, he took the secrets

with him to the grave, when he died, at

the age of ninety-five, on December 18,

2008.

Since at least 1967, reports have

surfaced throughout the United

States of animals—but, chiefly, cattle—

slaughtered in bizarre fashion. Organs

are taken and significant amounts of

blood are found to be missing. In some

cases, the limbs of the cattle are broken,

suggesting they have been dropped to the

ground from a significant height.

Evidence of extreme heat, to slice into

the skin of the animals, has been found at

mutilation sites. Eyes are removed,

tongues are sliced off, and, typically, the

sexual organs are gone.

While the answers to the puzzle

remain frustratingly outside of the public

arena, theories abound. They include

extraterrestrials, engaged in nightmarish

experimentation of the genetic kind;

military programs involving the testing

of new bio-warfare weapons; occult—

based groups that sacrifice the cattle in

ritualistic fashion; and government

agencies secretly monitoring the food—

chain, fearful that something worse than

“Mad Cow Disease” may have infected

the U.S. cattle herd—and, possibly, as a

result, the human population, too.

Cattle mutilations are a favorite

topic

of

UFO

researchers

and

conspiracy theorists. From the mid-

1970s to the dawning of the 1980s,

however, the phenomenon was of deep

interest to another body: the FBI. We

know this, as the FBI has now

declassified all of its files on the

subject,

thanks

to

Freedom

of

Information provisions. Not only that,

the FBI has posted its file collection

online at its website—The Vault—from

where the lengthy dossier can be

downloaded in PDF format.

From January to March 1973, the

state of Iowa was hit hard by cattle

mutilations. Many of the ranchers who

lost animals also reported seeing strange

lights and black-colored helicopters in

the direct vicinities of the attacks. That

the FBI took keen notice of all this is

demonstrated by the fact that, as the

Freedom of Information Act has shown,

it collected and filed numerous media

reports on the cattle-mutes in Iowa. The

next piece of data dates from early

September 1974. That’s when the FBI’s

director, Clarence M. Kelley, was

contacted by Senator Carl T. Curtis, who

wished to inform the bureau of a wave

of baffling attacks on livestock in

Nebraska—the state in which Curtis

resided and represented.

At the time, the FBI declined to get

involved, as Director Kelley informed

the senator: “It appears that no Federal

Law within the investigative jurisdiction

of the FBI has been violated, inasmuch

as there is no indication of interstate

transportation of the maimed animals.”

One year later, in August 1975,

Senator Floyd K. Haskell, of Colorado,

made his voice known to the FBI, on the

growing cattle mutilation controversy:

For several months my office has been

receiving reports of cattle mutilations

throughout Colorado and other western

states. At least 130 cases in Colorado alone

have been reported to local officials and the

Colorado Bureau of Investigation (CBI); the

CBI has verified that the incidents have

occurred for the last two years in nine states.

The ranchers and rural residents of Colorado

are concerned and frightened by these

incidents. The bizarre mutilations are

frightening in themselves: in virtually all the

cases, the left ear, rectum and sex organ of

each animal has [sic] been cut away and the

blood drained from the carcass, but with no

traces of blood left on the ground and no

footprints.

The senator had much more to say,

too:

In Colorado’s Morgan County area there has

[sic] also been reports that a helicopter was

used by those who mutilated the carcasses of

the cattle, and several persons have reported

being chased by a similar helicopter. Because

I am gravely concerned by this situation, I am

asking

that

the

Federal

Bureau

of

Investigation enter the case.

Although the CBI has been investigating the

incidents, and local officials also have been

involved, the lack of a central unified

direction has frustrated the investigation. It

seems to have progressed little, except for

the recognition at long last that the incidents

must be taken seriously. Now it appears that

ranchers are arming themselves to protect

their livestock, as well as their families and

themselves, because they are frustrated by

the

unsuccessful

investigation.

Clearly

something must be done before someone gets

hurt.

FBI dire ctor Clare nce M. Ke lle y (picture d)

dismisse d the proble m of cattle mutilations by

saying no fe de ral laws had be e n violate d be cause

the live stock had not be e n transporte d across

state line s.

Again, the FBI—some ranchers and

media

people

thought,

rather

suspiciously—declined to get involved

in the investigation of the phenomenon. It

was a stance the FBI rigidly stuck to

(despite

collecting

numerous,

nationwide newspaper and magazine

articles on the subject) until 1978. That

was when the FBI learned of an

astonishing number of horse and cattle

mutilations in Rio Arriba County, New

Mexico—mutilations that actually dated

back to 1976. They had all been

scrupulously

investigated

and

documented by Police Officer Gabe

Valdez of Espanola.

It was when the FBI was contacted

by New Mexico senator Harrison

Schmitt (also the twelfth person to set

foot on the Moon—in December 1972),

who implored the FBI to get involved,

that action was finally taken. In March

1979, Deputy Attorney General Philip

Heymann prepared a summary on the

New Mexico cases for the FBI, and—for

good measure—photocopied all of

Officer Valdez’s files to the bureau’s

director. Things were about to be taken

to a new level.

As Valdez’s voluminous records

showed, from the summer of 1975 to the

early fall of 1978, no fewer than twenty-

eight cattle mutilation incidents occurred

in Rio Arriba County. One of the most

bizarre events occurred in June 1976, as

Valdez’s files demonstrate:

Investigations revealed that a suspected

aircraft of some type had landed twice,

leaving three pod marks positioned in a

triangular shape. The diameter of each pod

was 14 inches. Emanating from the two

landings were smaller triangular shaped

tripods 28 inches and 4 inches in diameter.

Investigation at the scene showed that these

small tripods had followed the cow for

approximately 600 feet. Tracks of the cow

showed where she had struggled and fallen.

The small tripod tracks were all around the

cow. Other evidence showed that grass

around the tripods, as they followed the cow,

had been scorched. Also a yellow oily

substance was located in two places under

the small tripods. This substance was

submitted to the State Police Lab. The Lab

was unable to detect the content of the

substance.

A sample of the substance was submitted to

a private lab and they were unable to analyze

the substance due to the fact that it

disappeared or disintegrated. Skin samples

were analyzed by the State Police Lab and

the Medical Examiner’s Office. It was

reported that the skin had been cut with a

sharp instrument.

Seventy-two hours later, Valdez

liaised with Dr. Howard Burgess of the

New

Mexico-based

Sandia

Laboratories, with a view to having the

area checked for radiation. It was a wise

move. The radiation level was double

that which could normally be expected.

Valdez’s conclusions on this issue: “It is

the opinion of this writer that radiation

findings are deliberately being left at the

scene to confuse investigators.”

The case was not over, however.

Whatever, or whoever, was responsible

for the mutilation made a return visit.

Once again, we need to take a look at the

official files on the affair. In Valdez’s

own, official words, extracted from

New Mexico State Police files:

There was also evidence that the tripod

marks had returned and removed the left ear.

Tripod marks were found over Mr. Gomez’s

tire tracks of his original visit. The left ear

was intact when Mr. Gomez first found the

cow. The cow had a 3-month-old calf which

has not been located since the incident. This

appears strange since a small calf normally

stays around the mother even though the cow

is dead.

On the matter of whether or not the

mutilations were the work of cults or

natural predators, Valdez said:

Both have been ruled out due to expertise

and preciseness and the cost involved to

conduct such a sophisticated and secretive

operation. It should also be noted that during

the spring of 1974 when a tremendous

amount of cattle were lost due to heavy

snowfalls, the carcasses had been eaten by

predators. These carcasses did not resemble

the carcasses of the mutilated cows.

Investigation has narrowed down to these

theories which involve (1) Experimental use

of Vitamin B12 and (2) The testing of the

lymph node system. During this investigation

an intensive study has been made of (3)

What is involved in germ warfare testing, and

the possible correlation of these 3 factors

(germ warfare testing, use of Vitamin B12,

testing of the lymph node system).

A further, very strange, report can

be found in Valdez’s files, from 1978:

This four year old cross Hereford and Black

Angus native cow was found lying on left

side with rectum, sex organs, tongue, and

ears removed. Pinkish blood from [illegible]

was visible, and after two days the blood still

had not coagulated. Left front and left rear

leg were pulled out of their sockets

apparently from the weight of the cow which

indicates that it was lifted and dropped back

to the ground. The ground around and under

the cow was soft and showed indentations

where the cow had been dropped. 600 yards

away from the cow were the 4-inch circular

indentations similar to the ones found at the

Manuel Gomez ranch on 4–24-78.

This cow had been dead approximately

[illegible] hours and was too decomposed to

extract samples. This is the first in a series of

mutilations in which the cows’ legs are

broken. Previously the animals had been

lifted from the brisket with a strap. These

mutilated animals all dehydrate rapidly (in one

or two days).

As the summer of 1978 progressed,

so did the number of reports where

elevated radiation readings were found,

as Valdez noted in his records:

It is believed that this type of radiation is not

harmful to humans, although approximately 7

people who visited the mutilation site

complained of nausea and headaches.

However, this writer has had no such

symptoms after checking approximately 11

mutilations in the past 4 months. Identical

mutilations have been taking place all over

the Southwest. It is strange that no eye

witnesses have come forward or that no

accidents [have] occurred. One has to admit

that whoever is responsible for the

mutilations is very well organized with

boundless financing and secrecy. Writer is

presently getting equipment through the

efforts

of

Mr.

Howard

Burgess,

Albuquerque, N.M. to detect substances on

the cattle which might mark them and be

picked up by infrared rays but not visible to

the naked eye.

A lengthy document, prepared by

Forrest S. Putman, the FBI’s special—

agent-in-charge at Albuquerque, New

Mexico, was soon thereafter sent to the

FBI’s headquarters in Washington, D.C.

It read:

Information furnished to this office by

Officer Valdez indicates that the animals are

being shot with some type of paralyzing drug

and the blood is being drawn from the animal

after an injection of an anti-coagulant. It

appears that in some instances the cattle’s

legs have been broken and helicopters

without any identifying numbers have

reportedly been seen in the vicinity of these

mutilations.

Officer Valdez theorizes that clamps are

being placed on the cow’s legs and they are

being lifted by helicopter to some remote

area where the mutilations are taking place

and then the animal is returned to its original

pasture. The mutilations primarily consist of

removal of the tongue, the lymph gland, lower

lip and the sexual organs of the animal.

Much

mystery

has

surrounded

these

mutilations, but according to witnesses they

give

the

appearance

of

being

very

professionally

done

with

a

surgical

instrument, and according to Valdez, as the

years progress, each surgical procedure

appears to be more professional. Officer

Valdez has advised that in no instance, to his

knowledge, are these carcasses ever

attacked by predator or scavenger animals,

although there are tracks which would

indicate that coyotes have been circling the

carcass from a distance. Special Agent

Putman then informed the Director of the

outcome of Valdez’s run-ins with officials.

He also advised that he has requested Los

Alamos Scientific Laboratory to conduct

investigation for him but until just recently has

always been advised that the mutilations

were done by predatory animals. Officer

Valdez stated that just recently he has been

told by two assistants at Los Alamos

Scientific Laboratory that they were able to

determine the type of tranquilizer and blood

anti-coagulant that have been utilized.

Putnam

then

demonstrated

to

headquarters the astonishing scale of the

mutilation puzzle:

Officer Valdez stated that Colorado probably

has the most mutilations occurring within

their State and that over the past four years

approximately 30 have occurred in New

Mexico. He stated that of these 330, 15 have

occurred on Indian Reservations but he did

know that many mutilations have gone

unreported which have occurred on the

Indian reservations because the Indians,

particularly in the Pueblos, are extremely

superstitious and will not even allow officers

in to investigate in some instances. Officer

Valdez stated since the outset of these

mutilations there have been an estimated

8,000 animals mutilated which would place

the loss at approximately $1,000,000.

Putman additionally advised the

director that:

It is obvious if mutilations are to be solved

there is a need for a coordinated effort so

that all material available can be gathered

and

analyzed

and

further

efforts

synchronized. Whether the FBI should

assume this role is a matter to be decided. If

we are merely to investigate and direct our

efforts toward the 15 mutilated cattle on the

Indian reservation we, I believe, will be in the

same position as the other law enforcement

agencies at this time and would be seeking to

achieve an almost impossible task.

It is my belief that if we are to participate in

any manner that we should do so fully,

although this office and the USA’s office are

at a loss to determine what statute our

investigative jurisdiction would be in this

matter. If we are to act solely as a

coordinator or in any other official capacity

the sooner we can place this information in

the computer bank, the better off we would

be and in this regard it would be my

recommendation that an expert in the

computer field at the Bureau travel to

Albuquerque in the very near future so that

we can determine what type of information

will be needed so that when the invitation for

the April conference is submitted from

Senator Schmitt’s Office that the surrounding

States will be aware of the information that is

needed to place in the computer.

It should be noted that Senator Schmitt’s

Office is coordinating the April conference

and will submit the appropriate invitations and

with the cooperation of the USA, Mr.

Thompson will chair this conference. The

FBI will act only as a participant.

Putnam went on to describe the

theories that had been advanced to try

and explain the phenomenon:

Since this has not been investigated by the

FBI in any manner we have no theories

whatsoever as to why or what is responsible

for these cattle mutilations. Officer Gabe

Valdez is very adamant in his opinion that

these mutilations are the work of the U.S.

government and that it is some clandestine

operation either by the CIA or the

Department of Energy and in all probability is

connected with some type of research into

biological warfare. His main reason for these

beliefs is that he feels that he was given the

“run around” by Los Alamos Scientific

Laboratory and they are attempting to cover

up this situation. There are also theories that

these are cults (religious) of some type of

Indian rituals resulting in these mutilations

and the wildest theory advanced is that they

have some connection with unidentified flying

objects.

In the closing section of his report,

Putman said:

If we are to assume an investigative posture

into this area, the matter of manpower, of

course, becomes a consideration and I am

unable to determine at this time the amount

of manpower that would be needed to give

this our full attention so that a rapid

conclusion could be reached. The Bureau is

requested to furnish its comments and

guidance on this whole situation including, if

desired, the Legal Counsel’s assessment of

jurisdictional question. An early response

would be needed, however, so that we might

properly, if requested to do so, obtain the data

bank information. If it appears that we are

going to become involved in this matter, it is

obvious that there would be a large amount

of

correspondence

necessary

and

Albuquerque would suggest a code name be

established of BOVMUT.

An April 20, 1979, issue of UFO & Outer Space

re porte d on a cattle mutilation case outside of St.

Louis, Missouri. Strange lights had be e n se e n

be fore the de ad live stock we re discove re d.

As a result of the growing concern

surrounding the cattle mutilations, a

conference on the subject was held, on

April 20, 1979, at the Albuquerque

Public Library. There was a heavy

concentration of FBI agents at the

conference, something that resulted in

the following official document being

prepared by the FBI, which summarized

the various theories, cases, and ideas

advanced at the conference:

Forrest S. Putman, Special Agent in Charge

(SAC), Albuquerque Office of the FBI,

explained to the conference that the Justice

Department had given the FBI authority to

investigate those cattle mutilations which

have occurred or might occur on Indian

lands. He further explained that the

Albuquerque FBI would look at such

mutilations in connection with mutilations

occurring off Indian lands for the purpose of

comparison and control, especially where the

same methods of operation are noted. SAC

Putman said that in order for this matter to be

resolved,

the

facts

surrounding

such

mutilations

should

be

gathered

and

computerized.

District Attorney Eloy Martinez, Santa Fe,

New Mexico, told the conference that his

judicial district had made application for a

$50,000

Law

Enforcement

Assistance

Administration (LEAA) Grant for the

purpose of investigating the cattle mutilations.

He explained that there is hope that with the

funds from this grant, an investigative unit

can be established for the sole purpose of

resolving the mutilation problem. He said it is

his view that such an investigative unit could

serve as a headquarters for all law

enforcement

officials

investigating

the

mutilations and, in particular, would serve as

a repository for information developed in

order that this information could be

coordinated properly. He said such a unit

would not only coordinate this information,

but also handle submissions to a qualified lab

for both evidence and photographs. Mr.

Martinez said a hearing will be held on April

24, 1979, for the purpose of determining

whether this grant will be approved.

Gabe Valdez, New Mexico State Police,

Dulce, New Mexico, reported he has

investigated the death of 90 cattle during the

past three years, as well as six horses.

Officer Valdez said he is convinced that the

mutilations of the animals have not been the

work of predators because of the precise

manner of the cuts. Officer Valdez said he

had investigated mutilations of several

animals which had occurred on the ranch of

Manuel Gomez of Dulce, New Mexico.

Manuel Gomez addressed the conference

and explained he had lost six animals to

unexplained deaths which were found in a

mutilated condition within the last two years.

Further, Gomez said that he and his family

are experiencing fear and mental anguish

because of the mutilations.

David Perkins, Director of the Department of

Research at Libre School in Farasita,

Colorado, exhibited a map of the United

States which contained hundreds of colored

pins

identifying

mutilation

sites.

He

commented that he had been making a

systematic collection of data since 1975, and

has never met a greater challenge. He said,

“The only thing that makes sense about the

mutilations is that they make no sense at all.”

Tom Adams of Paris, Texas, who has been

independently examining mutilations for six

years, said his investigation has shown that

helicopters are almost always observed in the

area of the mutilations. He said that the

helicopters do not have identifying markings

and they fly at abnormal, unsafe, or illegal

altitudes.

Dr. Peter Van Arsdale, Ph.D., Assistant

Professor, Department of Anthropology,

University of Denver, suggested that those

investigating the cattle mutilations take a

systematic approach and look at all types of

evidence is discounting any of the theories

such as responsibility by extraterrestrial

visitors or satanic cults.

Richard Sigismund, Social Scientist, Boulder,

Colorado, presented an argument which

advanced the theory that the cattle

mutilations are possibly related to activity of

UFOs. Numerous other persons made similar

type presentations expounding on their

theories regarding the possibility that the

mutilations

are

the

responsibility

of

extraterrestrial visitors, members of Satanic

cults, or some unknown government agency.

Dr. Richard Prine, Forensic Veterinarian, Los

Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL), Los

Alamos, New Mexico, discounted the

possibility that the mutilations had been done

by anything but predators. He said he had

examined six carcasses and in his opinion

predators were responsible for the mutilation

of all six.

Dr. Claire Hibbs, a representative of the

State Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory, New

Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New

Mexico, said he recently came to New

Mexico, but that prior to that he examined

some mutilation findings in Kansas and

Nebraska. Dr. Hibbs said the mutilations fell

into three categories: animals killed and

mutilated by predators and scavengers,

animals mutilated after death by “sharp

instruments” and animals mutilated by

pranksters.

Tommy Blann, Lewisville, Texas, told the

conference he has been studying UFO

activities

for

twenty-two

years

and

mutilations for twelve years. He explained

that animal mutilations date back to the early

1800’s in England and Scotland. He also

pointed out that animal mutilations are not

confined to cattle, but cited incidents of

mutilation of horses, dogs, sheep, and rabbits.

He also said the mutilations are not only

nationwide, but international in scope.

Chief Raleigh Tafoya, Jicarilla Apache Tribe,

and Walter Dasheno, Governor, Santa Clara

Pueblo, each spoke briefly to the conference.

Both spoke of the cattle which had been

found mutilated on their respective Indian

lands. Chief Tafoya said some of his people

who

have

lost

livestock

have

been

threatened.

Carl W. Whiteside, Investigator, Colorado

Bureau of Investigation, told the conference

that between April and December 1975, his

Bureau investigated 203 reports of cattle

mutilations.

One month later, the district

attorney’s office for Santa Fe, New

Mexico, secured $50,000 in funding, to

allow a detailed study of the evidence to

commence—specifically

in

New

Mexico. Very suspiciously, when it was

announced that the program was going

ahead, the FBI noted that the mutilations

came to a sudden halt. This gave rise to

deep suspicions that the mutilators were

done by humans who, having heard of

the planned investigation, hastily backed

away until matters calmed down—which

they did, when the number of new

reports trailed off to nothingness.

With a distinct lack of new data to

go on, the ambitious program was left to

study a mere handful of cases—all of

which it relegated to the work of

predators and absolutely nothing else.

Hardly surprisingly, this gave rise to the

suspicions, among conspiracy theorists,

that this was the goal all along: launch

an investigation and assert that the mutes

were the work of predators and nothing

else, whatsoever, and then close the

investigation down. If that was the case,

then it worked all too well: the world of

officialdom walked away from the

mutilation problem, asserting that it had

resolved the entire matter in down-to-earth terms, and assuring the public and

the ranching community that there was

nothing to worry about.

Evidently, however, there was

something to worry about: no sooner had

the project closed down, when the

mutilations began again. And they still

continue to this day. Whether the work of

the government, the military, satanic

cults, or deadly extraterrestrials, all that

can be said of the cattle mutilations is

that, officially, at least, they are no

longer of any interest to the FBI or to any

other arm of officialdom.

On Christmas day 2000, the Russian

government announced it had lost

contact with its Mir space station for a

terrifying twenty hours. As the 140-ton

station hurtled around the Earth,

speculation was rife that Mir would

spiral out of control and a disaster was

imminent like that depicted in the film

Deep Impact, in which a meteor hits our

planet and causes devastation.

A calamity was averted when, as

mission-control chief Vladimir Sololyov

revealed on December 26, contact with,

and control of, Mir had been re—

established. “Mir will not fall on your

heads on New Year’s Eve,” he said.

“We have a plan to bid farewell to Mir

in a civilized and organised way.” He

said Mir would be brought down in a

controlled descent in the Pacific

between February 27 and 28, 2001. It

transpired that the actual date was

March 23.

Throughout one of the tensest

moments in the history of Russia’s space

program, officialdom was quick to state

that the possibility of Mir crashing to

Earth and wreaking untold havoc was

remote. Or, maybe it wasn’t: In the wake

of the affair, a source inside the British

Ministry of Defense leaked a classified

document that revealed the truth about

the hazards posed by the likes of secret

spy-satellites in Earth orbit, and

particularly those that might pose

dangers of the atomic kind. The

documents—and the attendant story—

were big news.

The document, titled Satellite

Accidents with Radiation Hazards, was

prepared in 1979 by the British

government’s Home Office and was

circulated to every chief officer of

police, every chief fire officer, and

every county council in England and

Wales. “Similar circulars are being

issued by the Scottish Office and the

Northern Ireland Office,” said the author

of the paper.

An examination of the 1979 file

makes it clear that the Home Office’s

decision to circulate the document on

such a large scale was, ostensibly at

least, because of an event that had

occurred twelve months previously—as

the following extract from the file

reveals: “Following the descent of a

nuclear-powered satellite in Canada on

24 January 1978, consideration has been

given to contingency arrangements for

dealing with the possibility of a similar

incident in the United Kingdom.”

The Home Office added that the

possibility

of

a

nuclear-powered

satellite crashing within the British Isles

was “remote.” It was, however, careful

to add that “the special considerations

that affect the use of nuclear materials

and the safety standards applied to them

make it prudent to devise plans to deal

with such an incident.”

According to the file, one of the

hardest predictions to make was when

and where a stricken, nuclear-powered

space vehicle, possibly spiraling wildly

out of control and at hundreds, or even

thousands, of miles-per-hour would

impact. On this issue, the author of the

document stated:

Although it is likely that knowledge of

changes in the orbital pattern which might

lead to premature return to Earth would be

available many hours or even days before re-entry occurred, it would not be such that a

reasonably accurate prediction of the final

orbit over the Earth could be made until 12 to

24 hours before impact. Even then forecasts

of the precise point of re-entry along this

track might still be in error by thousands of

kilometers. It is possible accurate warning

would not be available till a few minutes

before impact and it is possible there might

be no warning.

The document also makes it very

clear that the Home Office was well

acquainted with the more technical

aspects of satellite technology: “Some

satellites are designed in such a way that

they will disintegrate on re-entry; others

are so designed that fairly large

components will remain intact on

entering Earth’s atmosphere.”

And, if a space vehicle were to

impact on the British Isles, what would

be the outcome? The author of the

document had a few ideas:

Although the parameters of the orbit of a

crashing satellite can be fairly closely

defined, debris might fall over an area 2,000

kilometers wide. It would not be possible to

alert police forces on a selective basis. In the

event of a warning that a satellite might crash

in or near the UK, all police forces would be

alerted.

In other words, official authorities

all across the nation would potentially

be put on stand-by to deal with the crash

and recovery of exotic, space-based

technologies. And that would only be the

beginning, as the file demonstrates.

The crash of a nuclear-powered

satellite would present problems such

as: “There would be a possible

radiation hazard; debris from the

crashed satellite might be scattered over

a very large area, perhaps the greater

part of the country; and the individual

pieces of debris might be very small, yet

each might present a small radiation

hazard.”

Most significant of all, however, is

a section of the document that refers not

to when, but if the public should be

informed of such a disaster:

The Mir space station re e nte re d Earth’s

atmosphe re on March 23, 2001, bre aking up

harmle ssly ove r the South Pacific, but only afte r

the Russians we re able to re gain control of the

craft.

A government decision would then be sought

on whether the police should be alerted and

whether a public statement should be made.

If such actions were to be decided upon,

overall responsibility for the measures to deal

with an incident would be exercised from a

central point in Whitehall, in a manner similar

to procedures already established to handle a

terrorist incident.

And who, precisely, would play a

role in such recoveries? The list is

intriguing, to say the least, and focused

primarily upon the Atomic Weapons

Research Establishment (AWRE) at

Aldermaston; the National Radiological

Protection Board (NRPB); the Ministry

of Defense; and representatives from

NAIR: the National Arrangements for

Incidents involving Radioactivity. The

Home Office then turned its attention to

what would happen in the event that a

crash was fully confirmed:

When reports of suspected or actual

locations have been received, the police

should take such steps as may be needed

locally to prevent people entering areas

which may be dangerous because of

radioactive material. All persons should be

told to keep well away from possible

radioactive debris. Although highly unlikely,

some large pieces of debris might have

radiation fields of significance over distances

the order of 100 meters and some limited

evacuation might be necessary; widespread

continuous

contamination

is,

however,

unlikely.

In the wake of such a crash, the

Home Office realized, the identification

and collection of highly hazardous

debris would be a painstaking process:

Since much of the debris would be very

small, many of the fragments would not be

sighted and unnoticed irradiated debris might

well be scattered over thousands of square

kilometers. A major search operation might

have to be mounted to locate radioactive

fragments. Whether to mount a search, and if

so what area should be covered, would be

decided by the central control point.

Arrangements would be made to deploy the

resources of every available technical

support service, including teams from the

Ministry of Defense, National Radiological

Protection Board, United Kingdom Atomic

Energy Authority, British Nuclear Fuels and

Electricity Generating Boards, using specialist

aircraft and vehicle search techniques. In

rural areas, the most effective initial search

to locate major sources of radioactivity might

be from the air.

Two

further

sections

of

the

document stand out as being worthy of

comment. The first, titled Public

Warning About Radioactivity, provides

further

insight

into

the

British

government’s position on informing the

populace at large of a disaster involving

the crash of a contaminated spacecraft

on British soil:

It is for the government to decide whether,

and by what means, a public warning of

danger from radioactivity should be given. In

reaching that decision, the need to prevent

unnecessary alarm would be carefully

considered. Chief Officers should therefore

ensure that nothing is done locally to

anticipate a government statement.

So much for the public: but what of

the media? Under the heading Press and

Publicity, we learn the following:

It is essential that those dealing with a

satellite accident and the government team in

Whitehall should not issue inconsistent

statements. Chief Officers should ensure that

all local press enquiries are directed to a

senior officer at force headquarters, who is

briefed to deal with them, working in close

liaison with government information officers

who would make appropriate arrangements

to coordinate the national dissemination of

information from Whitehall.

In essence, that is the document.

And although the leaked paper is now

more than three decades old, there are

several points worthy of comment. First,

the Home Office was—and, logic

dictates, still is—very concerned by the

possible scenario of a radioactive space

vehicle crashing on British soil. Second,

the fact that the public might be kept in

the dark, if circumstances dictated, is

highly worrying. One might ask: what

gives the government the right to decide

whether members of the public are

informed

of

the

possibility

that

radioactive space debris might rain

down on their heads? Should not such

information be made public at the

earliest opportunity?

A call to the Home Office’s press

room—when the document surfaced—

enticed a somewhat cagey response that

affirmed the involvement of the Home

Office in such matters today—along with

the tracking station at RAF Fylingdales,

in Yorkshire, England. Official concern

that one day a cosmic calamity will

occur, of the sort that almost befell the

Mir space station over Christmas 2000,

apparently, continues.

And, finally, the document briefly

references an early 1979 meeting

between representatives of the British

Ministry of Defense and the United

States Department of Defense, to discuss

the matter of hazards posed by decaying,

nuclear-powered spy satellites. To date,

the files on that meeting remain

classified. Clearly, the potential for

disaster is as much a matter of secret

concern for the Pentagon as it is for the

Brits.

The countdown to the murder of rock

music legend, and former Beatle,

John Lennon, arguably began hours

before it actually occurred, which was at

10:50 P.M. on December 8, 1980. During

the afternoon of Lennon’s last day alive,

he and Yoko Ono were photographed at

their apartment—in New York’s Dakota

Hotel—by Annie Leibowitz, who was

there to secure pictures for a Rolling

Stone magazine story. When the shoot

was over, Lennon did a radio interview

with San Francisco host Dave Sholin.

Somewhat eerily, Lennon said

during the course of the interview: “I

still believe in love, peace. I still

believe in positive thinking. And I

consider that my work won’t be finished

until I’m dead and buried, and I hope

that’s a long, long time.” Lennon did not

know it, but the end was getting closer

by the minute.

With the interview complete, John

and Yoko left the hotel and headed to a

waiting limousine, which was to take

them to the New York-based Plant

Studio. As they strolled towards the

vehicle, Lennon was approached by a

young, bespectacled man who said

absolutely nothing whatsoever. It was

Mark David Chapman, whose only

action was to push a copy of Lennon’s

Double Fantasy album into the hands of

the former Beatle. Lennon, always

willing to meet with fans, signed the

album,

which

seemingly

satisfied

Chapman, who went on his way—as did

John and Yoko.

It was shortly before 11.00 P.M. that

the pair returned to the Dakota Hotel.

Chapman was still there, hanging around

since Lennon gave him an autograph just

a few hours earlier. Yoko exited the

limousine first and John followed.

Tragedy was only mere moments away.

As Lennon passed Chapman—and

apparently recognized him from earlier

—the words “Mr. Lennon!” rang out.

Lennon turned in time to see Chapman

assuming a combat-style position and

gripping a pistol with both hands. It was

all too late, however.

Chapman—who later said that, at

that very moment, he heard a voice in his

head say “Do it, do it, do it!”—fired on

Lennon. Two bullets slammed into his

back and two more into his left shoulder.

Chapman had chosen his method of

killing Lennon carefully. Chapman’s

pistol was loaded with hollow-tipped

bullets, which are designed to cause

maximum, pulverizing damage. They did

exactly that. Lennon, covered in blood,

and fatally injured, managed to stagger

up the steps of the hotel, collapsing as he

uttered the words, “I’m shot.” For his

part, Chapman simply removed his hat

and coat and sat down on the sidewalk.

It became clear to all those present

—which

included

the

Dakota’s

concierge, Jay Hastings, and the

doorman,

Jose

Sanjenis

Perdomo,

formerly an agent of both Cuba’s secret

police and the CIA—that Lennon needed

emergency attention, immediately. There

wasn’t even a second to lose. Police

officers James Moran and Bill Gamble

were quickly on the scene and raced

Lennon to the St. Luke’s Roosevelt

Hospital Center. Although Lennon was,

initially, vaguely conscious in the back

of the pair’s car, he soon slipped into

complete unconsciousness.

The e ntrance to the Dakota Hote l in Ne w York,

whe re John Le nnon was shot by Mark Chapman

on De ce mbe r 8, 1980.

Despite the very best efforts of the

responding doctors and nurses, Lennon

could not be saved. The sheer level of

destruction to his internal organs,

arteries, and blood vessels sealed his

fate back at the Dakota. As for Mark

Chapman,

although

a

battery

of

psychologists deemed him psychotic

(five of whom stated he was suffering

from full-blown schizophrenia), he was

perceived as able to stand trial. He

pleaded guilty to the murder of John

Lennon and received a sentence of

twenty-five years to life. Chapman

remains incarcerated, to this day, despite

having had seven parole hearings—all

of which ended in denials. And now we

come to the most controversial aspect of

the shooting of John Lennon.

The Atomic Poet website noted:

After Mark David Chapman shot and killed

John Lennon, he calmly opened up Catcher

in the Rye and proceeded to read it—before

being apprehended. John Hinckley, the man

who attempted to kill Ronald Reagan, also

was in possession of the book. It is also

alleged Lee Harvey Oswald was quite fond

of the book, though this is disputed. Catcher

in the Rye has sold 65 million copies. Of the

millions who have enjoyed the book, perhaps

three have become well-known assassins.

Still, we should ask: is there any merit to the

book being an assassination trigger?

Writer Aidan Doyle said:

There are enough rumors about murders

linked to J. D. Salinger’s classic that the

unwitting assassins in the Mel Gibson film

Conspiracy Theory are portrayed as being

brainwashed with the urge to buy the novel.

John Lennon’s murderer, Mark David

Chapman, was famously obsessed with The

Catcher in the Rye. Chapman wanted to

change his name to Holden Caulfield and

once wrote in a copy of the book “This is my

statement,” and signed the protagonist’s

name. He had a copy of the book in his

possession when the police arrested him.

But why, exactly, should the book

have

any

bearing—whatsoever—on

Mark Chapman’s crazed killing of John

Lennon?

So

conspiracy

theorists

maintain,

trained,

mind-controlled

assassins—born out of the CIA’s

controversial MKUltra program—are

“switched on” by certain key, “trigger

words” that appear in the text of The

Catcher in the Rye.

Lawrence Wilson, MD, notes that a

hypnotist can implant the suggestion that

when the phone rings twice, or when the

doorbell

rings,

a

post-hypnotic

suggestion such as to kill whomever is in

the room, even if it is your wife, will go

into effect. This is used by some foreign

police agencies to train hypnotized

assassins.

In other words, and so the theory

goes, Mark Chapman may have been a

victim of deep hypnosis on the part of

MKUltra operatives. But, rather than

relying on a phone or doorbell ringing,

they used The Catcher in the Rye—or

segments of the text—as the trigger that

turned Chapman into a ruthless killer,

one who had no control over his deadly

actions on December 8, 1980.

The blog, CIA Killed Lennon,

records that:

While a teenager in Decatur, Georgia,

Chapman did a lot of LSD, then found Jesus,

and devoted his life to working with the

YMCA, which, according to Philip Agee

( CIA Diary, 1975), was prime recruiting

grounds for CIA stations in Latin America.

Chapman’s YMCA employment records are

missing. In June 1975, Chapman volunteered

to work in the YMCA office in Beirut,

Lebanon, as the civil war erupted. Returning

to the U.S., Chapman was sent to work with

newly resettled Vietnamese refugees (and

CIA assets) in Fort Chaffee, Arkansas, run

by World Vision, an evangelical organization

accused of CIA collaboration in Honduras

and El Salvador.

Let’s not forget, too, that the

doorman at the Dakota Hotel, José

Sanjenis Perdomo, had worked with

both Cuba’s secret police and the CIA.

On the matter of Perdomo, Rumor Mill

News stated in 2004:

Newly discovered information about doorman

José Perdomo suggests he may have been

John Lennon’s true assassin and Mark David

Chapman was merely a patsy who confessed

to the crime while under the spell of

relentless mind control techniques such as

hypnosis, drug abuse, shock treatment, sleep

deprivation, and so on. Perdomo was tasked

to provide security for Lennon at the rock

star’s upscale apartment complex, the

Dakota, the night of the murder. Records

reveal a “José Joaquin Sanjenis Perdomo”

(aliases: “Joaquin Sanjenis” and “Sam Jenis”)

was an anti-Castro Cuban exile and member

of Brigade 2506 during the Bay of Pigs

Invasion in 1961, a failed CIA operation to

overthrow Fidel Castro.

John Le nnon is se e n in this photo re he arsing his

song “Give Pe ace a Chance .” It is fe lt by some

conspiracy the orists that he was kille d by a pro-

war gove rnme nt that saw Le nnon as a

trouble make r.

To understand why someone may

have wished to see John Lennon

terminated, we have to turn to the

writings of British conspiracy theorist

Jon King:

In his book Who Killed John Lennon?

author Fenton Bresler presents evidence that

the former Beatle’s death was not the work

of a “lone nut,” but that Mark David

Chapman was a CIA asset and that the CIA

itself—or a faction within it—was behind the

assassination. Bresler cited Lennon’s political

activism as a primary motive.

In support of his claim, Bresler quotes late

radio host, Mae Brussell, who broke the

Watergate scandal, along with Washington

Post reporters Bob Woodward and Carl

Bernstein.

“It was a conspiracy,” Brussell affirmed.

“Reagan had just won the election. They

knew what kind of president he was going to

be. There was only one man who could bring

out a million people on demonstration in

protest at his policies—and that was

Lennon.”

Indeed, a year after Lennon’s death, CIA—

backed forces famously massacred more

than a thousand civilians in El Salvador,

where America was busy fighting a

particularly dirty war.

Lennon was opposed to that war, and word is

the White House feared he may have spoilt

the party had he remained alive and resumed

his role as a political activist—which,

according to those closest to him, he was

planning to do.

Now-declassified FBI surveillance

files on John Lennon (available online at

the FBI’s website, The Vault) make it

very clear that the man was not at all

approved of in official quarters. Both the

bureau and President Richard M. Nixon

viewed Lennon as a troublesome

agitator. As a result, and as the papers

that have surfaced through the Freedom

of Information Act show, a number of

attempts were made to try and find

substantial dirt on Lennon that would

allow the government to send him

packing and back to his native England.

One area of investigation that was

followed revolved around various

financial donations that Lennon had

made to left-wing groups in the United

States. It was something that angered the

FBI but which was not seen as

something strong enough to have Lennon

deported. Drug-based charges certainly

would have worked, but the bureau was

never in a position to firmly pin anything

on Lennon.

One issue that was of particular

concern to the FBI was the fact that, in

1972, Lennon had donated money to a

group called EYSIC, the Election Year

Strategy Information Center. The FBI

noted in its files:

The Election Year Strategy Information

Center has been formed to direct movement

activities during coming election year to

culminate with demonstrations at Republican

National Convention, August next. Sources

advise John Lennon, former member of The

Beatles singing group, has contributed

seventy-five thousand dollars to assist in

formation of EYSIC.

The FBI shared this data with none

other

than

the

Immigration

and

Naturalization Service, as the following

1972 memo demonstrates:

EYSIC, apparently dedicated to creating

disruptions

during

Republican

National

Convention,

obviously

being

heavily

influenced by John Lennon, British citizen

who is currently in U.S. attempting to obtain

U.S. citizenship. Inasmuch as he is

attempting to stay permanently in U.S., it is

anticipated pertinent information concerning

him will be disseminated to State and INS.

The battle to have Lennon deported

continued. On March 16, 1972, the

following was prepared by the FBI’s

Communications Section:

On March 16th Mr. Vincent Schiano, Chief

Trial

Attorney,

Immigration

and

Naturalization Service, New York City

advised that John Lennon and his wife Yoko

Ono appeared at INS, NYC, this date for

deportation proceedings. Both individuals thru

their attorney won delays on hearings.

Lennon requested delay while he attempted

to fight a narcotics conviction in England.

Yoko Ono requested delay on basis of child

custody case in which she is involved. Mr.

Schiano advised that new hearings would be

held on April 18 next. If Lennon wins

overthrow of British narcotic conviction, INS

will reconsider their attempts to deport

Lennon and wife.

Three days later, the FBI reported:

Lennon and his wife might be preparing for

lengthy delaying tactics to avert their

deportation in the near future…. Careful

attention should be given to reports that he is

a heavy narcotics user and any information

developed in this regard should be furnished

to narcotics authorities and immediately

furnished to Bureau.

John Le nnon’s wife , Yoko Ono, was also take n to

the immigration he arings in which the U.S.

gove rnme nt was trying to se nd the couple to

England.

It was all to no avail, however. In

1974, the FBI finally relented—in the

face of no direct, incriminating evidence

of outright criminal activity on the part

of Lennon—and the legendary Beatle

was allowed to stay in the States. Sadly,

as we have seen, Lennon’s stay was not

for long. It all came to a crashing halt in

December 1980, when Mark David

Chapman intervened.

For those who cannot bring

themselves to accept that Chapman’s

actions

were

due

to

subliminal

programming, it’s worth noting the 1942

words of Dr. George Estabrooks, Ph.D.,

and chair of the Department of

Psychology

at

Colgate

University

(“Hypnosis Comes of Age,” Science

Digest, April 1971): “I can hypnotize a

man, without his knowledge or consent,

into committing treason against the

United States.”

If a person could be hypnotized into

committing treason against the U.S. at the

dawning of the 1940s, then hypnotizing

someone into a similar state four

decades later—and having them kill a

famous rock star known for his political

activism, and his ability to influence the

mindset of millions—seems not so

unlikely, after all.

Not long before midday on January

28, 1986, NASA suffered what

was,

without

doubt,

its

worst

catastrophe ever: the destruction of the

Challenger space shuttle. Worse still,

all of the crew lost their lives in the

fiery explosion that took out the shuttle.

They were: pilot Michael J. Smith,

payload specialists Gregory Jarvis and

Christa McAuliffe, mission specialists

Ellison Onizuka, Judith Resnik, Ronald

McNair, and flight commander Dick

Scobee. And, although the official

verdict was that the Challenger disaster

occurred as a result of wholly down-to-earth reasons, a wealth of conspiracy

theories surfaced in the wake of the

affair, all of which were carefully

investigated by none other than the FBI.

Before we get to the conspiracy theories,

however, let’s first take a look at what

we know for sure, based upon NASA’s

careful study of all the evidence

available.

The flight of Challenger—dubbed

Mission 51-L—commenced at 11:38

A.M. EST. In no time whatsoever, it was

all over. Just seventy-three seconds into

the flight, a deadly explosion of oxygen

and hydrogen propellants blew up the

shuttle’s external tank. The result, as

NASA noted, was that this “exposed the

Orbiter to severe aerodynamic loads that

caused complete structural breakup. All

seven crew members perished. The two

Solid Rocket Boosters flew out of the

fireball and were destroyed by the Air

Force range safety officer 110 seconds

after launch.”

But, how did such a thing happen?

Inquiring

minds—including

the

government, the media, and the general

public—wanted

answers.

NASA

responded with a detailed study of the

evidence. Thus was born the Report of

the Presidential Commission on the

Space Shuttle Challenger Accident,

which was published by the U.S.

Government Printing Office in 1986.

NASA’s investigative team noted in

its report on the disaster:

At

6.6

seconds

before

launch,

the

Challenger’s liquid fueled main engines

were ignited in sequence and run up to full

thrust while the entire Shuttle structure was

bolted to the launch pad. Thrust of the main

engines bends the Shuttle assembly forward

from the bolts anchoring it to the pad. When

the Shuttle assembly springs back to the

vertical, the “Solid Rocket Boosters”

restraining bolts are explosively released.

During this prerelease “twang” motion,

structural loads are stored in the assembled

structure. These loads are released during

the first few seconds of flight in a structural

vibration mode at a frequency of about 3

cycles per second. The maximum structural

loads on the aft field joints of the Solid

Rocket Boosters occur during the “twang,”

exceeding even those of the maximum

dynamic pressure period experienced later in

flight.

Just after liftoff, at .678 seconds

into

the

flight,

said

NASA,

“photographic data show a strong puff of

gray smoke was spurting from the

vicinity of the aft field joint on the right

Solid Rocket Booster.”

NASA continued that the two pad

39B cameras that would have recorded

the precise location of the puff were

inoperative. Computer graphic analysis

of film from other cameras indicated the

initial smoke came from the aft field

joint of the right solid rocket booster.

This area of the solid booster faces the

External Tank. Eight more distinctive

puffs of increasingly blacker smoke

were recorded between .836 and 2.500

seconds, said NASA:

The smoke appeared to puff upwards from

the joint. While each smoke puff was being

left behind by the upward flight of the Shuttle,

the next fresh puff could be seen near the

level of the joint. The multiple smoke puffs in

this sequence occurred at about four times

per second, approximating the frequency of

the structural load dynamics and resultant

joint flexing. Computer graphics applied to

NASA photos from a variety of cameras in

this sequence again placed the smoke “puffs”

origin in the 270-to 310-degree sector of the

original smoke spurt.

As the shuttle increased its upward

velocity, it flew past the emerging and

expanding smoke puffs. The last smoke

was seen above the field joint at 2.733

seconds. At 3.375 seconds the last

smoke was visible below the solid

rocket

boosters

and

became

indiscernible as it mixed with rocket

plumes and surrounding atmosphere.

The

black

color

and

dense

composition

of

the

smoke

puffs

suggested to NASA that the grease, joint

insulation, and rubber O-rings in the

joint seal were being burned and eroded

by the hot propellant gases. Launch

sequence films from previous missions

were examined in detail to determine if

there were any prior indications of

smoke of the color and composition that

appeared during the first few seconds of

the 51-L mission, NASA noted in its

official report on the disaster. None

were found, however. Other vapors in

this area were determined to be melting

frost from the bottom of the external tank

or steam from the rocket exhaust in the

pad’s sound suppression water trays.

The Space Shuttle Challenger is shown he re

be ing towe d to the launch pad at the Ke nne dy

Space Ce nte r.

The space shuttle’s main engines

were throttled up to 104 percent of their

rated thrust level, the Challenger

executed a programmed roll maneuver,

and the engines were throttled back to 94

percent. At approximately thirty-seven

seconds, NASA explained, Challenger

encountered the first of several high-altitude wind shear conditions, which

lasted until about the sixty-four-second

mark. The wind shear created forces on

the vehicle with relatively large

fluctuations. These were immediately

sensed and countered by the guidance,

navigation, and control system. It was all

to no avail, however.

Not long afte r take off on January 26, 1986, the

Space Shuttle Challenger e xplode d, killing all

se ve n cre w me mbe rs. A faulty O-ring on the

Solid Rocke t Booste r was late r blame d as the

official cause .

At forty-five seconds into the flight,

NASA noted, three bright flashes

appeared

downstream

of

the

Challenger’s right wing. Each flash

lasted less than one-thirtieth of a second.

Similar flashes had been seen on other

flights. Another appearance of a separate

bright spot was diagnosed by film

analysis to be a reflection of main engine

exhaust on the Orbital Maneuvering

System pods located at the upper rear

section of the orbiter. The conclusion

was that the flashes were unrelated to

the later appearance of the flame plume

from the right solid rocket booster.

Both the shuttle main engines and

the solid rockets operated at reduced

thrust, approaching and passing through

the area of maximum dynamic pressure

of 720 pounds per square foot, NASA

determined, adding:

Main engines had been throttled up to 104

percent thrust and the Solid Rocket Boosters

were increasing their thrust when the first

flickering flame appeared on the right Solid

Rocket Booster in the area of the aft field

joint. This first very small flame was detected

on image enhanced film at 58.788 seconds

into the flight. It appeared to originate at

about 305 degrees around the booster

circumference at or near the aft field joint.

It was at the seventy-two-second

mark, NASA demonstrated, that what the

space agency described as a “series of

events occurred extremely rapidly that

terminated the flight.” The agency

continued:

At about 72.20 seconds the lower strut

linking the Solid Rocket Booster and the

External Tank was severed or pulled away

from the weakened hydrogen tank permitting

the right Solid Rocket Booster to rotate

around the upper attachment strut. This

rotation is indicated by divergent yaw and

pitch rates between the left and right Solid

Rocket Boosters.

Things had now reached the point

of no return: overwhelming death and

disaster were all but inevitable:

At 73.124 seconds, a circumferential white

vapor pattern was observed blooming from

the side of the External Tank bottom dome.

This was the beginning of the structural

failure of the hydrogen tank that culminated

in the entire aft dome dropping away. This

released massive amounts of liquid hydrogen

from the tank and created a sudden forward

thrust of about 2.8 million pounds, pushing the

hydrogen tank upward into the intertank

structure. At about the same time, the

rotating right Solid Rocket Booster impacted

the intertank structure and the lower part of

the liquid oxygen tank. These structures

failed at 73.137 seconds as evidenced by the

white vapors appearing in the intertank

region.

Within

milliseconds,

NASA’s

records show, there was massive, almost

explosive, burning of the hydrogen

streaming from the failed tank bottom

and the liquid oxygen breach in the area

of the intertank. At this point in its

trajectory, while traveling at a Mach

number of 1.92 at an altitude of 46,000

feet, the Challenger

was

totally

enveloped in the explosive burn. The

Challenger’s reaction control system

ruptured and a hypergolic burn of its

propellants occurred as it exited the

oxygen-hydrogen flames. The reddish

brown colors of the hypergolic fuel burn

are visible on the edge of the main

fireball. The orbiter, under severe

aerodynamic loads, broke into several

large sections that emerged from the

fireball. Separate sections that can be

identified on film include the main

engine/tail section with the engines still

burning, one wing of the orbiter, and the

forward fuselage trailing a mass of

umbilical lines pulled loose from the

payload bay.

NASA’s conclusion on the affair

reads as follows:

The consensus of the Commission and

participating investigative agencies is that the

loss of the Space Shuttle Challenger was

caused by a failure in the joint between the

two lower segments of the right Solid Rocket

Motor. The specific failure was the

destruction of the seals that are intended to

prevent hot gases from leaking through the

joint during the propellant burn of the rocket

motor. The evidence assembled by the

Commission indicates that no other element

of the Space Shuttle system contributed to

this failure. In arriving at this conclusion, the

Commission reviewed in detail all available

data, reports, and records; directed and

supervised numerous tests, analyses, and

experiments by NASA, civilian contractors

and various government agencies; and then

developed specific failure scenarios and the

range of most probable causative factors.

With regard to the crew, the NASA

said:

The findings are inconclusive. The impact of

the crew compartment with the ocean

surface was so violent that evidence of

damage occurring in the seconds which

followed the disintegration was masked. Our

final conclusions are: the cause of death of

the Challenger astronauts cannot be

positively determined; the forces to which the

crew were exposed during Orbiter breakup

were probably not sufficient to cause death

or serious injury; and the crew possibly, but

not certainly, lost consciousness in the

seconds following Orbiter breakup due to in—

flight loss of crew module pressure.

Although

NASA’s

official

conclusion was that the destruction of

Challenger and the deaths of the crew

were the collective result of a terrible

accident, in no time at all conspiracy

theories surfaced, all of which suggested

the event was not the accident that many

concluded it to be. They were

conspiracy theories that reached the very

heart of the FBI. Interestingly, the FBI

did not ignore or write off the claims.

Instead,

they

launched

concerted

investigations to get to the truth. We

know this, as the FBI’s lengthy file on

the Challenger conspiracy has now been

declassified, thanks to the provisions of

the Freedom of Information Act. The file

is titled “Space Shuttle Challenger” and

can be viewed online at the FBI’s

website The Vault, from which all of the

following extracts are taken:

The ill-fate d cre w of the Challenger include d

(front row, le ft to right) Michae l J. Smith, Dick

Scobe e , Ron McNair, and (back row, le ft to right)

Ellison S. Onizuka, Sharon Christa McAuliffe ,

Gre g Jarvis, and Judy Re snik.

Less than twenty-four hours after

the Challenger explosion took place, the

office of William H. Webster, then the

director of the FBI, received a

memorandum from the agency’s office in

Boston, Massachusetts. It was a memo

that described something disturbing and

controversial. Barely forty-eight hours

before the shuttle was destroyed, a

reporter at the city’s Channel 7 news

took a phone call from an anonymous

man who claimed that, according to the

FBI’s files, “he was part of a group of

three people who were going to

sabotage the Shuttle, causing it to blow

up and kill all aboard.”

Boston-based FBI agents wasted no

time at all in hitting the offices of

Channel 7. The staff was extensively

interviewed as the bureau sought to

gather

all

the

available

facts.

Unfortunately, they were scant, but

revolved around the caller’s claims that

“horrible things” were about to befall

NASA and the Challenger crew, and

that no less than “five people are going

to be killed.” By whom was the big

mystery facing the FBI.

It turned out, however, that the

bureau assumed it would be a big

mystery, given that the caller was

anonymous and seemingly long gone.

That was not quite the case. For one of

the agents, this was all too familiar, as a

particularly

notable,

and

now-declassified, FBI report shows. In part,

the document reports that:

During briefing of SAC [Special Agent in

Charge], ASAC [Assistant Special Agent in

Charge],

and

appropriate

supervisory

personnel relative to aforementioned and

employment of agent personnel, it was

recalled that in September of 1985, a walk in

complainant, of questionable mentality, had

intimated that he had been responsible for the

delay of previous Shuttles, plane crashes and

other catastrophic events.

Agents who worked on the case

well remembered the odd man, who

clearly displayed far more than a few

psychological issues. As a result, it

didn’t take them long to find and arrest

the man. He was quickly subjected to

what was described as a “five-day

mental evaluation.” It was clear to the

FBI that the man was not faking his

deranged mindset. As a result, he was

released without charge, providing he

underwent therapy and took whatever

drugs the responding doctors determined

he needed to take to try and ensure at

least a degree of stability.

It must be said, though, that even

some of the FBI agents on the case

expressed their suspicions that there

might have been more to the matter than

met the eye. Yes, admittedly, the man had

made a number of prior predictions

about a terrible disaster concerning the

Challenger space shuttle. But, this one

was unlike any of the previous ones: not

only did the man correctly predict the

destruction of the shuttle; he also

predicted it just two days before the

disaster actually happened.

The FBI was far from done with

space shuttle-based conspiracy theories,

however.

At the same time that agents of the

Boston office of the FBI were pursuing

leads on the destruction of Challenger,

something of a very similar nature was

going down in California. The story is

told in a summary document, one that

was prepared by FBI agents in April

1986, after the investigation was finally

closed. The document in question is

titled

Space

Shuttle

Challenger,

Information

Concerning

Launch

Explosion, Kennedy Space Center,

Florida, January 28, 1986, dated April

18, and reads as follows:

On January 31, 1986, the FBI Resident

Agency in Santa Ana, California, was

advised by [identity deleted] that he believes

the Challenger exploded due to its being

struck by laser beams fired from either Cuba

or an aircraft. [Source] stated that a review

of film footage of the explosion revealed

brown puffs of smoke coming from the

Space Shuttle just prior to the explosion. He

stated leaks from the fuel tanks would

produce white smoke, not brown smoke.

[Source] said that the brown smoke would be

produced each time the craft took a “hit” by

the laser beam, and the explosion occurred

when the laser beam penetrated the skin of

the craft.

The FBI took careful steps to speak

with leading figures in the field of laser-based weaponry—both in the U.S.

military

and

the

private

sector.

Interestingly, just about everyone told the

FBI that the scenario was theoretically

possible—and disturbingly so—but was

considered unlikely. Precisely why the

scenario was dismissed—when there

was a near unanimous consensus that just

such a thing could really be achieved—

is

curious.

Unfortunately,

certain

portions of the documents that have been

declassified

on

this

matter

are

significantly redacted, thus making it

practically impossible to secure the full

story.

Moving on from Massachusetts and

California, the story then takes us to

Dallas, Texas. It was early March when

the bureau’s office in Dallas began

investigating the claims of a man who

worked in the movie industry. He

believed that footage he recorded and

carefully analyzed showed “something”

flying through the sky and hitting one of

the two boosters responsible for getting

the

shuttle

into

the

skies,

and

“subsequently causing the explosion.”

FBI agents were sufficiently concerned

to secure the footage—which they did,

after a lengthy interview with the man,

whose name is deleted from the

available files.

The

matter

was

ultimately

dismissed; although it should be noted

that the files reflect the man was

perceived as nothing less than a good,

concerned citizen, and not someone

displaying mental issues, or working to a

suspicious agenda. The most bizarre

story of all was still to come, however.

Demonstrating that the FBI’s study

of the Challenger explosion was very

much a nationwide one, the story now

takes us to Washington, D.C. It’s a

strange saga, made even stranger by the

fact that, even today, nearly thirty pages

of material on the affair remain

classified—specifically

for

reasons

having a bearing on the safety of the

nation. It revolved around the claims of

a woman who maintained two things: (a)

that the destruction of the space shuttle

was the work of Japanese terrorists, and

(b) that her information on the matter

was channeled into her mind by highly

advanced extraterrestrials.

From

practically

the

very

beginning, the FBI’s files detail the

controversy surrounding the woman in

question. The bureau recorded in its

documents on the case that the woman…

claims to be in contact with certain

psychic forces that provide her with

higher information on selected subjects.

She refers to these forces as “Source”

and when providing information from

Source she often speaks in the collective

“we.” [She] claimed that she had come

to

Washington,

D.C.

to

provide

information concerning the Challenger

Space Shuttle explosion on 1/28/86.

She did precisely that and provided

the information on February 24, 1986.

Her claims were controversial: she

maintained that the terrorist group in

question was partly comprised of two

workers at the Kennedy Space Center

and one of the astronauts that died in the

disaster: mission specialist Ellison

Onizuka. As the FBI agents working on

the

case

listened

carefully—and,

perhaps, a bit dubiously too—they were

told that the group in question had a deep

hatred of the United States and, by

destroying the shuttle, wished to

destabilize the U.S. space program and

American morale. Whether the woman’s

story was true or not, it is a fact that the

U.S. public was indeed shocked to the

core, and the space shuttle program was

put on hold for no less than thirty-two

months.

When the agents asked the woman

how the sabotage was achieved, they got

a detailed answer:

The explosion was effected by a device

placed inside the external fuel tank of the

Shuttle. An individual whose description

seems to match that of an engineer or

technician placed this charge. The charge

was triggered by a second saboteur using a

hand-held transmitter while standing in the

crowds watching the Shuttle liftoff. The

individual matches the description of a guard

or security person. The astronaut saboteur

chose to die in the explosion as a sort of ritual

death or “cleansing.”

As with all of the previous cases

that the FBI had looked into, this one led

nowhere—at

least,

that

is

the

assumption, since no arrests were made.

The odd affair came to a complete halt

just weeks after it commenced.

The destruction of the Challenger

space shuttle, on January 28, 1986,

remains to this day one of the worst

moments in NASA’s history. Whether it

was a moment provoked by nothing

stranger than a terrible accident, or

something filled to the brim with

conspiracy theories and sinister, ruthless

characters, very much depends on who

you ask.

To many, it might sound like the

ultimate plotline of the equally

ultimate conspiracy-thriller: dozens of

scientists and technicians—all working

on highly classified programs, and all

linked to one, particular company—dead

under highly controversial and unusual

circumstances. It’s a controversy that ran

from the early 1970s to 1991 and

remains unresolved to this very day. And

it all revolves around the top secret

work of a company called Marconi

Electronic Systems, but which, today,

exists as a part of BAE Systems

Electronics Limited. Its work includes

the development of futuristic weaponry

and spy-satellite technology.

As far as can be ascertained, the

first to die was a man named Robert

Wilson, who by 1971 had carved for

himself a successful career with

Marconi, specifically at its facility in

Chelmsford, England. By that time,

however, Wilson was ready to move on

and take his work to a new level and to a

new company. It was a decision that may

have spelled his doom. One Sunday

afternoon in the following year, Wilson

decided to finally get around to tidying

up the attic of his home. As he did so,

and to his concern, he stumbled upon a

stash of files from his old employer. He

could not imagine how they got there

and, deeply worried, contacted Marconi.

A major investigation was quickly

launched.

Although Marconi’s security staff

were seemingly satisfied that this was

simply a case of Wilson having

misplaced the files and forgotten about

them, the story was about to turn both

tragic and sinister—and quickly too.

Less than twenty-four hours later, Wilson

put a bullet into his chest. He had been

cleaning a gun—a loaded gun, no less,

and one that had the barrel pointing

directly at him as he cleaned it—when it

accidentally discharged. Luckily for

Wilson, the bullet missed his heart, as

well as his vital arteries. He survived.

Not for long, however. In 1973,

Wilson’s lifeless body was found in his

garage, the result of carbon-monoxide

poisoning.

Wilson’s

death

was

quickly

followed by the passing of yet another

employee of the very same Chelmsford

facility: Jack Darlow. Whereas Wilson

had shot himself in the chest, Darlow

had stabbed himself with a long, sharp

blade. Death came quickly. There was

then a lull in the deaths, one that

recommenced in 1982—and with a

vengeance.

It was in March 1982 that Professor

Keith

Bowden,

whose

computer

expertise made him a valuable employee

of Marconi, lost his life in a car

accident. His vehicle left a three-lane

highway at high speed and slammed into

a railway line. Death was instantaneous.

In

March

1985,

Roger

Hill,

a

draughtsman with Marconi, died of a

shotgun blast. His death was deemed a

suicide. Just months later, the body of

Jonathan Wash, an employee of a

department within British Telecom that

had extensive links to Marconi, was

found on the sidewalk of an Ivory Coast

hotel. Wash suffered a fatal fall, or was

perhaps pushed, from the balcony of his

room. That Wash had told friends and

family he believed someone was

watching and following him, and that he

suspected his life was in danger, added

to the suspicions that his death was not

due to accident or suicide.

As 1985 became 1986, the death

toll increased dramatically. On August 4,

1986, a highly regarded young man

named

Vimal

Bhagvangi

Dajibhai

jumped

from

England’s

Clifton

Suspension Bridge into the deep waters

below. He did not survive the fall.

Dajibhai held a secret clearance with

Marconi

Underwater

Systems,

a

subsidiary of the main company. Only

around eight weeks later, one of the most

grisly of all the Marconi scientist deaths

occurred. The victim was a computer

programmer named Arshad Sharif. Such

was the terrible and bizarre nature of

Sharif’s death, it even made the news

thousands of miles away, in the United

States. The Los Angeles Times reported

that Sharif had “died in macabre

circumstances … when he apparently

tied one end of a rope around a tree and

the other around his neck, then got into

his car and stepped on the accelerator.

An inquest ruled suicide.”

The coroner in the Sharif case,

Donald Hawkins, commented wryly on

the fact that Marconi was experiencing

an extraordinary number of odd deaths:

“As James Bond would say—this is

beyond coincidence.”

As the months progressed, so did

the deaths. The case of Dr. John Brittan

was particularly disturbing, since he had

two run-ins with death, the second of

which he did not survive. During

Christmas 1986, Brittan ended up in a

ditch after his car violently, and

inexplicably, lurched across the road.

He was lucky to survive. The Grim

Reaper was not happy that Brittan had

escaped his icy clutches, however. Less

than two weeks into January 1987 (and

immediately after Brittan returned to the

U.K. from the States, where he had been

on official, secret business) Brittan’s

body was found in his garage. He was an

unfortunate victim of the effects of

deadly carbon monoxide.

Also dead in January 1987 was

Richard Pugh, a computer expert who

had done work for Marconi and whose

death the Ministry of Defense dismissed

with the following words: “We have

heard about him but he had nothing to do

with us.”

Then there is the extremely weird

saga of Avtar Singh-Gida. An employee

of the British Ministry of Defense, who

worked on a number of Marconi

programs, he vanished from his home in

Loughborough, England, right around the

same time that Dr. John Brittan died. His

family feared the worst. Fortunately,

Singh-Gida did not turn up dead. Quite

the opposite, in fact: he was found,

bafflingly, in Paris, fifteen weeks later.

He had no memory of where he had been

or what he had done during that period.

The deaths of Brittan, Dajibhai, and

Sharif—coupled with the odd case of

Singh-Gida—prompted a Member of

Parliament, John Cartwright, to state

authoritatively that the deaths “stretch

the possibility of mere coincidence too

far.”

Cartwright’s words proved to be

eerily prophetic.

On February 22, 1987, Peter

Peapell, a lecturer at the Royal College

of Military Science, who had been

consulted by Marconi on various

projects, was yet another figure whose

death was due to carbon-monoxide

poisoning in his own garage—in the

English county of Oxfordshire. In the

same month, David Skeels, a Marconi

engineer,

was

found

dead

under

identical circumstances. Victor Moore

was attached to Marconi Space and

Defense Systems at the time of his

February 1987 death, reportedly of a

drug overdose. At the time, he was said

to be under investigation by MI5, the

British equivalent of the FBI.

One month later, in March 1987,

one David Sands killed himself under

truly horrific circumstances. He was in

the employ of what was called Elliott

Automation

Space

and

Advanced

Military Systems Ltd., which just

happened to have a working relationship

with Marconi at the time. Sands, whose

family and colleagues said he was

exhibiting no signs of stress or strain,

loaded his car with containers of

gasoline and drove—at “high voltage,”

as the police worded it—into an empty

restaurant. A fiery death was inevitable.

In April 1987, there was yet

another death of an employee of the

Royal College of Military Science:

Stuart Gooding, whose car slammed

head-on into a truck on the island of

Cyprus.

Colleagues

of

Gooding

expressed doubt at the accidental death

verdict. On the very same day as

Gooding died, David Greenhalgh died

after falling (or being pushed) off a

railway

bridge

at

Maidenhead,

Berkshire. Greenhalgh just happened to

be working on the same program as

David Sands.

Just seven days after Greenhalgh

and Gooding died, and only a short

distance away, a woman named Shani

Warren took her last breaths. Warren

worked for Micro Scope, a company

taken over by Marconi just weeks later.

Despite being found in just a foot and a

half of water, and with a gag in her

mouth, her feet bound, and her hands tied

behind her back, the official verdict was

—wholly outrageously—suicide.

May 3, 1987, was the date on

which Michael Baker was killed—in a

car “accident” in Dorset, England. He

worked on classified programs for

Plessey. Twelve years later, Plessey

became a part of British Aerospace

when the latter combined with Marconi.

Ten months after, Trevor Knight, who

worked for Marconi Space and Defense

Systems

in

Stanmore,

Middlesex,

England, died—as had so many others—

from carbon-monoxide poisoning in his

garage. There were other unexplained

deaths in 1988: midway through the year,

Brigadier Peter Ferry (a business—

development manager with Marconi)

and Plessey’s Alistair Beckham both

killed themselves via electrocution.

And, finally, there was the mysterious

1991 death of Malcolm Puddy. He had

told his bosses at Marconi he had

stumbled on something amazing. What

that was, no one knows. Within twenty-four hours Puddy was dead. His body

was hauled out of a canal near his home.

So, what was the cause of such a

huge catalog of mysterious and sinister

deaths? Here is where we reach

decidedly controversial territory.

It’s an undeniable fact that many of

those who met untimely ends were

working directly and indirectly with the

U.S.-based Strategic Defense Initiative

(SDI) program championed by President

Ronald Reagan. It was a program that

famously became known as “Star Wars.”

Even those who weren’t directly allied

to SDI were employed on issues that

were tangential to the project, such as

advanced laser-based technologies and

outer space-based operations for the

British Ministry of Defense.

Part of the Strate gic De fe nse Initiative “Star

Wars” program, this De lta II rocke t was

launche d in 1989 from Cape Canave ral, Florida.

The murde r victims we re all tie d, in some way, to

the SDI proje ct.

The Department of Defense’s

Missile Defense Agency (MDA) notes

of “Star Wars” that:

By the early eighties, a number of strategic

analysts had begun to worry that the Soviets

had achieved a first strike capability that

would allow them to cripple U.S. strategic

forces and still retain enough nuclear

weapons to destroy America’s cities. In

February 1983, this situation led the Joint

Chiefs of Staff to recommend to President

Ronald Reagan that the U.S. begin to place

greater emphasis in its strategic plans on

developing missile defenses.

President Reagan was highly receptive to this

recommendation. In a nationally televised

speech on March 23, 1983, the president

announced his decision to initiate an

expanded research and development program

to see if strategic defenses were feasible.

In April 1984, following a year of technical

and strategic studies to determine how best

to pursue the president’s goal, the Defense

Department

established

the

Strategic

Defense Initiative Organization (SDIO)

under the leadership of its first director,

Lieutenant General James A. Abrahamson of

the U.S. Air Force. This organization was to

carry out the SDI program of research and

development (R&D) to resolve the feasibility

issue.

After two and a half years of R&D, at the

end of 1986 the President and Secretary of

Defense decided to enter a missile defense

system into the defense acquisition process.

SDIO began to develop defenses against

widespread missile attacks.

Thus was born the Strategic

Defense Initiative. Things did not work

out quite as well as President Reagan

had hoped, however. Overly ambitious

and lacking in adequate technologies to

bring it to fruition, it was placed on the

back burner, ultimately mutating into the

Clinton-era Ballistic Missile Defense

Organization, which has since been

reorganized as the aforementioned

Missile Defense Agency.

Conspiracy theorists suggest that at

the height of SDI research, the former

Soviet Union became deeply concerned

by the distinct possibility that its entire

nuclear arsenal might very well be

rendered useless by an orbiting armada

of laser-based weapons. In this scenario,

the

Soviets

took

a

deadly

and

controversial decision: they decided to

assassinate just about as many people as

conceivably possible who were linked

to the SDI program—from those directly

involved to those only tangentially

attached. But how could such a thing

have been achieved? How could so

many seemingly tragic suicides actually

be murder? What of those car crashes?

How were the Russians able to engineer

such events? The answer may lie in the

field of mind-control.

Whistleblowers have suggested the

answers to the deaths of the Marconi

personnel can be found in the pages of a

formerly

classified

U.S.

Defense

Intelligence Agency document, dated

March 1976: Biological Effects of

Electromagnetic

Radiation

(Radiowaves

and

Microwaves)—

Eurasian Communist Countries. Written

by Ronald L. Adams and Dr. R. A.

Williams, of the U.S. Army (and

specifically of the Medical Intelligence

and Information Agency), it notes in

part:

The Eurasian Communist countries are

actively involved in evaluation of the

biological significance of radiowaves and

microwaves. Most of the research being

conducted involves animals or in vitro

evaluations, but active programs of a

retrospective nature designed to elucidate the

effects on humans are also being conducted.

Of deep concern to the United

States was the incredible revelation that

the Soviets had developed technology

that allowed them to beam “messages”

into the minds of targeted individuals.

Rather notably, the DIA and the Army

concluded that such messages might

direct a person to commit nothing less

than suicide. Even if the person was not

depressed, said Adams and Williams,

the technology could be utilized to

plunge them into sudden states of “…

irritability,

agitation,

tension,

drowsiness, sleeplessness, depression,

anxiety, forgetfulness, and lack of

concentration.”

The authors added: “Sounds and

possibly even words which appear to be

originating intracranially can be induced

by signal modulation at very low

average-power densities.”

They concluded:

The Soviets will continue to investigate the

nature of internal sound perception. Their

research will include studies on perceptual

distortion and other psycho-physiological

effects. The results of these investigations

could have military applications if the Soviets

develop methods for disrupting or disturbing

human behavior.

Were the Marconi personnel wiped

out by a Soviet hit-squad, one that was

determined to do its absolute utmost to

ensure the SDI program failed? As

incredible and as sci-fi-like as it seems,

that just might have been exactly what

happened.

There can be very few people who

have not heard of its infamous

name. Many will be familiar with the

extraordinary claims of what, allegedly,

goes on there. It’s a place that is

saturated

in

secrecy,

cloaked

in

conspiracy theories, and, according to

many, is home to Uncle Sam’s very own,

highly classified collection of dead

aliens,

crashed

UFOs,

and

extraterrestrial

technology.

Highly

fortified, and guarded by personnel who

have the right to use “deadly force” to

protect its secrets, it is Area 51.

Although Area 51—as a classified

installation, as a piece of popular

culture, and as a magnet for UFO sleuths

—has been known of since the late

1980s (when a maverick scientist, about

whom much more later, spilled the

beans), its origins can be found in the

very earliest years of the Cold War.

It may surprise many to learn that,

contrary to what the worlds of

Hollywood and UFO research suggest,

Area 51 is not buried deeply in the heart

of nowhere and miles away from

civilization. In fact, the surprising reality

(to many) is that it is situated barely

eighty miles outside of the city of Las

Vegas. And, while Area 51 is the title

that it is most associated with, the

official name of the installation is far

less infamous and far more bureaucratic:

The Nevada Test and Training Range.

It’s located on a dry lake bed called

Groom Lake, which has been converted

into a highly classified—and decidedly

off-limits—facility,

one

that

is

supplemented

with

huge

airstrips,

runways, hangars, and, so the rumormill

goes—deep, underground installations

that stretch for miles.

Accessing the base is near—

impossible, unless, that is, of course,

one has the relevant, top secret

clearance to do so. The airspace above

Area 51 is officially designated a no-fly

zone, to anyone and everyone except

those attached to the base. Trying to

drive to the installation is a pointless

task, too: motion-sensor equipment and

armed guards dominate the desert

terrain, ensuring that no one can get even

within miles of the base. Try and do so

and you run the very real risk of being

detained, arrested, jailed, or, worse still,

shot dead.

As far as the origins of Area 51 are

concerned, they date back to the height

of the Second World War. Just one year

after the Japanese attack on Pearl

Harbor, what was then known as the

Indian Springs Air Force Auxiliary

Field was created at the 4,409-foot—

elevation lake. Its remote location

provided the perfect cover for the

military to undertake practice bombing

missions and the testing of new

weaponry. Even though the facility was

scarcely of the proportions that it is

today, the seeds of deep secrecy and

conspiracy were already being quietly

sown.

A map of Are a 51 now shows the once -se cre t

are a to be just to the northe ast of the Ne vada

Te st Site .

It may not be exactly jaw-dropping

to learn that the definitive origins of

Area 51 began with none other than the

Central Intelligence Agency, the CIA.

Although the CIA was established in

1947, it was not until around the turn of

the 1950s that serious consideration was

given to constructing a secret, out-of-the—

way, well-protected installation from

which highly classified research could

be undertaken. Given the timeframe, the

Cold War era of the 1950s, the U.S.

government knew that it had to take steps

to ensure that, at the very least, a balance

of power existed between the United

States and the former Soviet Union.

Richard M. Bissell Jr. was a CIA

officer who from 1961 to 1962 held

down the job of first co-director of the

super-secret National Reconnaissance

Office (NRO), which operates much of

the

United

States’

satellite-based

surveillance technology. Back in the

early 1950s, and before his NRO career

began, Bissell astutely realized that there

was a pressing need to keep careful

watch on what the Soviets were doing,

specifically in terms of constructing new

military bases, atomic facilities, and

aircraft that might pose distinct, serious

threats to the security of the United

States. So, a plan was initiated to

develop

a

fleet

of

aircraft—

reconnaissance planes designed to fly

very fast and very high—that could

secretly spy on the Soviets, by

penetrating their airspace and securing

high-resolution photography of what the

Reds were up to. The aircraft was the

Lockheed U-2 and the operation was

code named Project Aquatone.

Robe r M. Bisse ll Jr. was the man in charge of

se cre t re connaissance programs at the CIA. His

main conce rn was ke e ping an e ye on the Sovie ts.

Obviously, secrecy was paramount

and the definite name of the game. Since

intelligence data had shown the Soviets

had spies in place all across the United

States, and even within seemingly secure

military facilities and aircraft research

centers, a decision was made to have the

project developed not at an existing

plant or installation, but at an entirely

new one, specifically built for the task.

Bissell was the man who made it all

happen. The first thing that Bissell did

was to make a careful study of a detailed

map of the entire United States. He was

specifically looking for somewhere out

of the way, largely inaccessible, easily

protected, and that would offer a

panoramic view of the surrounding

landscape—in the event that communist

spies attempted to engage in a bit of

localized espionage.

One

of

those

that

Bissell

approached was a man Clarence “Kelly”

Johnson, a brilliant aircraft engineer and

designer, and the brains behind both the

U-2 and the SR-71 Blackbird. He

scouted out various places in the United

States, eventually settling on one that he

felt most fit the bill that Bissell and the

CIA were looking for. In the words of

Air Force colonel Osmond J. Ritland (a

major player in the development of Area

51), regarding the now famous scouting

operation that he and Johnson were

involved in:

We flew over it and within thirty seconds you

knew that was the place. It was right by a

dry lake. Man alive, we looked at that lake,

and we all looked at each other. It was

another Edwards, so we wheeled around,

landed on that lake, taxied up to one end of it.

It was a perfect natural landing field … as

smooth as a billiard table without anything

being done to it.

Ritland was, of course, talking

about Groom Lake. Area 51 was about

to be born.

Given that the location was

blisteringly hot, inhospitable in the

extreme, and filled with nothing but

deserts, dry beds, and mountains,

something had to be done to entice

people to come out and work there.

Johnson had a brainwave: he decided to

christen it Paradise Ranch. It paid off. It

was during the first week of 1955 that

things really got moving: that was when

a group of surveyors arrived onsite,

primarily to figure out the logistics

involved in constructing a huge, 5,000-foot-long runway. It wasn’t just the

construction of the primary runway that

began in earnest; the building of

workplaces, a couple of rudimentary

hangars, and even more rudimentary

places to house the workers commenced.

In other words, back then, Area 51 was

little more than a desert equivalent of a

North Pole outpost. As the months

progressed, however, the workers were

blessed with a couple of sports halls and

a small cinema.

To ensure that the Russians didn’t

get word of what was afoot at the base,

careful steps were taken to ensure that,

at any and every given moment, the

numbers of people on-site were kept to

the

bare

minimum.

That

meant,

essentially, hardly anyone would stay for

lengthy periods of time (all of the

workers would be flown in from, and

back to, the Lockheed plant), and

discussion of what was going on less

than 100 miles from Las Vegas was

strictly off-limits. The secrecy level was

amped up even further when, in July

1955, two things happened: (a) a small,

permanent

CIA

presence

was

established; and (b) the very first U-2

made its arrival at the base, having been

secretly flown in aboard a large, cargo

aircraft that was leased out to the CIA.

Only days afterwards, the first of a near—

unending series of flights began between

Lockheed’s Burbank facility and Area

51.

In the years that followed, such

groundbreaking aircraft as the U-2, the

Blackbird, and the A-12 were tested,

refined, and flown at Area 51—all to try

and find ways to keep the Soviet threat

to a minimum.

As the demand increased for yet

further advanced aircraft to be produced,

taken to the skies, and modified, so did

the need for Area 51 to be expanded in

both scope and size. As a new decade

dawned, a company called the Reynolds

Electrical and Engineering Company—

which, in the 1980s, did contract work

for President Ronald Reagan’s Strategic

Defense Initiative (SDI) program—got

involved. A huge new runway—in

excess of 10,000 feet—was designed

and built by REEC. Numerous hangars,

in which the many and varied prototype

aircraft could be hidden from any and all

aircraft that might intrude too close to

the base, were soon constructed. The

Department of the Navy provided more

than 120 prefabricated, small homes for

those who had long-term contracts.

To cope with the concerns that the

Soviets might try and figure out what

was going on, by making high-level

flights over Area 51, just two weeks into

1962, highly classified legislation was

prepared by the Federal Aviation

Administration to ensure that even more

airspace was denied to anyone and

everyone without official clearance.

There was a good reason for this:

February 1962 marked the date on which

the first A-12 was flown into Area 51

for testing.

As the 1960s progressed, so did the

work of staff at Area 51. One part of that

work—a

very

significant

part—

revolved around the capture and

exploitation of foreign technology. Over

the years, the U.S. military acquired a

number of Soviet military aircraft,

specifically MIGs. Some were the result

of defections by Soviet pilots; others

were secured after aerial accidents.

Numerous, studious examinations of the

Soviet technology were undertaken at

Area 51, under such projects as Have

Ferry and Have Drill.

Sovie t fighte r je ts like the MIG-17 (this now-

mothballe d one at a Ukraine facility) we re

some time s capture d by the Ame ricans and

studie d at Are a 51.

By the time the 1970s were up and

running, Area 51’s finest were focusing

a great deal on what has since become

termed

as

Stealth

technology—in

essence, the ability to render an aircraft

invisible to radar. Much of the highly

classified research that led to the

construction and deployment of the

Lockheed F-117 Nighthawk (more

popularly referred to as the Stealth

Fighter) and the Northrop B-2 Spirit

(better known as the Stealth Bomber)

was undertaken out at Area 51—by

which time the word “vast” barely

begins to describe the base. A countless

number of aircraft hangars underground

labs, facilities built into the sides of the

surrounding

mountains,

and

new

runways were part and parcel of Area

51.

For the most part, no one—aside

from those elite figures in the military,

the intelligence community, and the

government—knew anything of Area 51

from its creation in the 1950s and right

up until the latter part of the 1980s. The

late eighties, however, was when

everything changed and Area 51 became

not just a big name, but somewhere that

was forever thereafter inextricably tied

to the UFO phenomenon.

On a now near-legendary night in

March 1989 a man named Robert Scott

Lazar made distinct waves amongst the

Las Vegas media—and, ultimately,

amongst the staff and highest echelons of

Area 51, too. According to Lazar—who

would only speak under the pseudonym

of “Dennis”—for a few months in the

latter part of 1988, he worked at what

one might term a subsidiary of Area 51.

Its name: S-4. George Knapp, a TV host

at KLAS in Las Vegas, listened intently

as Lazar told his story. It was one of

fantastic

and

out-of-this-world

proportions—quite possibly, literally.

Lazar claimed that at least nine

alien spacecraft were stored at Area 51,

all of which were being studied by a

small group of scientific personnel who

were having varying degrees of success

in understanding and duplicating the

technology. As an alleged, full-blown

whistleblower, Lazar was a man both

scared and sporting a target on his back.

Before we get into the intricacies of

the Area 51–Bob Lazar story, let’s see

what we know about this still—

mysterious character. Lazar was born in

Florida in 1958; that is a verifiable fact.

That, with his education complete, he

was employed by Fairchild—which was

created at the end of the 1960s by

William Shockley, the man behind the

development of the transistor—is not in

doubt, either. What is in doubt is Lazar’s

claim to have obtained an M.S. from

Caltech and another from MIT—in

electronics and physics, respectively. So

far, and despite his assertion, nothing has

ever surfaced to support Lazar’s claims

about Caltech and MIT.

Moving on, and demonstrating that

Lazar was plugged into intriguing and

notable circles as far back as the early

1980s, he appears on the front-page of

the Los Alamos Monitor, a New

Mexico-based newspaper. It profiled

Lazar’s interest in cars, particularly

super-charged cars—more to the point:

cars powered by nothing less than jet

engines. The Monitor also noted that, at

the time, Lazar was employed at the Los

Alamos Meson Physics Facility where

he was working on projects concerning

the field of particle physics. He also

claimed a friendship, of sorts, with the

legendary theoretical physicist Edward

Teller—who, Lazar said, helped get him

the job at Area 51. It was a claim that

Teller would not outright deny; he

squirmed in just about every way

possible when asked about it. It wasn’t

long after speaking with Teller that Lazar

was contacted by an employee of

Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc.

(EG&G), a U.S. defense contractor. One

meeting became a second meeting, and

finally turned into a job offer, although

Lazar was not told what the job would

be, only that he would find it amazing.

No prizes for guessing where the project

was based.

Robe rt Lazar claime d to have worke d on

e xtrate rre strial te chnology while at S-4, a

subsidiary of Are a 51, and that the re we re at

le ast nine UFOs at the se cre t military facility.

Flown

out

of

Las

Vegas’s

McCarran Airport—after which, he was

required to travel a short distance in a

vehicle with blacked-out windows—

Lazar arrived at Area 51’s S-4, still not

entirely sure what he would be doing

there. He soon found out, however. On

arrival, Lazar found himself confronted

by the sort of futuristic installation one

might expect to see on the surface of the

Moon, in a high-tech sci-fi production—

but certainly not in the heart of the

Nevada desert. The security was

extreme: machine-guns were shoved in

his face, he was warned that his life

would be in danger if he ever disclosed

what he was about to see, and there

were threats of the use of mind-altering

drugs to make him forget what he might

encounter.

What he did see, Lazar claimed—to

George Knapp, in 1989—was a

veritable squadron of UFOs, sitting in

hangars, some in pristine condition, one

or two somewhat damaged, but still

sitting there, all the same. Lazar was

beginning to perceive the enormity of the

situation; something that became even

clearer when he was given a mass of

highly classified files to read on the

extraterrestrial presence on Earth. The

aliens’ link to religion, their technology,

reports of alien autopsies, attempts to

duplicate

the

fantastic

nonhuman

technology: it was all in there.

As for his specific job, Lazar was

told it would be based around trying to

understand and duplicate the power

source of the UFOs: a super-heavy

element called Element 115, which does

not naturally exist on Earth, something

that convinced Lazar of the nonhuman

origin of the technology before him.

According to Lazar, his time at the

base was brief—something that was

prompted by his highly unwise decision

to confide in family and friends what he

had seen and read at Area 51. Lazar,

probably

with

a

great

deal

of

justification, felt that he had made a

major mistake and that his life was now

in grave danger. It may well have been:

someone shot out one of the tires on his

vehicle, there were veiled threats of

what was going to happen to him, and he

feared being taken back to the base and

vanishing— forever. As a result, Lazar

did the only thing he felt he could do,

under the circumstances. That was to go

public with the help of George Knapp

and the KLAS-TV team. Area 51 soon

was featured in the likes of The X-Files

and Independence Day and quickly

became a part of popular culture.

And it still is. Area 51: the world’s

most highly classified, and most widely

known, secret installation on the planet.

The extraterrestrial angle of Area 51 is

not solely reliant on the words of Bob

Lazar, however.

In the early 1970s, a man named

Arthur Stansel—who held a master’s

degree in engineering, and who, during

the Second World War, took part in the

D-Day Landings at Normandy, France—

went public with a story relative to what

he knew of classified UFO activity that,

as would later become apparent, had a

connection to Area 51. It was late one

night in 1953, and while he was working

at the ultra-secret Nevada Proving

Ground, that Stansel and a colleague

viewed nothing less than a flying saucer-shaped UFO soar across the skies near

the site of a then very recent atomic-bomb test that was part of a larger series

of tests known as Operation Upshot-

Knothole. This was just the latest in a

whole series of atmospheric nuclear

weapons-based tests that fell under the

jurisdiction of the Atomic Energy

Commission (AEC) and that were

conducted at the Nevada Proving

Ground from March 17 to June 4, 1953.

Arthur Stanse l asse rte d that while he was

working at the Ne vada Proving Ground he saw a

UFO fly by the site of a re ce nt nucle ar te st.

Ultimately, however, Stansel had

far more to impart than the details of a

hard-to-define aerial encounter. There

was another UFO event in which he was

involved; one that was even more

controversial. Stansel said that the

incident had occurred during his brief

tenure with the U.S. Air Force’s UFO

investigation program known as Project

Blue Book. He had received a telephone

call from the base-commander at Wright-Patterson AFB in Dayton, Ohio, on one

particular day in 1953, with orders for

him to fly to Phoenix, Arizona. From

there, Stansel was driven to the crash

site of what he was told was a then-

secret aircraft of the Air Force.

On arrival at the site—which he

was sure was situated on the fringes of

Kingman—Stansel could not fail to see

some form of unusual object. This was

no classic flying saucer, however.

Rather, the object was shaped like a

cross between a teardrop and a cigar.

Not only that: it was barely twelve feet

in length. But that was not all. Also at

the site was a body, and at only four feet

in height it was no human body. Yes, it

had arms, legs, a torso, and head, but its

skin was dark in color and its facial

features were manifestly different from

what one would normally see. Stansel

claimed not to know what happened to

the craft—or to the curious creature—or

where it was taken. But someone did.

One of the most intriguing figures to

surface with regard to the Kingman

affair was Bill Uhouse, a retired

mechanical engineer from Las Vegas

who claimed to have worked on

classified

projects

at

certain

governmental locations in Nevada that

focused upon the reverse engineering of

crashed-and-recovered UFO technology,

including Area 51. With specific regard

to the Kingman crash, the UFO

researcher, Bill Hamilton, dug deep into

the claims of Uhouse, who asserted that

no fewer than four alien entities were

found alongside the Kingman UFO—and

that all of them had survived the crash,

albeit with varying degrees of injury.

Somewhat

ominously,

Uhouse

additionally said that a number of the

team that was involved in the retrieval

of the Kingman UFO had been afflicted

by what was suspected of being an

unknown biological agent. This latter

point was expanded upon in early 2006

when new and provocative data surfaced

on the Kingman crash via an unnamed

source who claimed a background

within the United States’ Intelligence

community, and whose story can be

found at the website www.serpo.org.

According to data posted to the

Serpo website, the Kingman event did

indeed occur, and that, just like Bill

Uhouse claimed, four alien beings were

found at the site—two severely injured

and two in reasonably good condition.

And, again just like Uhouse: the

unnamed source whose words are now

preserved

at

the

Serpo

website

maintained that a number of the military

retrieval

team

were

adversely,

physically affected by their exposure to

the craft and bodies—which were taken

to Area 51 for secret study.

Also on the issue of UFOs at Area

51, one of the strangest of all

developments surfaced in 2011. It was a

story that appeared in the pages of a

book written by author and journalist

Annie Jacobsen. Its title was Area 51:

An Uncensored History of America’s

Top Secret Military Base. The book

included a thought-provoking story

suggesting that the legendary “UFO

crash” at Roswell, New Mexico, in the

summer of 1947, was actually nothing of

the sort at all. The Roswell craft and

bodies were, in reality, the diabolical

creations of a near-Faustian pact

between the notorious Nazi (and “Angel

of Death”) Dr. Josef Mengele and Soviet

premier Joseph Stalin. The purpose of

this early Cold War plan: to plunge the

United States into a kind of War of the

Worlds–style panic, all by trying to

convince the U.S. government that alien

beings were invading.

And how would the plan work? By

placing grossly deformed children

(courtesy of the crazed Mengele, who

was noted for his obscene, nightmarish

experimentation on people) inside a

futuristic-looking aircraft designed by a

pair of brilliant aviation experts, the

Horten brothers—Walter and Reimar—

and then try and convince the United

States of the alien origins of both.

Unfortunately for Stalin, the plot failed

when a storm brought down the craft and

its “crew” in the wilds of New Mexico,

an event that did not lead to widespread

panic, but that, instead, was hastily

covered up by U.S. military authorities.

Was the story true? Was Jacobsen

duped? Is it a blend of fact and fiction

specifically weaved by government

insiders to even further confuse the true

nature of what did, or did not, happen

outside of Roswell back in the summer

of 1947?

When

Jacobsen’s

book

was

published, it garnered a great deal of

publicity—much of it focusing on the

Roswell story that she had been given.

The story was reportedly provided to

Jacobsen by an elderly man who, before

his retirement, worked for a company

with deep ties to Area 51: Edgerton,

Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. (EG&G),

a U.S. defense-contractor-based body

created in 1931 by Harold Edgerton,

who was a professor at MIT, and one of

Edgerton’s

students,

Kenneth

Germeshausen.

Three

years

later,

Herbert Grier—also of MIT—became

the third member. The initials of their

surnames prompted the name of the

company. They were soon, thereafter,

joined by Bernard O’Keefe. EG&G was

involved in (a) the Manhattan Project

that created the atomic bomb, (b) the

development of night-vision goggles,

and (c) the testing of new technologies at

a certain place in the Nevada desert—

Area 51.

As controversial and eye-catching

as the story of Annie Jacobsen’s source

was, it was not without its problems.

First, there was the matter of Josef

Mengele. Mengele was a member of

Adolf Hitler’s dreaded SS, and someone

whose

notorious

and

horrific

experiments

were

carried

out

at

Auschwitz (many of which were carried

out on deformed children). Mengele fled

Auschwitz in January 1945, specifically

before the Soviet military arrived on the

scene. He was, months later, taken into

custody by Allied forces, before being

let

go

because

of

catastrophic,

bureaucratic mistakes on the part of his

captors. He laid low for years, secretly

fleeing to South America in 1949—first

to Argentina, then to Paraguay, and

finally, to Brazil, where he died in 1979.

In short, Mengele was never in the

employ of Soviet premier Joseph Stalin.

There is also a problem with the

theory that the Roswell craft was

designed and built by the Horten

brothers. Yes, they were aviation

geniuses, ones who designed some of the

most

advanced

and

weird-looking

aircraft of the Second World War.

Documentation of 1946, however—

which was declassified under the terms

of the U.S. Freedom of Information Act

—demonstrates that just one year after

the war was over, the U.S. military had

in its hands all of the many and varied

designs

of

the

Horten

brothers.

Therefore, the chances of the U.S.

government being duped by a Horten—

created craft one year later, in 1947, are

unlikely in the extreme. That’s not to say

that Annie Jacobsen’s source lacked

credibility, however; quite opposite, in

fact, as UFO researcher Tony Bragalia

noted in a 2011 article, “Book Exposed:

Jacobsen’s Secret Source Revealed with

Interview”:

Ms. Jacobsen’s source about this Roswell

story is unnamed by her in the blockbuster

book. He wanted to remain anonymous.

Annie Jacobsen kept her promise. I did not

learn her source from her or from anyone

associated with her publishing company. His

identity and his background is revealed here

and now: Alfred O’Donnell is nearly 89 years

old and he is one of Annie Jacobsen’s key

sources about this Roswell crash story

“interpretation.” O’Donnell is indeed exactly

who he claims to have been. In the early

1950’s he was at the “Nevada Test Site”

where atomic bombs were tested regularly.

O’Donnell was indeed part of the nucleus of

top management and engineers for EG&G—

one of our nation’s top defense contractors.

Bragalia’s

conclusion

is

that

O’Donnell was, indeed, told the story

that he later told to Jacobsen. Bragalia,

however, is of the opinion that the

Stalin-Mengele story was deliberately,

secretly, and officially, spread to

confuse the truth surrounding what

Bragalia believes to have been the real

story of Roswell—the crash of a vehicle

constructed from another world.

The reference to EG&G brings us

right back to Bob Lazar, who claimed it

was none other than EG&G who set him

up with the brief job he held at Area

51’s S-4. In the more than a quarter of a

century that has now passed since Lazar

came out of the shadows with his story

of UFOs at Area 51, controversy

continues to reign: Was Lazar telling the

truth? Was he the whistleblower he

claimed to be? Might he—unknowingly

—have been set up, as part of a strange

psychological warfare themed operation,

one that was designed to try and scare

the Soviets into believing that the U.S.

government had in its hands fantastically

advanced alien technology? Or was the

whole thing nothing but a big joke on

Lazar’s part?

It must be said that while certain

parts of Lazar’s background don’t check

out, others certainly do, including his

time spent working on classified

programs at Los Alamos. That Edward

Teller refused to deny that he knew or

had met Lazar is puzzling, if the whole

thing was just a big con on the part of

Lazar. That there has never been an

official denial of Lazar’s claims is

intriguing, too. Also intriguing is the fact

that Lazar has stood by his story since

1989; he has never wavered from the

story he told back in 1989. There is no

evidence he has made significant

monetary gains from telling his story.

In that sense, nothing makes much

sense, unless one accepts Lazar’s story

as valid. Or, one takes the view that

Lazar is a man who enjoys stirring the

pot, so to speak, and his goal was not

money but notoriety. He certainly got the

latter.

Of only one thing can we be sure of

when it comes to Bob Lazar: whatever

the truth of the man’s story and his

claims, it was Lazar—and largely, Lazar

alone—who put Area 51 on the map, and

on the radar of the world’s media, of

Hollywood, and of the general public.

In 1989 George Wingfield, who

worked at the Royal Greenwich

Observatory, and who had a fascination

for the crop circle enigma, revealed his

awareness

of

a

secret

British

government meeting held in September

1990 to discuss the nature and

implications of the ever-increasing

mystery of the circles. It was a fear of

the government having to admit its

ignorance of the phenomenon that

provoked the meeting, Wingfield’s

sources told him.

Crop circle conspiracies? It might

sound outlandish and extreme. It’s not.

It’s all too real.

Secret government interest in crop

circles dates back to the height of the

Second World War, when Britain’s MI5

—the equivalent of the United States’

FBI—took

note

of

the

curious

phenomenon, and which was decades

before the term “crop circle” was even

created. The story is told in a formerly

top secret MI5 file that is available for

viewing at the National Archives,

England. In part, it reveals:

This account is not concerned with the

activities of fifth columnists such as sabotage,

capturing airfields and key points, and

harassing the defending army, but in the

methods used in communicating to each other

and to the enemy. Reports from Poland,

Holland, France, and Belgium showed that

they used ground markings for the guidance

of bombers and paratroops (and of lights by

night).

The MI5 agent who prepared the

report (whose name is blacked out on

the available records) added that:

Such ground markings might be the cutting of

cornfields into guiding marks for aircraft,

painting of roofs and the inside of chimneys

white, setting haystacks on fire, and laying

out strips of white linen in pre-arranged

patterns. For guiding and giving information

to advancing troops they would conceal

messages behind advertisement hoardings

and leave markings on walls and telegraph

poles.

Now, we get to the most significant

part of the file. It notes that intelligence

data coming out of Poland, the United

States, and the U.K. had revealed that

German agents were believed to have

been contacting Nazi pilots by “beating

out signs,” twenty meters in diameter,

“on harrowed fields or mowing such

signs on meadows or cornfields.” It

doesn’t take a genius to realize that what

MI5 was describing sounds very much

like crop circles.

Back during World War II, England’s MI5

thought crop circle s like this one re ce ntly se e n in

Switze rland we re se cre t signals for the be ne fit of

Ge rman pilots.

There is something even more

significant, too, about all this: the idea

that the huge formations Allied pilots

had seen in European fields were the

work of the Nazis was simply a theory

and nothing more. Moreover, it was a

theory that was never, ever proved—

even after the hostilities came to their

close in 1945. Captured German spies

and Luftwaffe pilots claimed no

knowledge of the formations, even

though they admitted having seen them

too, and presumed they were the work of

the Allies.

As a result of these curious

formations popping up in Europe, MI5

kept a very careful watch on what was

going on at home.

An MI5 document, with the title of

Examples

of

Ground

Markings

Investigated, reveals the following on

British-based formations found in fields:

Field, north of Newquay, Cornwall—Aircraft

noticed, in May 1940, strange marking in this

field and it was photographed. Enquiries

were made and it was found that the lines

were formed by heaps of lime used for

agricultural purposes. The farmer concerned

was above reproach and removed the lime

heaps.

A further report noted: “Field at

Little Mill, Monmouthshire: In May

1941, a report was made that an unusual

mark was visible amongst the growing

corn. Near one of the gates was a mark

in the form of the letter G, some 33 yards

long. This mark had been made by

sowing barley transversely through the

grain.”

And then there is this:

Air photographs were taken and it was seen

that the tail of the marking pointed towards

the Ordnance factory at Glascoed. The

farmer, a man of good character, was

interviewed, and admitted that he had sown

the field himself. He explained that he had

sold the field in April.

Shortly after, having a drilling machine nearby

which had a small quantity of barley seed in

it, and wishing to empty it as he had to return

it to the farmer from whom he had borrowed

it that night, he turned his team of horses into

the grain field and drilled it into the ground

thickly to get rid of it. He did this because it

is extremely difficult to remove the grain in

the machine by hand, and to sow it was the

quickest way of getting rid of it.

He agreed to plough up this part of the field.

As a satisfactory explanation had been

reached, the case was carried no further.

And the reports kept on coming:

Field, near Staplehurst, Kent: In October,

1943, aircraft saw a faint white circle on the

ground. Enquiries were made, and it was

discovered that before the war the field was

used as an emergency landing ground by

Imperial Airways; the mark was made by

them, and they paid a small yearly rent to the

farmer. At the beginning of the war the mark

was obliterated in some way, but this had

worn thin. Steps were taken to obliterate it

again.

Obviously, all of these particular

formations had wholly down-to-earth

explanations. It’s important to stress,

however, that the investigations were

prompted by the truly unknown ones

found across various parts of Europe,

such as the fields of Holland, Poland,

and France.

During the early part of 1995, the

British Ministry of Defense declassified

hundreds of pages of formerly withheld

files on UFOs, all of which dated from

1964. Contained within the file was the

following letter, submitted to the MoD,

via the National Physical Laboratory at

Teddington, England, in March 1964.

The subject matter was a curious,

circular area of flattened ground found

on land in the town of Penrith, Cumbria,

England.

As the file demonstrates, on March

23, 1964, T. E. T. Burbury, the rector at

Clifton Rectory, Penrith, Cumberland,

England, wrote to the National Physical

Laboratory at Teddington describing an

encounter that had occurred some days

previously. I quote from the rector’s

letter:

Dear Sirs:

Does an apparent column of blue light about

8-feet in diameter and about 15-feet high

which disappears and leaves a mark of very

slightly disturbed earth, the same diameter,

mean anything to you? This occurred about

9.30 P.M. last Saturday night about 2 miles

from here. It was seen by a person who is

very short sighted who would have been

unable to see anything, except the light, even

if it had been present.

I examined the ground which is about 100

Yards from the nearest building and there are

no pylons near. There was no sign of burning,

either by sight or smell, the grass growing

between the exposed ground appeared quite

normal. There were no signs of bird tracks or

droppings: the ground simply appeared to

have been lightly raked over in an almost

perfect circle.

For your information only, I told the farmer to

have a sample of the earth collected and

analyzed for bacteria content, but don’t know

whether he has done so. Yours faithfully: T.

E. T. Burbury.

Note the words of the rector: “The

ground simply appeared to have been

lightly raked over in an almost perfect

circle.”

Does this not sound somewhat

familiar?

Furthermore, Burbury’s reference

to “the farmer” strongly suggests that the

circle was found on farmland. And: what

of the column of blue light? Realizing

that this was out of their jurisdiction,

staff at the National Physical Laboratory

forwarded a copy of the rector’s letter to

the Meteorological Office at London

Road, Bracknell. In turn, Mr. H. M. Race

of the Meteorological Office advised

Burbury: “This does not appear to be a

meteorological matter and we are

therefore passing your letter to a London

office who may be able to deal with it.”

The “London office” to which Race

was referring was an element of the old

Air Ministry called S4. For its part, S4

seemed largely unconcerned, even

amused, by the rector’s report, as the

following

opening

words

of

a

memorandum of 16 April 1964 from R.

A. Langton of S4 to a colleague, Flight

Lieutenant A. Bardsley showed: “I

should be grateful for your advice on the

report in the attached correspondence.

Could it be Will o’ the Wisp?”

The attached correspondence was,

of course, Burbury’s letter. Two months

later, Flight Lieutenant Bardsley stated

the following in a good-humored reply

to Langton:

This is quite a corker! The explanation could

be one of several things, depending really, on

the state of the investigator’s liver. One

explanation could be aurora borealis. This

phenomenon, however, is so unpredictable

that it would be rather hopeless to expect

someone to have seen the aurora at the same

date/time as our short-sighted observer.

Professor Paton at Edinburgh is an aurora

expert, but I cannot really justify pestering

him with this one.

Bardsley continued: “Again your

‘will o’ the wisp’ theory may be correct.

However whilst following this line, the

Royal Geographic Society confirmed

that Penrith did not exist—at least in

Bradshaw’s Gazetteer.”

Further, information on the geological

structure around Penrith again confirmed that

there probably would not, but possibly could

be, local ignitions of methane gas—absolutely

no use these experts! Our myopic observer

may possibly have seen car headlights shining

up into a low cloud base. There is no mention

of any sound in this report—could the

observer be also deaf!

He concluded:

One comment by the rector intrigues me:

Could it be the rector thinks the object could

be a phoenix? Finally: There once was a

rector of Penrith, who reported that one of

his Kith, saw blue light in the night, got a

terrible fright, and the rector thinks it’s a

“myth.”

Although

Flight

Lieutenant

Bardsley signed off his reply in fine

poetic style, he did not see fit to

comment on the “almost perfect circle”

reported by the rector, nor did he

express an interest in following up on

the rector’s suggestion to the farmer that

a sample of earth should be collected for

study.

Moreover, an examination of the

Air Ministry file in question reveals no

further reference to this particular case,

and the entire matter appears to have

been summarily dismissed—which is in

stark contrast to the situation during the

Second World War.

Moving on to the 1990s, Pentagon

personnel attended the first European

meeting of the Society for Scientific

Exploration, which was held from

August 7 to 8, 1992, in Munich,

Germany, and that had the crop circle

subject on its agenda. A secret document

on the meeting, now available via the

Freedom of Information Act, describes

its flavor:

The expressed aim of the SSE meeting was

to promote the exchange of ideas, results and

goals among researchers in various fields of

anomalies, and inform the public of the

discussion among active scientists concerning

current controversial issues. Papers and

communications were in English, and German

language

abstracts

of

the

various

parapsychology (PS) papers presented were

distributed at the beginning of the meeting.

The conference sessions examined PSI and

other extraordinary mental phenomena, crop

circles (were they messages or hoaxes),

geophysical variables and their influences on

human behavior, astro-psychology, the Earth

and unidentified flying objects (UFO), and

additional highlights, to include near death

experiences (NDE).

And Nick Pope, who investigated

UFO sightings for the Ministry of

Defense between 1991 and 1994, said to

me in a January 1997 interview:

I draw a parallel between the way in which

incredibly complex patterns appear in a field,

with the way in which we broadcast through

radio astronomy. Perhaps it is an attempt at

communication. Where that communication

comes from, whether it’s extraterrestrial or

something to do with the earth, I don’t know.

Whether someone else in the

Ministry of Defense—or within MI5 or

the Pentagon—may secretly know,

however, is quite a different matter.

For decades, numerous nations, all

around the world, have done their

utmost to try and harness the mysterious

powers of the mind and utilize them as

tools of nothing less than espionage.

Extrasensory

perception

(ESP),

clairvoyance, precognition, and astral

projection have all been utilized by the

CIA, the KGB, and British Intelligence

on more than a few occasions. As

astonishing as it may sound, the world of

psychic 007s is all too real. It’s a

subject that has been researched, with

varying degrees of success, for decades.

The earliest indication of serious

interest on the part of the U.S.

government in the field of psychic

phenomena can be found in a formerly

classified CIA document written in 1977

by Dr. Kenneth A. Kress—then an

engineer with the CIA’s Office of

Technical

Services—and

titled

Parapsychology in Intelligence.

According to Kress:

Anecdotal reports of extrasensory perception

(ESP) capabilities have reached U.S. national

security agencies at least since World War II,

when Hitler was said to rely on astrologers

and

seers.

Suggestions

for

military

applications of ESP continued to be received

after World War II. In 1952, the Department

of Defense was lectured on the possible

usefulness of extrasensory perception in

psychological warfare.

In 1961, the CIA’s Office of Technical

Services became interested in the claims of

ESP.

Technical

project

officers

soon

contacted Stephen I. Abrams, the Director of

the Parapsychological Laboratory, Oxford

University, England. Under the auspices of

Project ULTRA, Abrams prepared a review

article which claimed ESP was demonstrated

but not understood or controllable.

Kress added: “The report was read

with interest but produced no further

action for another decade.”

Indeed, it was in the early 1970s

that the research began in earnest. In

April 1972, Dr. Russell Targ, a laser

physicist with a personal interest in

parapsychology and the power of the

human mind, met with CIA personnel

from the Office of Strategic Intelligence,

specifically to discuss paranormal

phenomena.

Of paramount concern to the CIA

was the fact that Targ informed them that

the Soviet Union was deeply involved in

researching psychic phenomena, mental

telepathy, and ESP. It did not take the

CIA long to realize that the purpose of

the Soviet research was to determine if

ESP could be used as a tool of

espionage. As one CIA agent said:

Can you imagine if a bunch of psychic 007’s

from Russia could focus their minds to short—

circuit our missile systems or our satellite

surveillance equipment and get access to

classified information in this way? The

possibilities—if

it

worked—would

be

disastrous.

It

was

this

realization

that

galvanized the CIA into action. As the

Kress report stated, in 1973: “The

Office of Technical Services funded a

$50,000

expanded

effort

in

parapsychology.”

The initial studies utilized a variety

of people who were carefully and

secretly brought into the project, and

who demonstrated a whole range of

seemingly paranormal skills. Those

same skills could not be reliably

replicated on every occasion, however.

As evidence of this, Kenneth Kress

informed his superiors:

One subject, by mental effort, apparently

caused an increase in temperature; the action

could not be duplicated by the second

subject. The second subject was able to

reproduce,

with

impressive

accuracy,

information inside sealed envelopes. Under

identical conditions, the first subject could

reproduce nothing.

Similarly,

some

government—

sponsored psychics in the period from

1973 to 1974 located secret missile

installations in the Soviet Union, found

terrorist groups in the Middle East, and

successfully

remotely

viewed

the

interior of the Chinese embassy in

Washington, D.C. Others, meanwhile,

provided data that was sketchy and, at

times, simply wrong.

And it was the continuing rate of

success versus the frequency of failure

that led to heated debate within the CIA

about the overall relevancy and validity

of the project.

In Parapsychology in Intelligence,

Kenneth Kress confirmed this. After the

CIA’s remote viewing team attempted to

broaden the range of its operation and

secure extra funding in mid-1973, said

Kress: “I was told not to increase the

scope of the project and not to anticipate

any follow-on in this area. The project

was too sensitive and potentially

embarrassing.”

Physicist Russe ll Targ me t with re pre se ntative s

of the Office of Strate gic Inte llige nce to discuss

paranormal phe nome na in the 1970s.

Despite this, the CIA’s research

continued, with many of its advances due

to a skilled psychic named Pat Price,

who had achieved a number of

extraordinary successes in the field of

ESP, including successfully remotely

viewing a sensitive installation that fell

under the auspices of the National

Security

Agency

and

psychically

penetrating missile sites in Libya.

Price’s sudden and untimely death

from a heart attack in 1975 indirectly led

the CIA—according to the official story,

at least—to minimize its research into

psychic espionage.

Tim Rifat, the author of a 2001

book, Remote Viewing, has deeply

studied the world of top secret,

governmental research into psychic

spying. He said of Pat Price’s death:

It was alleged at the time that the Soviets

poisoned Price. It would have been a top

priority for the KGB to eliminate Price as his

phenomenal remote-viewing abilities would

have posed a significant danger to the

USSR’s paranormal warfare buildup. He

may also have been the victim of an elite

group of Russian psi-warriors trained to

remotely kill enemies of the Soviet Union.

The scenario of research being

minimized in the aftermath of Price’s

potentially suspicious passing was

reinforced when, in 1995, a CIA—

sponsored report, titled An Evaluation

of the Remote-Viewing Program—

Research

and

Operational

Applications, was produced by the

American Institutes for Research (AIR).

In essence the report stated that from an

espionage and intelligence-gathering

perspective, remote viewing and related

phenomena were largely useless.

Not everyone agreed with that

conclusion, however, including W.

Adam Mandelbaum, author of The

Psychic Battlefield and a former U.S.

intelligence officer, who said: “The AIR

report was US-intelligence-purchased

disinformation intentionally formatted to

misrepresent the true states of remote-viewing

research,

and

the

true

operational utility of the phenomenon.”

Regardless of whether or not the

CIA’s role in remote viewing operations

was downsized, terminated, or simply

hidden from prying eyes, it is a matter of

fact that additional agencies within the

U.S.

government,

military,

and

Intelligence community took—and still

continue to take—a deep interest in

psychic espionage.

The Defense Intelligence Agency

(DIA),

for

example,

has

had

longstanding involvement and interest in

understanding and using paranormal

powers both on the battlefield and in the

cloak and dagger world of espionage.

As an illustration of this, a DIA

report from 1972 titled Controlled

Offensive Behavior—USSR, made an

astonishing claim:

Before the end of the 1970s, Soviet diplomats

will be able to sit in their foreign embassies

and use ESP to steal the secrets of their

enemies. A spy would be hypnotized, then his

invisible “spirit” would be ordered to leave his

body, travel across barriers of space and time

to a foreign government’s security facility,

and there read top-secret documents and

relay back their information.

The Soviets are at least 25 years ahead of

the U.S. in psychic research and have

realized the immense military advantage of

the psychic ability known as astral projection

(out of the body travel).

Similarly, in 1973 and 1975, the

DIA commissioned two lengthy reports

that delved deep into the heart of Soviet

research of psychic phenomena and

included details of one extraordinary

experiment undertaken by the Russian

military in the 1950s.

A somewhat disturbing extract from

the DIA’s files on this particular

experiment stated: “Dr. Pavel Naumov

conducted animal bio-communication

studies between a submerged Soviet

Navy submarine and a shore research

station. These tests involved a mother

rabbit and her newborn litter and

occurred around 1956.”

The author of the report continued:

According to Naumov, Soviet scientists

placed the baby rabbits aboard the

submarine. They kept the mother rabbit in a

laboratory on shore where they implanted

electrodes in her brain. When the submarine

was submerged, assistants killed the rabbits

one by one. At each precise moment of

death, the mother rabbit’s brain produced

detectable and recordable reactions.

It was also noted by the DIA that

“as late as 1970 the precise protocol and

results of this test described were

believed to be classified.”

Nevertheless, the DIA was able to

determine that the Soviets’ reasoning

behind such experimentation was to try

and understand the nature of ESP, astral

projection, and the power of the mind—

and even the existence of a soul—in

animals such as dogs, rabbits and

primates. And if eventually understood

in the animal kingdom, said the DIA, the

Soviets’ next step would be to focus on

human beings and the way in which

those same phenomena might be used as

a weapon of war and espionage.

In Britain, the situation was broadly

similar: at the height of the Second

World War, formerly classified files at

the National Archives in Kew that

reveal elements of the British Police

Force

occasionally

and

stealthily

employed the use of dowsers—normally

associated with underground searches

for water—to locate victims buried

under the rubble of inner city destruction

wrought by Nazi bomber pilots.

Such

was

the

controversy

surrounding this unique brand of psychic

police work that even the government’s

wartime Ministry of Home Security

became embroiled in the affair, urging

caution in endorsing “support for the

mysterious” at such a “particularly

dangerous

time”—this

despite

the

apparent success of its “dowsing

detectives.”

Still on the matter of Britain’s

secret spies, there is the matter of a

“novel” titled The Psychic Spy. Written

by Irene Allen-Block in 2013, it contains

the following endorsement from me:

In late 1970s London, a young woman is

secretly recruited to work for British

Intelligence. Her world soon becomes

dominated by psychic-spying, enemy agents,

assassinations, and suspicious deaths. Add to

the mix, the Lockerbie tragedy, the Falklands

War, and the classified world of MI6, and you

have a great story filled with adventure,

intrigue and shadowy characters. As Irene

Allen-Block skillfully shows, the mind is a

mysterious and dangerous tool.

The publisher of the book, Glannant

Ty, noted:

The Psychic Spy tells the story of Eileen

Evans, a beautiful young woman and talented

psychic who is unwittingly recruited by MI6

to join their new top secret Remote Viewing

program “Blue Star” during the heart of the

Cold War in the 1970’s and 80’s. Eileen

quickly finds herself embroiled in excitement

and danger as she quickly becomes a

“psychic spy” for British Intelligence. Finding

forbidden love with another agent, Eileen

descends into a dark world filled with political

intrigue, danger and death. Not only must she

cope with the possibility of losing her life, she

must also struggle with the very real threat of

losing her soul. Smart, sexy and filled with

humor and peril, The Psychic Spy is a

thrilling adventure that explores a little-known

but very real world where governments use

actual psychics to spy on their enemies, and

in some cases, even their allies! Using her

own real-life experiences as a remote viewer,

Irene Allen-Block has created a powerful

tale that should entertain and educate readers

on a piece of history that has been hidden in

the shadows.

The Psychic Spy is made all the

more intriguing by the fact that the book

is actually a thinly veiled version of the

real-life exploits of the author while,

from the late 1970s onwards, she was in

the secret employ of British Intelligence,

in the field of psychic spying.

What of today’s world: Are psychic

spies engaged in helping to end the War

on Terror? In November 2001, it was

revealed in the media that the FBI had

quietly approached private remote

viewing companies with a view to

predicting likely targets of future

terrorist attacks.

As Lyn Buchanan, the author of The

Seventh Sense—a book that examines

Buchanan’s personal role in the U.S.

government’s remote viewing story—

said on this specific subject: “We want

the message to get to terrorists

everywhere that no one attacks our

country and kills our people and gets

away with it. We can, and we will, find

you.”

Decades after official research

began into remote viewing and ESP it

seems that the worlds of the psychic and

the spy continue to cross paths.

Since the 1980s, sightings of large,

triangular-shaped UFOs, usually

described as being black in color,

making a low humming noise, and very

often with rounded rather than angled

corners, have been reported throughout

the world. The sheer proliferation of

such reports has led some ufological

commentators to strongly suspect that the

Flying Triangles (as they have come to

be known) are prime examples of still—

classified aircraft, the development of

which was secretly begun in the 1980s

by elements of the U.S. Department of

Defense.

In March 1993 a series of earth—

shattering Flying Triangle encounters

occurred in British airspace that went on

to have a profound effect on high-ranking

sources within both the Royal Air Force

and the Ministry of Defense. More

importantly, it was that single wave of

encounters that ultimately led senior

military and defense personnel to liaise

with their American counterparts to try

and determine, once and for all, if the

FTs are of terrestrial or extraterrestrial

origins. The story comes from one of

those at the forefront of the study into the

aforementioned sightings: Nick Pope,

who for three years (1991–1994)

investigated—at an official level—UFO

incidents on behalf of the Ministry of

Defense.

Long-since retired from the MoD,

Pope, in a January 1997 interview with

me, revealed his role in—and his

knowledge of—the March 1993 UFO

encounters over the United Kingdom:

I arrived at the office at about 8.30 A.M. or

9.00 A.M. on the morning of March 31, 1993,

and my telephone was ringing. I picked it up

and there was a police officer on the other

end making a UFO report. Now, he was

based in Devon and told me an account of an

incident that had taken place in the early

hours of that particular day when he and a

colleague who had been on night patrol saw a

triangular-shaped UFO at fairly high altitude.

He said that the motion was fairly steady and

that there were lights at the edges with a

fainter light in the middle.

To me, this was already a description that

was becoming quite familiar both from one or

two reports that I’d received at the Ministry

of Defense over the years and from my own

study and research into the UFO literature.

In other words, I was aware that this was a

commonly reported shape for a UFO.

Pope continued:

I was also quite pleased to get a report from

a police officer. I won’t say that it was rare,

but it was slightly unusual to have reports

from trained observers like police and

military. I would say that, of the reports I

received in my time at the UFO desk, less

than five per cent came from, collectively,

pilots, military officers, and the police. I had

spoken, socially, to numerous Royal Air

Force pilots who’d had personal sightings, but

who had never reported them for fear of

ridicule.

But that police report was very much the first

of many that came in that day and over the

next week or so. When taken together, the

sightings described took place in a range of

times—the earliest was about 11–11.30 P.M.

on the evening of the thirtieth and the latest

was about 1.45 A.M. in the early hours of the

thirty-first.

What was it precisely that made the police

officer’s report stand out?

He said to me: “I’ve been on night patrols for

years, but I’ve never seen anything like this

in my entire life.” Well, reports such as this

came through thick and fast over the course

of the next week or so; more and more

reports came in from police stations, the

public and local RAF stations. In fact, I

would say that the total number of reports

easily exceeded one hundred.

It is clear from what Pope had to

say that there were three reports in

particular that stood out more than any

other—the first of which concerned a

family based in Rugeley, Staffordshire,

England, who had viewed a remarkable

aerial vehicle near the sprawling forest

that is Cannock Chase. Pope revealed

the facts:

This report was brought to my attention by

the Community Relations Office at RAF

Cosford [Shropshire]. The report had come

direct from the family and sounded

particularly interesting because, unlike some

of the other sightings, this one was of an

object flying at very low level. There had

been a family gathering and several members

of the family were out on the drive—really

just saying goodbye to their relatives who

were about to drive off. Suddenly, this large,

triangular-shaped craft flew over them very,

very slowly. This was a flat triangle, with a

light in each corner and a larger light in the

direct centre of the underside of the craft.

In fact, not unlike the report filed by

the police reports from Devon?

Exactly. But there was something else that

I’d come across in my investigations that was

also present in the Rugeley case. This was a

low-frequency humming sound coming from

the UFO; a humming that they actually

described as being quite unpleasant. Imagine

standing in front of the speakers at a pop

concert and almost feeling the sound as well

as hearing it—that was the effect that they

reported. Well, they were so excited and

overwhelmed that two of them leapt into the

car to give chase!

As they did so, they came to a point where

they thought the UFO was so low that it must

have come down in a nearby field. Well, they

parked the car, jumped out and looked

around. But there was absolutely nothing

there; the UFO had gone.

The night’s activities had barely

begun:

The two most significant reports began at

RAF Cosford shortly after the encounter at

Rugeley. This was definitely the highlight and

was one of the best sighting reports I

received in my entire posting. The report

itself came from a guard patrol at Cosford.

They were on duty manning entrance points,

checking the perimeter fence and such like.

All the members of the patrol saw the UFO

and, again, the description was pretty much

the same as most of the others. In this case,

though, the UFO was at medium-to-high

altitude.

Pope

makes

an

important

observation:

Remember that these witnesses were people

who see in a normal course of business all

sorts of aircraft activity, meteorites, fireballs

and so on, and they considered it absolutely

out of the ordinary.

They didn’t make a standard report: what

they did was to submit an actual 2–3 page

report which went up their chain of command

and then the report was forwarded on to me.

In that report, they stated that the UFO

passed directly over the base and that this

was of particular concern to them. They

made immediate checks with various Air

Traffic Control radar centres but nothing

appeared on the screens. It was this factor

that made them particularly keen to make an

official report. This was at around 1.00 A.M.

Whatever the origin of the unknown

vehicle, it appeared that its activities

were far from over.

They noticed that this Flying Triangle was

heading on a direct line for RAF Shawbury,

which is some twelve to fifteen miles on.

Now, the main concern of the Cosford patrol

was to alert Shawbury that the UFO was

coming their way; but they also wanted

confirmation that they weren’t having a mass

hallucination.

They took a decision to call Shawbury and

this was answered by the Meteorological

Officer. You have to realize that at that time

there was literally just a skeleton staff

operating, so the Met. Officer was,

essentially, on his own. So, he took a decision

to go outside, look in the direction of RAF

Cosford and see what he could see.

Sure enough, he could see this light coming

towards him and it got closer and closer and

lower and lower. Next thing, he was looking

at this massive, triangular-shaped craft flying

at what was a height of no more than two

hundred feet, just to the side of the base and

only about two hundred feet from the

perimeter fence.

Bearing in mind the fact that the

Meteorological

Officer

at

RAF

Shawbury could be considered a

reliable witness, and someone well—

trained in recognizing numerous types of

aerial phenomena, was he able to gauge

the size of the object? Pope said:

Very much so: military officers are very good

at gauging sizes of aircraft and they’re very

precise. His quote to me was that the UFO’s

size was midway between that of a C-130

Hercules and a Boeing 747 Jumbo Jet. Now,

he had eight years worth of experience with

the Royal Air Force, and a Met. Officer is

generally much better qualified than most for

looking at things in the night sky. And there

were other factors too: like the family in

Rugeley, he heard this most unpleasant low-frequency hum; but unlike their experience,

he saw the craft fire a beam of light down to

the ground. He felt that it was something like

a laser beam or a searchlight. The light was

tracking very rapidly back and forth and

sweeping one of the fields adjacent to the

base.

He also said—and he admitted this was

speculation—that it was as if the UFO was

looking for something. Now, the speed of the

UFO was extremely slow—no more than

twenty or thirty miles per hour, which in itself

is quite extraordinary. As far as the

description is concerned, he said that it was

fairly featureless—a sort of flat, triangular-shaped craft, or possibly a bit more diamond—

shaped. But if all the descriptions had been

identical I would have been surprised.

Perhaps the most eye-opening and

revealing aspect of the RAF Shawbury

encounter was the way in which the

object made its exit, as Nick Pope

reveals:

He said that the beam of light retracted into

the craft, which then seemed to gain a little

bit of height. But then, in an absolute instant,

the UFO moved from a speed of about

twenty or thirty miles per hour to a speed of

several hundreds of miles per hour—if not

thousands! It just suddenly moved off to the

horizon and then out of sight in no more than

a second or so—and there was no sonic

boom. Well, of course, when I received this

report and the one from Cosford, I launched

as full an investigation as I possibly could.

The e ntrance to the RAF Shawbury base . In

1993, the re was a wave of sightings of a “Flying

Triangle ,” both ove r the base and in the

surrounding countie s. No comme rcial or military

aircraft we re in the are a at the time .

As

Nick

Pope

now

makes

abundantly clear, that investigation

proved to be extraordinary, to say the

least: “Even though it was fairly obvious

to me that there were a number of things

that this object was not, I still made the

checks anyway to try and eliminate

absolutely every possibility.” Pope also

noted: “I had a feeling that this one was

going to go right up the chain of

command.” He was not wrong.

Checks were also made with various Air

Traffic Control Centers, with Air Defense

experts and Air Defense radar systems; and

although at one point we thought we had

caught the UFO on radar, it eventually turned

out that there was nothing. After these

checks were made and we were able to

establish that the UFO hadn’t been caught on

radar, the Royal Air Force was quite

interested. There isn’t really a corporate

view on UFOs; it really does go down to the

belief of the individual. But, enough people

realized that there was something exciting

and out of the ordinary going on and they, too,

got caught up in all that excitement.

Initially, suggestions were put

forward that all of the sightings were

simply the result of a satellite re-entering the Earth’s atmosphere: “I

spoke to the Space Information Officer

at RAF Fylingdales; this is the Ballistic

Missile Early Warning Centre. They’ve

got very powerful space-tracking radar

that can pick up and track all sorts of

objects at orbital heights. Now, they

raised the possibility that we were

looking at the re-entry of one of the

Russian Cosmos satellites.

Contrary to what some people have said,

however, Fylingdales were very unsure as to

whether or not the satellite would even have

been visible from the U.K. at all during that

time. But even if there was a re-entering

satellite in the skies, it certainly couldn’t

explain the very close encounter at RAF

Shawbury. Don’t forget, too, that a satellite

burn-up is very much like a meteor shower

with a few tracks of light flashing across the

sky. In this sighting, however, it was a case

of one military base actually reporting to

another and saying: “It’s coming your

way….” So this rules out a satellite burn-out.

Pope then took his investigation to

another level.

My next step was to get a map and plot out

the various locations where the UFO—or

UFOs—had been seen. Well, that didn’t

work out. I was confronted with a map of

haphazard sightings all around the country.

There was certainly a concentration of

sightings in Devon, Cornwall, South Wales,

and the Midlands. But there were also

sightings from Southampton and Yorkshire;

and I knew that there were reports from

Ireland, Belgium, and elsewhere in Europe.

And these were just the tip of the iceberg.

One interesting point that then occurred to

me was that we were dealing with activity on

exactly the same night—but three years later

—to a very famous wave of sightings of very

similar craft seen over Belgium. And my

favorite theory about this—or at least an idea

I floated about—was that this was a

deliberate move on the part of whoever was

operating the craft.

Pope explains his line of thinking:

For example, if the media had got a hold of

this, it would have been too late to get it in

the newspapers on March 31; so, the earliest

date that the story could have run would have

been April 1—April Fools’ Day! Again, a

little indicator, perhaps, of an intelligence and

possibly even some form of humor.

The Lockhe e d SR-71 Blackbird was a Mach-3

re connaissance aircraft use d by the U.S. Air

Force . One the ory about the Flying Triangle s was

that the air force was e xpe rime nting with a craft

to re place the SR-71.

Of course, it could be argued that

this would serve as excellent cover if

the Flying Triangle that was seen near

RAF Shawbury was a terrestrial aircraft

(albeit a distinctly secret one) as

opposed to something extraterrestrial.

Pope acknowledges this.

We decided that we couldn’t ignore the

various rumors that were doing the rounds

about a supposed Top Secret aircraft

developed by the U.S. government and called

Aurora—or, indeed, any hypersonic and/or

prototype

aircraft

operated

by

the

Americans.

There had been persistent rumors in the

aviation world and amongst the UFO lobby

that the SR-71 Blackbird had been replaced

by a hypersonic aircraft code-named Aurora

and that that was what the Flying Triangles

really were. I was well aware that there had

been some interesting stories about visual and

radar sightings around certain air bases;

however, I hadn’t put much store in these

rumors—not least because there had been

some very definitive denials from the

Americans.

I know there’s a lot of cynicism about

government and the military. And although

officialdom may refuse to answer a question

and may sometimes give a misleading

answer, outright lying is incredibly rare. And

when it does occur, if it’s uncovered it almost

certainly leads to resignation.

But with the March 1993 sightings—and in

spite of the denials from the Americans that

they were responsible for the Flying Triangles

—we did contact them to make inquiries.

This was because they have the responsibility

pertaining to the U.S. presence in Britain.

Those inquiries bore absolutely no fruit at all.

The Americans said: “No. We can shed no

light at all on the UFO sightings that have led

to your inquiry.”

Pope is able to disclose, however,

that the liaison with the Americans was

not without its moment of intrigue. “If

anything,” he now related:

[T]here was an interesting little hint that the

Americans, too, were seeing these Flying

Triangles over their territory. As we were

making our inquiries, they turned the question

around and wanted to know if our Royal Air

Force had a triangular-shaped, hypersonic

prototype aircraft of some sort. So,

presumably, the Americans were having

Flying Triangle sightings, too.

But this was interesting, in light of the fact

that the Americans supposedly got out of

UFO investigations back in 1969 when the

Air Force’s Project Blue Book closed down.

Of course, you may not officially be in the

UFO game, but you are certainly going to be

aware of—and take an interest in—reports

of structured craft in your airspace. So,

essentially, we drew blanks with the

Americans.

At the time, Nick Pope and the

secretariat of the Air Staff were not the

only ones who were addressing the issue

of whether or not the Americans were

flying an Aurora-type craft in British

airspace. In early 1995, for example,

this very issue was brought up in none

other than the Houses of Parliament. It

was January 26, and the following

exchange took place between Llew

Smith MP and Nicholas Soames, the then

minister for the Armed Forces:

Mr. Llew Smith: To ask the Secretary of

State for Defense how many Aurora

Prototype aircraft of the United States Air

Force are based at the Machrihanish Air

Force Base in Argyll; and for what period

permission has been given for basing these

aircraft in the United Kingdom.

Mr. Soames: There are no United States Air

Force prototype aircraft based at RAF

Machrihanish and no authorization has been

given by Her Majesty’s government to the

United States Air Force, or any other U.S.

body, to operate such aircraft within or from

the United Kingdom.

As this exchange made abundantly

clear, even during a Parliamentary

debate, nothing had surfaced to suggest

—officially, at least—the American

government was in any way implicated

in the mystery of the Flying Triangles.

Back to Nick Pope:

Bearing in mind that the Americans had

inquired—at an official level, no less—if the

British Royal Air Force had in its employ

something broadly fitting the description of a

Flying Triangle, and we had said “No,” I still

felt obliged to address the issue of whether or

not the rumors about secret aircraft being

flown by us were true.

First, from my own knowledge of prototype

aircraft, un-manned aerial vehicles and so on,

the Triangles don’t fit into the typical pattern,

and I’ll explain why. Where we do have such

pieces of kit, they’re not tested over the

heads of “Joe Public;” they’re tested in a

small number of clearly defined ranges and

danger areas—mostly out at sea such as the

Abberporth Range in Cradigan Bay.

Pope also states on this highly

controversial matter:

You simply do not fly a prototype craft over a

military base or over the centre of Rugeley or

wherever, and run the risk that someone will

either (a) scramble a [Tornado] F-3 [aircraft]

to try and intercept it; or (b) take a

photograph of it which will end up on the

front page of The Sun or Jane’s Defense

Weekly. It’s simply not the way that things

are done.

We checked domestically anything that might

have been flying. But if we’d have been

poking our noses into something that didn’t

concern us, the investigation would have

been quietly switched off. In fact, the

opposite happened. We were making big

waves throughout the Royal Air Force, the

Ministry of Defense and at an international

level. So the domestic secret aircraft theory

is interesting but it doesn’t hold water.

Three

years

prior

to

the

extraordinary events at RAF Cosford

and RAF Shawbury, similar objects

were seen on repeated occasions in

Belgian airspace in 1989 and 1990. In

view of this, was any form of approach

made to the Belgian military to ascertain

their views? “Yes,” said Pope:

Triangle -shape d obje cts we re spotte d by the

Be lgian airforce ne ar Brusse ls in 1990.

I approached the Belgians to get a

comparison after their sightings. I phoned the

Air Attaché at the British Embassy in

Brussels and he spoke to one of the F-16

pilots who had been scrambled to intercept a

Flying Triangle over Belgium back in 1990.

Well, the Air Attaché reported back to me

that the corporate view of the Belgian

Defense Staff was that they did believe that

they were dealing with a solid, structured

craft.

Apparently, the word from the Belgians was:

“Thank God it was friendly.” If it hadn’t

been, it was made clear to me that there was

very little that the Belgian Air Force could

have done anyway—despite the fact that the

F-16 is no slouch.

With the secret weapon angle

disposed of as far as Nick Pope was

concerned, what was his next step in the

investigation?

There was only one place to go and that was

up the chain of command and I briefed my

head of division. He was notoriously skeptical

about UFOs and generally made no secret of

the fact that he thought that it was all a

waste of time and resources. But he had

been quite impressed by the Shawbury and

Cosford events—even to the point of making

some attempts to plot the course of the UFO.

In fact, I recall him bounding into the office in

a state of some considerable excitement

when he thought that he had found

indications of a straight-line track. I had

copied some of the reports; but what he

didn’t have was a batch of reports that had

just come in and that painted a totally

different picture.

Well, I just thought that this needed to go up

the chain of command. The main addressee

was the Assistant Chief of the Air Staff; so

what I did was to summarize the events on a

couple of sides of paper and attach the

original reports—the typed report submitted

by the patrol sighting at Cosford and my own

write-up of the RAF Shawbury sighting.

He took a few days to have a look at all the

paperwork and then passed it back down the

chain of command with a message that said:

“This is extremely interesting. It is a genuine

mystery but clearly you’ve made all the

checks that we could reasonably make and

it’s difficult to see how we can take this any

further.” And that was essentially where the

matter rested.

Today, does Nick Pope feel that the

assessment of the Assistant Chief of the

Air Staff was a fair one?

Well, yes and no. I felt extremely

uncomfortable that we had a clear breach of

the U.K. air defense region; and we had two

Royal Air Force bases pretty much being

overflown by a structured craft and yet we

had nothing on radar and absolutely no

explanation. I applied our own standard line

on UFOs and asked myself the questions: Is

this of no defense significance? What if the

craft had been hostile? What if a bomb-bay

had suddenly opened up and it had attacked

these bases? If that had been the case, and

with the UFO not appearing on radar, the

first we would have known would have been

when the bombs were falling. So, I came to

the conclusion that this was of extreme

defense significance.

I’m naturally suspicious of anyone that

doesn’t declare their hand. And although

there may be some very good reasons for

them remaining covert, I think that from a

military and defense point of view, you have

to say that there is a potential UFO threat.

Personally, I felt that saying “Object

Unexplained; Case Closed” was not

satisfactory. On the other hand, I had every

sympathy with the Assistant Chief of the Air

Staff; there was no faulting his logic. What

else could he have done? Really, it was an

impossible situation. I can tell you, however,

that after this, there were a lot more

believers in the extraterrestrial hypothesis

amongst the RAF and the MoD than there

had been previously.

Given

that

the

1993

UFO

encounters had a profound effect on a

number of Pope’s colleagues, would it

be fair to say that he, too, found his

views on the subject altering?

Yes, they did, definitely. I don’t know if it

was the single turning point that switched me

from being an openminded skeptic to a

believer; but it was certainly one of the key

events. In fact, if you were to ask me to take

my best shot, I would say that this was the

real article; this was extraterrestrial.

April 28, 1997, was the date on

which a startling statement was

made by William S. Cohen—at the time,

the U.S. secretary of defense in the

Clinton administration. The location was

the University of Georgia, which was

playing host to The Conference on

Terrorism,

Weapons

of

Mass

Destruction, and U.S. Strategy. As a

captivated audience listened intently,

Cohen revealed something that was as

remarkable as it was controversial.

Hostile

groups—that

Cohen,

whether by design or not, did not name

—were actively

… engaging in an eco-type of terrorism

whereby they can alter the climate, set off

earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the

use of ElectroMagnetic waves. So there are

plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at

work finding ways in which they can wreak

terror upon other nations. It’s real.

Cohen was not wrong: in 1996 the

U.S. Air Force unveiled to the public

and the media an astonishing document.

It read like science fiction. It was,

however, nothing less than amazing,

controversial, science-fact. The title of

the document was USAF 2025. It was,

basically, a study of where the Air Force

hoped

to

be—technologically

and

militarily speaking—in 2025.

Researched and written by the 2025

Support Office at the Air University, Air

Education and Training Command, and

developed by the Air University Press,

Educational

Services

Directorate,

College

of

Aerospace

Doctrine,

Research, and Education, Maxwell Air

Force Base, Alabama, the document was

“designed to comply with a directive

from the chief of staff of the Air Force to

examine the concepts, capabilities, and

technologies the United States will

require to remain the dominant air and

space force in the future.”

Beyond any shadow of doubt, the

most controversial section of the entire

USAF 2025 report was that titled

“Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning

the Weather in 2025.” Forget missiles,

bombs, bullets, troops, and aircraft. The

future, very possibly, lies in defeating

the

enemy

via

global

weather

manipulation. The report stated:

In 2025, US aerospace forces can “own the

weather” by capitalizing on emerging

technologies and focusing development of

those

technologies

to

war-fighting

applications. While some segments of society

will always be reluctant to examine

controversial issues such as weather-modification,

the

tremendous

military

capabilities that could result from this field

are ignored at our own peril. Weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce

an adversary.

The authors also noted:

The desirability to modify storms to support

military objectives is the most aggressive and

controversial type of weather-modification.

While offensive weather-modification efforts

would certainly be undertaken by U.S. forces

with great caution and trepidation, it is clear

that we cannot afford to allow an adversary

to obtain an exclusive weather-modification

capability.

Forme r se cre tary of de fe nse William Cohe n

be lie ve d that hostile groups we re targe ting the

Unite d State s with e cote rrorism and the

manipulation of e arthquake and volcanic activity.

It’s very clear that a great deal of

thought had gone into the production of

this particular section of the report. It

begins by providing the reader with a

theoretical scenario, one filled with

conflict, but which may very well be

resolvable by turning the weather into a

weapon:

Imagine that in 2025 the US is fighting a rich,

but now consolidated, politically powerful

drug cartel in South America. The cartel has

purchased

hundreds

of

Russian—

and

Chinese-built fighters that have successfully

thwarted our attempts to attack their

production

facilities.

With

their

local

numerical superiority and interior lines, the

cartel is launching more than 10 aircraft for

every one of ours. In addition, the cartel is

using

the

French

system

probatoire

d’observation

de

la

terre

(SPOT)

positioning and tracking imagery systems,

which in 2025 are capable of transmitting

near-real-time, multispectral imagery with 1

meter resolution. The US wishes to engage

the enemy on an uneven playing field in order

to exploit the full potential of our aircraft and

munitions.

At this point, a decision is taken to

focus carefully on making the local

weather work for the United States and

against the cartel:

Meteorological

analysis

reveals

that

equatorial South America typically has

afternoon thunderstorms on a daily basis

throughout the year. Our intelligence has

confirmed that cartel pilots are reluctant to

fly in or near thunderstorms. Therefore, our

weather force support element (WFSE),

which is a part of the commander in chief’s

(CINC) air operations center (AOC), is

tasked to forecast storm paths and trigger or

intensify thunderstorm cells over critical

target areas that the enemy must defend with

their aircraft. Since our aircraft in 2025 have

all-weather capability, the thunderstorm

threat is minimal to our forces, and we can

effectively and decisively control the sky

over the target.

The WFSE, the report notes, has the

necessary sensor and communication

capabilities to observe, detect, and act

on weather-modification requirements to

support U.S. military objectives. These

capabilities, we are told, “are part of an

advanced battle area system that

supports the war-fighting CINC. In our

scenario, the CINC tasks the WFSE to

conduct

storm

intensification

and

concealment operations. The WFSE

models the atmospheric conditions to

forecast, with ninety percent confidence,

the likelihood of successful modification

using airborne cloud generation and

seeding.”

The countdown to Weather War

One is about to begin.

According to USAF 2025, by 2025

“uninhabited aerospace vehicles (UAV)

are

routinely

used

for

weather-modification operations. By cross—

referencing desired attack times with

wind and thunderstorm forecasts and the

SPOT satellite’s projected orbit, the

WFSE generates mission profiles for

each UAV. The WFSE guides each UAV

using near-real-time information from a

networked sensor array.

A Ce ssna-210 fitte d with cloud-se e ding

e quipme nt pre pare s for take off. Cloud se e ding

works by spraying fine particulate s (such as from

silve r iodide ) into clouds that se rve as se e d

around which wate r and ice crystals can form.

Prior to the attack, which is coordinated with

forecasted weather conditions, the UAVs

begin

cloud

generation

and

seeding

operations. UAVs disperse a cirrus shield to

deny enemy visual and infrared (IR)

surveillance.

Simultaneously,

microwave

heaters create localized scintillation to disrupt

active sensing via synthetic aperture radar

(SAR) systems such as the commercially

available Canadian search and rescue

satellite-aided tracking (SARSAT) that will

be widely available in 2025. Other cloud

seeding operations cause a developing

thunderstorm to intensify over the target,

severely limiting the enemy’s capability to

defend. The WFSE monitors the entire

operation in real-time and notes the

successful completion of another very

important but routine weather-modification

mission.

The Air Force admitted that “this

scenario may seem far-fetched” but

remained

fully

confident

that

“technological advances in meteorology

and the demand for more precise

weather

information

by

global

businesses will lead to the successful

identification and parameterization of

the major variables that affect weather.”

It was then time for the USAF 2025

team to do a bit of hypothetical future—

forecasting:

By

2025,

advances

in

computational

capability,

modeling

techniques,

and

atmospheric information tracking will produce

a highly accurate and reliable weather

prediction capability, validated against real—

world weather. In the following decade,

population densities put pressure on the

worldwide availability and cost of food and

usable water. Massive life and property

losses associated with natural weather

disasters become increasingly unacceptable.

These pressures prompt governments and/or

other organizations who are able to capitalize

on the technological advances of the previous

20 years to pursue a highly accurate and

reasonably

precise

weather-modification

capability. The increasing urgency to realize

the benefits of this capability stimulates laws

and treaties, and some unilateral actions,

making the risks required to validate and

refine it acceptable.

By 2025, the world, it seems, will

be vastly different to the one we inhabit

today. The Air Force noted that entire

nations would have the ability to “shape

local weather patterns by influencing the

factors that affect climate, precipitation,

storms and their effects, fog, and near

space.”

And as the team astutely observed:

These highly accurate and reasonably precise

civil applications of weather-modification

technology have obvious military implications.

This is particularly true for aerospace forces,

for while weather may affect all mediums of

operation, it operates in ours.

With the above in mind, the

combined brains behind the reported

advocated that …

the DoD explore the many opportunities (and

also the ramifications) resulting from

development of a capability to influence

precipitation

or

conducting

“selective

precipitation modification.” Although the

capability to influence precipitation over the

long term (i.e., for more than several days) is

still not fully understood. By 2025, we will

certainly be capable of increasing or

decreasing precipitation over the short term

in a localized area.

Demonstrating

the

military

advantage to such a program was made

clear to the DoD:

Before discussing research in this area, it is

important to describe the benefits of such a

capability. While many military operations

may be influenced by precipitation, ground

mobility is most affected. Influencing

precipitation could prove useful in two ways.

First, enhancing precipitation could decrease

the enemy’s trafficability by muddying

terrain, while also affecting their morale.

Second, suppressing precipitation could

increase friendly trafficability by drying out

an otherwise muddied area.

Much attention was given to a

phenomenon that no one can deny is on

the increase: storms. It’s one thing to

manipulate precipitation, but to engineer

a storm as a means to defeat our foes?

Yes, such a possibility is actively being

discussed and researched, as the

document clearly demonstrates:

The desirability to modify storms to support

military objectives is the most aggressive and

controversial type of weather-modification.

The damage caused by storms is indeed

horrendous. For instance, a tropical storm has

an energy equal to 10,000 one-megaton

hydrogen bombs, and in 1992 Hurricane

Andrew totally destroyed Homestead AFB,

Florida, caused the evacuation of most

military aircraft in the southeastern US, and

resulted in $15.5 billion of damage.

The controversial document stated:

At any instant there are approximately 2,000

thunderstorms taking place. In fact 45,000

thunderstorms, which contain heavy rain, hail,

microbursts, wind shear, and lightning form

daily. Anyone who has flown frequently on

commercial aircraft has probably noticed the

extremes that pilots will go to avoid

thunderstorms. The danger of thunderstorms

was clearly shown in August 1985 when a

jumbo jet crashed killing 137 people after

encountering microburst wind shears during a

rain squall. These forces of nature impact all

aircraft and even the most advanced fighters

of 1996 make every attempt to avoid a

thunderstorm.

Once again, speculating on the

future, the authors ask an important

question: “Will bad weather remain an

aviation hazard in 2025?” Their

response follows:

The answer, unfortunately, is “yes,” but

projected advances in technology over the

next 30 years will diminish the hazard

potential. Computer-controlled flight systems

will be able to “autopilot” aircraft through

rapidly changing winds. Aircraft will also

have highly accurate, onboard sensing

systems that can instantaneously “map” and

automatically guide the aircraft through the

safest portion of a storm cell. Aircraft are

envisioned to have hardened electronics that

can withstand the effects of lightning strikes

and may also have the capability to generate

a surrounding electropotential field that will

neutralize or repel lightning strikes.

Assuming that the US achieves some or all

of the above outlined aircraft technical

advances and maintains the technological

“weather edge” over its potential adversaries,

we can next look at how we could modify the

battlespace weather to make the best use of

our technical advantage.

If

storms

do

become

future

weapons of choice, precisely how might

this be achieved? The answer might

already be available. The USAF 2025

team carefully addressed the scientific

issues surrounding this very question:

Weather-modification

technologies

might

involve techniques that would increase latent

heat release in the atmosphere, provide

additional water vapor for cloud cell

development, and provide additional surface

and lower atmospheric heating to increase

atmospheric instability.

Critical to the success of any

attempt to trigger a storm cell, noted the

authors, “is the pre-existing atmospheric

conditions locally and regionally.”

A Civil Air Patrol cade t e xamine s airplane

wre ckage in Punta Gorda, Florida, afte r

Hurricane Charle y in 2004. While advance me nts

in te chnology are pre dicte d to mitigate hazards to

air trave l in the future , incle me nt we athe r will

always re main a hazard.

That’s to say, the atmosphere must

already be

conditionally unstable and the large-scale

dynamics must be supportive of vertical cloud

development. The focus of the weather-modification effort would be to provide

additional “conditions” that would make the

atmosphere unstable enough to generate

cloud and eventually storm cell development.

The path of storm cells once developed or

enhanced is dependent not only on the

mesoscale dynamics of the storm but the

regional

and

synoptic

(global)

scale

atmospheric wind flow patterns in the area

which are currently not subject to human

control.

The Air Force conceded that “the

technical hurdles for storm development

in support of military operations are

obviously

greater

than

enhancing

precipitation or dispersing fog as

described

earlier.”

They

added,

however:

One area of storm research that would

significantly benefit military operations is

lightning modification. Most research efforts

are being conducted to develop techniques to

lessen the occurrence or hazards associated

with lightning. This is important research for

military operations and resource protection,

but some offensive military benefit could be

obtained by doing research on increasing the

potential and intensity of lightning.

Now it’s time to take a look at the

conclusions of the USAF 2025 report:

The lessons of history indicate a real

weather-modification

capability

will

eventually exist despite the risk. The drive

exists. People have always wanted to control

the weather and their desire will compel them

to collectively and continuously pursue their

goal. The motivation exists. The potential

benefits and power are extremely lucrative

and alluring for those who have the resources

to develop it. This combination of drive,

motivation, and resources will eventually

produce the technology.

History also teaches that we cannot afford to

be without a weather-modification capability

once the technology is developed and used by

others. Even if we have no intention of using

it, others will. To call upon the atomic

weapon analogy again, we need to be able to

deter or counter their capability with our

own. Therefore, the weather and intelligence

communities must keep abreast of the actions

of others.

And, finally:

Weather-modification is a force multiplier

with tremendous power that could be

exploited across the full spectrum of war-fighting environments. From enhancing

friendly operations or disrupting those of the

enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural

weather patterns to complete dominance of

global communications and counter-space

control, weather-modification offers the war

fighter a wide-range of possible options to

defeat or coerce an adversary. But, while

offensive weather-modification efforts would

certainly be undertaken by US forces with

great caution and trepidation, it is clear that

we cannot afford to allow an adversary to

obtain an exclusive weather-modification

capability.

One has to wonder, however, if just

such a hostile adversary—whether a

particular nation, terrorists, or a

shadowy cabal—has already developed

and even deployed technology that

allows them to wreak havoc on our

environment in a fashion and have the

attack blamed on Mother Nature.

If, one day, you find yourself caught

up in the heart of a terrible storm, a

violent tsunami, a sudden and powerful

earthquake, or a catastrophic deluge, you

may wish to give consideration to the

possibility that this is not Mother

Nature’s doing, after all. It may be a

prime example of someone waging war

via the weather.

The controversy of chemtrails has

attracted the attention of conspiracy

theorists, the mainstream media, the U.S.

Air Force, and the governments of both

the United Kingdom and Canada. On the

one hand, there are those who suggest

it’s all a matter of conspiratorial

nonsense and fear-mongering. On the

other hand, it’s perceived by many as

something dark and deadly; something

that may even threaten our very existence

as a species.

The official line is that chemtrails

—in essence, trails in the sky, left by

large

aircraft—are

simply

regular

contrails of the kind that can be seen in

the skies at pretty much anytime and

pretty much everywhere. They are

created when a highflying aircraft

reaches an altitude cold enough to cause

exhaust vapor to transform into crystals

of ice, something that allows them to be

seen as long trails of cloud-like vapor.

The unofficial view, however, is

very different. It suggests that chemtrails

are nothing less than prime evidence that

someone is pumping massive amounts of

potentially deadly chemicals into the

atmosphere. The theories as to why such

actions might be taking place are just

about as many as they are varied: (a) to

provoke widespread illness and death,

as a means to lower the planet’s ever-growing population levels; (b) to reduce

the effects of global-warming; (c) to

alter the Earth’s weather (whether for

good or bad is a matter of dispute

amongst theorists); and (d) to adversely

affect the human brain, and turn us into

subservient, morose cattle. Somewhere

in this mass of tangled theories and

claims lies the answer. But whose

answer is the real one? That’s the big

question.

It was in 1996 that the seeds of the

chemtrail mystery were first sewn. And

it was all thanks to the U.S. Air Force’s

USAF 2025 report, the salient points of

which were discussed in the previous

chapter of this book. They were points

that focused, to a significant degree, on

how the Air Force was planning to

manipulate and control the weather as a

tool of warfare.

The data contained in the USAF

2025 document was presented in a

distinctly

theoretical

fashion—its

authors were, after all, trying to second—

guess where technology would be almost

thirty years after the report was written

and published. Those suspicious of

anything and everything that comes out of

the mouth of officialdom weren’t buying

it; not at all. In mere weeks after the

document was declassified into the

public domain, rumors were afoot that

(a) the weather-altering technology was

already in use; and (b) evidence of its

existence could be seen in the contrails

—soon to be termed chemtrails—above

our heads. Interestingly, the conspiracy

theorists quickly came to believe they

had support in high places.

Recall that, in 1997, just one year

after the USAF 2025 report was

published, U.S. secretary of defense

William Cohen stated that dark forces

were

engaging in an eco-type of terrorism whereby

they can alter the climate, set off

earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the

use of ElectroMagnetic waves. So there are

plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at

work finding ways in which they can wreak

terror upon other nations. It’s real.

Chemtrail proponents offered the

opinion that Cohen’s words amounted to

a less-than-subtle attempt to get the word

out about what was secretly going on in

the Earth’s atmosphere. Maybe they

were right. It wasn’t long, however,

before the weather-control theory was

elbowed out in favor of one focused on

population control and a sinister New

World Order.

Such was the sheer level of finger-pointing in the direction of the Air Force

that a forthright statement on the matter

was issued by USAF staff. In part, it

read:

The Air Force’s policy is to observe and

forecast the weather. The Air Force is

focused on observing and forecasting the

weather so the information can be used to

support military operations. The Air Force is

not conducting any weather modification

experiments or programs and has no plans to

do so in the future. The “Chemtrail” hoax has

been investigated and refuted by many

established

and

accredited

universities,

scientific organizations, and major media

publications.

Most pe ople have looke d up into the sky and

obse rve d one or se ve ral contrail stre aks, but

the re are some who suspe ct the y contain

che micals that may de libe rate ly spre ad illne sse s,

affe ct global warming, or some how turn pe ople

into subse rvie nt slave s.

In 1999, the New Mexico attorney

general’s

office

contacted

New

Mexicans for Science and Reason

(NMSR) member Kim Johnson to help

answer questions from constituents

regarding the alleged dangers of

“chemtrails.” After his investigation,

Johnson told the attorney general (in a

letter that can be found in the online

article

“Kim

Johnson’s

Chemtrail

Analysis—Updated”):

I have viewed a number of photos purporting

to be of aircraft spraying the chemical or

biological material into the atmosphere. I

have also discussed these letters with another

scientist familiar with upper atmospheric

phenomena from Sandia National Laboratory

and a retired general and fighter pilot who is

an Air Force Hall of Fame member. In

summary, there is no evidence that these

“chemtrails” are other than expected, normal

contrails from jet aircraft that vary in their

shapes, duration, and general presentation

based on prevailing weather conditions.

That is not to say that there could not be an

occasional, purposeful experimental release

of, say, high altitude barium for standard wind

tracking experiments. There could also be

other related experiments that occur from

time-to-time which release agents into the

atmosphere. However, not one single picture

that was presented as evidence indicates

other than normal contrail formation.

Mark Pilkington, an observer of,

and

commentator

on,

conspiracy

theories, was doubtful of the idea that

chemtrails were part of some terrible

plot to kill whole swathes of the

population or to manipulate the weather.

Nevertheless, he did note the following:

Author and curator Mark Pilkington—in a 2014

article , “Plane Truth on the Conspiracy Trail”—

doubte d the re was a conspiracy to kill pe ople

with contrails, but he did note the ir e ffe cts on the

e nvironme nt.

The contrail threat isn’t entirely imagined,

however. NASA has been carrying out

genuine research into the possible effects of

contrails and increased air activity on the

environment. An average contrail can last for

hours before evolving into cirrus clouds—the

largest measured covered 2,000 square miles

(5,180sq km) of west America. Scientists

have long been concerned that, with an

expected six-fold increase in plane flights,

such cirrus spreads might trap heat in the

Earth’s atmosphere, so contributing to global

warning. According to NASA research,

cirrus cloud cover over America has

increased five per cent since 1971, with the

figure higher in the northeast.

At the height of the controversy,

chemtrails researcher Ken Adachi said

in “Chemtrails”:

Chemtrail spraying seems to be heaviest and

most constant over North America and most

countries of eastern Europe. Some countries

in Asia are being sprayed (Japan and Korea),

but the greatest exception to any chemtrail

activity whatsoever is China. The Chinese

are being spared completely because China is

being groomed by the NWO to replace the

United States as the leading nation of the

world, both economically and militarily.

Adachi also noted something that

suggested it wasn’t the entire human race

that was under assault, but possibly just

specific portions of it:

It is being reported that people with average

or below average immunity are experiencing

pneumonia-like respiratory symptoms, while

people with stronger immunity are only

experiencing slight discomfort for a day or

two or no symptoms at all. Some people have

gotten very ill and the symptoms seem to

keep returning after a short period of

improvement. It’s possible that some of these

sprayings might contain special bioengineered

pathogens designed to affect only certain

racial groups.

Even the world of mainstream

media couldn’t ignore the chemtrails.

USA Today writer Traci Watson said in

2001, in in “Conspiracy Theories Find

Menace in Contrails”:

Federal bureaucracies have gotten thousands

of phone calls, e-mails and letters in recent

years from people demanding to know what

is being sprayed and why. Some of the

missives are threatening.

It’s impossible to tell how many supporters

these ideas have attracted, but the people

who believe them say they’re tired of getting

the brush-off from officials. And they’re tired

of health problems they blame on “spraying.”

“This is blatant. This is in your face,” said

Philip Marie Sr., a retired nuclear quality

engineer from Bartlett, N.H., who said the

sky above his quiet town is often crisscrossed

with “spray” trails.

“No one will address it,” he said. “Everyone

stonewalls this thing.”

Writer William Thomas, one of the

leading researchers of the chemtrails

phenomenon, and who is a firm believer

they are the work of classified programs

and represent a major hazard, noted in

his paper “Stolen Skies: The Chemtrail

Mystery”:

On December 8, 2000, Terry Stewart, the

Manager for Planning and Environment at

the Victoria International Airport, responded

to a caller’s complaint about the strange

patterns of circles and grids being woven

over the British Columbia capitol. Stewart

left a message on an answering machine tape

—a message that later was heard by more

than 15 million radio listeners. Stewart

explained: “It’s a military exercise, [a] US

and Canadian Air Force exercise that’s going

on. They wouldn’t give me any specifics on

it.”

Thomas expanded further:

Canadian Forces Base (CFB) Comox on

Vancouver Island is Canada’s biggest radar

installation. CFB Comox is easily capable of

tracking the US formations coming up from

the south. When asked for a response to

Stewart’s statement, the base information

officer at CFB Comox replied tersely: “No

military operation is taking place.” Stewart

later told the Vancouver Courier that his

information had come directly from Comox.

Not surprisingly, Canadians kept a

wary and concerned watch on what was

going on above their heads.

In 2003, and in an attempt to put to

rest concerns exhibited by Canadian

citizens, in relation to the controversy,

the Canadian government issued a

statement on chemtrails. It included the

following words, taken from a longer

statement that can be read in an article

titled “Chemtrails—Spraying in Our

Sky”:

There is no substantiated evidence, scientific

or otherwise, to support the allegation that

there is high altitude spraying conducted in

Canadian airspace. The term “chemtrails” is

a popularized expression, and there is no

scientific evidence to support their existence.

Furthermore,

weather

modification

experiments carried out over Canadian

airspace legally require that Environment

Canada be notified. We have no information

of any such efforts. High altitude aerial

spraying of pesticides does not occur in

Canada and any spraying that is currently

done in Canada does not encompass the use

of large military type jet aircraft.

Absolutely no word was made of

the December 8, 2000, saga of Stewart.

As the controversy grew, certain

elements of the British government got

caught up in the chemtrails controversy.

On November 8, 2005, questions were

asked about the chemtrails in none other

than

the

Houses

of

Parliament.

Specifically, the secretary of state for

environment, food, and rural affairs was

asked

what

research

had

been

undertaken into “the polluting effects of

chemtrails for aircraft.”

The response from Elliott Morley

(who held the position of minister of

state for the environment and agri—

environment)

was

intriguing,

but

ultimately dismissive. Published at

parliament.uk, in November 2005, it states:

The Department is not researching into

chemtrails from aircraft as they are not

scientifically

recognized

phenomena.

However, condensation trails (contrails) are

known to exist and have been documented

since the 1940s. Contrails are composed of

ice crystals forming on the small particles and

water vapor emitted by aircraft as the result

of the combustion process they form behind

highflying

aircraft

depending

on

the

temperature and humidity of the atmosphere.

A major scientific report, Aviation and the

Global Atmosphere, was published in 1999

by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change. The report assessed the current

contribution of aviation to climate change

and, based on a range of scenarios and

assumptions, forecast its contribution up to

2050. It estimated that contrails covered

about 0.1 per cent of the Earth’s surface in

1992 and projected this cover would grow to

0.5 per cent by 2050 (on middle range

assumptions). More recently this work has

been updated from the results of the EU 5th

Framework Project, TRADEOFF.

Contrails continue to be the subject of

research to help better understand both how

they are formed and what effects they have

on the atmosphere.

To

date,

that

remains

the

British

government’s official verdict on chemtrails.

Moving on to 2008, one of the most

well-known and respected investigators

of conspiracy theories, Jim Marrs, is

quoted in Ben Radford’s 2009 article

“Curious Contrails: Death from the

Sky?” as saying: “Chemtrails often occur

at altitudes and in conditions where it

would be impossible for a contrail to

form.” He noted that a 2007 report

undertaken by a television station in

Louisiana—KSLA—revealed something

startling. Investigative reporter Jeff

Ferrell, said Marrs, tested water

captured under a crosshatch of alleged

chemtrails. According to Ferrell, and

referenced by Marrs: “KSLA News 12

had the sample tested at a lab. The

results: high level of barium, 6.8 parts

per million (ppm). That’s more than

three times the toxic level set by the

Environmental Protection Agency.”

Te le vision station KSLA in Shre ve port,

Louisiana, conducte d an analysis of wate r from

che mtrails, discove ring toxic le ve ls of barium.

The results were disputed by

physicist David E. Thomas, who

concluded the errors were simply the

result of bad math on the part of Ferrell.

That Thomas was a contributing editor

to the Skeptical Inquirer left many of the

chemtrail proponents … well …

skeptical.

In May 2014, a new angle surfaced,

one that suggested chemtrails were, in

part at least, aimed at destroying the

organic food market. At least one of the

guilty parties in this affair, said

GeoEngineering Watch, was Monsanto, a

major,

multinational,

biotechnology

corporation based out of St. Louis,

Missouri. On this matter, taken from

“Chemtrails Killing Organic Crops,

Monsanto’s GMO Seeds Thrive,” is the

following:

Organic farmers and our food supply have a

huge environmental hazard to contend with

compliments of the U.S. government—

chemtrails. Chemtrails are chemical or

biological agents deliberately sprayed at high

altitudes for purposes undisclosed to the

general public in programs directed by

various government officials. These sprays

pollute the soil, water and air while

compromising the health of humans, animals

and plants. But wait—Monsanto has

developed seeds that will weather the effect

of the sprays, creating a tidy profit for the

corporation while organics suffer.

Monsanto’s GMO seeds are specially

designed to grow in the high presence of

aluminum. Aluminum is the chemical found in

chemtrails. If this poisoning continues, true

organic farming may become impossible in

the not so distant future. When aluminum

pollutes soil and water it kills crops. It

collects in people and causes diseases!

Today, the debate over chemtrails

continues to rage on. As prime evidence

of this, visitors to The Sheep Killers

website are told, in “Chemtrails”:

Our health is under attack as evidenced by

the skyrocketing rates of chemtrail induced

lung

cancer,

asthma,

and

pulmonary/respiratory problems. Our natural

environment and planetary weather systems

are under attack resulting in freak lightening

strikes, bizarre weather, 20% less sunlight

reaching the Earth’s surface, the alarming,

nearly complete collapse in certain areas of

the west coast marine ecosystem and the

creation of some of the largest tornadoes and

hurricanes on record. Our skies are

increasingly

hazed

over

with

fake

barium/aluminum

particulate,

ethylene

dibromide chemtrail clouds. Whether in the

atmosphere or in the Ocean this added

particulate matter is a hazard to the health of

every living thing on this planet.

You have been warned. Keep your eyes on

the skies. You know: just in case….

Since the mid-1960s, countless

people, all around the globe, have

had encounters with what have become

infamously known in conspiracy circles

as “black helicopters.” Typically, as the

name

suggests,

these

craft

are

completely black in color and lack any

markings that might, otherwise, provide

an explanation as to who, exactly, is

flying them and why.

Black helicopters are most often

seen: (a) in areas where UFO activity is

prevalent, (b) where so-called cattle

mutilation events have occurred, and (c)

in

close

proximity—sometimes

in

perilously close proximity—to the

homes of people who have become

known as alien abductees. Oddly, the

craft are very often described as flying

in almost complete silence. Hardly

surprisingly, this collective data has led

many conspiracy theorists and UFO

investigators to conclude that the black

helicopters originate with clandestine,

government-run groups that keep a

careful and concerned watch on the UFO

phenomenon, as well as its interactions

with us, the human race.

On October 11, 1966, for example,

a notable UFO encounter occurred at the

Wanaque Reservoir, New Jersey. It

involved a group of police officers who

all had a very close encounter with a

classic, saucer-shaped UFO that hovered

over the reservoir for a brief period,

thus allowing the astonished officers to

see the craft up close and personal,

before it vanished in the vicinity of

nearby woods. Within minutes, half a

dozen unmarked helicopters—presumed

by the officers to have been military in

origin—were seen flying in the direction

where the UFO disappeared.

In mid January 1974, the British

media was tipped off by government

insiders that there was deep concern on

the part of officialdom that someone—

someone unknown and maybe of hostile

intent—was flying unmarked helicopters

around the skies of the United Kingdom,

and in the dead of night, no less. All

across the north of England the curious

crafts were seen, as is evidenced by the

following official statement put out by

Cheshire police when the story reached

the media (Cheshire Police Force, press

release, January 14, 1974):

We don’t know of any reason why the

helicopter should make these trips at night.

Obviously we are anxious to find out. Apart

from anything else, the helicopter crosses one

of the main flight paths to Manchester

Airport. There is an obvious danger to the

aircraft going into the airport. We are very

interested to know what is happening. We

hope to be able to trace the pilot and put

some suggestions to him. It would appear the

pilot is in breach of civil aviation laws. A

special license is needed to fly a helicopter at

night.

Police from Derbyshire, England,

acknowledged they had received such

reports, too: “All sorts of things spring

to mind but we have pretty much ruled

out that it is anything to do with illegal

immigrants, and nothing appears to have

been stolen in the areas where the

aircraft have been sighted.”

As the encounters with the black

and unmarked helicopters continued, an

elite arm of the British Police Force

known as Special Branch—whose work

primarily revolves around combating

terrorism within the U.K.—got involved

in the investigation. This is made clear

via a now-declassified Special Branch

file on the affair titled Alleged

Unauthorized Helicopter Flights in

Derbyshire and Cheshire.

The Special Branch files record

that:

The machine was observed on a number of

occasions over a period of two weeks to be

apparently practicing landings in the vicinity

of the sites of quarries and explosive stores in

the Derbyshire countryside. Special Branch

Constable [deleted] has made numerous

enquiries to discover the ownership and

reasons for the flights from various sources

but has yet to establish any positive facts.

He has contacted an experienced Royal Air

Force helicopter pilot with night flying

experience who explained that night flying in

the Derbyshire areas would be extremely

dangerous due to the nature of the terrain

and to the number of overhead pylons in the

area.

Two months after the British press

first got wind of what was afoot, the

sightings were still going on, something

that led the British Ministry of Defense,

Special Branch, and a whole variety of

regional police forces to pool their

thoughts

and

recommendations

at

Horseferry House, London, on March

21, 1974. Rather oddly—some might say

suspiciously—when a decision was

taken to increase the investigation,

possibly using Royal Air Force aircraft

to pursue the helicopters, the curious

wave came to a sudden end.

This photo, take n in 2005, appe ars to show a

UFO (circle d) be ing towe d by a he licopte r ne ar

Humbe rside Airport in England. What is the

conne ction be twe e n some UFO sightings and

he licopte rs?

Six months after the events in

England ceased, a black helicopter

surfaced in the United States. It was late

on the evening September 26, 1974,

when the Richley family of Lynchburg,

Ohio, saw a strange object high in the

sky above their home. That it was

stationary and appeared to be circular in

shape prompted Walter Richley to hit the

UFO with the beam of a large

searchlight that was affixed to his truck.

The UFO responded by doing likewise:

the truck was bathed with an eerie, red

glow. Not surprisingly, the Richleys

raced for their home and locked the

doors. Things were not quite over,

however.

A little more than twenty-four hours

later, Walter’s son, Dan, was reading in

bed when he heard the unmistakable

sound

of

rotor-blades—seemingly

almost outside the window. He flung

open the curtains. Sure enough, a large

helicopter was in view. Not only that, it

was sitting on the ground, just a short

distance from the family home. Dan

quickly roused his father, who later told

UFO researcher Leonard Stringfield

(who published the story in his 1978

book, Situation Red: The UFO Siege):

“I think I put my light beam on something

that was a military secret. That ’copter

came here to warn me. I’m not about to

press it; I’d rather forget it.”

In a previous chapter of this book, a

study was made of the FBI’s formerly

classified files on so-called cattle

mutilations.

One

particular

FBI

document makes a distinct connection

between the mutilations and mysterious,

black helicopters. Dated February 2,

1979, and viewable at the FBI’s

website, The Vault, under the heading of

“Animal Mutilation,” it noted:

For the past seven or eight years, mysterious

cattle mutilations have been occurring

throughout the United State of New Mexico.

Officer Gabe Valdez, New Mexico State

Police, has been handling investigations of

these mutilations within New Mexico.

Information furnished to this office by

Officer Valdez indicates that the animals are

being shot with some type of paralyzing drug

and the blood is being drawn from the animal

after an injection of an anti-coagulant.

It appears that in some instances the cattle’s

legs have been broken and helicopters

without any identifying numbers have

reportedly been seen in the vicinity of the

mutilations. Officer Valdez theorizes that

clamps are being placed on the cow’s legs

and they are being lifted by helicopter to

some remote area where the mutilations are

taking place and then the animal is returned

to its original pasture.

Officer Valdez is very adamant in his opinion

that these mutilations are the work of the US

government and that it is some clandestine

operation either by the CIA or the

Department of Energy and in all probability is

connected with some type of research into

biological warfare.

Tom Adams, a researcher who

spent many years investigating the

mutilation problem, said in his booklet,

The Choppers and the Choppers:

The helicopters are of military origin. The

government of the United States possesses a

very substantial amount of knowledge about

the mutilators, their means, motives and

rationale. The government may be attempting

to persuade mutilation investigators and the

populace as a whole that perhaps the military

might be behind the mutilations, a diversion

away from the real truth.

One of the most famous of all alien

abductees is Betty Andreasson, whose

encounters with large-eyed, diminutive

extraterrestrials have been chronicled in

a number of books, most notably The

Andreasson

Affair.

For

years,

Andreasson and her family have been

plagued by unwanted visits from black

helicopters. Lawrence Fawcett and

Barry Greenwood, who, in the early

1980s, spent a great deal of time

addressing

the

many

and

varied

intricacies of the Andreasson case, said,

in their 1984 book, Clear Intent, of

Betty and her husband, Bob Luca:

They reported that their home was over

flown numerous times by black, unmarked

helicopters of the Huey UH-1H type and that

these helicopters would fly over their homes

at altitudes as low as 100 feet. The Lucas

described these helicopters as being black in

color, with no identifiable marking on them.

They noticed that the windows were tinted

black also, so that no one could see inside.

During many of the over flights, Bob was

able to take close to 200 photos of the

helicopters.

Angered and frustrated as to what

was going on—and, more importantly,

why—Luca fired off a communication to

the U.S. Army’s Office of the Adjutant

General. Luca demanded answers. All

he got was a brief, and hardly satisfying,

reply: “It is difficult to determine what

particular aircraft is involved or the

owning unit.”

Debbie

Jordan,

whose

alien

encounters are detailed in her book

Abducted!, said of her very own run-ins

with the black helicopters:

These could be seen almost daily around our

houses. They are so obvious about their

flights it’s almost comical. On occasions too

numerous to even remember, they have

hovered around my house, above my house,

and above me for several minutes at a time,

not trying to hide themselves or the fact that

they are watching us.

Even when I am outside and obviously

watching back, it doesn’t seem to bother

them. They just sit there in midair, about sixty

to ninety feet above the ground, whirling and

watching. They are completely without

identification and are always low enough so

that I could easily see the pilot, if the

windshield were clear glass. But the

windshield is smoky black, with a finish that

makes it impossible to see who’s inside.

The black, unmarke d he licopte rs re se mble d

Hue y UH-1H type s use d by the military.

The late Jim Keith—a conspiracy

theorist who died under controversial

circumstances

in

1999—was

an

acknowledged

expert

on

black

helicopters and someone who penned

two books on the subject. He recalled—

in his book Black Helicopters II—one

incident that demonstrated sightings of

black helicopters were occurring well

into the 1990s:

On May 23, 1994, at the Big Meadows on

the Blue Ridge Parkway, Virginia, a citizen

came upon a blocked-off road leading into

the Shenandoah National Park. He observed

a black chopper coming in for a landing a

short distance away, and took photos of the

craft. When he asked a park ranger what the

black choppers were doing there, the ranger

said, “They help us with search and rescue.”

When the man pointed out to the

ranger that the helicopter was equipped

with a grenade launcher and added that

this hardly seemed to gel with the

“search and rescue” comment, the ranger

suddenly became noticeably hostile.

As to who, precisely, is overseeing

all of these classified operations,

perhaps the most likely scenario is that

which was offered to a longtime UFO

investigator named Tommy Blann. In the

early 1980s Blann had the opportunity to

speak with a confidential, U.S. military

source who was willing to share at least

a limited amount of solid data on the

black helicopter phenomenon.

Blann (referenced in Leonard

Stringfield’s

1982

booklet,

UFO

Crash/Retrievals:

Amassing

the

Evidence) said that his informant told

him of “underground installations, as

well as isolated areas of military

reservations [that] have squadrons of

unmarked helicopters, which have

sophisticated instrumentation on board,

that are dispatched to areas of UFO

activity to monitor these craft or airlift

them out of the area if one has

malfunctioned.”

September 11, 2001, will go down as

one of the worst days in the history

of the United States of America, if not

the worst. In terms of tragedy and

outrage, it is equaled only by the terrible

events of December 7, 1941, when

Japanese forces attacked Pearl Harbor,

Hawaii, killing nearly twenty-five

hundred Americans in the process.

In shockingly quick progression—

and with equally shocking ease—

nineteen al-Qaeda terrorists seized

control of four, large passenger planes

and, essentially, turned them into the

equivalents of missiles. On the morning

of September 11, United Airlines Flight

175 and American Airlines Flight 11

slammed, respectively, into the South

and North towers of New York’s World

Trade

Center.

Another

American

Airlines plane, Flight 77, hit the

Pentagon, and United Airlines Flight 93

hurtled to the ground outside of

Shanksville, Pennsylvania, when a

number of passengers attempted to

wrestle control of the plane from the

hijackers. There were suspicions that the

plan of the hijackers was to target none

other than the White House itself. Before

the day was over, a nation was stunned

to its core and almost three thousand

people had lost their lives.

Although the United States had been

subjected to terrorist attacks in the past,

none equaled the levels of horror that

9/11 provoked. They were attacks that,

near-singlehandedly,

prompted

the

invasions of both Iraq and Afghanistan,

as the Bush administration sought to

bring the guilty parties to justice and

prevent any future, similar events from

occurring. It wasn’t just horror and

outrage that resulted from 9/11; the

events

also

ensured

the

rapid

development of a wide and varied body

of conspiracy theories, all suggesting

that the story told to the public and the

media—that the attacks were the work of

al-Qaeda—was very wide of the mark.

Rather oddly, given that Osama bin

Laden made no bones about his hatred of

the West, and the United States in

particular, he denied any involvement in

the attacks of September 11, 2001, at all

—until 2004. Precisely why the one man

who, more than any other, wished to do

significant harm to the United States

would

deny

his

involvement

in

committing the worst atrocity on U.S.

soil since 1941 makes very little sense.

In terms of the propaganda value, and of

instilling fear in the minds of American

citizens, bin Laden should have been all

over 9/11 from day one. That he was not

is something many have failed to realize

and even more do not understand.

Ne w York City’s World Trade Ce nte r be lche s

flame s afte r be ing struck by two passe nge r

aircraft on Se pte mbe r 11, 2001. The attack was

blame d on al-Qae da te rrorists, but the ir le ade r,

Osama bin Lade n, de nie d involve me nt.

There is also the matter of how less

than two dozen men, armed with nothing

more than box-cutters, were able to kill

thousands of Americans, destroy both of

the Twin Towers, and cause major

damage to the Pentagon. It’s almost as if

the terrorists were allowed to carry out

their

deadly

actions,

while

the

authorities looked the other way and

turned a blind eye. Maybe, that’s

precisely what did occur. Let’s begin

with the events at the World Trade

Center.

Steve Alten is a bestselling author,

probably most widely known for his

controversial novel The Shell Game, a

2009 story that tells of the next 9/11—

style event on U.S. soil. Alten makes no

bones about the fact that he has major

suspicions that we have not been told the

real story of what happened on

September 11, 2001. In a foreword to

his novel, Alten correctly noted that on

the morning of 9/11, then-Vice President

Dick Cheney oversaw a series of war

games

that,

in

Alten’s

opinion,

“purposefully diverted all of our jet

fighters away from the Northeastern Air

Defense Sector (NEADS) where the four

hijackings took place, sending them over

Alaska,

Greenland,

Iceland,

and

Canada.”

Alten also significantly noted:

One of these exercises, Vigilant Guardian,

was a hijack drill designed to mirror the

actual events taking place, inserting twenty-two false radar blips on the FAA’s radar

screens so that flight controllers had no idea

which blips were the hijacked aircraft and

which were the war game blips.

The result: mass confusion over

what was real and what was not, and a

lack of adequate military defense at the

time when the Twin Towers were struck.

Then there is the matter of certain,

highly suspicious stock trading that went

on in the immediate days before the

attacks, something that led to vocal

assertions from the conspiracy-minded

that those engaged in the trading secretly

knew of what was about to hit the United

States. Most of the activity revolved

around the very two airlines whose

planes were used in the attacks:

American Airlines and United Airlines.

Allen M. Poteshman, of the Journal

of Business (quoted in “Unusual Option

Market Activity and the Terrorist

Attacks of September 11, 2001”), said of

this curious state of affairs:

A measure of abnormal long put volume was

also examined and seen to be at abnormally

high levels in the days leading up to the

attacks. Consequently, the paper concludes

that there is evidence of unusual option

market activity in the days leading up to

September 11 that is consistent with investors

trading on advance knowledge of the attacks.

It wasn’t just airlines that were

experiencing

abnormal

stock-based

activity right before 9/11. The world of

insurance did, too. Both Morgan Stanley

and Citigroup Inc. had massive increases

in trading from September 8 and right up

until the time of the attacks. Indeed,

Citigroup Inc.’s trading was in excess of

forty times its normal level. Citigroup

stood to pay out millions in insurance

claims from the World Trade Center

attacks. Morgan Stanley had its offices

within the World Trade Center. One of

the United States’ leading defense

companies, Raytheon, saw trading leap

more than five times its normal,

approximate level on September 10.

Also on the matter of advance

knowledge of 9/11, there is a curious,

and downright surreal, story that has a

link to none other than The X-Files.

Although Mulder and Scully were the

focus of just about every episode, from

time to time they received significant

help, in their efforts to uncover the truth

of a number of cosmic conspiracies,

from a trio of eccentric conspiracy

theorists. They were John Byers, Melvin

Frohike, and Richard Langly, who

published the Magic Bullet Newsletter.

The three characters became better

known as the Lone Gunmen. Such was

the enthusiasm that the show’s fans had

for Langly, Frohike, and Byers, in early

2001 they were given their very own,

short-lived series. The name of the

series surprised no one: The Lone

Gunmen.

The first episode aired on March 4,

2001. Its title was Pilot. The plotline

was chillingly similar to the events that

went down on 9/11. In the show, a

computer hacker takes control of a

Boeing 727 passenger plane and flies it

towards the World Trade Center, with

the specific intention of crashing the

plane into one of the Twin Towers. It’s

only at the very last moment that the

Lone Gunmen are able to hack the hacker

and avert disaster and death for those

aboard the plane and those inside the

World Trade Center.

The story gets even more intriguing:

the hacker is not just some random, crazy

guy. It’s all the work of a powerful group

buried deep within the U.S. government.

The secret plan, had it worked, was to

put the blame for the World Trade Center

attacks on one or more foreign dictators

who are “begging to be smart-bombed”

by the U.S. military. It should be stressed

that there is no evidence that the creators

of The Lone Gunmen had any advance

knowledge of 9/11. It is worth noting,

however, that there seemed to be a deep

reluctance on the part of the media to

address the storyline of Pilot and its

parallels to 9/11—not to mention that the

episode had its premiere broadcast in

Australia just thirteen days before the

events of September 11 occurred.

One of those who commented on

this odd state of affairs was Christopher

Bollyn. He said, in “Did Rupert

Murdoch Have Prior Knowledge of 911?”:

[R]ather than being discussed in the media as

a prescient warning of the possibility of such

an attack, the pilot episode of The Lone

Gunmen series seemed to have been quietly

forgotten. While an estimated 13.2 million

Fox TV viewers are reported to have

watched the pilot episode … when life

imitated art just six months later on 9-11, no

one in the media seemed to recall the

program.

Frank Spotnitz was one of the

executive producers of The Lone

Gunmen. He said (and is also quoted in

Christopher Bollyn’s article):

I woke up on September 11 and saw it on TV

and the first thing I thought of was The Lone

Gunmen. But then in the weeks and months

that followed, almost no one noticed the

connection. What’s disturbing about it to me

is, you think as a fiction writer that if you can

imagine this scenario, then the people in

power in the government who are there to

imagine disaster scenarios can imagine it, too.

Robert McLachlan was the director

of photography on The Lone Gunmen.

He had words to say, too (also cited by

Bollyn): “It was odd that nobody

referenced it. In the ensuing press

nobody mentioned that [9-11] echoed

something that had been seen before.”

Jeffrey King, who has carefully

studied the 9/11 events, asked, in his

article, “The Lone Gunmen Episode 1:

Pilot:”

Is this just a case of life imitating art, or did

[the production company] know something

about the upcoming attacks? Was this an

attempt to use the highly visible platform of

the first episode of a new series (and a

spinoff from the very popular X-Files) to

make enough people aware of the scenario

that it would become too risky to implement?

Or was it just one of those ideas that was “in

the air” at the time, an expression of the

zeitgeist?

King had more to impart:

Great and traumatic events always seem to

be preceded by certain fore-shadowings

[sic], like the upstream standing waves that

form behind a rock in the streambed.

Perhaps this is just another in the endless

string of odd synchronicities surrounding the

events of 9-11, peculiar juxtapositions of

events that must eventually strain the

credulity of even the most devoted

coincidence theorist, though no single one

rises to the level of a smoking gun.

Then there is the matter of the

speed, and ease, with which the Twin

Towers fell to the ground. Many people

claimed that the ways in which the South

and North Towers collapsed were far

less consistent with what one could

expect from aircraft collisions, and far

more consistent with the likes of a

carefully controlled demolition. And

those people were not all conspiracy

theorists.

It should be noted that when the

towers were constructed they were

specifically designed to survive a direct

strike from an aircraft the size of a

Boeing 707. They were also built to

withstand winds of up to 160 miles per

hour. Instead, both towers did not

continue to stand. Quite the opposite:

they crumbled to the ground, causing

even more terror and death for the

people of New York. The South Tower

fell just short of an hour after it was hit,

while the North Tower stood for just one

hour and forty-two minutes.

The World Trade Ce nte r Me morial honors the

2,977 pe ople who die d during the Se pte mbe r 11,

2001, attacks, as we ll as the six who die d in the

1993 WTC te rrorist attack.

One person who carefully studied

the data suggesting the towers were

brought down in definitive demolition

style was Steven Jones, a physics

professor at Brigham Young University.

In 2005, Jones helped to establish an

organization called Scholars for 9/11

Truth. Jones suffered for his cause: after

publishing his theories that the collapse

of the Twin Towers was caused by

explosives, he was placed on leave by

the university. He responded by retiring

on January 1, 2007. It was Jones’ theory

that the specific type of substance used

was likely to have been nano-thermite,

used by the military in explosives (See:

Associated Press, “9/11 Conspiracy

Theorist to Leave Brigham Young”).

“I am electing to retire so that I can

spend

more

time

speaking

and

conducting research of my choosing,”

said the professor, as he bid the

university goodbye.

Global

Research

(in

“9/11

Theologian Says Controlled Demolition

of World Trade Center Is Now a Fact,

Not a Theory”) noted:

The massive core columns—the most

significant structural feature of the buildings,

whose very existence is denied in the official

9/11 Commission Report—were severed into

uniform 30 foot sections, just right for the 30—

foot trucks used to remove them quickly

before a real investigation could transpire.

There was a volcanic-like dust cloud from

the concrete being pulverized, and no

physical mechanism other than explosives

can begin to explain how so much of the

buildings’ concrete was rendered into

extremely fine dust. The debris was ejected

horizontally several hundred feet in huge fan

shaped plumes stretching in all directions,

with telltale “squibs” following the path of the

explosives downward.

These are all facts that have been avoided by

mainstream and even most of the alternative

media. Again, these are characteristics of the

kind of controlled demolitions that news

people and firefighters were describing on

the morning of 9/11.

It’s important to note that it was not

just the North and South Towers that fell

on 9/11. A third tower, completely

untouched by the aircraft that ploughed

into the towers, also collapsed. It was

Tower 7 of the World Trade Center

complex. Dylan Avery, who directed the

9/11-themed film, Loose Change, said

(and is quoted in “The Evolution of a

Conspiracy

Theory”):

“The

truth

movement is heavily centered on

Building 7 and for very good reason a

lot of people are very suspicious about

what went down that day.” The BBC

noted,

in

“The

Evolution

of

a

Conspiracy Theory”:

Avery points out that Tower 7 housed some

unusual tenants: the CIA, the Secret Service,

the Pentagon and the very agency meant to

deal with disasters or terrorist attacks in New

York—the

Office

of

Emergency

Management. And some people think Tower

7 was the place where a 9/11 conspiracy was

hatched.

The official explanation, the BBC

noted, was that “ordinary fires” were to

blame for the fall of Tower 7. But, the

BBC also said, this “makes this the first

and only tall skyscraper in the world to

have collapsed because of fire.”

Then there is the theory that, as per

the claims surrounding the December 7,

1941, attack on Pearl Harbor, 9/11 was

allowed to happen to justify an invasion

of the Middle East. Michael Meacher

was

the

British

government’s

environment minister from 1997 to 2003.

His words (published by Britain’s

Guardian newspaper in 2003, in an

article titled “This War on Terror Is

Bogus”), as a senior official of the

government, did not go by unnoticed.

They were picked up widely:

[I]t is clear the US authorities did little or

nothing to preempt the events of 9/11. It is

known that at least 11 countries provided

advance warning to the US of the 9/11

attacks. Two senior Mossad experts were

sent to Washington in August 2001 to alert

the CIA and FBI to a cell of 200 terrorists

said to be preparing a big operation. The list

they provided included the names of four of

the 9/11 hijackers, none of whom was

arrested.

It had been known as early as 1996 that

there were plans to hit Washington targets

with airplanes. Then in 1999 a US national

intelligence council report noted that “al-

Qaida suicide bombers could crash-land an

aircraft packed with high explosives into the

Pentagon, the headquarters of the CIA, or

the White House.”

Fifteen of the 9/11 hijackers obtained their

visas in Saudi Arabia. Michael Springman,

the former head of the American visa bureau

in Jeddah, has stated that since 1987 the CIA

had been illicitly issuing visas to unqualified

applicants from the Middle East and bringing

them to the US for training in terrorism for

the Afghan war in collaboration with Bin

Laden. It seems this operation continued

after the Afghan war for other purposes. It is

also reported that five of the hijackers

received training at secure US military

installations in the 1990s.

With that all said, let us now take a

look at the events that occurred on

September 11, 2001, at the Pentagon and

over Shanksville, Pennsylvania.

Of the four aircraft that were

involved in the 9/11 attacks, three

succeeded in reaching their intended

targets: United Airlines Flight 175 and

American Airlines Flight 11 slammed

into the Twin Towers of the World Trade

Center, and American Airlines Flight 77

hit the Pentagon. The one exception was

United Airlines Flight 93, which failed

to reach its target—which may have

been the White House, although this is,

admittedly, speculation. Instead, it

crashed in a field near Shanksville,

Pennsylvania. Although Flight 93, a

Boeing 757, could hold almost two

hundred passengers, there were less than

forty onboard when, at 8.42 A.M., on the

morning of September 11, the plane took

to the skies from Newark International

Airport, New Jersey, under the control

of Captain Jason Dahl. Forty-six minutes

later, the plane was under siege.

Terrorists had control of the plane.

Each and every one of them had

practically breezed their way through

security. They were Ziad Jarrah, Saeed

al-Ghamdi, Ahmed al-Nami, and Ahmed

al-Haznawi. Only the latter was

subjected to a high degree of screening,

but it was a screening that raised no red

flags whatsoever. All four men were

sitting in first-class, which made it

relatively easy for them to invade the

cockpit with speed.

It was just a couple of minutes

before 9:30 A.M. that the hijackers

launched their attack on the cockpit—

which occurred after the Twin Towers

had already been hit. Although United

Airlines staff sent messages to their

crews, Captain Dahl did not receive the

message until just mere minutes before

the hijack began. A study of the cockpit

recordings retrieved after the crash

showed that the hijackers successfully

breached the cockpit and overpowered

the crew, possibly critically injuring, or

killing, Captain Dahl in the process.

A few moments later, a voice,

coming from the cockpit, echoed around

the plane: “Ladies and gentlemen: this is

the captain. Please sit down and keep

remaining seated. We have a bomb on

board. So sit.”

Not

surprisingly,

the

frantic

passengers and flight attendants quickly

phoned friends and family and, in doing

so, learned of the attacks on the World

Trade Center. They soon learned, too, of

the attack on the Pentagon, which

occurred just minutes after the hijacking

of Flight 93. As a result, the passengers

formulated a plan to try and wrestle the

plane out of the hands of the terrorists.

The recordings reveal a wealth of

confusion, shouting, screaming, and

moaning, all of which graphically

demonstrated the nightmarish, terrifying

situation onboard the plane. Friends and

family were told the pilots were dead or

dying, that men with bombs strapped to

their bodies were in the cabin, and that

the hijackers were supposedly going to

return to the airport to make their

demands known to U.S. authorities.

When a group of passengers

attempted to storm the cockpit—by

ramming the door with the food and

drink cart—the hijackers knew their time

was short, as the black-box data

showed. Instead of continuing onto their

destination of San Francisco, California,

or heading back to Newark, they first put

the plane through a violent series of

maneuvers, to specifically try and knock

the passengers off their feet. When that

failed to work and the passengers

continued, the hijackers chose to end

things there and then. Shortly after 10:00

A.M., the plane crashed into the ground

between Shanksville and Indian Lake,

Pennsylvania. No one survived the

impact. Although there is no definitive

proof, it has been suggested that some of

the passengers may have made it into the

cockpit and managed to prevent the

hijackers from continuing on with their

mission to hit whatever their intended

target was.

In terms of the conspiracy theories

that surround the events of September

11, 2001, the most enduring, when it

comes to Flight 93, is that the plane was

not

deliberately

crashed

by

the

hijackers, or as a result of a

confrontation between the hijackers and

the passengers, but was blasted out of

the skies by a U.S. military aircraft.

On September 15, CBS 58 News

reported (see “FBI Does Not Rule Out

Shootdown of Hijacked 757 Over

Pennsylvania”):

Federal investigators said on Thursday they

could not rule out the possibility that the

United jet was shot down. “We have not

ruled out that,” FBI agent Bill Crowley told a

news conference when asked about reports

that a U.S. fighter jet may have fired on the

hijacked Boeing 757. “We haven’t ruled out

anything yet.”

This photo, take n on Se pte mbe r 8, 2001, is of the

Unite d Airline s plane that was sche dule d as

Flight 93 on that fate ful day of Se pte mbe r 11,

2001.

Then, in November, journalist

William Bunch spoke with the mayor of

Shanksville, Ernie Stuhl, on the issues

surrounding the crash of Flight 93.

Bunch reported, in “Flight 93: We Know

It Crashed but Not Why”:

Ernie Stuhl is the mayor of this tiny farming

borough that was so brutally placed on

America’s psychic map on the morning of

September 11, when United Airlines Flight 93

slammed nose-down into the edge of a

barren strip-mine moonscape a couple of

miles outside of town.

A 77-year-old World War II veteran and

retired Dodge dealer, he’s certainly no

conspiracy theorist.

And, when you ask Stuhl for his theory of

what caused the jetliner to crash that

morning, he will give you the prevailing

theory—that a cockpit battle between the

hijackers and burly, heroic passengers

somehow caused the Boeing 757 to spiral out

of control. “There’s no doubt in my mind that

they did put it down before it got to

Washington and caused more damage,” he

said.

But press the mayor for details, and

he will add something surprising:

“I know of two people—I will not

mention names—that heard a missile,”

Stuhl said. “They both live very close,

within a couple of hundred yards. This

one fellow’s served in Vietnam and he

said he’s heard them, and he heard one

that day.” The mayor adds that based on

what he knows about that morning,

military F-16 fighter jets were “very,

very close.”

In April 2009, writer Paul Joseph

Watson

reported

in

“Military

Whistleblower Claims She Witnessed

Flight 93 Shootdown Order”:

A woman who claims she was stationed at

Fort Meade on September 11, 2001, has

given an explosive interview about how she

personally heard military commanders make

the decision to shoot down United Airlines

Flight 93 on 9/11.

A person using the pseudonym Elizabeth

Nelson [said] that she personally heard

officials agree on the order to shoot down

Flight 93. The decision was apparently made

because the plane was flying in a no-fly zone

near to Camp David and heading toward Site

R, a military facility known as the “backup

Pentagon.”

Nelson stresses that at no time was there any

talk of “hijackers,” and the plane was shot

down purely because communication had

been lost and standard operating procedure

mandated that the plane be intercepted and

destroyed.

Christopher Bollyn, of American

Free Press, penned “Eyewitnesses Saw

Military Aircraft at Scene of Flight 93”

and said:

Susan McElwain, a local teacher, also

reported seeing a white “military” plane at

the scene of the crash before witnessing an

explosion. Ms. McElwain told The Daily

Mirror what she saw:

“It came right over me, I reckon just 40 or 50

feet above my mini-van,” she recalled. “It

was so low I ducked instinctively. It was

traveling real fast, but hardly made any

sound.

Then it disappeared behind some trees. A

few seconds later I heard this great explosion

and saw this fireball rise up over the trees, so

I figured the jet had crashed. The ground

really shook. So I dialed 911 and told them

what happened. I’d heard nothing about the

other attacks and it was only when I got

home and saw the TV that I realized it

wasn’t the white jet,

but Flight 93.”

None of this proves that Flight 93

was shot down, and the fact that some of

the data has been offered anonymously

weakens

the

case.

Nevertheless,

whatever the truth of the matter, the

claim that Flight 93 was brought down

by the U.S. military continues to endure.

Only minutes after Flight 93 was

hijacked, the crew and passengers of

American Airlines Flight 77 suffered a

near-identical fate. They too found

themselves hijacked and on a course

with death. Just like Flight 93, the

aircraft involved was a Boeing 757. It

was

piloted

by

Captain

Charles

Burlingame and left Washington Dulles

International Airport for Los Angeles

International Airport, California, at 8:20

A.M. on the morning of 9/11. It was

around twenty to twenty-five minutes

into the flight that terror broke out across

the plane: a group of five men took

control of the aircraft. The ringleader

was Hani Saleh Hasan Hanjour, a Saudi—

Arabian who possessed a commercial

pilot’s certificate, which gave him

significant skills when it came to

directing the 757 into the Pentagon.

An ae rial photo of the site in Some rse t County,

Pe nnsylvania, whe re Flight 93 crashe d.

Much of what happened onboard

the plane remains a mystery to this very

day—chiefly because the cockpit voice

recorder was so badly damaged in the

fiery crash that nothing of any use was

ever recovered. What is known for

certain is that air traffic controllers lost

contact with Captain Burlingame and his

crew at 8:50 A.M. Given that the first

attack on the World Trade Center had

already occurred, it was clear to ground

control that something serious was going

on, and almost certainly a hijacking. A

couple of people—including Barbara

Olson, the wife of U.S. solicitor general

Theodore Olson—managed to contact

family and confirmed the plane had been

hijacked by men armed with knives.

Barbara Olson told her husband that

everyone—including

the

crew—had

been ordered to the rear of the plane.

The hijackers now had complete control

of the cockpit.

The Pe ntagon in Washington, D.C., suffe re d

e normous damage whe n Flight 77 ramme d into

one side of the building.

Hanjour, a skilled pilot, took his

plane towards Washington, D.C., and on

a course for the Pentagon. Somewhat

incredibly, he managed to not only aim

the huge 757 at the Pentagon, but actually

managed to fly low and horizontal and

right into the building at a speed of more

than five hundred miles an hour. So low

was the plane, it actually destroyed a

number of street-level lampposts as it

smashed directly into its target. The

result

was

complete

chaos

and

devastation: everyone on board—six

crew members, fifty-three passengers,

and all five hijackers—was killed, as

were 125 people in the Pentagon. It was

almost a miracle that more Pentagon

employees didn’t lose their lives, since

the aircraft penetrated the building by

more than three hundred feet and sent a

massive fireball into the skies above.

Mike Walter, a USA Today writer,

witnessed the terrible event and was

referenced

in

Porter

Anderson’s

“Witnesses to the Moments”:

I looked out my window and I saw this plane,

this jet, an American Airlines jet, coming.

And I thought, “This doesn’t add up, it’s

really low.” And I saw it. I mean it was like a

cruise missile with wings. It went right there

and slammed right into the Pentagon.

Despite all the evidence suggesting

that the plane had been hijacked and

crashed into the Pentagon—something

confirmed by Walter and others—a

controversial conspiracy soon took

shape: that the Pentagon was not hit by a

hijacked aircraft, at all, but by a missile.

Major

General

Albert

N.

Stubblebine, the commanding general of

the United States Army Intelligence and

Security Command from 1981 to 1984,

said that he saw a photograph …

… taken by one of the sensors on the outside

of the Pentagon. Now, all of the sensors had

been turned off, which is kind of interesting

—isn’t it? That day, why would all of the

sensors around the Pentagon be turned off?

That’s strange. I don’t care what the excuse

is. That’s strange.

There happened to be one that apparently did

not get turned off. And in that picture,

coming in, flying into the Pentagon, you see

this object, and it obviously hits the Pentagon.

When you look at it, it does not look like an

airplane. Sometime later, after I’d gone

public, that imagery was changed. It got a

new suit around it that now looked like an

airplane. But, when you take the suit off, it

looks more like a missile—not like an

airplane.

Stubblebine’s words can be found

at Ross Pitman’s “9/11 Must See.”

The website 9ll review noted—in

an article titled “What Hit the

Pentagon?”—that, in 2002, a theory was

advanced suggesting:

[A] Boeing 757 did indeed swoop down

toward the west block of the Pentagon, but

disappeared into a blinding pyrotechnic

display, making it appear that it had crashed

into the building, while in fact it had cleared

the facade, overflown the Pentagon, and then

banked sharply to land at Reagan National

Airport, whose runways are only about two

miles away from the Pentagon. As the

jetliner was disappearing into the fireball, a

small attack jet, such as an F-16, approached

from a different trajectory and crashed into

the wall, producing, in combination with a

missile, the damage to the facade and

interior.

This theory has the advantage over other no—

757-crash theories that it is consistent with

the many credible eyewitness reports of a

jetliner. However, it neither explains the

eyewitness statements that the plane collided

with the building, nor the lack of a single

eyewitness statement supporting the idea that

a 757 overflew the Pentagon and then landed

at the nearby National airport. Also, the

theory raises questions about the fate of the

passengers of Flight 77.

On the tenth anniversary of 9/11,

Britain’s Guardian newspaper reported

(see Chris McGreal’s “September 11

Conspiracy

Theories

Continue

to

Abound”) in its summary of the

conspiracy theories that had risen over

the past decade:

A French author, Thierry Meyssan, had a

bestseller— 9/11: The Big Lie— within

months of the attacks by claiming the

Pentagon was destroyed by a missile and

aircraft parts were brought to the scene to

fake the crash. It is a theory supported by

Dean Hartwell who claims in his books —

Planes without Passengers: The Faked

Hijackings of 9/11 and Osama bin Laden

Had Nothing to Do with 9/11—to have

uncovered documentary evidence that two of

the hijacked flights never took off and the

other two landed safely in secret.

So, asked the Guardian, quite

reasonably, what happened to those who

we are assured died on all four aircraft

on the morning of September 11, 2001?

According to Hartwell:

The people who got on the planes were

simply pawns. They were, whether wittingly

or unwittingly, directed to show up at the

airport terminal just to show people who

were watching that there were passengers.

They were simply agents and they were

given new identities. The government wanted

to fake plane attacks to scare the public. We

saw horrible images on television that were

designed to provoke us into supporting wars

in Afghanistan and Iraq.

It’s also important to remember that

we saw images of normal, everyday

Washington D.C. residents assuring us

that they saw a Boeing 757 hit the

Pentagon.

As with the killings of the Kennedy

brothers, John and Robert, the death of

Martin Luther King Jr. and the events at

Pearl Harbor in 1941, it’s most unlikely

that the conspiracy theories surrounding

9/11 will fade away anytime soon. Many

have said they shouldn’t fade away,

since they tell the truth of what really

happened.

Michael Lerner, a political activist,

rabbi, and the editor of Tikkun magazine,

gets the last words. Daniel Treiman

quotes those words in “A 9/11

Conspiracy?

‘I

Would

Not

Be

Surprised,” Says Tikkun Editor.

I would not be surprised to learn that some

branch of our government conspired either

actively to promote or passively to allow the

attack on 9/11. For those who watched the

reactionary political uses made of this

tragedy, it’s easy to conjure up a variety of

possible conspiratorial motives that would

have led the president, the vice president, or

some branch of the armed forces or CIA or

FBI or other “security” forces to have

passively or actively participated in a plot to

re-credit militarism and war.

Exactly one week after the terrible,

nation-changing events that have

since become known as 9/11 occurred,

the United States was plunged into

another, equally fraught and fear-filled,

situation.

It

became

known

as

Amerithrax. This was the official title of

the subsequent FBI investigation into the

affair, one in which anonymously mailed

envelopes, containing deadly anthrax

spores,

were

sent

to

significant

individuals and bodies in the world of

politics and the media.

It was an affair of deeply

conspiratorial proportions and one that,

in a most curious fashion, predates 9/11

itself. It is a seldom discussed fact that

on the night of September 11, then-Vice

President Dick Cheney—along with

members of his staff—was given an

antibiotic called Ciprofloaxin. It has the

ability to treat and defend against a wide

and varied body of bacterial infections

and conditions, including anthrax. We

are assured that it is purely down to

coincidence that the V.P. was given

protection from anthrax exposure just

seven days before Amerithrax began.

On September 18, no fewer than

five letters—sent by sources then

unknown—arrived at the offices of NBC

News,

ABC

News,

the

National

Enquirer, CBS News, and the New York

Post. Or, rather, it’s presumed that is the

case. While the letters sent to NBC News

and the New York Post certainly were

found and recovered for forensic

analysis by the FBI, the remaining three

were not found—ever. That staff at ABC

News, CBS News, and the National

Enquirer were quickly infected by

anthrax has led to the assumption that

letters were the delivery method

involved, too. That may well be the

case. Certainly, it’s a logical, solid

assumption, but it is still an unproven

assumption. Matters, however, had

barely begun.

On October 9, things were taken to

an entirely new level, when two

Democratic senators—Tom Daschle and

Patrick Leahy (of South Dakota and

Vermont, respectively)—were also the

recipients of envelopes containing

potentially deadly anthrax spores. Such

was the growing concern, the U.S.

government briefly shut down its own

mail service. Ultimately, around two

dozen people were infected and five

died, and all as a result of the series of

letters mailed between September 18

and October 9, 2001. As for where,

exactly, the letters were mailed from, the

most likely location was a box situated

just a short distance from Princeton

University. The hunt was immediately on

for the culprit or culprits.

U.S. se nators Tom Daschle (D-SD) and Patrick

Le ahy (D-VT) we re both targe te d by an unknown

pe rson or pe rsons who se nt de adly anthrax

spore s inside e nve lope s maile d to the ir office s.

It’s notable that, as history and

investigative journalism have shown,

great steps were taken to try and prove

—and convince the mainstream media

and the entire populace—that the source

of the anthrax was none other than Iraq:

the iron-fisted regime of Saddam

Hussein, in other words. The media

quickly bought the story. As just one

example of several, less than three

weeks after the targeting of Daschle and

Leahy occurred, ABC News’s Brian Ross

stated: “Sources tell ABCNEWS the

anthrax in the tainted letter sent to Senate

Majority Leader Tom Daschle was laced

with bentonite. The potent additive is

known to have been used by only one

country

in

producing

biochemical

weapons—Iraq.”

It turned out that while Hussein had

used bentonite (a form of clay) in his

bioweapons program, the claim that it

was found in the anthrax spores was not

just in error; it was downright false.

How such an incorrect claim became

fact in the minds of many remains a

matter of deep debate.

Notably, it wasn’t just Saddam

Hussein who was being blamed for the

attacks. Fingers were also pointed in the

direction of Al Qaeda and Osama bin

Laden. Indeed, senior figures in the

White House did their absolute utmost to

have FBI director Robert Mueller

confirm this as a fact. That he did not,

reportedly led him to be chewed out by

presidential high-rankers. The FBI was

far from happy. FBI personnel, by now

heavily involved in the investigation of

the attacks, had already concluded that

the kind of anthrax used was highly

unlikely to have been concocted by, as

one agent memorably worded it, “some

guy in a cave.”

As the months progressed, and with

no meaningful data pointing in the

direction of Iraq or Afghanistan, the FBI

began looking in what many considered

to be an even more controversial

direction: the very heart of the United

States itself. One of those who the FBI

had major concerns about was a man

named Steven Jay Hatfil, an undeniable

expert in the field of germ warfare. From

1997 to 1999, Hatfil was employed at

the United States Army Medical

Research Institute of Infectious Diseases

(USAMRIID), which is, essentially, the

Department

of

Defense’s

primary

research facility in the field of

biological weapons and is housed at

Fort Detrick, Maryland.

In 1941 President Franklin D.

Roosevelt

secretly

ordered

the

establishment of what came to be

officially known as the U.S. Biological

Warfare Program. As a result of

Roosevelt’s historic move, in 1943 the

newly

designated

Camp

Detrick,

Maryland, was assigned to the Army

Chemical Warfare Service for the

specific development of a center

dedicated to biological-warfare issues.

Twelve months later, Camp Detrick was

established as an installation focused on

the research and diligent development of

both offensive and defensive biological-warfare techniques and agents.

In 1956, the name of the installation

was changed from Camp Detrick to Fort

Detrick, although its workload remained

very much the same. Then, on April 1,

1972, following the official closure of

offensive biological-warfare studies in

the United States, the control of Fort

Detrick was transferred from the U.S.

Army Material Command, to the Office

of the Surgeon General, Department of

the Army. One year later, Fort Detrick

was assigned to the newly created U.S.

Army Health Services Command. And in

1995, the HSC was itself reorganized—

into the U.S. Army Medical Command.

Ironically, the FBI was put on the

trail of Hatfil not by its own agents, but

by media sources and activists. Falling

into the former category was Nicholas

Donabet Kristof. Commencing in 2002,

Kristof—a

Pulitzer-Prize-winning

journalist with the Washington Post and

the New York Times—wrote a number of

articles that suggested Hatfil was

possibly the guilty party in the anthrax

attacks. In the latter category was Dr.

Barbara Hatch Rosenberg, who also

suggested a homegrown terrorist as the

probable source, one acting with the

“unwitting assistance of a sophisticated

government program.”

The biological warfare laboratory at Fort De trick

in Maryland was cre ate d by Pre side nt Franklin D.

Roose ve lt in 1943.

The FBI was soon digging deeply

into the world, career, and life of Steven

Jay Hatfil, to the extent that his home

was extensively searched (twice, as it

transpired: in July and August 2002),

and an admittance was made by FBI staff

that Hatfil was considered someone of

interest in its quest for the truth of the

anthrax attacks. It turned out that Hatfil

was wholly innocent of any and all

involvement, whatsoever. Justifiably

outraged, he sued the U.S. government

and was awarded almost $6 million in

damages. It was time for the FBI to focus

on yet another character in this curious

saga.

The next person on the FBI’s list—

and the person it concluded that most

likely behind the attacks, and who also

happened to be the final person on its

list—was Dr. Bruce Edwards Ivins. He

was a microbiologist, also employed at

the Fort Detrick-based USAMRIID, and

someone who had held his position for

almost two decades. Although Steven

Jay Hatfil had been targeted by the FBI

as far back as 2002, it wasn’t until 2007

that Ivins found himself in the bureau’s

sights.

For the FBI’s investigative team,

there was a valid reason why Ivins was

now considered its chief suspect: the

strain of anthrax used in the attacks was

taken, in 1981, from a cow in Sarita,

South Texas. It was then sent to none

other than USAMRIID for analysis.

Despite all the efforts to put the blame

on Saddam Hussein and Osama bin

Laden, the trail actually led led to the

front door of Fort Detrick.

Rather ironically, Ivins played a

significant role in analyzing the very

anthrax samples that had caused so much

chaos and death in late 2001. And they

were analyses that Ivins conducted for

the FBI, no less. Such was the respect

that Ivins had achieved amongst his

colleagues in 2003 he received the

Decoration for Exceptional Civilian

Service award from the Department of

Defense. It is presently the highest

award that the DoD can give to a

civilian employee.

By 2007 the FBI was watching

Ivins closely —very closely, it is now

known. Ivins’s home was raided, it was

intimated to him by the FBI that he was

now its primary suspect, threats of the

death penalty for a guilty verdict were

discussed, and his normal state of mind

became one dominated by depression,

stress, and anxiety. He was subsequently

hospitalized in March 2008.

The FBI noted in “Amerithrax or

Anthrax Investigation”:

At a group therapy session on July 9, 2008,

Dr. Ivins was particularly upset. He revealed

to the counselor and psychologist leading the

group, and other members of the group, that

he was a suspect in the anthrax investigation

and that he was angry at the investigators,

the government, and the system in general.

He said he was not going to face the death

penalty, but instead had a plan to “take out”

co-workers and other individuals who had

wronged him. He noted that it was possible,

with a plan, to commit murder and not make

a mess. He stated that he had a bullet-proof

vest, and a list of co-workers who had

wronged him, and said that he was going to

obtain a Glock firearm from his son within

the next day, because federal agents were

watching him and he could not obtain a

weapon on his own. He added that he was

going to “go out in a blaze of glory.”

Three months later, the FBI advised

Ivins that he was very likely going to be

charged with committing one of the

worst terrorist attacks in American

history. It did not happen, however. On

July 27, 2008, Ivins committed suicide.

His weapon of choice was a significant

and deadly amount of Tylenol, which

took its fatal toll on his kidneys and

liver. For the FBI, the case was closed.

The FBI may not have got its man, so to

speak, but the verdict was that Ivins was

almost certainly the guilty party. Not

everyone agreed with the FBI, however.

In fact, a substantial and highly credible

body of people didn’t.

A se nior re se arche r at the U.S. Army Me dical

Re se arch Institute of Infe ctious Dise ase s in Fort

De rick, Maryland, Dr. Bruce Edwards Ivins was a

primary suspe ct in the anthrax attacks of 2001.

One of those who stood up in

support of Ivins was Dr. Henry S. Heine,

who worked with Ivins at USAMRIID.

Heine very vocally rejected the idea that

Ivins could have perfected such a strain

of anthrax and avoided any and all

detection in the process. He also

maintained that within USAMRIID, no

one was of the opinion that Ivins was the

culprit.

There was far more damning data

to follow. Having scrupulously studied

the FBI’s investigation of Ivins, the

National Academy of Sciences, in April

2010,

came

to

a

controversial

conclusion that placed the bureau in a

distinctly uncomfortable light. The NAS

said that the FBI had “overstated the

strength of genetic analysis linking the

mailed anthrax to a supply kept by Bruce

E. Ivins.”

Not only that, the NAS added that it

was “impossible to reach any definitive

conclusion about the origins of the

anthrax in the letters, based solely on the

available scientific evidence.”

Democratic senator Patrick Leahy

—one of the very people targeted by the

attacker—had his say on the matter of

Ivins’s

involvement

or

lack

of

involvement. His words were not well

received by the FBI or the Bush

administration (see Lara Jakes Jordan’s

article, “Senator: Anthrax Not 1 Man’s

Work,” published by the Denver Post).

“If [Ivins] is the one who sent the

letter, I do not believe in any way, shape,

or manner that he is the only person

involved in this attack on Congress and

the American people. I do not believe

that at all.”

Then there was Dr. Meryl Nass, a

noted expert on anthrax and its effects.

While it was indeed quite possible to

link a particular strain of anthrax to one

particular facility, said Ness, further

linking that same strain to one person—

such as Ivins—was nigh-on impossible

to achieve.

The words of Dr. Henry S. Heine,

the National Academy of Sciences,

Senator Patrick Leahy, and Dr. Meryl

Nass mattered very little at the end of the

day. The FBI shut down its investigation

on February 19, 2010, still perceiving

Ivins as the brains—and the only brains

—behind the attacks. Perhaps the FBI

was right and Ivins was the man, after

all. But, what if he wasn’t? What if the

FBI got it catastrophically wrong?

If not Saddam Huessein, Osama bin

Laden, Dr. Bruce Edwards Ivins, or

Steven Jay Hatfil, then who, exactly, was

the guilty party? A highly disturbing

theory—one supported by those of a

conspiracy-themed mindset—offered a

distinctly alarming scenario: that the

events of September 18 to October 9,

2001, were orchestrated by powerful

figures within, or attached to, the White

House. The purpose behind their

deranged plot: to place the blame for the

anthrax attacks on Iraq or Al Qaeda, as a

means to engineer further support for the

War on Terror and the eventual annexing

and control of the entire Middle East.

Some conspiracy theorists point to

another factor that is highly suggestive of

the Bush administration playing at least

some form of role in the anthrax affair,

whether officially or off the record. It

revolves around Democratic senators

Tom Daschle and Patrick Leahy. It’s

important to note the timeframe when the

anthrax attacks occurred: late 2001. This

was the very time in which President

Bush was pushing to have the Patriot Act

passed.

Neither Daschle nor Leahy had

much love for the controversial act.

Daschle, the Senate majority leader, did

not believe Congress should rush the bill

through without giving it—and all its

many and varied implications—deep

thought and study. And, as the Senate

majority leader, Daschle held significant

sway over the amount of time the act

would likely take to pass.

Moving on to Senator Leahy, only

five days before Amerithrax erupted, he

openly accused the Bush presidency of

reneging

on

a

certain

agreement

contained in the bill. Just like Daschle,

Leahy had the ability to majorly slow

down the passing of the Patriot Act.

Such a possibility did not occur,

however. On October 24—and after

significant media outlets and two

senators had been targeted by the anthrax

attacker—the Patriot Act was passed,

and all without the Senate actually

reading it.

Republican congressman Ron Paul

noted: “It’s my understanding the bill

wasn’t printed before the vote—at least

I couldn’t get it. They played all kinds of

games, kept the House in session all

night, and it was a very complicated bill.

Maybe a handful of staffers actually read

it, but the bill definitely was not

available to members before the vote.”

Forty-eight hours later, President

Bush signed the necessary paperwork

that made the Patriot Act law. That the

anthrax attacks directly hastened the

passing of the act is not in doubt.

And finally, and of potential

support for this same “the government

did it” theory, is the fact that the type of

anthrax used in the 2001 mailings also

goes by the name of “Militarized

anthrax.” It was the brainchild of

William C. Patrick III. He was a man

with a prestigious career, one that—in

1986—culminated in him becoming the

programs analysis officer at Fort

Detrick’s USAMRIID.

Patrick, who died in 2010—the

same year in which the FBI’s file on

Ivins was closed—near-singlehandedly

created a system by which anthrax

spores could be concentrated at a level

of one trillion spores per gram. And

what was the level of concentration in

the spores found in all the anthrax letters

of 2001? You guessed it: one trillion

spores per gram. To date, the United

States is the only nation on the planet

that has succeeded in achieving such a

specific level of concentration.

The events of September 11, 2001—

coupled with the anthrax attacks that

occurred shortly afterwards—provoked

terror, fear, and feelings of deep

paranoia and angst within the American

population.

They

also

provoked

something else: the rapid passing of

what became known as the Patriot Act. It

was—and still, to this very day, remains

—without doubt one of the most

controversial pieces of legislation ever

put into place by government officials.

Very few people doubted that post-9/11,

America needed to create new policies

and programs to combat terror-driven

attacks on the nation and its people. For

many, however, the controversial content

of the Patriot Act was seen as being way

over the top and something that had the

excessive ability to take away the rights,

freedoms, and everyday existences of

American citizens—and to do so with

shocking speed, if it was so deemed

necessary.

It was on October 24, 2001—only

a month and a half after 9/11 forever

changed

the

United

States—that

Congress passed the act. It was not an

act that everyone in government was

happy about, however. The vote was

357 to 66 in the House. Twenty-four

hours later, in the Senate, things were

very different: 98 to a dissenting 1. Like

it or not, the Patriot Act was now a

reality and one that was here to stay.

Given that the Patriot Act was

designed to help lessen the potential for

terror attacks on the United States, and

on its overseas interests, why did it so

quickly become the target of critics? The

answer is as simple as it is disturbing—

the

act

allowed

for

widespread

monitoring of U.S. citizens in ways that

had never before been used. It allowed

for extreme measures to be taken—all in

the name of national security—to keep

the nation safe, and, said the critics,

could be enforced to try and turn

America into a nation of Orwellian

proportions. One does not have to be a

conspiracy theorist to see how such a

sorry state of affairs could, one day,

come to pass.

Included in the Patriot Act are

clauses that allow government agencies

and personnel to (a) access someone’s

home without its permission or even his

or her knowledge; (b) hold individuals,

in prison-style facilities, indefinitely;

and (c) dig through emails, phone calls,

and personal bank records—and all

without any need for permission from a

court or a judge. Particularly chilling:

the Patriot Act gives the government

carte blanche access to the reading

habits of each, and every, U.S. citizen

and resident. It does so by allowing

government agencies to record the title

of every single book taken out of a

library, to note who is borrowing the

book, and to store their physical address

in relevant databanks. It should be noted

that

while

many—even

within

government and in the court system—

have argued loudly and soundly that all

of this is outrageously unconstitutional, it

has not made a single bit of difference.

Although certain changes were made to

the legislation in 2005, the Patriot Act

continues to stand as an example of the

kind of thing that would have given the

likes of the aforementioned George

Orwell nightmares.

Pre side nt Ge orge W. Bush signe d the Patriot Act

on Octobe r 26, 2001, suppose dly to he lp se cure

the nation afte r the te rrorist attacks the month

be fore .

But let’s not get ahead of ourselves.

Let’s see how the act came to be, and

how and why its very existence has

created such a furor.

Only eight days after the attacks on

the World Trade Center and the

Pentagon, new legislation was presented

to Congress by the Department of

Justice. It was a bill entitled the Anti-Terrorism Act. It was also a bill that

introduced Congress to the Patriot Act.

It’s an act whose very title has meaning.

“Patriot”

stands

for

“P rovide

A ppropriate T ools R equired to I ntercept

and O bstruct T errorism.” In one sense,

that was all well and good, since the act

would clearly help in the fight against

those who wish to do us harm. It was,

however, the negative impact that the

tools used in the fight could have on

American society that concerned so

many. Indeed, the Anti-Terrorism Act

swept aside pre-existing acts designed

to protect the rights of each and every

U.S. citizen, including the Bank Secrecy

Act, the Electronic Communications

Privacy Act, the Money Laundering

Control Act, and the Foreign Intelligence

Surveillance Act.

One of the most outrageous aspects

of the story of the Patriot Act is how it

came to be so easily passed, and why

there was only one dissenter, Senator

Russell Feingold of Wisconsin. Put

simply,

and

astonishingly,

the

overwhelming majority who voted to

enact the new legislation did not read it

prior to agreeing to its creation. Worse

still, there are solid indications that it

was deliberately made difficult for

senators to see the bill before passing it.

Alex Jones wrote in A Brief

Analysis of the Domestic Security

Enhancement Act 2003:

Congressman Ron Paul (R-Tex) told the

Washington Times that no member of

Congress was allowed to read the first

Patriot Act that was passed by the House on

October 27, 2001. The first Patriot Act was

universally decried by civil libertarians and

Constitutional scholars from across the

political spectrum.

Jones also noted that William

Safire, writing for the New York Times,

detailed the first Patriot Act’s powers by

saying that “President Bush was seizing

dictatorial control.” He continued:

The secretive tactics being used by the White

House and Speaker Hastert to keep even the

existence of this legislation secret would be

more at home in Communist China than in

the United States. The fact that Dick Cheney

publicly managed the steamroller passage of

the first Patriot Act, insuring that no one was

allowed to read it and publicly threatening

members of Congress that if they didn’t vote

in favor of it that they would be blamed for

the next terrorist attack, is by the White

House’s own definition terrorism. The move

to clandestinely craft and then bully passage

of any legislation by the Executive Branch is

clearly an impeachable offense.

U.S. se nator Russ Fe ingold of Wisconsin was the

lone disse nte r against the passage of the Patriot

Act.

This scenario was further noted by

Michael

Moore,

in

his

2004

documentary, Fahrenheit 9/11. Michigan

congressman John Conyers makes an

incredible statement in the movie, on the

matter of those who did or did not read

the act before passing it. In Conyers’s

very own words: “We don’t read most of

the bills: do you really know what that

would entail if we read every bill that

we passed?”

Faced with such an extraordinary

and

mind-numbing

statement—that

major, congressional figures do not read

the bills they may be asked to pass—

bills that can have significant bearing on

the entire American population—it’s

hardly surprising that the Patriot Act

made an almost effortless transition from

concept to reality. The passing of the

law did not, however, stop numerous

attempts to have the act modified and

curtailed. At the same time that critics of

the act were trying to reign in its

abilities,

however,

government

personnel were trying to make it even

more powerful.

The Benjamin Franklin True Patriot

Act and the Protecting the Rights of

Individuals Act were among the bills

that sought to cap the capability of the

Patriot Act to intrude into, and limit, the

rights of U.S. citizens and residents. It’s

a sign of the power that those who

wanted the act passed yielded, since

neither bill had any bearing on the

power of the Patriot Act—they both

failed. The government responded in

2003 by creating what was known as the

Domestic Security Enhancement Act,

which, in essence, was an outgrowth of,

and an amendment to, the original Patriot

Act. When copies were leaked to the

media, it caused a sensation, despite

assertions from officialdom that it was

nothing more than a concept for change,

rather than a literal, soon-to-be-in-place

plan.

It was specifically thanks to the

Center for Public Integrity that the

document (draft or otherwise) surfaced.

The CPI noted (see “About the Center

for Public Integrity”):

The Center for Public Integrity was founded

in 1989 by Charles Lewis. We are one of the

country’s oldest and largest nonpartisan,

nonprofit investigative news organizations.

Our mission: To serve democracy by

revealing abuses of power, corruption, and

betrayal of public trust by powerful public

and private institutions, using the tools of

investigative journalism.

Film dire ctor Michae l Moore que stione d the

wisdom of the U.S. gove rnme nt’s actions afte r

the te rrorist attacks in his film Fahrenheit 9/11.

In the first week of February 2003

the CPI acquired the document that

contained two key amendments: the

government planned to (a) increase its

ability to intrude into the lives of

American citizens, and (b) make it more

and more difficult for courts to deny the

instigation of the amendments. It is,

almost certainly due to the actions of the

CPI—who quickly posted the document

to its website—that the “draft” was

pulled.

Had it gone through, in its original

form, it would have allowed for (a) the

collection

of

DNA

from

people

suspected of having terrorist links—

even if wholly unproven, (b) the legal

ability to undertake so-called search—

and-surveillance overseas, and without

any kind of court-order needed, and (c)

extensions and modifications to the death

penalty.

Without doubt the creepiest part of

the Patriot Act was alluded to earlier—

namely, the government’s legal and

wide-reaching ability to monitor the

reading habits of every single American

citizen. This relates to what are termed

National Security Letters, or NSLs. They

are, essentially, subpoenas that are used

“to

protect

against

international

terrorism or clandestine intelligence

activities.”

Such NSLs can permit agencies to

demand access to—and with potential

imprisonment for those who do not

comply—bank account data, email

history and address-books, telephone

numbers (both called and received), and

books bought, borrowed, and read. All

of this falls under Section 215 of the

Patriot Act. In a decidedly hazy fashion

—that

conveniently

allows

for

widespread interpretation on the part of

those who employ it—the act notes that

certain “tangible things” may be

accessed, such as “books, records,

papers, documents, and other items.”

Four years after the Patriot Act was

passed,

Library

Connection—a

Connecticut-based body—joined forces

with the ACLU to highlight and curtail

the government’s ability to monitor the

average reading matter of the average

American:

Librarians need to understand their country’s

legal balance between the protection of

freedom of expression and the protection of

national security. Many librarians believe that

the interests of national security, important as

they are, have become an excuse for chilling

the freedom to read.

The American Civil Liberties

Union (ACLU) elaborated on this in

“Surveillance Under the USA PATRIOT

Act”:

One of the most significant provisions of the

Patriot Act makes it far easier for the

authorities to gain access to records of

citizens’ activities being held by a third party.

At a time when computerization is leading to

the creation of more and more such records,

Section 215 of the Patriot Act allows the FBI

to force anyone at all—including doctors,

libraries, bookstores, universities, and Internet

service providers—to turn over records on

their clients or customers.

The ACLU also revealed that the

judicial oversight of the new powers that

the Patriot Act allows for is “essentially

non-existent.” It continued:

The government must only certify to a judge

—with no need for evidence or proof—that

such a search meets the statute’s broad

criteria, and the judge does not even have the

authority to reject the application.

Surveillance orders, noted the

ACLU, “can be based in part on a

person’s First Amendment activities,

such as the books they read, the Web

sites they visit, or a letter to the editor

they have written.”

Slate.com aired its concerns on the

matter of the Patriot Act, too: “Post—

Patriot Act, third-party holders of your

financial, library, travel, video rental,

phone, medical, church, synagogue, and

mosque records can be searched without

your knowledge or consent, providing

the government said it’s trying to protect

against terrorism.”

As for the situation in more recent

years, in May 2011 Spencer Ackerman

said in “There’s a Secret Patriot Act,

Senator Says,” which was written for

Wired:

You think you understand how the Patriot

Act allows the government to spy on its

citizens. Sen. Ron Wyden said it’s worse than

you know. Congress is set to reauthorize

three

controversial

provisions

of

the

surveillance law as early as Thursday.

Wyden (D-Oregon) said that powers they

grant the government on their face, the

government applies a far broader legal

interpretation—an interpretation that the

government has conveniently classified, so it

cannot be publicly assessed or challenged.

But one prominent Patriot-watcher asserts

that the secret interpretation empowers the

government to deploy “dragnets” for massive

amounts of information on private citizens;

the government portrays its data-collection

efforts much differently.

In Senator Wyden’s own words,

quoted by Wired: “We’re getting to a gap

between what the public thinks the law

said and what the American government

secretly thinks the law said. When

you’ve got that kind of a gap, you’re

going to have a problem on your hands.”

Slate.com has also demonstrated

that the change in presidency—from

George W. Bush to Barack Obama—

made very little difference to the power

of the Patriot Act. Emma Roller, in “This

Is What Section 215 of the Patriot Act

Does,” noted:

Sen. Obama voted to reauthorize the Patriot

Act in 2005, a decision he defended on the

campaign trail in 2008 with the caveat that

some provisions contained in Section 215, like

allowing the government to go through

citizens’

library

records,

“went

way

overboard.” But in 2011 President Obama

signed a bill to extend the Patriot Act’s

sunset clause to June 1, 2015—with Section

215 intact in its 2005 form.

Today, the Patriot Act continues to

stand just as it has since 2001. Coming

soon to a library near you.

There is absolutely no doubt,

whatsoever, that one of the primary

reasons why the war in Iraq went ahead

when it did, and on the scale it did, is

because of the claims that Saddam

Hussein possessed huge amounts of what

became known famously as weapons of

mass destruction, or WMDs. We were

told by our leaders that it was

practically imperative that the WMDs be

found, lest the entire western world

might find itself in the midst of a near—

Armageddon-like

disaster.

The

following quotes on the WMD issue

come

from

CounterPunch

Wire’s

“Weapons of Mass Destruction: Who

Said What When.”

On August 26, 2002, Vice President

Dick Cheney said: “Simply stated, there

is no doubt that Saddam Hussein now

has weapons of mass destruction.”

One month later, Senator Joseph

Lieberman told the American people:

“Every day Saddam remains in power

with chemical weapons, biological

weapons, and the development of

nuclear weapons is a day of danger for

the United States.”

In February 2003, Colin Powell

stated: “We know that Saddam Hussein

was determined to keep his weapons of

mass destruction, and determined to

make more.”

Then, on March 18, 2003, President

George W. Bush warned America:

“Intelligence gathered by this and other

governments leaves no doubt that the

Iraq regime continues to possess and

conceal some of the most lethal weapons

ever devised.”

Four days later, General Tommy

Franks announced:

There is no doubt that the regime of Saddam

Hussein possesses weapons of mass

destruction. As this operation continues,

those weapons will be identified, found, along

with the people who have produced them and

who guard them.

Meanwhile, on the other side of the

pond, and in the same time frame, the

British prime minister, Tony Blair, made

some very vocal statements, ones that

left

very

little

room

for

misinterpretation. Blair told the British

public (see “In Quotes: Blair and Iraq

Weapons”):

Saddam Hussein’s regime is despicable, he is

developing weapons of mass destruction, and

we cannot leave him doing so unchecked. He

is a threat to his own people and to the region

and, if allowed to develop these weapons, a

threat to us also. [British Intelligence]

concludes that Iraq has chemical and

biological

weapons

that

Saddam

has

continued to produce them, that he has

existing and active military plans for the use

of chemical and biological weapons, which

could be activated within 45 minutes,

including against his own Shia population; and

that he is actively trying to acquire nuclear

weapons capability.

There are literally thousands of sites. As I

was told in Iraq, information is coming in the

entire time, but it is only now that the Iraq

survey group has been put together that a

dedicated team of people, which includes

former UN inspectors, scientists and experts,

will be able to go in and do the job properly.

As I have said throughout, I have no doubt

that they will find the clearest possible

evidence of Saddam’s weapons of mass

destruction.

No one doubts that Saddam Hussein

was a murderous dictator, one that the

world is much better off without. His

ousting and death were very rightly

welcomed by millions. But that does not

take away an important question: Was

Hussein really the major threat to the

West he was said to be? Did the WMDs

really

exist?

Were

the

claims

surrounding

Hussein’s

capabilities

exaggerated to ensure that both the

United States and the United Kingdom

would receive the support of their

respective populations, media, and

politicians?

Saddam Hussein was a ruthless

killer, one who had no qualms about

using

chemical

weapons

on

the

battlefield. They were used by the Iraqi

regime in the 1980s (when Iran was in

Hussein’s sights) and during the first

Gulf War of 1990, against Kuwaiti

forces. There is good evidence, too, that

Hussein was doing his utmost to develop

and build atomic weapons.

Unlike the situation in the 2000s,

when the first Gulf War of 1990 ended

and when United Nations inspectors

toured Iraq, they actually found weapons

of mass destruction—and in mass

numbers, too. They were carefully

contained

and

then

completely

obliterated. Nevertheless, the reluctance

of the Iraqi regime to assist in the quest

to find all the WMDs in this period led

to nagging and worrying suspicions on

the part of the U.N. that, even though

significant amounts of deadly, chemical

weapons were found and destroyed, a

certain amount might still have remained

hidden by Hussein’s military.

U.S. se cre tary of state Colin Powe ll, along with

othe r top U.S. officials, asse rte d to the world in a

bid to justify going to war that Iraq de finite ly

posse sse d we apons of mass de struction.

The only saving grace in all of this

was that the U.N. concluded that as long

as its personnel carefully, and diligently,

kept watch on Iraq, it was unlikely—to

the point of being near impossible—that

Hussein would be able to resurrect his

WMD programs without the world’s

major intelligence services noticing.

That still left the ones that might be

hidden away to worry about, however.

Those specific worries revolved around

the likes of anthrax, sarin, and botulinim.

Time and again checks were made,

and time and again, nothing was found

that was truly incriminating, as the 1990s

became the 2000s. Either the WMDs

were really well hidden, or the U.N. had

succeeded in destroying all of Iraq’s

WMDs that survived the first Gulf War.

That situation radically changed in 2002

—and even more so in 2003—when the

world was told that new intelligence

data had confirmed that Hussein had

been secretly creating more and more

WMDs behind the world’s back. And,

unless something was done about it—

and done quickly—each and every one

of us would be in grave, mortal danger.

Elements

of

the

United

Nations

expressed deep puzzlement, since they

were the ones with their boots on the

ground, yet they were not receiving any

such intelligence.

There was a sharp contrast between

what happened after the first Gulf War of

1990 and the events that erupted in

2002–2003. In the wake of the former,

the WMDs were found and destroyed. In

the latter, the alleged existence of the

weapons of mass destruction was all

based on hazy, and hardly ever expanded

on, references to “intelligence data” and

“expert sources.”

This image from U.S. spy sate llite s was use d by

the gove rnme nt to argue be fore the U.N.

Se curity Council that Iraq had se cre t facilitie s

de ve loping che mical and othe r we apons of mass

de struction.

Whether the new weapons of mass

destruction actually existed or not, a

case was aggressively made that an

invasion of Iraq was needed. And it was

needed right now. Unless he wished to

see his country attacked and overrun,

Hussein was to provide “immediate,

unconditional and active cooperation” to

the United Nations’ weapons inspectors.

Colin Powell, in February 2003,

added to the claims that we were all in

major danger. He did so at a meeting of

the United Nations Security Council.

Powell came straight to the point (see

“Transcript

of

Powell’s

U.N.

presentation”):

One of the most worrisome things that

emerges from the thick intelligence file we

have on Iraq’s biological weapons is the

existence of mobile production facilities used

to make biological agents. Let me take you

inside that intelligence file and share with you

what we know from eyewitness accounts.

We have firsthand descriptions of biological

weapons factories on wheels and on rails.

The trucks and train cars are easily moved

and are designed to evade detection by

inspectors.

In a matter of months, they can produce a

quantity of biological poison equal to the

entire amount that Iraq claimed to have

produced in the years prior to the Gulf War.

Although Iraq’s mobile production program

began in the mid-1990s, U.N. inspectors at

the time only had vague hints of such

programs. Confirmation came later in the

year 2000. The source was an eyewitness,

an Iraqi chemical engineer who supervised

one of these facilities. He actually was

present during biological agent production

runs. He was also at the site when an

accident

occurred

in

1998.

Twelve

technicians died from exposure to biological

agents.

On the other hand, there are the

words of a certain Hans Blix.

From 2000 to 2003, Hans Blix was

the head of the United Nations

Monitoring, Verification and Inspection

Commission that oversaw the search for

Saddam Hussein’s elusive WMDs. His

view on the situation was not welcomed

by the governments of the United States

and the United Kingdom. Blix certainly

had no love, whatsoever, for Hussein,

but, at the start of 2003, he did admit that

the Iraqis were cooperating—albeit

slowly—in the operation to figure out

whether the WMDs really existed and, if

so, where they were housed. The Bush

administration

was

outraged

and

demanded the United Nations allow the

use of military action against Iraq. It was

denied.

U.N. weapons inspector William

Scott Ritter said in his book with

William Rivers Pitt, War on Iraq:

There’s no doubt Iraq hasn’t fully complied

with its disarmament obligations as set forth

by the Security Council in its resolution. But

on the other hand, since 1998 Iraq has been

fundamentally disarmed: 90–95% of Iraq’s

weapons of mass destruction capacity has

been verifiably eliminated. We have to

remember that this missing 5–10% doesn’t

necessarily constitute a threat. It constitutes

bits and pieces of a weapons program which

in its totality doesn’t amount to much, but

which is still prohibited. We can’t give Iraq a

clean bill of health; therefore we can’t close

the book on their weapons of mass

destruction. But simultaneously, we can’t

reasonably talk about Iraqi non-compliance

as representing a de-facto retention of a

prohibited capacity worthy of war.

Ritter

made

an

important

observation that was overlooked, or not

even realized, by those who demanded

an immediate invasion of Iraq: chemical

weapons, such as sarin, anthrax, and

botulinim only retain their deadly

potency for between three and five

years. After that, they degrade to the

point where they are, essentially,

harmless. So, even if Hussein did

possess chemical weaponry that was a

hangover from the Gulf War of 1990, it

would have been useless by 2002/2003.

And, that the U.N. was pretty sure Iraq

had not created any substantial new

amounts of such weaponry in subsequent

years was a good indicator that the grave

situation was massively exaggerated.

None of this was of any concern to

President Bush, who took the proverbial

bull by the proverbial horns: the war on

Iraq began in earnest in March 2003. On

the nineteenth of the month, Bush told the

American people:

My fellow citizens. At this hour, American

and coalition forces are in the early stages of

military operations to disarm Iraq, to free its

people and to defend the world from grave

danger.

On my orders, coalition forces have begun

striking

selected

targets

of

military

importance to undermine Saddam Hussein’s

ability to wage war. These are opening

stages of what will be a broad and concerted

campaign.

More than 35 countries are giving crucial

support from the use of naval and air bases

to help with intelligence and logistics to

deployment of combat units.

Every nation in this coalition has chosen to

bear the duty and share the honor of serving

in our common defense.

To all the men and women of the United

States armed forces now in the Middle East,

the peace of a troubled world and the hopes

of an oppressed people now depend on you.

That trust is well placed.

The enemies you confront will come to know

your skill and bravery. The people you

liberate will witness the honorable and decent

spirit of the American military.

Now that conflict has come, the only way to

limit its duration is to apply decisive force and

I assure you this will not be a campaign of

half measures and we will accept no

outcome but victory.

My fellow citizens, the dangers to our

country and the world will be overcome. We

will pass through this time of peril and carry

on the work of peace. We will defend our

freedom. We will bring freedom to others and

we will prevail.

May God bless our country and all who

defend her.

There is no doubt that the one issue

that unified the entirety of the coalition

forces was the threat posed by the

theoretical weapons of mass destruction.

This was made very clear by Paul

Wolfowitz, who was deputy secretary of

defense when the Iraq war began. His

words

follow

(see

“Wolfowitz

Comments Revive Doubts over Iraq’s

WMD”):

The truth is that for reasons that have a lot to

do with the U.S. government bureaucracy,

we settled on the one issue that everyone

could agree on, which was weapons of mass

destruction as the core reason, but, there

have always been three fundamental

concerns. One is weapons of mass

destruction, the second is support for

terrorism, the third is the criminal treatment

of the Iraqi people. Actually I guess you

could say there’s a fourth overriding one

which is the connection between the first

two.

This was in sharp contrast to the

words of a man named David Kay,

which are reproduced in a BBC article

of June 2004, “US Expert Slams WMD

‘Delusions.’“ The former head of the

Iraq Survey Group, he told the BBC that:

“Anyone out there holding—as I gather

Prime Minister Blair has recently said—

the prospect that, in fact, the Iraq Survey

Group is going to unmask actual

weapons of mass destruction, is really

delusional.”

A major, damning dent in the claim

that the Iraqis were hiding WMDs

surfaced in late May 2003, when the Iraq

war was well underway. On the twenty—

seventh of the month, analysts from the

Defense Intelligence Agency revealed to

the White House that a pair of trailers

that had been captured by Kurdish

military personnel, and which the then

secretary of state, Colin Powell, in the

buildup to war, was saying were

connected to Iraq’s plans to deploy

deadly

chemical

weaponry,

were

actually nothing of the sort.

In words that came back to haunt

him, Powell said: “We have firsthand

descriptions of biological weapons

factories on wheels and on rails. We

know what the fermenters look like. We

know

what

the

tanks,

pumps,

compressors and other parts look like.”

Despite the fact that the DIA made

it very clear that the trailers had zero

“connection to anything biological,” the

White House refused to acknowledge

that fact, and the DIA continued to loudly

assert that the trailers were being used in

“mobile

biological

weapons

production.”

In 2006 the Washington Post

finally got to the heart of at least part of

the story (see “Lacking Biolabs, Trailer

Carried Case for War”):

A spokesman for the DIA asserted that the

team’s findings were neither ignored nor

suppressed, but were incorporated in the

work of the Iraqi Survey Group, which led

the official search for Iraqi weapons of mass

destruction. The survey group’s final report in

September 2004—15 months after the

technical report was written—said the

trailers were “impractical” for biological

weapons production and were “almost

certainly

intended”

for

manufacturing

hydrogen for weather balloons.

U.S. ge ne ral Tommy Franks, who had

commande d force s in Iraq, state d that he was

surprise d that the raqis had ne ve r use d WMDs

against his troops.

As the war progressed, it became

increasingly

obvious

that

Saddam

Hussein did not have an arsenal of

weapons of mass destruction that he

could fall back on to save both himself

and his government. Even General

Tommy Franks, who led the invasion of

Iraq, was moved to state: “No one in this

country probably was more surprised

than I when weapons of mass destruction

were not used against our troops as they

moved toward Baghdad.”

Ultimately, no WMDs were ever

found. All of the blunders, whether in the

United States or the United Kingdom,

were down to faulty intelligence data.

The leaders of both nations were at

pains to stress that the stories of the

WMDs had not been created, out of

whole cloth, to deceive the public into

thinking that war—and war right now—

was the only option.

The one saving grace of the Iraq

war was that it resulted in the ousting

and death of Saddam Hussein. That the

war yielded absolutely no evidence of

weapons of mass destruction, however,

left a bad taste in the mouths of both the

American and British public and

suspicions that the populace and the

media had been lied to, all as a part of a

concerted effort to invade, and seize

control of, Iraq for reasons more likely

connected to oil than western safety.

President George W. Bush admitted

that “the intelligence” suggesting the

WMDs were real “was wrong,” but

added that “Saddam Hussein had

invaded a country, he had used weapons

of mass destruction, he had the

capability of making weapons of mass

destruction, he was firing at our pilots.

He was a state sponsor of terror.

Removing Saddam Hussein was the right

thing for world peace and the security of

our country.”

In February 2004—in the face of

the criticism that the Iraq war was all for

nothing, and that Hussein could have

been gotten rid of without a huge war,

one that was costly in both lives and

money—President Bush established a

body, the Iraq Intelligence Commission,

to address the huge errors, or as some

saw it, deliberate mistakes, on the matter

of Hussein’s WMDs. Its conclusions

mirrored those of what just about

everyone else was saying.

The U.K.’s prime minister, Tony

Blair, said (see “In Quotes: Blair and

Iraq Weapons”):

What you can say is that we received that

intelligence about Saddam’s programs and

about his weapons that we acted on that, it’s

the case throughout the whole of the conflict.

I remember having conversations with the

chief of defense staff and other people were

saying well, we think we might have potential

WMD find here or there. Now these things

didn’t actually come to anything in the end,

but I don’t know is the answer.

We expected, I expected to find actual

usable, chemical or biological weapons after

we entered Iraq.

But I have to accept, as the months have

passed, it seems increasingly clear that at the

time of invasion, Saddam did not have

stockpiles of chemical or biological weapons

ready to deploy.

The evidence about Saddam having actual

biological and chemical weapons, as opposed

to the capability to develop them, has turned

out to be wrong. I acknowledge that and

accept it. I simply point out, such evidence

was agreed by the whole international

community, not least because Saddam had

used such weapons against his own people

and neighboring countries.

And the problem is, I can apologize for the

information that turned out to be wrong, but I

can’t, sincerely at least, apologize for

removing Saddam.

The world is a better place with Saddam in

prison not in power.

I can apologize for the information being

wrong but I can never apologize, sincerely at

least, for removing Saddam.

Blair concluded that the world was better off

with Hussein in prison.

It’s true; but did we need to be

deceived into thinking that war was the

only option, lest we would all find

ourselves dying from the effects of sarin

and anthrax that wasn’t there in the first

place?

From the final months of 2001 to mid—

2005, many people employed in the

elite field of microbiology—which is

defined as the study of organisms that

are too small to be seen with the naked

eye, such as bacteria and viruses—died

under circumstances that some within the

media and government came to view as

highly suspicious and deeply disturbing

in nature. Many of the deaths appeared,

at first glance at least, to have down-to-earth explanations. But, even those who

were skeptical of the notion that the

deaths were suspicious in nature could

not deny one overriding and important

factor:

many

of

those

dead

microbiologists had secret links to

worldwide

intelligence

services,

including the United States’ CIA,

Britain’s MI5 and MI6, and Israel’s

Mossad.

Inevitably,

this

mysterious

collection of deaths, in such a tightly knit

area of cutting-edge research, has led to

a proliferation of theories in an attempt

to resolve the matter. Some believe that

a cell of deep-cover terrorists, from the

Middle East, wiped out the leading

names within the field of microbiology

as part of a plot to prevent Western

nations from developing the ultimate

bioweapon. A darker theory suggests

that this same weapon has already been

developed, and, with their work

complete, the microbiologists were

systematically killed, one by one, by

Western intelligence in an effort to

prevent them from being kidnapped by

terrorists who may then have forced

them to work for the other side.

The controversy largely began on

November 12, 2001, when Dr. Benito

Que, a cell biologist working on

infectious diseases, including HIV, was

found dead outside of his laboratory at

the Miami Medical School, Florida. The

Miami Herald stated that his death

occurred as he headed for his car, a

white

Ford

Explorer,

parked

on

Northwest Tenth Avenue. Police said

that he was possibly the victim of a

mugger.

According to later developments

uncovered by the media, however, the

new word on the street was that Dr. Que

had been attacked by four men equipped

with baseball bats. This was later

recanted, however, and it was stated by

officialdom that Que had died of nothing

stranger than cardiac arrest. And with

that final statement in the public domain,

police refused to comment any further on

Que’s death, rather intriguingly.

Eleven days later, Dr. Vladimir

Pasechnik, a former microbiologist for

Bioreparat, a bioweapons production

facility that existed in Russia prior to the

collapse of the Soviet Union, was found

dead near his home in the county of

Wiltshire, England. His defection to

Britain in 1989 revealed to the West for

the very first time the incredible scale of

the

Soviet

Union’s

clandestine

biological warfare program.

And his revelations about the scale

of the Soviet Union’s production of

biological agents, including anthrax,

bubonic

plague,

tularemia,

and

smallpox, provided an inside account of

one of the best kept secrets of the Cold

War. According to British Intelligence,

Pasechnik passed away from effects of a

massive stroke and nothing more.

Then, on November 24, 2001, the

FBI announced that it was monitoring an

investigation into the disappearance of a

Harvard biologist because of “his

research into potentially lethal viruses,”

including Ebola. Dr. Don C. Wiley, aged

fifty-seven, had last been seen in

Memphis, Tennessee, where he attended

the annual meeting of the Scientific

Advisory Board of the St. Jude

Children’s Research Hospital. His

rented car was found at 4:00 A.M. on

November 16 on a bridge over the

Mississippi River, with a full fuel tank,

and the key still in the ignition.

Wiley had left the Peabody Hotel

just four hours previously. He was due

to meet his wife and two children later

that

same

day

in

Cambridge,

Massachusetts. FBI agents took an

interest

in

Wiley’s

disappearance

because of his expertise and as a direct

result of “our state of affairs post—

September 11,” said Memphis-based

FBI agent William Woerne.

Wiley was a Harvard biochemistry

and biophysics professor and was

considered a national expert on Ebola,

HIV, herpes, and influenza. In 1999,

Wiley and another Harvard professor,

Dr. Jack Strominger, won the Japan

Prize for their discoveries of how the

immune system protects humans from

infection.

Notably, on the same day that

authorities were diligently searching for

Wiley, three more microbiologists were

killed when a Swissair flight from

Berlin to Zurich crashed during its

landing approach. Altogether, twenty-two people died and nine survived.

Among the dead were Dr. Yaakov

Matzner (fifty-four years old), Dean of

the Hebrew University School of

Medicine; Amiramp Eldor (fifty-nine),

who ran the Hematology Department at

Ichilov Hospital in Tel Aviv and a man

who was a world-recognized expert in

blood clotting; and Avishai Berkman

(fifty), director of the Tel Aviv Public

Health Department. And the bodies

continued to pile up.

On December 12, 2001, it was

revealed in the media that a leading

researcher on DNA sequencing analysis

had been found dead in the secluded

northern Virginian farmhouse where he

lived alone. The body of Robert M.

Schwartz was discovered by neighbors,

two days earlier, after co-workers at his

place of employment reported he had

seemingly skipped work and had missed

a meeting.

“We’re all stunned,” said Anne

Armstrong, president of the Virginia

Center for Innovative Technology, a

nonprofit

agency

where

Schwartz

worked. “We don’t know anything. What

we’re assuming is maybe he walked in

on something.” Schwartz was a founding

member of the Virginia Biotechnology

Association, worked at the center for

almost fifteen years, and served as the

executive director of research and

development and university relations.

He also worked on the first national

online database of DNA sequence

information.

On the other side of the world,

forty-eight hours later, equally disturbing

events were occurring. Set Van Nguyen

was

a

microbiologist

at

the

Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial

Research

Organization’s

Animal

Diseases Establishment at Geelong,

Australia. He had been employed there

for fifteen years when his end came far

too suspiciously soon.

Police in Victoria, Australia, stated

(and are quoted in Ian Gurney’s “The

Mystery

of

the

Dead

Scientists:

Coincidence or Conspiracy?”):

Set Van Nguyen, 44, appeared to have died

after entering an airlock into a storage

laboratory filled with nitrogen. His body was

found when his wife became worried after

he failed to return from work. He was killed

after entering a low temperature storage area

where biological samples were kept. He did

not know the room was full of deadly gas

which had leaked from a liquid nitrogen

cooling system. Unable to breathe, Mr.

Nguyen collapsed and died.

Also on the same day, much

publicity was given to a story that

appeared

in

the

London

Times

newspaper, which discussed how Israel

was working on a biological weapon

designed to kill specific types of people.

The Times reported: “The intention is to

use the ability of viruses and certain

bacteria to alter the DNA inside their

host’s living cells. The scientists are

trying

to

engineer

deadly

microorganisms that attack only those

bearing the distinctive genes.” In other

words, it was a highly controversial

plan to provoke death by racial

profiling.

On December 15, 2001, a formal

announcement was made that three

people had been charged with murder in

the case of the scientist Robert M.

Schwartz. Police revealed that he had

been killed with a two-foot sword in a

“planned assassination” and that an “X”

had been carved into his back. “I have

no idea what this means,” said the

prosecutor, Robert Anderson. Police in

Maryland arrested three young suspects:

eighteen-year-old Kyle Hulbert, twenty—

one-year-old

Michael

Pfohl,

and

nineteen-year-old Katherine Inglis.

The

next

day,

an

intriguing

revelation surfaced to the effect that

Inglis, in January 2001, had reported to

the Naval Recruit Training Command

Center in Great Lakes, Illinois. Navy

officials stated that she had been trained

to work “in aviation” but had suddenly,

and inexplicably, left on May 28. One of

the other suspects, Michael Pfohl, had,

very shortly before Schwartz’s death,

expressed an interest in joining nothing

less than the elite, deadly, and covert

world of Special Forces.

Four days on, police announced

they had located the remains of missing

Harvard University scientist Don C.

Wiley. A body carrying identification

was found on December 18 near a

hydroelectric plant in the Mississippi

River, and about 300 miles from where

Wiley was last seen. Police Lt. Joe Scott

said that a positive identification was

planned when the body was returned to

Memphis for an autopsy.

A

number

of

scientific

organizations, including St. Jude’s

Children’s Research Hospital where

Wiley worked, put up rewards totaling

$26,000 for information leading to the

arrest and charge of anyone responsible

for Wiley’s disappearance. “As soon as

the body gets in our morgue, the medical

examiner will begin the autopsy to help

answer a lot of questions,” said

Memphis Police director Walter Crews.

Interestingly, Reuters news service

stated that Wiley’s death had “triggered

alarm bells,” due to the “current bio-warfare fears” and the nature of his

work, but did not elaborate as to who,

exactly, the alarm bells had been

triggered with. The FBI stated that it was

leaving the investigation of Wiley’s

death in the hands of the police. Friends

and family of Wiley, meanwhile, stated

vocally and publicly that he would not

commit suicide under any circumstances.

And still controversial deaths

continued to occur, this time in Russia.

On January 28, 2002, a microbiologist,

and a member of the Russian Academy

of Science, Alexi Brushlinski, died as

the result of what was blamed on a

“bandit attack” in Moscow. Then, two

weeks later, Victor Korshunov (fifty-six)

also a noted microbiologist, was hit

over the head and killed at the entrance

of his home in Moscow, Russia. He just

happened to be the head of the

microbiology sub-faculty at the Russian

State Medical University.

Four days after that revelation, a

similar story surfaced out of England.

Detectives were busily trying to unravel

the circumstances that led to the death of

a leading university research scientist,

Ian Langford, a senior Fellow at the

University of East Anglia’s Center for

Social and Economic Research. His

work began in 1993 after he gained his

Ph.D. in childhood leukemia and

infection following a first-class honors

degree in environmental sciences. He

had worked most recently as a senior

researcher

assessing

risk

to

the

environment.

Professor Kerry Turner, director of

the center, said that all of Langford’s

colleagues were devastated and praised

Langford for his groundbreaking work in

the field of environmental risks to human

health.

On March 24, 2002, Denver car

dealer Kent Rickenbaugh, his wife,

Caroline, and their son Bart were killed

in a plane crash near Centennial Airport.

The pilot, Dr. Steven Mostow, was also

killed. It transpired that Mostow was

one of the United States’ leading

infectious disease experts and the

associate dean at the University of

Colorado’s Health Sciences Center.

Mostow was a crusader for better

health, an early advocate for widespread

flu vaccinations, and more recently had

been deep in talks with U.S. Intelligence

officials on the threat of bioterrorism.

And on the same day that Dr.

Mostow was killed, another life ended

—in

England

again—when

microbiologist David Wynn-Williams

was hit by a car while jogging near his

home in Cambridge. He was an

astrobiologist

with

the

Antarctic

Astrobiology Project and the NASA

Ames Research Center and was studying

how microbes of a potentially hostile

nature adapt to living in extreme

environments.

On July 18, 2003, it was reported

in the British press that David Kelly, a

British biological weapons expert, had

slashed his own wrists while walking in

woods near his home. Kelly was the

British Ministry of Defense’s chief

scientific officer, the senior adviser to

the Proliferation and Arms Control

Secretariat and to the Foreign Office’s

Non-Proliferation

Department.

The

senior adviser on biological weapons to

the UN biological weapons inspections

teams (Unscom) from 1994 to 1999,

Kelly was also, in the opinion of his

peers, pre-eminent in his field, not only

in the U.K., but in the world, too. Almost

four months later to the day, forty-five-year-old

scientist

Robert

Leslie

Burghoff was killed by a hit-and-run

driver who jumped the sidewalk and

ploughed into him in the 1600 block of

South Braeswood, Texas. At the time, he

was studying outbreaks of viruses on

board cruise ships and their potential

links to terrorist activity.

Moving into 2004, during the first

week of May a Russian scientist at a

former Soviet biological weapons

laboratory in Siberia died after an

alleged accident with a needle laced

with Ebola. Officials said the incident

raised concerns about safety and secrecy

at the State Research Center of Virology

and Biotechnology, known as Vector,

which in Soviet times specialized in

turning deadly viruses into biological

weapons.

Two months later, on July 3, 2004,

Dr. Paul Norman of Salisbury, Wiltshire,

England, was killed when the single—

engine Cessna 206 aircraft he was

piloting crashed in the county of Devon.

He was married with a fourteen-year-old son and a twenty-year-old daughter.

But that’s not all—Norman was the chief

scientist for chemical and biological

defense at the British Ministry of

Defense’s laboratory at Porton Down,

Wiltshire. The crash site was sealed off,

and examined by officials from the Air

Accidents Investigation Branch, and the

wreckage of the aircraft was moved

from the site to the AAIB base at

Farnborough, England. The tragedy was

firmly ruled accidental and nothing else.

In August 2004, six weeks after the

death of Dr. Paul Norman, Professor

John Clark, head of the science

laboratory that created Dolly the

“cloned” sheep, was found hanging in

his holiday home. Clark led the Roslin

Institute in Midlothian, Scotland, one of

the

world’s

leading

animal

biotechnology research centers, and

played a crucial role in creating the

transgenic sheep that earned the institute

worldwide fame. Professor Clark also

founded three spinoff firms from

Roslin: PPL Therapeutics; Rosgen; and

Roslin BioMed.

As a new year dawned, still the

deaths continued to increase. On January

7, 2005, Korean Jeong H. Im, a retired

research assistant professor at the

University of Missouri and primarily a

protein chemist, died of multiple stab

wounds to the chest before firefighters

found his body in the trunk of a burning

car on the third level of the Maryland

Avenue Garage. A person of interest,

described as a male around six feet tall

and wearing some type of mask, was

seen acting in a suspicious fashion in the

garage. He was never caught.

Then, in May 2005, Australian

scientist David Banks, a fifty-five-year

old who was the principal scientist with

Biosecurity

Australia,

a

company

described as being a “quarantine

authority,” was killed in an aircraft crash

at Queensland. At the time, he was

undertaking a “survey for the Northern

Australia quarantine strategy.” It was all

just a tragic accident, maintained

officialdom, to anyone who cared to

poke their nose in.

Were the deaths of so many

microbiologists in such a clearly

delineated period simply a bizarre and

collective

coincidence?

Or

was

something stranger afoot? In today’s

climate of near-surreal uncertainty, it

should, of course, be recognized that any

suspicious deaths in the fields of

microbiology, bacteriological warfare,

and lethal viruses—and specifically

where many of the victims had links to

the covert intelligence services of a

number of countries—might be an

indication that powerful figures were at

work in at least some of the deaths, if not

indeed all of them. Microbiology is a

dangerous game during the best of times.

Between 2001 and 2005, however, it

became downright deadly.

On the morning of July 7, 2005, the

United Kingdom’s capital city of

London was plunged into a state of

overwhelming chaos the likes of which

had not been seen since the 1970s and

1980s, when the Irish Republican Army

(IRA) regularly launched terrorist

attacks on British soil. It was a morning

that began just like any other in the

bustling city, but which ended with fifty-six people dead, including four

individuals believed to have been the

crazed and deluded masterminds behind

the attack. On top of that, in excess of

700 people received injuries that ranged

from minor to severe. It was an event

that quickly became known as 7/7. It’s

also an event that has since become

steeped in conspiracy theories.

The

perpetrators

chose

their

locations and times coldly, calculatingly,

and carefully: the busy streets and

packed London Underground rail system

at the height of the early morning rush

hour. Not only that, the date of the

attacks was just one day after the U.K.

had secured the contract to host the 2012

Olympic Games. Clearly, creating terror

and intimidation—at a time that should

have been one of overriding celebration

and national pride—was the name of the

deadly game.

July 7 was a day very much like

any other—that is, until 8:50 A.M. In less

than one minute three huge explosions

rocked

the

London

Underground.

Unsurprisingly, confusion reigned. Initial

reports suggested the explosions had

been caused by power surges on the

tracks. Other rumors flew around to the

effect

that

two

trains

had

catastrophically collided. It quickly

became clear, however, that neither

scenario was correct. London was under

attack.

The first event involved a train that

left the Kings Cross St. Pancras tube

station, heading east. Barely three

hundred feet from Liverpool Street

station, there was an ear-splitting

explosion. It was followed only seconds

later by a second blast, this one on a

train that was making its way to London

Paddington Station, after having left the

station at Edgware Road. In near-rapid—

fire fashion, a third explosion occurred:

on the Piccadilly Line, shortly after the

train in question had exited Kings Cross—

St. Pancras. All three trains were packed

with commuters whose lives were either

wiped out or forever changed and

scarred—both

physically

and

psychologically.

Less than sixty minutes later, yet

another bomb detonated. It did not,

however, occur on a speeding train on

the Underground. Rather, the target was

a London double-decker bus. As it

reached Tavistock Square, the bus was

violently torn apart, as if by some giant

can-opener. Four events across the

course of one hour, dozens dead, the

emergency services doing their utmost to

control the situation, the government in a

state of emergency, and a condition of

quickly growing panic all across London

were the immediate effects of that

terrible, fateful day.

Ambulance s flood Russe ll Square in London,

England, soon afte r the bombing of July 7, 2005.

The country’s media—led by the

BBC,

ITV

and

Sky

News—ran

continuous

coverage,

updating

the

British people on every aspect of what,

it soon became clear, was a major

disaster of deadly proportions. The

country was outraged, the government

pledged that the guilty parties would

pay, and the security services launched

an immediate investigation. In the days

that followed, things became clearer. Or

did they?

The British government did not

look to the Middle East for the answers

to who was responsible for the

nightmarish events of July 7, 2005.

Certainly, in the aftermath of 9/11,

Britain’s MI5 and MI6—the U.K.’s

equivalents of the FBI and the CIA—

began to fear and suspect that any

similar attack on mainland Britain would

likely be undertaken by homegrown

terrorists, rather than those operating out

of a cave in the mountains of

Afghanistan. They appear to have been

correct.

It did not take long for officialdom

to identify the guilty parties. Careful and

widespread study of literally hundreds

of

closed-circuit

cameras

across

London, coupled with intelligence-based

leads, revealed the chief suspects as

Germaine Lindsay, Mohammad Sidique

Khan, Hasib Hussain, and Shehzad

Tanweer. Hussein, Tanweer, and Khan

lived in the English city of Leeds, while

Lindsay was from the Buckinghamshire

town of Aylesbury.

All four men were recorded on

CCTV cameras—together, as a group—

at Luton Station, on the morning of the

attacks. They were also variously filmed

on the London Underground, or as they

made their way towards it. Explosives

were found in Tanweer’s vehicle, which

was parked at Luton Railway Station.

Lindsay, Tanweer, and Khan died in the

Underground explosions, while Hussain

met his end on the double-decker.

Khan and Tanweer had made video

recordings that leave no room for doubt

when it came to their mindset. “We are

at war and I am a soldier,” said Khan, as

he targeted his rage against the West. In a

pre-recorded

statement,

Janweer

chillingly stated: “What you have

witnessed now is only the beginning.”

In addition, leads that developed

from digging into the lives and

backgrounds of all four men allowed

both the police and the security services

to make a number of arrests, and also

uncover quantities of explosives at a

variety of locations across the country.

In other words, there seems to be little

doubt regarding who was responsible

for the shocking events: homegrown

terrorists who felt the need to take out

their deranged fury on the people of

London. So, with that being the case,

why have so many questioned the

official version of events? Let’s take a

look.

In an article titled Coincidence of

Bomb Exercises? —which was prepared

for

Britain’s

Channel

4—writer

Nicholas Glass wrote of the conspiracy

theories surrounding 7/7:

It began when Peter Power, one time high

ranking employee of Scotland Yard and

member of its Anti-Terrorist Branch,

reported in two major UK media outlets that

his company Visor Consulting had on the

morning of the seventh of July been

conducting

“crisis

exercises”

whose

scenarios uncannily mirrored those of the

actual attack.

Glass also noted that during the

course of interviews with elements of

the British media—specifically Radio 5

Live and ITV News—Power “appeared”

to assert that the exercises in question

involved “a thousand people,” along

with a “dedicated crisis team,” one

whose total number was never revealed.

More astonishing, as Glass noted, Power

described

“the

simulation

of

‘simultaneous attacks on an underground

and mainline station’ and ‘bombs going

off precisely at the railway stations’ at

which the actual bombings occurred.”

Part of the exercise involved Visor

Consulting

planning

to

practice

switching from a “slow time thinking” to

a “quick time thinking” of the kind

required by a situation dominated by

crisis. As it transpired, said Glass, “they

were forced to do so for real.” And the

story is not quite over.

Glass continued:

Three days after the London bombings,

Power was in Toronto for the 15th World

Conference on Disaster Management.

There, he took part in a discussion panel for

the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation’s

news discussion program CBS: Sunday

Night, in which he was quizzed again about

what the host called the “extraordinary”

conjunction of his company’s planned

scenarios and the actual events. Power

dismissed this as “spooky coincidence.”

Power added: “Our scenario was

very similar, but it wasn’t totally

identical. It was based on bombs going

off—the time, the locations, all this sort

of stuff.”

In response, Glass wrote that this undeniably

odd development was

… ignored by the mainstream media. Online

publishers stepped in to add fuel to the fires

of indignation. Colman Jones, an Associate

Producer on CBS: Sunday Night, claimed in

his blog that, while escorting participants

from the building, he enquired of Power “why

there had not been more media coverage of

this.” “They were trying to keep it quiet,”

Power purportedly responded, with what

Jones called “a knowing smile.”

As Channel 4 also demonstrated,

the world of conspiracy theorizing

quickly sat up and took notice of this

admittedly

odd

state

of

affairs.

Particularly quick off the mark was the

website Prison Planet. In an article

titled London Underground Bombing

“Exercises” Took Place at Same Time

as Real Attack, a writer for the site

noted:

Whether Mr. Power and Visor Consultants

were “in on the bombing” is not that

important.… The British government or one

of their private company offshoots could

have hired Visor to run the exercise for a

number of purposes. This is precisely what

happened on the morning of September 11,

2001, with the CIA conducting drills of flying

hijacked planes into the WTC and Pentagon

at 8:30 in the morning.

In June 2007 the following was

revealed by Channel 4 (in Darshna

Soni’s article, “Survey: Government

Hasn̍t Told Truth about 7/7’’):

Channel 4 News, with GFK NOP, has

commissioned a survey to reveal the Muslim

community’s attitudes towards the “official

narrative” surrounding the 7/7 bombings

revealing that: 59% of the 500 people polled

believe that the government has not told the

public the whole truth about the 7th July

bombings. 52% believe that the British

security services have “made up” evidence

to convict terrorist suspects. 24% believe the

four men identified as the July 7th bombers

were not actually responsible for the attacks.

Of course, a good argument can be

made to the effect the Muslims would

say that!

On May 2, 2007, the Manchester

Guardian newspaper revealed the sheer

and extraordinary extent to which the

highly suspicious actions of the four key

players in the London bombings were

overlooked by British intelligence—

something that conspiracy theorists find

equally suspicious. According to the

newspaper’s article, titled “7/7 Leader:

More Evidence Reveals What Police

Knew,” and that was written by Vikram

Dodd, Ian Cobain, and Helen Carter:

Police were investigating the ringleader of

the July 7 bombings just five months before

he led the suicide attacks on London that

killed 52 people, the Guardian has learned.

In what appears to have been a renewed

investigation, a witness gave detectives in

January 2005 part of Mohammad Sidique

Khan’s name, his mobile telephone number

and the name and the address of his mother-in-law. The revelation suggests Khan was

being investigated much nearer to the London

bombings than has been officially admitted.

Details of how Khan and a second bomber,

Shehzad Tanweer, came repeatedly under

surveillance in 2004 were disclosed this week

after five of their associates were jailed for

life for planning attacks around southeast

England.

The revelation that Khan was

reinvestigated the following year, said

newspaper staff, appeared to contradict

claims from MI5 that inquiries about him

ceased in 2004, after it was concluded

that—from

a

national

security

perspective—other terrorism suspects

were perceived as being of greater

importance. Staff added: “It is also

likely to lead to scrutiny of MI5’s

assertion that its officers, who had

followed, photographed, and secretly

recorded Khan, and made other inquiries

about him, did not know who he was.”

Guardian

reporters

also

discovered that on January 27, 2005,

police took a statement from the manager

of a garage in Leeds that had loaned

Khan a courtesy car while his vehicle

was being repaired. MI5 had followed

Khan and Tanweer as they drove the

courtesy car across London, in March of

the previous year. The garage manager

told police that the car had been loaned

to a “Mr. S. Khan,” who gave his mobile

telephone number and an address on

Gregory Street, Batley, which is located

in the county of West Yorkshire.

Khan, the police were told, had

asked for his repaired car to be

delivered to another address, in nearby

Dewsbury, which happened to be his

mother-in-law’s home. Almost a year

earlier, MI5 officers had followed Khan

to the same address after watching him

meet a number of suspected terrorists.

That was not the end of police

interest in Khan in 2005. On the

afternoon of February 3, an officer from

Scotland Yard’s anti-terrorism branch

carried out inquiries with the company

that had insured a car in which Khan

was seen driving almost a year earlier.

He discovered that Khan had insured a

five-door silver Honda Accord in his

own name. Inquiries also showed that

the car was registered in the name of

Khan’s mother-in-law.

The Guardian told its readers:

“Nothing about these inquiries appeared

in the report by parliament’s intelligence

and

security

committee

after

it

investigated the July 7 attacks. The

shadow home secretary, David Davis,

said: ‘It is becoming more and more

clear that the story presented to the

public and parliament is at odds with the

facts.’”

Scotland

Yard,

after

being

contacted

for

comment,

merely

commented

that

everything

was

“routine.” Hardly routine, however, was

the next revelation that the Guardian

brought to light:

There was more confusion over evidence

that Shehzad Tanweer was surfing the

internet for bomb-making tips in June 2005,

two weeks before the suicide attacks.

According to a document which prosecution

lawyers … disclosed to the defense before

the trial began, Tanweer was heard to be

discussing bombings and using the internet to

make such a bomb.

Rather intriguingly, the very same

document noted:

Tanweer told the same person he had

entered Afghanistan and met people from

around the world who had got into his head.

MI5 said this information is “false.” But the

Crown Prosecution Service told the Guardian

the information was passed to it by Scotland

Yard. The Yard does not deny this but said its

officers in the case had “no recollection” of

the information.

To a degree, this dove tails with the

words of journalist Mark Honigsbaum,

who wrote, in a 2006 article, “Seeing

Isn’t Believing,” that

… a computer technician who helped to

encrypt emails at an Islamic bookshop in

Leeds where Khan and Tanweer used to

hang out became so alarmed by their calls for

jihad that in October 2003 he delivered a

dossier to West Yorkshire anti-terrorist

police. Martin Gilbertson’s claims have not

been denied. West Yorkshire police simply

admitted it couldn’t say whether or not his

dossier had “made its way into the

intelligence system.”

Clearly,

someone

within

officialdom had put together a great deal

of data on the bombers, but was

evidently

failing

to

do

anything

meaningful with it—something that led

conspiracy theorists to believe a

decision had been taken by shadowy,

Machiavellian figures in government to

allow the 7/7 attack to go ahead, as

justification for the continued and

escalating annexing of the Middle East.

Then there is the matter of the

official inquiry—or, rather, the lack of

an inquiry into what happened on July 7,

2005. On August 1, 2011, journalist

Esther Addley, in an article for the

Guardian

newspaper

titled

“7/7

Survivors End Battle for Public Inquiry

into Bombings,” revealed the following:

Survivors and relatives of those who died in

the 7 July bombings have abandoned their

legal attempt to force the government to hold

a

public

inquiry

into

the

attacks,

acknowledging that proceedings would be

likely to be unsuccessful and would cause

“further unnecessary distress.”

Fifty-two people were killed and more than

700 injured by four suicide bombers on the

London transport network in 2005. An

inquest into the murders, presided over by the

high court judge Lady Justice Hallett, found

in May that the attacks could not be blamed

on failures by MI5 and that it was unlikely

that any of those who died would have

survived had the emergency service response

been swifter.

This me morial in Hyde Park is de dicate d to the

victims of the 2005 London bombing.

After the verdicts a number of bereaved

relatives said important questions remained

unanswered. They called for an independent

public inquiry to examine, in particular, the

question of whether the attacks could have

been prevented.

To date, there has been no such inquiry.

It is issues such as those above that

ensure the conspiracy theorists continue

to suggest there is more to 7/7 than meets

the eye. One of those conspiracy

theorists is a man named John Hill. He

hails from Sheffield, England, and—

under the alias of Muad Dib (a character

in

the

movie

Dune)—made

a

documentary in 2007 titled 7/7 Ripple

Effect. It took no prisoners and

suggested the guilty parties in 7/7 were

former British prime minister Tony

Blair, Israel’s security service—Mossad

—elements of the British Police Force,

and shadowy sources buried deep within

the world of officialdom. Hill further

asserted that the four presumed bombers

(that Hill perceived were definitive

patsies) were executed prior to the

detonations, by the British Police Force.

It scarcely needs mentioning that the

highly controversial production quickly

gained a cult-following and became an

Internet hit.

The furor surrounding Hill’s film

reached stratospheric proportions when,

rather incredibly, he was arrested and

extradited back to England from Ireland.

The charge: perverting the cause of

justice by mailing copies of 7/7 Ripple

Effect to the judge and jury foreman in a

trial that had links to the attacks.

Although Hill was acquitted, his

followers asserted that this was nothing

less than a blatant tactic to try and

silence him. Perhaps they were right.

As for where things stand today, the

official verdict—that 7/7 was the work

of a group of domestic terrorists—

remains precisely that.

The final word goes to Rachel

North, a survivor of the July 7 bombings,

whose comments journalist Mike Rudin

noted in a June 2009 article for the BBC

titled “The Conspiracy Files: 7/7”:

If people in mosques think that the

government is so antagonistic towards them

that they’re actually willing to frame them for

a monstrous crime they didn’t commit, what

does that do to levels of trust? That is a

problem for the government and for

everybody in this country.

In 2010, the website Fourwinds 10

stated in an article titled “22

Shocking Population Control Quotes

from the Global Elite”:

There are now large numbers of global

leaders that are convinced that the exploding

population of the world has become like a

virus or a plague, and that it must be

combated as such. In fact, it would be very

difficult to understate just how obsessed

many members of the global elite are with

population control. The United Nations puts

out position papers about it, universities have

entire courses dedicated to it, radical

population control advocates have been

appointed to some of the highest political

positions in the world, and some of the

wealthiest people on the planet get together

just to talk about it.

Can it be true? Are nefarious and

deadly forces hard at work to reduce the

world’s population—and to reduce it

quickly, drastically, and to levels that

will amount to nothing less than full-blown decimation? Certainly, one only

has to take a look at the case of Adolf

Hitler. He waged a determined war of

extermination against the Jews during the

Second World War. And, as a result, and

with phenomenal, horrific speed, an

entire race of people can come close to

being systematically wiped off the face

of the planet. Could such a thing, one

day, happen again? If it does, will it be

due to the actions of a future Hitler, a

madman with lunatic delusions of

grandeur?

Maybe

not:

conspiracy

theorists maintain that the death knell for

not just millions, but for billions, might

come from none other than the United

Nations.

That planet Earth cannot adequately

house an ever-growing population

indefinitely is not a matter of any doubt.

That the world’s weather is changing—

in ways that are seen as both hostile and

suspicious—has given rise to the

likelihood that global warming is the

culprit. Humankind’s ever-growing need

for dwindling fossil fuels, combined

with its near-exponentially increasing

polluting of the planet’s ecosystem, has

almost irreversibly altered our future

and has raised fears that our most

precious commodity—water—will soon

become scarce.

In 2012, the Manchester Guardian

reported in “How Will Climate Change

Impact on Fresh Water Security?”:

Fresh water is crucial to human

society—not just for drinking, but also

for farming, washing, and many other

activities. It is expected to become

increasingly scarce in the future, and this

is partly due to climate change.”

The newspaper added:

Especially little is known about future

declines in regional groundwater resources

because of lack of research on this topic,

even though around 50% of global domestic

water supply comes from groundwater.

Although scientists are making progress in

reducing uncertainty about fresh water

scarcity, these kinds of unknowns mean that

water supply strategies must be adaptable so

that they can be effective under different

scenarios.

In May 2013 Melanie McDonagh of

the Spectator noted in her article “Dan

Brown̍ Latest Conspiracy Theory—and

the Powerful People Who Believe It”

that the Royal Society had published a

paper by Paul and Anne Ehrlich titled

Can a Collapse of Global Civilization

Be Avoided?

During World War II, the Ge rman e xte rminate d

millions of pe ople , including Je ws and othe r

minoritie s, in conce ntration camps like the one at

Dachau (a watchtowe r at the camp is shown

he re ). Might today’s e lite be planning a mass

e xte rmination, too?

Of the question that the title of the

report asked, McDonagh said: “No, is

the short answer, unless we adopt

‘dramatic cultural change.’”

The Ehrlichs noted:

Today, for the first time, humanity’s global

civilization … is threatened with collapse by

an

array

of

environmental

problems.

Humankind finds itself engaged in what

Prince Charles described as “an act of

suicide on a grand scale.” The human

predicament is driven by overpopulation,

over-consumption of natural resources and

the use of unnecessarily environmentally

damaging technologies.

McDonagh added: “The authors

assume an increase in population to 9.5

billion

by

2050.

Result:

‘global

collapse.’”

It could be argued that a radically

smaller, worldwide population would

help

allay—and

perhaps

even

successfully keep at bay—dwindling

supplies of water, as noted by the

Guardian in 2012. But there are other

things that have certain people worried,

such as fuel. In 2014, USA Today

reported that the planet’s entire oil

reserves may be gone by 2065. It was

USA Today’s juddering and shuddering

revelation that led Gas 2 (champions of

so-called “green cars”) to state in “BP

Estimates the World Has Just 53.3 Years

of Oil Left”:

These estimates are actually 1.1% more than

last year, thanks in part to growing estimates

of American shale oil. Of course keep in

mind that the oil industry is regularly growing

or shrinking estimated energy reserves, with

California’s Monterey Shale having its

reserves downgraded some 96%. There’s

also suspicion that countries like Saudi Arabia

are outright lying about how much crude they

actually have left. So yeah. Skepticism.

Gas 2 cautioned, however: “53

years sounds like awhile, right? Well not

really, but the bigger problem is that, as

humanity reaches the last of its oil

reserves, without an adequate energy

transition in place, some countries could

be caught flat-footed.”

“Flat-footed” may very well prove

to be an understatement of mammoth

proportions. Worldwide panic, chaos,

anarchy, and disaster might actually be

far closer to the truth of what awaits us.

And it’s this issue—of potential,

planetary collapse—that has led to dark

and disturbing theories that powerful

figures have decided the only way to

save the future of humanity is to shrink it,

and to shrink it soon. Does evidence of

such a nightmarish program exist?

Astonishingly, yes it does. Make no

mistake, the issue of overpopulation—

and how to deal with it—is a major

issue.

The speed at which the human race

is infesting the planet (which is not

unjustified terminology) is as alarming

as it is amazing. It was in the very

earliest years of the nineteenth century

that the world’s population finally

reached one billion. It was not until

around 1930 that the population was

doubled to two billion. By the dawning

of the sixties, there were three billion of

us, four billion by the mid-seventies, and

five billion by the late eighties. As the

twenty-first century began, the number

was six billion. In 2013 we hit seven

billion. You may not like—or even be

prepared for—what is to come next.

Current estimates are that 2024 will

roughly be when the Earth finds itself

buckling under the weight of eight

billion people. By 2040, we’ll be at nine

billion.

The United Nations has offered

several different scenarios for what

might be in store in the decades ahead of

us. In a 2003 report titled Longrange

World

Population

Projections

(prepared

by

the

Department

of

Economic and Social Affairs), various

scenarios were detailed for the years to

come. One such scenario was truly

nightmarish. The DESA recorded: “If the

fertility of major areas is kept constant at

1995 levels, the world population soars

to 256 billion by 2150.”

As the world’s population incre ase s

e xpone ntially, the plane t’s re source s will be come

incre asingly scarce , re sulting in famine , dise ase ,

and re source wars.

To put that figure in to an

understandable context, we would be

talking about a worldwide population of

more than thirty times its current figure.

Of course, all of this could be averted by

encouraging smaller families, via a

greater promotion of birth-control. The

conspiracy rumormill suggests this is

not enough for the world’s most

powerful figures. They want the figures

down sooner than later. And by just

about any means possible. We’re talking

wipeout. For all intents and purposes,

we’re talking holocaust. And it’s

something that dates back decades.

Many conspiracy theorists believe

that things began in 1974, specifically on

December 10 of that year, when a highly

controversial report was prepared for

the United States’ National Security

Council. It was a report, and attendant

project and study, overseen by one of the

most powerful figures in global politics,

Henry Kissinger, who held such

positions as U.S. secretary of state and

national

security

advisor

to

the

presidential office. The report was titled

Implications of Worldwide Population

Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas

Interests. (See “National Security Study

Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200)—April

1974.”)

Rather disturbingly, while the

document

noted

that

a

growing,

worldwide population was undeniably a

problem—and one destined to only get

worse—much of its attention was

focused on targeting specific nations,

instead of the planet and its people as a

whole. In other words, rather than

encourage a united Earth to address the

issue, the scenario was of lowering the

population levels in the least advanced

parts of the world. The countries that

Kissinger’s team felt posed the biggest

“problems” were India, Bangladesh,

Pakistan,

Indonesia,

Thailand,

the

Philippines, Turkey, Nigeria, Egypt,

Ethiopia, Mexico, Colombia, and Brazil.

It was estimated that these particular

countries would account for close to

fifty percent of the future increases in the

world’s population. And such increases,

combined with the attendant, localized

possibilities for societal collapse,

should not be allowed to come to pass.

As the authors noted, in those

particular countries—where growth and

development were far from being on par

with the rest of the planet—there was a

distinct possibility that with falling food

supplies, dwindling water and fuel, and

more and more people, demands from

the relevant populations for action to

combat famine would soon become civil

unrest, and then uncontrollable anarchy.

There was another worry for Kissinger’s

people. If the economies of countries

with exploding populations collapsed,

the result might be that the United States

would be unable to import from those

same countries things that were essential

to its own economy. In that scenario,

everyone suffers. Or, maybe not:

Kissinger was determined that the U.S.

would not fall, even if other nations did.

It was up to the United Nations and the

United States to solve the problem.

Clearly, as the following extracts

show, a great deal of thought had gone

into how the rise of populations in the

underdeveloped world could possibly

bring the United States to its knees:

The U.S. economy will require large and

increasing amounts of minerals from abroad,

especially from less developed countries.

That fact gives the U.S. enhanced interest in

the political, economic, and social stability of

the

supplying

countries.

Wherever

a

lessening of population pressures through

reduced birth rates can increase the

prospects for such stability, population policy

becomes relevant to resource supplies and to

the economic interests of the United States.

Ne w York City’s Mayor Bill de Blasio atte nds an

anti-fracking prote st. Many fe e l fracking is an

e nvironme ntally hazardous way to e xtract oil that

is now use d be cause many e asie r-to-re ach oil

re se rve s are drying up.

The document continued:

The location of known reserves of higher

grade ores of most minerals favors increasing

dependence of all industrialized regions on

imports from less developed countries. The

real problems of mineral supplies lie not in

basic physical sufficiency, but in the politico—

economic issues of access, terms for

exploration and exploitation, and division of

the benefits among producers, consumers,

and host country governments.

Anticipating how things could turn

very bad for the U.S., there is the

following:

Whether through government action, labor

conflicts, sabotage, or civil disturbance, the

smooth flow of needed materials will be

jeopardized. Although population pressure is

obviously not the only factor involved, these

types of frustrations are much less likely

under conditions of slow or zero population

growth.

The brains behind the report then

targeted the people themselves, their

collective mindset, and how to get

around increasing issues of concern. In a

section titled Populations with a High

Proportion of Growth, it was noted:

The young people, who are in much higher

proportions in many LDCs, are likely to be

more volatile, unstable, prone to extremes,

alienation, and violence than an older

population. These young people can more

readily be persuaded to attack the legal

institutions of the government or real property

of

the

“establishment,”

“imperialists,”

multinational corporations, or other-often

foreign-influences blamed for their troubles.

There were words of warning in

the report, too:

We must take care that our activities should

not give the appearance to the LDCs of an

industrialized country policy directed against

the LDCs. Caution must be taken that in any

approaches in this field we support in the

LDCs are ones we can support within this

country. “Third World” leaders should be in

the forefront and obtain the credit for

successful programs. In this context it is

important to demonstrate to LDC leaders that

such family planning programs have worked

and can work within a reasonable period of

time.

The authors of the report make an

interesting statement: “In these sensitive

relations, however, it is important in

style as well as substance to avoid the

appearance of coercion.”

In other words, the report does not

deny that nations might be coerced, only

that there is a concerted effort to “avoid

the appearance” of such.

So much for the 1970s—when the

program of planetary extermination, on

an obscene scale, is reported to have

begun—but what of today? According to

some, today it’s downright out of

control.

Although

the

Implications

of

Worldwide Population Growth for U.S.

Security

and

Overseas

Interests

document was prepared in the 1970s,

there is evidence the world of

officialdom has taken its position on

population

control

down

some

controversial and dark directions. Take,

for example, President Obama’s science

advisor, John P. Holdren, who said (see

“John Holdren, Obama’s Science Czar,

Says: Forced Abortions and Mass

Sterilization Needed to Save the

Planet”):

A program of sterilizing women after their

second or third child, despite the relatively

greater difficulty of the operation than

vasectomy, might be easier to implement than

trying to sterilize men. The development of a

long-term sterilizing capsule that could be

implanted under the skin and removed when

pregnancy is desired opens additional

possibilities for coercive fertility control. The

capsule could be implanted at puberty and

might be removable, with official permission,

for a limited number of births.

President

George

W.

Bush’s

science advisor, Paul Ehrlich, came

straight to the point: “Each person we

add now disproportionately impacts on

the environment and life-support systems

of the planet.” He also said, in

downright chilling fashion: “A cancer is

an uncontrolled multiplication of cells.

The

population

explosion

is

an

uncontrolled multiplication of people.

We must shift our efforts from the

treatment of the symptoms to the cutting

out of the cancer. The operation will

demand many apparently brutal and

heartless decisions.”

Prince

Philip,

the

Duke

of

Edinburgh, has a very novel and unique

answer to the problem: “If I were

reincarnated I would wish to be returned

to earth as a killer virus to lower human

population levels.”

Then there is Ted Turner, the brains

behind CNN: “A total population of

250–300 million people, a 95% decline

from present levels, would be ideal.”

Dr. John P. Holdre n, who has se rve d as Pre side nt

Barack Obama’s scie nce advisor, sugge ste d that

human populations could be controlle d by

ste rilizing wome n afte r the y have give n birth to

one or two childre n.

“A reasonable estimate for an

industrialized world society at the

present

North

American

material

standard of living would be 1 billion. At

the more frugal European standard of

living, 2 to 3 billion would be

possible,” stated the United Nations’

Global

Diversity

Assessment,

in

shockingly matter-of-fact fashion.

All of the above quotes can be

found at “22 Shocking Population

Control Quotes from the Global Elite

That Will Make You Want to Lose Your

Lunch.”

Prison Planet correspondent Paul

Joseph Watson said in a 2009 article,

“The Population Reduction Agenda for

Dummies”:

There are still large numbers of people

amongst the general public, in academia, and

especially those who work for the corporate

media, who are still in denial about the onthe-record

stated

agenda

for

global

population reduction, as well as the

consequences of this program that we

already see unfolding.

He continued with his warning: “In

China, the one child policy is enforced

by means of taxes on each subsequent

child, allied to an intimidation program

which includes secret police and ‘family

planning’

authorities

kidnapping

pregnant women from their homes and

performing forced abortions.”

Two years later—and specifically

in October 2011—Michael Snyder of

The American Dream stated in “From 7

Billion People to 500 Million People—

The Sick Population Control Agenda of

the Global Elite”:

In recent years, the UN and other

international organizations have become

bolder about trying to push the sick population

control agenda of the global elite. Most of the

time organizations such as the UN will simply

talk about “stabilizing” the global population,

but … there are many among the global elite

that are not afraid to openly talk about a goal

of reducing the population of the world to 500

million (or less).

And, as Snyder also noted, and in a

fashion that we would all be wise to

remember: “To you and I it may seem

like insanity to want to get rid of more

than 90 percent of the global population,

but there is a growing consensus among

the global elite that this is absolutely

necessary for the good of the planet.”

Back in 1994, David Icke, the well-known and controversial author on

all manner of conspiracy theories, said

in his book, The Robots’ Rebellion:

The Brotherhood of the New World Order

… want us barcoded so we can be “read”

at supermarkets and banks, like a checkout

assistant now reads a tin of beans. A man at

IBM who invented the laser-bar reader for

supermarkets has also developed a method of

putting the same type of device under human

skin in one billionth of a second. It is invisible

to the naked eye and could carry all the

information anyone needed to know about us.

We could be permanently linked to a

computer, and who is to say that signals could

not be sent both ways?

Icke added, in And The Truth Shall

Set You Free:

… the game plan is known as the Great

Work of Ages or the New World Order, and

it seeks to introduce a world government to

which all nations would be colonies; a world

central bank and currency; a world army;

and a microchipped population connected to a

global computer. What is happening today is

the culmination of the manipulation which has

been unfolding for thousands of years.

At the time, the mainstream media

scoffed loudly and derisively, and the

public largely dismissed what was

perceived as nothing more than arrant

nonsense. It appears, however, and with

the benefit of hindsight and time, that

Icke was not only on the right track, but

that, incredibly, he may actually have

underestimated the dire future ahead of

us all. Today, more than two decades

after Icke warned of what was to come,

his words are looking less and less like

science fiction and scare mongering.

They are looking far more like chilling

prophecies of a terrifying world that is

almost upon us, one that goes far beyond

anything that even George Orwell could

ever have imagined.

To understand how and why such a

future might actually come to pass, it’s

first important to note what, precisely,

microchips are. Essentially, they are

integrated circuits that can be placed

under the surface of the skin and which

contain certain, specific data on the

implanted individual. Extremely small,

they utilize what is termed Radio

Frequency Identification (RFID) to

ensure that all relevant data is collected,

stored, and available to those that

require it.

Radio Fre que ncy Ide ntification chips (RFID,

shown ne xt to a grain of rice at right) like this

one could some day soon be implante d in all

citize ns, who could the n be tracke d by the

gove rnme nt. Some fe ar, too, the y might be use d

for mind control.

The

perfect

example

is

the

widespread chipping of pet dogs and

cats. Of course, this is a case of the

technology being utilized for wholly

positive reasons: when man’s best

friends get lost, such wireless-based

devices very often prove invaluable in

identifying their owners—and quickly,

too. The result is an overjoyed reunion

between owner and pet. There is,

however, a world of difference between

microchipping a dog and a human. Not

in terms of the physical procedure of

implanting the chip, but from the

perspectives of personal privacy, ethics,

and morals.

Let’s first focus on the research and

findings of author Brad Steiger, who has

dug deeply into this particular topic.

What he has uncovered may shock you.

If it doesn’t, it should. Steiger said in

2014’s The Zombie Book:

In the 1950s and 60s, a large number of

experiments in behavior modification were

conducted in the United States, and it is well

known that electrical implants were inserted

into the brains of animals and humans. Later,

when new techniques in influencing brain

functions became a priority to military and

intelligence services, secret experiments

were conducted with such unwilling guinea

pigs as inmates of prisons, soldiers, mental

patients, handicapped children, the elderly,

and any group of people considered

expendable.

Steiger continued:

Rauni-Leena Luukanen-Kilde, M.D., Former

Chief Medical Officer of Finland, has stated

that mysterious brain implants the size of one

centimeter began showing up in X-rays in the

1980s. In a few years, implants were found

the size of a grain of rice. Dr. Luukanen-Kilde stated that the implants were made of

silicon, later of gallium arsenide. Today such

implants are small enough that it is nearly

impossible to detect or remove them. They

can easily be inserted into the neck or back

during surgical operations, with or without the

consent of the subject.

It has been stated that within a few years all

Americans will be forced to receive a

programmable biochip implant somewhere in

their body. The biochip is most likely to be

implanted on the back of the right or the left

hand so it will be easy to scan at stores. The

biochip implant will also be used as a

universal type of identification card. A

number will be assigned at birth and will

follow that person throughout life. Eventually,

every newborn will be injected with a

microchip, which will identify the person for

the rest of his or her life.

Initially, said Steiger:

People will be informed that the biochip will

be used largely for purposes of identification.

The reality is that the implant will be linked to

a massive supercomputer system that will

make it possible for government agencies to

maintain a surveillance of all citizens by

ground sensors and satellites. Today’s

microchips operate by means of low-frequency radio waves that target them.

With the help of satellites, the implanted

person can be followed anywhere. Their

brain functions can be remotely monitored by

supercomputers and even altered through the

changing of frequencies. Even worse, say the

alarmists, once the surveillance system is in

place, the biochips will be implemented to

transform every man, woman, and child into

a controlled slave, for these devices will

make it possible for outside intelligences to

influence a person’s brain cell conversations

and to talk directly with the individual’s brain

neurons. Through cybernetic biochip brain

implants, people can be forced to think and to

act exactly as government intelligence

agencies have pre-programmed them to think

and behave.

Steiger continues to warn us:

The technology exists right now to create a

New World Order served by the zombie-like

masses. Secret government agencies could

easily

utilize

covert

neurological

communication systems in order to subvert

independent thinking and to control social and

political activity.

The National Security Agency’s (NSA)

electronic

surveillance

system

can

simultaneously follow the unique bioelectrical

resonance brain frequency of millions of

people. NSA’s Signals Intelligence group can

remotely monitor information from human

brains by decoding the evoked potentials

(3.50 hertz, 5 milliwatts) emitted by the brain.

Electromagnetic frequency (EMF) brain

stimulation signals can be sent to the brains

of specific individuals, causing the desired

effects to be experienced by the target.

A U.S. Naval research laboratory, funded by

intelligence agencies, has achieved the

incredible breakthrough of uniting living brain

cells with microchips. When such a chip is

injected into a man’s or a woman’s brain, he

or she instantly becomes a living vegetable

and a subservient slave. And once this device

is perfected, the biochip implant could easily

be converted by the Defense Department

into an army of killer zombies.

Experts have said that a micromillimeter

microchip may be placed into the optical

nerve of the eye and draw neuro-impulses

from

the

brain

which

embody

the

experiences, smells, sights, and voice of the

implanted subject. These neuro-impulses may

be stored in a computer and may be

projected back to the person’s brain via the

microchip to be re-experienced. A computer

operator can send electromagnetic messages

to the target’s nervous system, thereby

inducing hallucinations.

If you think that the words of Brad

Steiger are nothing but science-fiction—

style fantasy, you’re very wrong, as

you’ll now see.

In May 2002 it was revealed that

American doctors had successfully

implanted chips into the arms of an

entire Florida family that contained their

complete medical histories. The Jacobs

family—husband and wife, Jeffrey and

Leslie, and their son, Derek—agreed to

undergo the controversial procedure

that, rather chillingly, their doctors

stated they hoped would soon become

“standard practice” all across the United

States. Collectively, it took less than

forty seconds—in a Boca Raton,

Florida, clinic—to transform father,

mother, and son into walking, talking

human barcodes. It was all “thanks” to

the VeriChip, the brainchild of a

Florida-based company called Applied

Digital Solutions.

Certain elements of the world’s

corporate

media

praised

this

groundbreaking procedure. They cited

the fact that such implants would do

away with the need for medical-alert

bracelets, would prove to be vital in

terms of identifying diseases and

conditions when time was of the

essence, and would allow for continual

updating of a person’s medical history as

and when deemed necessary.

Other elements of the media were

less than enamored by this creepy,

creeping technology, including the BBC,

who noted when the story surfaced: “The

chips could also be used to contain

personal information and even a global

positioning device which could track a

person’s whereabouts, leading to fears

the chip could be used for more sinister

purposes.”

Two years later, in 2006, the pros

and

cons

of

the

microchipping

technology were still being hotly

debated. And it was still the VeriChip

that was under the microscope, so to

speak. Champions of the chips noted that

crucial data—on such issues as blood

type and potentially life-threatening

allergies—could be stored and accessed

by medical professionals and lives

would be saved as a direct result.

Applied Digital Solutions expressed its

hopes that, in terms of sales of the chip,

it would be a case of today the United

States

and

tomorrow

the

United

Kingdom. After that it was anyone’s

guess, or bad dream.

Also in 2006, the British media

waded in on the controversy. In an

article titled “Britons ‘Could Be

Microchipped Like Dogs in a Decade,’”

Daily Mail journalist Dan Newling

noted that in the near future, “human

beings may be forced to be ‘microchipped’ like pet dogs, a shocking

official report into the rise of the Big

Brother state has warned.”

It’s fairly common practice to put microchips in

dogs and cats so that pe ts can be locate d and

re turne d home to the ir owne rs. Doing the same

thing to human be ings is a much diffe re nt matte r.

The report to which the press was

referring was edited by two highly

respected sources, Dr. David Murakami

Wood, the managing editor of the journal

Surveillance and Society, and Dr.

Kirstie Ball, who was an Open

University lecturer on organization

studies. Their report made the shocking

claim that by 2016 “our almost every

movement, purchase and communication

could be monitored by a complex

network of interlinking surveillance

technologies.”

It was a report written by noted

academics and for the specific attention

of the U.K.’s information commissioner,

Richard Thomas. The Daily Mail

warned its readers that the chips “could

be used by companies who want to keep

tabs on an employee’s movements or by

governments who want a foolproof way

of identifying their citizens—and storing

information about them.”

Moving on to 2012, Michael

Snyder of The American Dream, asked

(in his article, “After the Government

Microchips Our Soldiers, How Long

Will It Be Before They Want to Put a

Microchip in YOU”), on May 9, two

important, yet very disturbing, questions:

“What would you do if someday the

government made it mandatory for

everyone to receive an implantable

microchip for identification purposes?

Would you take it?”

Snyder

noted,

correctly,

that

microchips are increasingly being used

to monitor the health of troops on the

battlefield. It was something that led him

to pose another question:

Once the government has microchips

implanted in all of our soldiers, how long will

it be before they want to put a microchip in

all government employees for the sake of

national security? Once the government has

microchips in all government employees, how

long will it be before they want to put a

microchip in you?

He foresaw a situation where the

technology would not be forced on us

overnight, by jackbooted minions of the

New World Order. Rather, it would

work its way into our lives, bit by bit,

piece by piece: “For now, it will creep

into our lives at an incremental pace. But

after enough people have voluntarily

accepted the ‘benefits’ of implantable

microchips, it will only be a matter of

time before they become mandatory. Are

you ready for that?”

Well, are you?

As 2013 rolled around, matters

became

even

more

surreal

and

disturbing. That was when news

surfaced that a former director of the

Defense Advanced Research Projects

Agency (DARPA), Regina Dugan, was

championing something that definitely

raised both eyebrows and anxiety levels.

It was what was described (in Paul

Joseph Watson’s article for Infowars,

“Ex-DARPA Head Wants You to

Swallow ID Microchips”) as nothing

less than “an edible authentication

microchip,” one designed to “contain a

minute chip that transmits an individual’s

personal data.”

Each chip is able to read a unique

signal, one that, if fully embraced, will

spell the death knell for online

passwords, passports, drivers’ licenses,

and just about any and all private data.

Rather than being implanted into a

person’s body on a one-time basis, it is

inserted into a pill—a pill that a person

will be required to swallow every day

and that will be “designed to move

through the body at the normal process

of digestion, and according to engineers

working on the device, it can be taken

every day for up to a month.”

Rather incredibly, the device—

which, at the time I write these words

has already been officially approved by

the Food and Drug Administration—is

fueled by a battery that uses nothing less

than the acid created in the stomach of

the individual. When the chip and the

acid interact, the former emits a minute

signal that can be read by mobile

devices,

thereby

determining

and

verifying the identity of the person.

As for Regina Dugan, the head of

advanced

technology

at

Motorola,

Watson’s article notes she revealed that

the company was “working on a

microchip inside a pill that users would

swallow daily in order obtain the

‘superpower’ of having their entire body

act as a biological authentication system

for cellphones, cars, doors and other

devices.”

In stark terms, the whole human

body becomes, as Dugan worded it,

“your authentication token.”

Infowars, which followed the story

closely, noted: “Privacy advocates will

wince at the thought, especially given

Dugan’s former role as head of DARPA,

the Pentagon agency that many see as

being at the top of the pyramid when it

comes to the Big Brother technocracy.”

Infowars also considered that

Dugan’s claim that just such a pill could

be taken an astonishing thirty times a

day, every day, for the rest of one’s

natural life, was “seemingly dubious.”

They also asked the question: “Would

you swallow a Google microchip every

day simply to access your cellphone?”

Some might actually do that and

much more, too. Dugan, in a fashion that

must surely send chills up and down the

spines of sane people everywhere,

revealed that Motorola was working to

develop a “wearable tattoo,” one that

could essentially read the human mind

by “detecting the unvocalized words in

their throat.”

John Hewitt, of Extreme Tech,

explained the science behind this: “It has

been known for decades that when you

speak to yourself in your inner voice,

your brain still sends neural spike

volleys to your vocal apparatus, in a

similar fashion to when you actually

speak aloud.”

Dugan apparently already had a

method in place that would ensure a

sizeable number of young people would

eagerly sign up for the “e-tattoo.” If it

was designed in a fashion that was cool

and rebellious, teenagers would quickly

be on board, “if only to piss off their

parents.”

As Infowars’ Paul Joseph Watson noted:

The edible microchip and the wearable e-tattoo

are

prime

examples

of

how

transhumanism is being made “trendy” in an

effort to convince the next generation to

completely sacrifice whatever privacy they

have left in the name of faux rebellion (which

is

actually

cultural

conformism)

and

convenience.

Thankfully, there are others who

have warned of the growing threat: “The

technology exists to create a totalitarian

New World Order,” notes Rauni-Leena

Luukanen-Kilde, MD, a former Finnish

chief medical officer. She added (and is

quoted in Greg Szymanski’s “Plans to

Microchip Every Newborn in US and

Europe Underway”):

Covert neurological communication systems

are in place to counteract independent

thinking and to control social and political

activity on behalf of self-serving private and

military interests. When our brain functions

are already connected to supercomputers by

means of radio implants and microchips, it

will be too late for protest. This threat can be

defeated only by educating the public, using

available literature on biotelemetry and

information

exchanged

at

international

congresses.

Greg Szymanski, who has followed the

microchipping scandal, asks:

Are you ready for a total elimination of

privacy and a robotizing of mankind, as well

as an invasion of every thought going through

your head? Are you prepared to live in a

world in which every newborn baby is microchipped? And finally are you ready to have

your every move tracked, recorded and

placed in Big Brother’s data bank?

Let’s hope each and every one of us

has the common sense to answer those

questions

with

a

decisive

and

unswerving “No!”

In 2005, President George W. Bush

stated that with regard to the fears of

bird flu erupting in the United States, and

erupting big time (see “Bush Wants Right

to Use Military if Bird Flu Hits”):

If we had an outbreak somewhere in the

United States, do we not then quarantine that

part of the country? And how do you, then,

enforce a quarantine? It’s one thing to shut

down airplanes. It’s another thing to prevent

people from coming in to get exposed to the

avian flu. And who best to be able to effect a

quarantine? One option is the use of a

military that’s able to plan and move.

Bush’s words raised eyebrows in

both the mainstream media and the

domain of conspiracy theorizing. For the

former, it was a case of the media

suggesting Bush was overreacting by

making semi-veiled allusions to martial

law and military occupations of infected

zones. For the latter, suspicions rose to

the effect that the Bush administration

was planning on using fears of avian flu

breaking out all across America as a

means to invoke martial law at a whim

and possibly even keep it in place for an

extensive time, maybe even near—

permanently. Before we get to the

conspiracy angles, let’s first take a look

at what avian flu actually is.

There is no better source to turn to

for information on bird flu than the

Centers for Disease Control and

Prevention, which has its headquarters

in Atlanta, Georgia. The CDC is at the

forefront of helping to lessen, and

ultimately stop, any and all threats posed

by deadly viruses. “Category A” viruses

are considered by the CDC to be the

most serious ones of all.

They are those specific viruses that,

said the CDC, “can be easily spread or

transmitted from person to person,” that

“result in high death rates and have the

potential for major public health

impact,” that “might cause panic and

social disruption,” and that would

“require special action for public health

preparedness.”

Moreover, and by the CDC’s very

own admission, its work is “a critical

component of overall U.S. national

security.” The U.S. government most

assuredly

recognizes

the

profound

importance of the CDC from that very

same national security perspective.

Currently, the CDC receives yearly

funding of around $1.3 billion to “build

and strengthen national preparedness for

public health emergencies caused by

natural,

accidental,

or

intentional

events.” It also works closely with the

Department of Homeland Security, and

with FEMA, the Federal Emergency

Management Agency.

The above map indicate s countrie s (in dark gray)

infe cte d with avian flu by 2009. The rapid spre ad

of the dise ase e nge nde re d conside rable alarm

worldwide .

On the matter of bird flu, the CDC

noted in an online article at its website,

“Key Facts About Avian Influenza (Bird

Flu) and Highly Pathogenic Avian

Influenza A (H5N1) Virus”:

Avian influenza is an infection caused by

avian (bird) influenza (flu) A viruses. These

influenza A viruses occur naturally among

birds. Wild birds worldwide get flu A

infections in their intestines, but usually do not

get sick from flu infections. However, avian

influenza is very contagious among birds and

some of these viruses can make certain

domesticated bird species, including chickens,

ducks, and turkeys, very sick and kill them.

The agency continued:

Infected birds can shed influenza virus in

their saliva, nasal secretions, and feces.

Susceptible birds become infected when they

have contact with contaminated secretions or

excretions or with surfaces that are

contaminated with secretions or excretions

from infected birds. Domesticated birds may

become infected with avian influenza virus

through

direct

contact

with

infected

waterfowl or other infected poultry, or

through contact with surfaces (such as dirt or

cages) or materials (such as water or feed)

that have been contaminated with the virus.

Infection with avian influenza viruses in

domestic poultry, said the CDC,

… causes two main forms of disease that are

distinguished by low and high extremes of

virulence. The “low pathogenic” form may

go undetected and usually causes only mild

symptoms (such as ruffled feathers and a

drop in egg production). However, the highly

pathogenic form spreads more rapidly

through flocks of poultry. This form may

cause disease that affects multiple internal

organs and has a mortality rate that can

reach 90–100% often within 48 hours.

So much for the lethal effects that

the viruses can have on birds: But what

about when avian flu jumps species?

What about when it reaches the human

population? This is a matter of deep and

critical concern to the CDC, as its staff

notes:

Usually, “avian influenza virus” refers to

influenza A viruses found chiefly in birds, but

infections with these viruses can occur in

humans. The risk from avian influenza is

generally low to most people, because the

viruses do not usually infect humans.

However, confirmed cases of human

infection from several subtypes of avian

influenza infection have been reported since

1997. Most cases of avian influenza infection

in humans have resulted from contact with

infected poultry (e.g., domesticated chicken,

ducks, and turkeys) or surfaces contaminated

with secretion/excretions from infected birds.

| The spread of avian influenza viruses from

one ill person to another person has been

reported very rarely, and has been limited,

inefficient and unsustained.

The CDC expands on the dangers posed to

the human race:

Currently, H3N2 and H1N1 influenza A

subtypes are circulating among humans and

H2N2 influenza A circulated from about

1957–1968. Some genetic parts of current

human influenza A viruses had their origin in

bird flu viruses originally. Influenza A viruses

are constantly changing, and they might adapt

over time to infect and spread among

humans.

And what, precisely, are the

physical effects that can surface when

avian flu hits the human population?

They are many, varied, and sometimes

lethal:

Symptoms of avian influenza in humans have

ranged from typical human influenza-like

symptoms (e.g., fever, cough, sore throat, and

muscle aches) to eye infections, pneumonia,

severe respiratory diseases (such as acute

respiratory distress), and other severe and

life-threatening complications. The symptoms

of avian influenza may depend on which virus

caused the infection.

In view of the fact that avian flu has

the ability to not just make a person

acutely ill, but to actually kill them, a

great deal of research has been

undertaken to try and keep bird flu

outbreaks in the human population to a

minimum, as the CDC demonstrates.

Nevertheless, the CDC admits that a

great deal more research needs to be

done in this specific area:

Studies done in laboratories suggest that

some of the antiviral drugs approved in the

United States for human influenza viruses

should work in treating avian influenza

infection in humans. However, influenza

viruses can become resistant to these drugs,

so these medications may not always work.

Additional studies are needed to demonstrate

the effectiveness of these medicines. When

avian influenza A viruses are identified to

cause illness in humans, the viruses should be

tested for susceptibility to influenza antiviral

medications.

The CDC then turned its attentions

to what is termed highly pathogenic

Influenza A (H5N1) virus, or, as it’s also

known,

HPAI

H5N1

virus.

It’s

particularly notable for its deadly ability

to jump from species to species. That’s

to say, from bird to human. Of the HPAI

H5N1 virus, the CDC reveals:

Of the few avian influenza viruses that have

crossed the species barrier to infect humans,

HPAI H5N1 has caused the largest number

of detected cases of severe disease and

death in humans. However, it is possible that

those cases in the most severely ill people are

more likely to be diagnosed and reported,

while milder cases are less likely to be

detected and reported.

And the seriousness of the virus,

and its potential ability to kill on a large

scale, should not be underestimated. The

CDC has been careful to warn people of

the

potentially

deadly

effects

of

exposure to this particular strain:

Of the human cases associated with the

ongoing HPAI H5N1 outbreaks in poultry and

wild birds in Asia and parts of Europe, the

Near East and Africa, about 60% of those

people reported infected with the virus have

died. Most cases have occurred in previously

healthy children and young adults and have

resulted from direct or close contact with

H5N1-infected

poultry

or

H5N1—

contaminated surfaces. In general, HPAI

H5N1 remains a very rare disease in people.

The HPAI H5N1 virus does not infect

humans easily, and if a person is infected, it is

very difficult for the virus to spread to

another person.

The CDC has words of warning

with regard to what the future may bring,

when it comes to the matter of avian flu:

Because all influenza viruses have the

ability to change and because the HPAI

H5N1 known ability to cause human

infections, scientists remain concerned

that HPAI H5N1 viruses have the

potential to possibly change into a form

of the virus that is able to spread easily

from person to person. Because these

viruses do not commonly infect humans,

there is little or no immune protection

against them in the human population. If

HPAI H5N1 virus were to gain the

capacity to spread easily from person to

person,

an

influenza

pandemic

(worldwide outbreak of disease) could

begin.

Although the current number of

people who, on a worldwide basis, have

died from avian flu is only in the

hundreds, as the CDC’s words above

show, that situation could change both

significantly and drastically—something

that brings us to the world of bird flu—

based conspiracies.

In February 2008, an extraordinary

story surfaced out of Indonesia. The

nation’s health minister, Dr. Siti Fadilah

Supari, hit the headlines with her then

new book, It’s Time for the World to

Change: The Divine Hand behind Avian

Influenza. One particular part of the

book made the world’s media sit up and

take notice. It was the allegation that the

U.S. government was secretly working

to transform bird flu into a deadly,

biological weapon. It was an allegation

fully endorsed by Indonesia’s president,

Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.

Supari became deeply worried by

the

fact

that

the

World

Health

Organization shared samples with the

United States national laboratory in Los

Alamos, New Mexico, where nuclear

weapons are developed.

Supari additionally commented (her

words

can

be

found

in

Geoff

Thompson’s article for ABC.net.au, “US

Involved in Bird Flu Conspiracy”):

Whether they use is it to make vaccine or

develop chemical weapons, would depend on

the need and interest of the US government.

It is indeed a very dangerous situation for the

destiny of humanity. It is a matter of choice

whether to use the material for vaccines or

biological weapon development.

One year later, an Austrian

journalist named Jane Bürgermeister

filed criminal charges against a wealth

of

official

bodies

and

agencies,

including the FBI, the United Nations,

the World Health Organization, and even

President Obama, himself.

It was Bürgermeister’s conclusion

that a vast conspiracy was in the making,

one that involved the development of a

form of bird flu that (a) was designed to

spread all across the planet, and (b)

would kill billions in no time at all. In

other words, Bürgermeister believed she

had uncovered a plot to, in stark

essence, cull the herd—chiefly, to keep

populations low and under manageable

control by a martial law-obsessed New

World Order.

In Bürgermeister’s very own words

(available for inspection at David Icke’s

article, “Flu Is Not the Biggest Danger

… It’s The Vaccine!”:

There is evidence that an international

corporate criminal syndicate, which has

annexed high government office at Federal

and State level, is intent on carrying out a

mass genocide against the people of the

United States by using an artificial (genetic)

flu pandemic virus and forced vaccine

program to cause mass death and injury and

depopulate America in order to transfer

control of the United States to the United

Nations and affiliated security forces (UN

troops from countries such as China, Canada,

the UK and Mexico).

She added:

There is proof many organizations—World

Health Organization, UN as well as vaccine

companies such as Baxter and Novartis—are

part of a single system under the control of a

core criminal group, who give the strategic

leadership, and who have also funded the

development, manufacturing and release of

artificial viruses in order to justify mass

vaccinations with a bioweapon substance in

order to eliminate the people of the USA, and

so gain control of the assets, resources etc.,

of North America.

A te chnique for cre ating an avian flu vaccine

e xplaine d in this graphic use s re ve rse ge ne tics.

Similar te chnique s could be use d to cre ate ne w

viruse s to commit ge nocide .

The motivation for the crime is classical

robbery followed by murder although the

scale and method are new in history. The

core group sets its strategic goals and

operative priorities in secret using committees

such as the Trilateral Commission, and in

person to person contact in the annual

Bilderberg meeting.

Although

Bürgermeister’s

suit

proved unsuccessful in terms of bringing

to justice what she perceived to be the

guilty parties, she continues her work to

expose what she believes is a malignant,

worldwide plot to drastically change the

face of human civilization.

In 2012, Joseph Kim, the head of

Inovio Pharmaceuticals, a company that

is striving to develop what would

amount to a universal flu vaccine, said

(see Jason Koebler’s 2012 feature,

“Global Flu Pandemic ‘Inevitable,’

Expert Warns”): “I really believe we

were lucky in 2009 because the strain

that won out was not particularly lethal.

Bird flu kills over 60 percent of people

that it infects, regardless of health or

age. It is a phenomenal killing machine.”

Echoing the words of Kim are those

of Ron Fouchier, a Dutch researcher

who, in 2011, succeeded in genetically

modifying a strain of H5N1 to make it

transmissible between ferrets, which are

often used to test human-to-human

transmissibility.

Fouchier

openly

acknowledged he had just created what

was almost certainly one of the “most

dangerous viruses you can make.”

Paul Keim, an expert in genetics

with the U.S. National Science Advisory

Board for Biosecurity, had his say on the

matter (and is also referenced by

Koebler): “I can’t think of another

pathogenic organism that is as scary as

this one. I don’t think anthrax is scary at

all compared to this.”

Then, in April 2013, a Chinese Air

Force officer, Colonel Dai Xu, of the

People’s Liberation Army, said that the

then current outbreak of H7N9 bird flu

amounted to a deliberate spreading of

the virus by U.S. forces. In response,

former Department of State intelligence

analyst John Tkacik, branded Xu “a

shameless liar.”

Today, the world waits, wondering

when and where the next outbreak of

avian flu will occur. Wherever it may

be, and whether the result of Mother

Nature or a secret, government lab, of

only one thing can we be sure: there will

be human deaths.

It was, and to this day remains, one of

the most controversial and mystery—

filled killings of all time. It is a saga

filled with conspiracy theories, with

intense doubts about the official version

of events, and with shadowy and

powerful players with even more

shadowy and powerful agendas. We are

talking about the May 2011 killing of

Osama bin Laden. Or, as many

conspiracy theorists prefer it: the

alleged killing of Osama bin Laden.

Before we get to matters shrouded in

cover-up and chicanery, let’s take a look

at the official story of bin Laden’s final

hours. It goes like this.…

Osama bin Laden—the brains

behind al-Qaeda and the events of

September 11, 2001—was shot and

killed on May 2, 2011, by U.S. Navy

Seals attached to the U.S. Naval Special

Warfare Development Group. Or, as they

are far better known: Team Six.

Shrouded in overwhelming secrecy, the

goal

of

the

project—which

was

controlled by the CIA and designated the

title of Operation Neptune Spear—was

to launch a team from Afghanistan and

have it make its stealthy way into

neighboring Pakistan.

Upon crossing the border, the

project called for the Seals to take out

bin Laden in his fortified base of

operations—at Abbottabad, Pakistan.

The

operation

was

apparently

a

complete success: bin Laden was

quickly located and salvo upon salvo of

bullets ensured he would no longer pose

a threat to the free world. The body of

bin Laden was then carefully examined

to confirm it really was him, after which

the corpse was hastily, and secretly,

buried at sea.

It wasn’t long afterwards that

President Obama told the world that one

of the most feared men on the planet was

no more. In part, Obama’s statement to

the nation and the world went as follows

(see “President Obama’s Speech on

Osama bin Laden’s Death”):

Good evening. Tonight, I can report to the

American people and to the world that the

United States has conducted an operation

that killed Osama bin Laden, the leader of al

Qaeda, and a terrorist who’s responsible for

the murder of thousands of innocent men,

women, and children.

It was nearly ten years ago that a bright

September day was darkened by the worst

attack on the American people in our history.

The images of 9/11 are seared into our

national memory—hijacked planes cutting

through a cloudless September sky; the Twin

Towers collapsing to the ground; black smoke

billowing up from the Pentagon; the

wreckage of Flight 93 in Shanksville,

Pennsylvania, where the actions of heroic

citizens saved even more heartbreak and

destruction.

The president added:

Shortly after taking office, I directed Leon

Panetta, the director of the CIA, to make the

killing or capture of bin Laden the top priority

of our war against al Qaeda, even as we

continued our broader efforts to disrupt,

dismantle, and defeat his network.

The logo de signe d by the military for Ope ration

Ne ptune Spe ar include s (le ft to right) se als for

the CIA, the Naval Spe cial Warfare Command,

the Joint Spe cial Ope ration Command, and the

Night Stalke rs (160th Spe cial Ope rations

Aviation Re gime nt), all of which participate d in

the ope ration to track down and capture or kill

Osama bin Lade n.

Then, last August, after years of painstaking

work by our intelligence community, I was

briefed on a possible lead to bin Laden. It

was far from certain, and it took many

months to run this thread to ground. I met

repeatedly with my national security team as

we developed more information about the

possibility that we had located bin Laden

hiding within a compound deep inside of

Pakistan. And finally, last week, I determined

that we had enough intelligence to take

action, and authorized an operation to get

Osama bin Laden and bring him to justice.

Today, at my direction, the United States

launched a targeted operation against that

compound in Abbottabad, Pakistan. A small

team of Americans carried out the operation

with extraordinary courage and capability. No

Americans were harmed. They took care to

avoid civilian casualties. After a firefight,

they killed Osama bin Laden and took

custody of his body.

For over two decades, bin Laden has been al

Qaeda’s leader and symbol, and has

continued to plot attacks against our country

and our friends and allies. The death of bin

Laden

marks

the

most

significant

achievement to date in our nation’s effort to

defeat al Qaeda.

Yet his death does not mark the end of our

effort. There’s no doubt that al Qaeda will

continue to pursue attacks against us. We

must—and we will—remain vigilant at home

and abroad.

As we do, we must also reaffirm that the

United States is not—and never will be—at

war with Islam. I’ve made clear, just as

President Bush did shortly after 9/11, that our

war is not against Islam. Bin Laden was not

a Muslim leader; he was a mass murderer of

Muslims. Indeed, al Qaeda has slaughtered

scores of Muslims in many countries,

including our own. So his demise should be

welcomed by all who believe in peace and

human dignity.

The logo de signe d by the military for Ope ration

Ne ptune Spe ar include s (le ft to right) se als for

the CIA, the Naval Spe cial Warfare Command,

the Joint Spe cial Ope ration Command, and the

Night Stalke rs (160th Spe cial Ope rations

Aviation Re gime nt), all of which participate d in

the ope ration to track down and capture or kill

Osama bin Lade n.

The

statement

made

by

the

president, that bin Laden was indeed

killed in his Abbottabad compound, was

reinforced by senior members of al-Qaeda—four days later and across the

Internet. Those same senior members

made no bones about the fact that they

would have their revenge on the West—

and on Pakistan, too, for helping the

operation come to fruition. The response

to bin Laden’s passing was, very

understandably, a positive and welcome

one. The European Union, the United

Nations, and both the U.S. Senate and

Congress were suitably satisfied and

relieved at the outcome. It wasn’t long,

however, before people—and lots of

people—began asking questions about

the official line, with some even

accusing President Obama, the CIA, and

the military of outright lying about what

really

happened—or

what

didn’t

happen.

It’s abundantly obvious why so

many conspiracy theorists expressed

deep doubts and cynicism about bin

Laden’s alleged killing. Absolutely no

solid evidence—in terms of photographs

of bin Laden’s corpse, film footage taken

at the scene, DNA, audio recordings,

documents, images shot at the funeral at

sea, or statements from the team

involved—was ever presented to the

world to see and scrutinize, not even in

the slightest. Was this because of fears of

bin Laden being turned into a martyr?

Or, incredibly, was it because the

official story was nothing less than a

bald-faced lie?

It’s important to be aware it wasn’t

just conspiracy theorists that noted

certain inconsistencies in the version of

events we are told was the truth. Even

the United States’ media expressed

puzzlement as it sought to uncover

something, anything, to try and confirm

the story. The likes of Fox News, CBS

News, Reuters, Citizens United, and

Associated Press all did their very best

to use the Freedom of Information Act to

force open the doors of secrecy. Each

and every one of them spectacularly

failed. Then, when it was revealed that

close to half-an-hour of the live feed that

recorded the raid on bin Laden’s

compound was mysteriously missing,

people really began to wonder what the

truth was.

The government knew that it had to

make a statement and it did. The official

line was that the decision not to reveal

any photographs showing the body of bin

Laden was simply because they were

overly graphic, displayed him riddled

with bullets, and were perceived as too

shocking for mainstream audiences. This

was a scenario that received a degree of

backing and support from Jim Inhofe; he

was both a senator (with the Republican

Party) and a member of the Senate

Armed Services Committee. Inhofe went

on record as saying he had seen certain

images of bin Laden after his death. He

came straight to the point and said the

photos were “gruesome.” Inhofe had no

doubt about the authenticity of the

pictures, which he had viewed at some

point before May 11.

Since the government admitted that

imagery did exist and Inhofe confirmed

he had seen it, further steps were taken

by the media to try and secure the

priceless data. One of the most

interesting developments came in April

2012. That was when Judicial Watch—a

group that was determined to get to the

bottom of the puzzle—had its case

against the Department of Defense

thrown out of court. The U.S. Federal

Court tossed out Judicial Watch’s

argument that the terms of the Freedom

of Information Act should allow for the

release of evidence of bin Laden’s

death. The court disagreed. Judicial

Watch was far from happy: “The court

got it terribly wrong. There is no

provision

under

the

Freedom

of

Information Act that allows documents

to be kept secret because their release

might offend our terrorist enemies. We

will appeal.”

Most people, by now, will not be

surprised to know that appealing made

absolutely no difference whatsoever.

So much for the overwhelmingly

unsuccessful attempts to get hard

evidence of Osama bin Laden’s death,

but what about that burial at sea? Simply

an attempt to ensure that one of the

world’s most hated men never had a

grave that his followers were able to

turn into a shrine? Or, was the story

merely that—a story? And, if so, was it

a tale created as a convenient way to

explain why there was no corpse?

Maybe there never had been a corpse.

Certainly, that was the view of many

within conspiracy-themed domains.

As with the matter of the

photographs, let’s first begin with the

government’s position—and statements

—on the sunken body of bin Laden. The

Obama administration has explained its

position on why the body of the

notorious terrorist was buried at sea. It

relates to Muslim traditions. Within

Muslim culture, the dead must be buried

inside one day, that’s to say, twenty-four

hours. The problem with bin Laden, the

White House said, was that given the

unique circumstances it became clear

there would not be sufficient time to (a)

raid bin Laden’s compound, (b) kill him,

(c) have his DNA confirmed, (d)

prepare the body, and (e) then bury it

according to Muslim traditions, all

within one day. So, the only option was

to quickly have bin Laden’s corpse taken

out to sea and dumped as soon as

possible.

That particular scenario is not out

of the question. But, doubt has been cast

upon it for one specific reason. On July

22, 2003, U.S. military personnel—in

the Iraqi city of Mosul—shot and killed

Saddam Hussein’s sons Uday and Qusay,

who were hiding out in a villa in the

city. Almost two weeks went by before

the

bodies

of

both

men

were

relinquished by the military for a burial.

In view of this, conspiracy theorists ask:

Why was there a pressing need to get rid

of bin Laden’s body in one day, when the

circumstances surrounding the deaths

and burials of Uday and Qusay Hussein

were very different? All three were

Muslims. Therefore, if the government

was so intent on ensuring that bin Laden

was buried within twenty-four hours,

why did that rule not apply to Saddam

Hussein’s sons?

It wasn’t just conspiracy theorists

who questioned the reasons why bin

Laden was dumped at sea. Peter

Romaniuk, a respected professor at John

Jay College, gave his opinion on the

curious state of affairs (an opinion

referenced in Alison Bowen’s “Osama

bin Laden: Conspiracy Theories Thrive

on Lack of Proof”): “Obviously they’re

going to be under pressure to show a

body or produce further evidence, but

this was a way of taking that issue off the

table.”

A further development in the story

suggested that the entire angle of the

shoot-out at Abbottabad, Pakistan, was

completely fictitious. One person who

was extremely vocal on this particular

matter was Hamid Gul, the former head

of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence

(ISI), who believed that bin Laden

actually passed away a number of years

earlier. Commenting on the U.S.

government, Gul said (see “In the

Arena,” May 5, 2011):

They must have known that he had died

some years ago so they were waiting. They

were keeping this story on ice and they were

looking for an appropriate moment. And it

couldn’t be a better moment because

President Obama had to fight off his first

salvo in his next year’s election as he runs

for the presidential and for the White House.

And I think it is a very appropriate time to

come out, bring this out of the closet.

A somewhat similar scenario was

suggested by staff on the Urdu

newspaper Ausaf. Patrick Kingsley and

Sam Jones note this in 2011, in “Osama

bin Laden Death: The Conspiracy

Theories”): “Bin Laden has been killed

somewhere else. But since the U.S.

intends to extend the Afghan war into

Pakistan, and accuse Pakistan, and

obtain a permit for its military’s entry

into the country, it has devised the

scenario.”

And the theories and assertions that

bin Laden did not die under the

circumstances—or even in the same time

frame or location—as the Obama

administration suggested, continued at a

steady and controversial pace. An

Iranian Member of Parliament, Javad

Jahangirzadeh,

said

that

he

had

information suggesting the United States

was behind the 9/11 atrocities and that

bin Laden had played a dutiful, witting,

and helpful role in the events. Kingsley

and Jones quoted his words: “The West

has been very pleased with bin Laden’s

operations in recent years. Now the West

was forced to kill him in order to

prevent a possible leak of information he

had, information more precious than

gold.”

Iran’s

President

Mahmoud

Ahmadinejad had his say, too: “I have

exact information that bin Laden was

held by the American military for

sometime [and] until the day they killed

him he was a prisoner held by them.”

Of course, one can make the highly

justifiable observation that the Iranians

have no love for the United States, so

they would say that—and much worse,

too. But, it was not just the Iranians who

maintained that what the world was told

was not what actually happened. A

famous and controversial radio host

made his thoughts very clear. It was

Alex Jones, host of the Austin, Texas-based The Alex Jones Show, and

someone whose YouTube page has been

viewed on an astonishing 400 million-

plus occasions.

When he was interviewed on

Russia Today, Jones revealed that a

contact in the White House—unnamed,

unfortunately; although some might say

predictably—had told him that bin

Laden died more than a decade earlier.

The story continued that the body of the

terrorist had been carefully preserved—

in liquid nitrogen, no less—until such a

time when he would be “rolled out” and

his death announced.

Even respected politicians were

determined to have their say. The

Canadian

deputy

Leader

of

the

Opposition and MP, Thomas Mulcair,

was careful and tactful in his words, but

they left very little room for doubt with

regard to his views on the matter (see:

“Conspiracy Theory: NDP Deputy

Leader Mulcair Doubts U.S. Has bin

Laden Photos”): “I don’t think from what

I’ve heard that those pictures exist.”

On July 22, 2003, troops from the 101st Airborne

Division surrounde d a house in Mosul, Iraq, in

which Saddam Husse in’s sons Uday and Qusay

we re hiding. The two me n we re kille d during the

e nsuing gun battle .

Finally, we have a story that

surfaced in March 2014, one which

suggests a down to earth explanation,

after all, for why no photos or footage

were released to confirm bin Laden’s

death, and why normal burial procedures

were not adhered to for the notorious

terrorist. On March 14 Britain’s Daily

Mail newspaper reported (in “Navy

SEALs

‘Took

Turns

Dumping

HUNDREDS of Bullets’ into Osama bin

Laden’s Dead Body, a New Report

Reveals”) that a new story had surfaced

that could put to rest the conspiracy

theories. Citing an account that came

from, as the newspaper described it, “a

website known within the intelligence

and armed services community,” Daily

Mail staff revealed that bin Laden’s face

and body had been horrifically mutilated

by the effects of having more than one

hundred bullets pumped into his body by

U.S. troops.

The Daily Mail said: “Citing two

confidential

sources,

The

Special

Operations Forces Situation Report

tells how ‘operator after operator took

turns dumping magazines-worth of

ammunition into Bin Laden’s body.’”

The author of the online report to

which the Daily Mail referred was Jack

Murphy, who said: “What happened on

the Bin Laden raid is beyond excessive.

The level of excess shown was not about

making sure that Bin Laden was no

longer a threat. The excess was pure

self-indulgence.”

The Daily Mail concluded:

At the time of the assassination, President

Obama and his administration argued that

they were justified in never releasing the

photos of the dead body or the burial at sea

because they could be used as propaganda

for al-Qaeda. The new theories, however,

suggest that they are just trying to avoid

retribution for allegedly being excessive.

It’s unlikely that—even if true —The

Special Operations Forces Situation

Report’s story will successfully lay to

rest the conspiracy theories that suggest

the official story of bin Laden’s final

hours amounted to nothing but lies and

deceit. In all likelihood, the shooting of

bin Laden will become the JFK

assassination of the Age of Terror, yet

another controversial death filled with

conflicting stories, numerous theories,

but very few hard facts anywhere in

sight.

N ineteen Eighty Four is a satirical

novel of a definitively political

nature, written by George Orwell in

1949. The story takes place in a

nightmarish society in which not only

does the state demand one hundred

percent conformity via indoctrination,

punishment, fear, and propaganda, it also

intrudes into the lives of one and all via

constant surveillance and spying. Such a

thing couldn’t happen in the real world,

could it? Wake up, world: it already has.

Welcome to the revelations of the

planet’s most notorious whistleblower

since Watergate’s Deep Throat. We’re

talking about Edward Snowden. Up until

the summer of 2013, he was a man

unknown to just about everyone except

his family, friends, and work colleagues.

Specifically after the summer of 2013,

practically everyone knew his name.

It was not so much who Snowden

was that caught the world’s attention but

what he had to say. As an employee of

the National Security Agency (NSA),

Snowden blew the whistle just about as

loudly as he possibly could on the

alarming and near-unbelievable extent to

which the NSA was spying not just on

foreign nations but on U.S. citizens too

—as in just about each and every one of

them. Landlines, cellphones, email,

Facebook, Twitter, and Skype: they had

all been penetrated by the NSA, very

often with the witting, subservient, and

unforgivable help of those same

companies. The data collection process

was so mind-bogglingly huge that it

would likely have had even George

Orwell himself shaking his head in

disbelief, except for just one thing: this

was all too real.

To some, Snowden is an outright

national hero, one who succeeded in

demonstrating to the world that the NSA

is an agency run riot in its goal to place

the entire United States under electronic

surveillance. To others, he is a man who

has jeopardized U.S. national security

and placed our troops in danger. To

many people, Snowden falls somewhere

between both. Before we get to the

matter of what, precisely, Snowden

revealed, let us take a look at the man’s

background.

Born in 1983, in North Carolina,

Edward Snowden has had an interesting,

albeit turbulent, life. Despite the fact that

he is constantly and near-consistently

referred to as an “NSA whistleblower,”

Snowden has proved, in his thirty—

something years, to have been much

more than that. It’s interesting to note that

practically the entire Snowden family

has had significant links to officialdom.

Snowden’s mother works for the U.S.

District Court. His grandfather, Edward

J. Barrett, held a senior position in the

Federal Bureau of Investigation. And his

father served in the Coast Guard. It was,

then, perhaps, inevitable that Edward

Snowden would also gravitate to a

government job—and he did, several of

them, actually.

From May to September 2004,

Snowden was with the United States

Navy Reserve, that is, until a serious

accident, in which his legs were broken,

prompted his exit. One year later,

Snowden held a position of sensitivity at

the Center for Advanced Study of

Language. Evidently, Snowden was seen

as a potentially valuable asset to U.S.

intelligence, as in the following year,

2006, he signed up with none other than

the CIA, where he was employed in the

agency’s

Global

Communications

Division. He stayed with the CIA until

2009.

Edward Snowde n fle d to Russia afte r le aking

information about the U.S. National Se curity

Age ncy to the Ame rican public.

It was in that year Snowden took a

job with Dell, Inc. This was no normal

job, however. Dell has contracts with

numerous U.S. government, military, and

intelligence agencies, meaning that it

wasn’t long before Snowden was

working for Dell at an NSA installation

in Fussa, Japan, where much of his daily

work revolved around combating the

threats posed by computer hackers.

Two years later, Snowden was

back in the United States, working on

Dell-CIA programs. Then, in early 2012,

Snowden was reassigned to Hawaii,

where he not only held a senior position

with the NSA, but began to see how the

NSA was increasingly violating the

constitution of the United States,

engaging in widespread surveillance of

the American people, and watching an

untold number of individuals whose

daily activities had no bearing upon

national security or the defense of the

nation and the free world. So,

disillusioned and outraged by what he

had seen, Snowden decided to do

something about it: he went public in just

about the biggest way possible.

The story of the process by which

revealed Snowden to the world the

nature of the information he was in

possession of, and how he came to be in

possession of it, surfaced bit by bit,

piece by piece. So far as can be

ascertained, it was around one month

after he started working in Hawaii that

Snowden started to download massive

amounts of documentation that detailed

the many shocking, violations of law that

Snowden wished to expose. The actual

number of documents that Snowden

accessed, downloaded, released to the

press, and others that are yet to surface,

was estimated in some media quarters

and government quarters to be close to a

quarter of a million.

On May 20, 2013, Snowden took a

flight to Hong Kong. He knew it would

not be long before the authorities were

to his tail, and so, the very last place he

needed to be was Hawaii. It was while

in Hong Kong that Snowden briefed

journalist

Glenn

Greenwald

(of

Guardian US) and film producer-

director Laura Poitras on what was

going down deep in the heart of the

National Security Agency. On June 5, the

Snowden revelations began to surface in

the press; as did, several days later,

Snowden’s name.

The

U.S.

government

took

immediate steps to try and curtail

Snowden’s actions: He faced a three—

decades-long jail term for breaking the

terms of the Espionage Act, and his

passport was revoked. Snowden was

very quickly a man on the run. Where,

exactly, he ran to—or, rather, flew to—

was Moscow, Russia’s Sheremetyevo

International Airport. Despite initial

concerns on Snowden’s part that he

would not be allowed to stay—because

of certain visa issues—his fears were

soon eased when he was given a 365—

day period of asylum. That has since

been extended to a three-year period of

asylum. At the time of writing, Snowden

remains in Russia, living in secret, and

doing his utmost to be allowed to live

out his life somewhere in Europe.

So, what was it that caused so much

consternation for the United States

government, and specifically for the

NSA? A great deal, that’s what.

Without doubt the biggest and most

shocking revelations centered upon

something that is called PRISM.

Essentially, PRISM is a program that

both collects and stores electronic data

—and on a massive scale. We have to

“thank” President George W. Bush for

pushing PRISM through, via the terms of

(a) the Protect America Act of 2007,

which was implemented on August 5 of

that year; and (b) the FISA Amendments

Act of 2008—FISA standing for Foreign

Intelligence

Surveillance

Act.

Collectively,

the

acts

permit

the

gathering of electronic data from

countless sources—and, in the process,

protects those same sources from

prosecution.

What outraged so many was who,

precisely,

the

sources

were

that

Snowden knew of and blew the whistle

on. They included Sprint, Yahoo, AT&T,

Facebook, YouTube, Verizon, Google,

Skype, Microsoft, Apple, and Paltalk—

and that was just the top of the long list.

In no time at all, the world realized the

implications of all this: the National

Security Agency practically had carte

blanche to wade through the emails,

photos,

instant

messages,

Skype

conversations (both audio and video),

texts,

file-transfers,

voice-mail

messages, and live conversations by

phone and Net, of every U.S. citizen and

resident—and without hardly a concern

for the law or matters relative to

personal privacy.

If all the NSA was doing was

carefully watching the activities of

potential or known terrorists, others who

wish to do us harm, and those who are

possible threats to the security of the

nation, very few people would likely

have any complaints. But, as the

Snowden revelations showed, that’s not

what was, or still is, going on.

Hospitals,

universities,

private

corporations, and even libraries were

targeted, as were bank records, doctor—

patient files, and more.

Glenn Greenwald said (and is

quoted

in

Kari

Rea’s

“Glenn

Greenwald: Low-Level NSA Analysts

Have ‘Powerful and Invasive’ Search

Tool”) that the NSA’s employees “listen

to whatever emails they want, whatever

telephone calls, browsing histories,

Microsoft Word documents. And it’s all

done with no need to go to a court, with

no need to even get supervisor approval

on the part of the analyst.”

It wasn’t long after the Snowden

revelations stunned the world that the

National Security Agency hit back, and

hit back majorly. On June 7, 2013, the

director of National Intelligence, James

Clapper, confirmed that, yes, the NSA

was working with the likes of Facebook

and Google. But, he clarified this by

stating that the program only targeted

overseas individuals and groups that

were potentially threatening to the

United States.

Clapper added (“Reports about

PRISM

Contain

‘Numerous

Inaccuracies,’” 2013):

The Guardian and The Washington Post

articles refer to collection of communications

pursuant to Section 702 of the Foreign

Intelligence Surveillance Act. They contain

numerous inaccuracies. Section 702 is a

provision of FISA that is designed to facilitate

the

acquisition

of

foreign

intelligence

information concerning non-U.S. persons

located outside the United States. It cannot

be used to intentionally target any U.S.

citizen, any other U.S. person, or anyone

located within the United States. The

unauthorized disclosure of information about

this important and entirely legal program is

reprehensible and risks important protections

for the security of Americans.

The National Se curity Ope rations Ce nte r in

Washington, D.C., has be e n a hub of activity in

snooping on the Ame rican public.

This statement was made on the

back of another statement from Clapper

—on March 13, 2013, when he said the

NSA wasn’t “wittingly” collecting data

on hundreds of millions of Americans. It

turned out this was all nothing but a

bald-faced lie; the Snowden files

showed the NSA was doing exactly that.

Clapper said, when caught (see Olivier

Knox’s “Intelligence Chief Clapper: I

Gave ‘Least Untruthful’ Answer on U.S.

Spying”): “I responded in what I thought

was the most truthful, or least untruthful

manner by saying no.”

June 7 was also the day on which

President Obama weighed in on the

increasingly incendiary situation (see

“Transcript: Obama’s Remarks on NSA

Controversy”):

What you’ve got is two programs that were

originally authorized by Congress, have been

repeatedly authorized by Congress. Congress

is continually briefed on how these are

conducted.

Bipartisan

majorities

have

approved them. There are a whole range of

safeguards involved. And federal judges are

overseeing the entire program throughout.

You can’t have 100 percent security and then

also have 100 percent privacy and zero

inconvenience. You know, we’re going to

have to make some choices as a society.

And the revelations kept on coming.

In March 2014, in an article penned by

Glenn Greenwald and Ryan Gallagher

(“How the NSA Plans to Infect

‘Millions’

of

Computers

with

Malware”), it was stated:

Top-secret documents reveal that the

National Security Agency is dramatically

expanding its ability to covertly hack into

computers on a mass scale by using

automated systems that reduce the level of

human oversight in the process.

The classified files—provided previously by

NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden—

contain new details about groundbreaking

surveillance technology the agency has

developed to infect potentially millions of

computers

worldwide

with

malware

“implants.” The clandestine initiative enables

the NSA to break into targeted computers

and to siphon out data from foreign Internet

and phone networks.

The covert infrastructure that supports the

hacking efforts operates from the agency’s

headquarters in Fort Meade, Maryland, and

from eavesdropping bases in the United

Kingdom and Japan. GCHQ, the British

intelligence agency, appears to have played

an integral role in helping to develop the

implants tactic.

What was, almost certainly, the

biggest and most disturbing revelation

surfaced in July 2014. The Washington

Post discovered that, from information

provided by Snowden, around ninety

percent of those secretly watched by the

NSA had no ties to matters of a national

security nature—at all. They were, as

the newspaper simply put it, “ordinary

Americans.”

It was reported (in the Louisiana

State News’s article “Vast Majority of

NSA Spy Targets Are Mistakenly

Monitored”):

Some 160,000 emails and instant-messages

and 7,900 documents from 11,000 online

accounts, gathered by the NSA between

2009 and 2012, have been examined by the

Washington Post, which alleges that nine out

of ten of the account holders were not the

intended targets.

The story continued that the

information gathered provides a startling

insight into the lives of ordinary

Americans, but is not of any intelligence

value. For the most part, the electronic

data that was under the scrutiny of the

NSA revolved around “love and

heartbreak,

illicit

sexual

liaisons,

mental-health

crises,

political

and

religious

conversions,

financial

anxieties and disappointed hopes.”

This chapter started with George

Orwell of Nineteen Eighty Four fame. It

will end with him, too. Orwell said (see

“George Orwell Quotes”) something

memorable that could easily apply to

Edward Snowden and his decision to

blow the whistle on the National

Security Agency: “In a time of universal

deceit, telling the truth becomes a

revolutionary act.”

The March 8, 2014, disappearance of

Malaysia Airlines’s Flight MH370

captured the attention of conspiracy

theorists everywhere; it was an event

that the world’s media latched onto and

would not let go of (for very

understandable reasons), and that deeply

worried the governments of numerous

nations. For the crew and passengers of

the ultimately doomed plane, the day

began just like any other. It most

assuredly did not stay that way,

however.

The plane, a Boeing 777, took to

the skies from Malaysia’s Kuala Lumpur

International Airport, situated in the state

of Selangor. The time was 12:41 A.M. Its

destination

was

Beijing

Capital

International Airport, China, where it

was due to arrive at 6:30 A.M. On board

were a dozen crew and more than 200

passengers. What should have been a

routine flight turned out to be the exact

opposite when the aircraft vanished—as

in, it literally vanished. Indeed, since

that fateful day, when MH370 soared

into the air, neither it, nor anyone

aboard, has ever been seen again.

Hardly surprisingly, a multitude of

conspiracy theories surfaced in the

immediate

aftermath

of

the

disappearance of aircraft, crew, and

passengers.

The only things that can be

confirmed thus far are those that

occurred prior to the disappearance of

MH370; everything else is wide open to

question and interpretation. The takeoff

from Kuala Lumpur was a smooth and

uneventful one. All was good until some

point after 1:19 A.M. That was when the

very last verbal contact was made with

the crew. Their final words: “Goodnight,

Malaysian three-seven-zero.” Only three

minutes

later,

something

deeply

disturbing happened: the aircraft’s

transponder ceased working.

Then, as the 777 flew over the Gulf

of Thailand, it vanished from secondary

radars.

While

it’s

not

certain,

investigators believe that the aircraft

then turned in a westerly direction. At

2:22 A.M., military radar made a definite

lock-on with MH370 over the Malacca

Strait. From there, it’s anyone’s guess.

The most prevailing theory is that the

aircraft continued to fly for around six

hours, at which point it plunged into the

depths of the southern section of the

Indian Ocean. The biggest mystery of all

was: Why, exactly, did the crew choose

to change its flight plan? Were they

forced to do so by terrorists? Was it all

due to the actions of the pilot? Whatever

the

answer,

Malaysian

authorities

considered—and still consider—the

change in course to have been a

“deliberate event.”

The massive se arch for Flight MH370 cove re d

large swathe s of the Indian Oce an without luck.

When it became clear that MH370

was lost, a huge search was quickly

launched to try and find the aircraft and,

hopefully, at least some survivors of

whatever it was that had caused the loss

of the aircraft. Such was the sheer scale

of

the

search—which,

ultimately,

involved the cooperation of numerous

nations—it became the most costly one

in

the

history

of

aviation-based

disasters.

Although initial searches were

focused on the China Sea and the Gulf of

Thailand, eventually the quest became

more and more directed towards the

Indian Ocean, specifically west of

Australia. The likelihood was that since

this particular area was far from land,

the 777 slammed into the ocean, killing

all those aboard, and sinking to the

ocean floor, whether utterly shattered or

semi-intact. The biggest puzzle in this

scenario, however, is why—despite

initial searches that proved promising—

no signal from the aircraft’s black boxes

was ever found. Also, why was no telltale wreckage from MH370 ever seen

floating on, or even recovered from, the

surface of the ocean? Who was piloting

the plane at the time? Did they have a

covert agenda?

Malaysian authorities recognized

not just the tragedy in all this, but the

profound weirdness too. Three days

after

the

disappearance,

Dato’

Azharuddin Abrul Rahman, the director

general of the Department of Civil

Aviation (DCA), said:

Our heart goes to the next of kin of the

passengers and all of us would like to know

what actually happened on the illfated flight

MAS Boeing 777 flight number MH370

registration 9MMRO. The DCA with all the

assisting agencies have conducted a thorough

rescue and search operation over a very

wide area—South China Sea that covered

the 50 nautical mile radius.

On the point of where the last aircraft was

reported in the morning of Saturday, 8th

March, 2014, we also conducted search[es]

in the areas of north Straits of Malacca, as

we do not want to discount possibilities of the

aircraft air turn back to the Straits of

Malacca.

And we also receive cooperation, a very

good cooperation from neighboring countries

to assist DCA in our effort to locate the

missing aircraft. And so to date we use a

large number of assets comprising of 34

aircrafts, 40 ships, hundred over men,

thousand over man hours, as we deployed.

And countries that assisted us include

Vietnam, China, Singapore, Indonesia, USA,

Thailand, Australia and Philippines. The air

search was conducted daily from 7 am to 7

pm. And the search by the ships continue

throughout the night and unfortunately ladies

and gentlemen, we have not found anything

that appears to be objects from the aircraft,

let alone the aircraft.

Today, that situation remains: not a

single, solitary piece of wreckage or

evidence of MH370 has been found. For

all intents and purposes it is gone. As to

where and why, they are the issues that

have provoked so many conspiracy

theories.

Perhaps inevitably, and maybe with

just cause, a great deal of suspicion fell

on the crew. The pilot was fifty-three-year-old Zaharie Ahmad Shah, and the

copilot was Fariq Abdul Hamid, who

was twenty-seven. It turns out that on at

least a couple of occasions, Hamid—in

direct violation of aviation safety rules

—had allowed non-cleared people into

the cockpit, to have their photos taken

with him, during flights, no less. He

apparently smoked on flights, too. None

of this, of course, is evidence of

wrongdoing on a massive scale. But, a

question was asked, in light of this:

might Hamid’s propensity to bend the

rules

have

inadvertently

allowed

terrorists to gain access to the cockpit

and overwhelm the crew?

Far more suspicious than the

actions of Hamid were those of the pilot,

Zaharie Ahmad Shah, who had worked

for Malaysian Airlines since 1981. In

the aftermath of the disappearance of

MH370, police raided the home of Shah.

In doing so they discovered something

deeply troubling. Shah had, in his home,

a flight simulator. It was one he had used

to plot a course to an island in the Indian

Ocean. Even more suspicious, Shah had

later deleted the data from the simulator

—although

it

was

recovered

by

computer specialists who were tasked

with studying the simulator’s contents.

The re mote island of Die go Garcia is owne d by

the British but is home to the U.S. Navy’s Naval

Support Facility. Conspiracy the orist He Xin

be lie ve s Flight MH370 lande d the re in se cre t

be cause it carrie d a se cre t.

Attention has also been focused on

the passengers: 153 were Chinese. The

rest was a mixture of French, Australian,

Canadian, Dutch, Iranian, Indonesian,

and

Ukrainian

citizens.

Particular

attention was given to two Iranian men

who

were

traveling

with

stolen

passports. Initially, this lead seemed

promising,

until

it

was

quickly

determined that both men were simply

trying to make their way to Germany and

leave the hostile, Iranian regime behind

them. Their actions, then, were born out

of desperation, rather than out of

anything more sinister.

Another theory suggests that the

plane was flown to, and landed on, the

island of Diego Garcia. It’s an island

owned by the United Kingdom that is

home

to

a

U.S.

military

base.

Supposedly the United States had a deep

and vested interest in securing a “special

person” or “special object” allegedly on

the plane. One of those who have

promoted this theory is a Chinese

blogger in the field of conspiracy

theories, He Xin. Quite who this person

or what this object might be has never

been made clear, although Xin maintains

that the aircraft was systematically taken

apart at a hangar at the base, and then

dumped in deep, ocean waters. Despite

the fantastic and unlikely nature of the

theory, it must be noted that such was the

speed with which this theory took hold

—and continues to have numerous

supporters—U.S. officials from the

American Embassy in Malaysia felt

obliged to make an official denial of its

validity.

Very quickly, in the aftermath of the

disappearance of Flight MH370, a book

was written titled Flight MH370: The

Mystery. The author was a man named

Nigel Cawthorne. He claimed that the

aircraft may have been accidentally shot

down by personnel involved in a joint

U.S.–Thailand military exercise in the

South China Sea. Cawthorne noted (see:

Adam Withnall’s “Missing Malaysia

Airlines Flight MH370 Was ‘Shot Down

in Military Training Excercise’ Claims

First Book Released about Lost Jet”):

“The drill was to involve mock warfare

on land, in water, and in the air, and

would include live-fire exercises.” Of

course, there is a significant problem

with this theory: A sudden, explosive

impact that brought down the plane

would still not explain why the aircraft

went mysteriously off-course.

A deeply alternative scenario was

offered by Christopher Green, of the

appropriately named Alternative Media

Television. Green’s theory was that the

aircraft had been hijacked by terrorists

and that those same terrorists, right now,

might be “retrofitting this plane, arming

it with a nuclear bomb for a later attack

that could literally destroy and blow up

an entire American city.”

A

longtime

investigator

of

conspiracies, Mike Adams, was hot on

the trail of the truth, practically

immediately after the disappearance

occurred. He said (and is quoted in Tom

Philips’s September 2014 article for the

Telegraph newspaper, “MH370: Six

‘Reasons’

Why

Plane

Vanished”):

“There are some astonishing things

you’re not being told about Malaysia

Airlines Flight 370.” One of those

“things,” said Adams, was “some

entirely new, mysterious and powerful

force” that had the ability to pull

“airplanes out of the sky without leaving

behind even a shred of evidence. If there

does exist a weapon with such

capabilities, whoever controls it already

has the ability to dominate all of Earth’s

nations with a fearsome military weapon

of unimaginable Power. That thought is a

lot more scary than the idea of an

aircraft suffering a fatal mechanical

failure.”

And the theories continue—with

varying degrees of credibility.

One scenario that has gained a fair

amount of traction offers that MH370

was taken over by Chinese Uighur

Muslim separatists. It is a fact that more

than fifty percent of the passengers were

Chinese. The theory suggests the aircraft

was flown to China’s Taklamakan Desert

—for reasons that remain tantalizingly

unknown. Despite the unlikely nature of

this version of events, the BBC’s Jonah

Fisher reported (see: Tom de Castella’s

article “Missing Malaysia Plane: 10

Theories Examined”): “Being briefed by

Malaysia officials they believe most

likely location for MH370 is on land

somewhere

near

Chinese/Kyrgyz

border.”

While such a possibility is not

entirely out of the question, it is let down

by one critical issue: to reach the

location, whoever was flying the plane

would have had to take it into the

airspace of several nations. That none of

those same nations reported an out-of—

place aircraft in their skies, or any kind

of suspicious activity from a plane

refusing to identify itself, is a strong

indicator the theory lacks validity.

Diego Garcia was not the only

island identified as a potential landing

site for MH370. India’s Nicobar and

Andaman Islands—which amount to the

most eastern parts of India, and which

are situated between the coasts of

Thailand, Burma, and Indonesia—have

also

been

suggested

as

possible

candidates. The editor of the Andaman

Chronicle newspaper poured complete

and utter scorn on the story. Although it’s

a fact that the island has four runways,

the newspaper noted that to have such an

aircraft land there, and not be noticed,

was absurd. On the other side of the

coin, conspiracy theorists noted that of

the 570 islands that comprise the

Andamans,

only

three-dozen

are

inhabited.

Steve Buzdygan, who flew 777s,

said that, in theory, a skilled pilot could

have landed the plane on one of the

islands, providing there was at least a

stretch of around 5,000 feet on which to

land, slow down, and, finally, stop the

plane. Buzdygan suggested that the best

way to achieve this would be by keeping

the wheels up and landing the plane on

its

belly—which,

given

the

fuel

contained in the wings, would have been

a decidedly hazardous maneuver to

attempt.

Keith Ledgerwood, an expert in the

field of aviation and a blogger too, has

offered an ingenious, and perhaps not

overly unlikely, scenario that whoever

was

flying

the

plane

essentially

camouflaged it by using the radar

signature of another aircraft in the area:

Flight SIA 68. Ledgerwood said in de

Castella’s article: “It became apparent

as I inspected SIA68’s flight path history

that MH370 had maneuvered itself

directly behind SIA68 at approximately

18:00UTC and over the next 15 minutes

had been following SIA68.”

Ledgerwood continued to outline his theory:

It is my belief that MH370 likely flew in the

shadow of SIA68 through India and

Afghanistan airspace. As MH370 was flying

“dark” without a transponder, SIA68 would

have had no knowledge that MH370 was

anywhere around, and as it entered Indian

airspace, it would have shown up as one

single blip on the radar with only the

transponder information of SIA68 lighting up

ATC and military radar screens.

As for the final destination of Flight

370, Ledgerwood said: “There are

several locations along the flight path of

SIA68 where it could have easily broken

contact and flown and landed in

Xinjiang, Kyrgyzstan, or Turkmenistan.”

Rupert Murdoch, who is one of the

world’s most powerful media moguls,

said in a tweet (see: Dylan Stableford’s

article “Rupert Murdoch Tweets His

Theory

on

Malaysian

Plane

Disappearance”):

“World

seems

transfixed by 777 disappearance. Maybe

no crash but stolen, effectively hidden,

perhaps in northern Pakistan, like Bin

Laden.”

Hardly surprisingly, Murdoch’s

comments

generated

a

flurry

of

comments. Also not surprisingly, many

of the comments came out of Pakistan,

which firmly denied any involvement in

the affair. Indeed, Pakistan’s assistant to

the prime minister on aviation, Shujaat

Azeem, hit back at Murdoch’s tweet. He

said in de Castella’s article: “Pakistan’s

civil aviation radars never spotted this

jet, so how it could be hidden

somewhere in Pakistan?”

Azeem had a good point.

An aviation expert named Chris

Goodfellow offered the theory that an

onboard fire broke out, something that

caused the pilot to take drastic measures,

as he sought to save his aircraft,

passengers, and crew, as well as

preventing a disaster on the ground, if

the plane were to crash in a major, built—

up area. Goodfellow commented in de

Castella’s article: “This pilot did all the

right things. He was confronted by some

major event onboard that made him make

that immediate turn back to the closest

safe airport.”

He continued: “Actually he was

taking a direct route to Palau Langkawi,

a 13,000-foot strip with an approach

over water at night with no obstacles.

He did not turn back to Kuala Lumpur

because he knew he had 8,000 foot

ridges to cross. He knew the terrain was

friendlier towards Langkawi and also a

shorter distance.”

In such a scenario, however, the

pilot was unable to make it to Langkawi

and plunged into the ocean. As plausible

as this theory might seem it does suffer

from one, particular flaw. Aviation

experts suggested that if there had been

an onboard emergency, the crew would

almost certainly have tried to correct

things by taking Flight 370 out of its

autopilot mode and flying the aircraft

manually. As the New York Times noted,

however (de Castella), someone in the

cockpit had typed “seven or eight

keystrokes into a computer on a knee—

high pedestal between the captain and

the first officer, according to officials,”

something that “has reinforced the belief

of

investigators—first

voiced

by

Malaysian officials—that the plane was

deliberately diverted and that foul play

was involved.”

On August 28, 2014, the Malaysian

Minister of Transport, YB Dato’ Sri

Liow Tiong Lai, released a statement,

one that offered thanks to those who had

helped in the quest to locate the remains

of MH370, and that outlined the plans

for the future (see “Media Statement and

Information on Flight MH370”):

On behalf of Prime Minister Dato’ Sri Mohd

Najib Bin Tun Haji Abdul Razak, the

Malaysian government and the people of

Malaysia, I want to express my profound

gratitude for the leadership role the

Australian government has played in this

complex and challenging exercise, and to the

Chinese government for their ongoing support

and resources dedicated to our efforts. The

discussion during the tripartite meeting today

was productive and allowed us to discuss the

progress in the search for MH370 and to

chart the way forward.

I have been heartened by the openness and

willingness of these nations who have

provided us with immediate and ongoing

assistance.

Today, Malaysia signed an MOU with

Australia which provides the framework and

broad parameters for cooperation in the

search for MH370. This forms an important

part of our existing cooperation with

Australia

and

reaffirms

Malaysia’s

commitment towards the search.

In this regard Malaysia will provide the

necessary financial contribution towards the

search

effort

and

match

Australia’s

commitment. The combination of undersea

search equipment, world-class experts and

cutting edge technology that is being used will

be our best chance of finding MH370 and we

are hopeful in our prospects of doing so.

I want to assure the loved ones of the

passengers and crew onboard MH370 that

we are resolute in our efforts to search for

this aircraft. I have been touched by many of

the stories I have heard and we will do our

best to engage the next of kin and help them

find closure. To that end we will be providing

more regular updates and information related

to the search as it becomes available.

Again, today Malaysia pledges its continued

and unwavering support in response to the

unprecedented nature and scale of this event

through our financial commitment, technical

expertise, equipment and stamina in our

search for answers.

While

the

March

8,

2014,

disappearance of MH370 continues to

fascinate conspiracy theorists, still

attracts major media coverage, has

clearly

caused

concern

amongst

numerous nations, and has resulted in

numerous searches for the missing

Boeing 777, when all is said and done,

no one is any the wiser as to what really

happened.

Former Royal Air Force navigator

Sean Maffett sums things up in brief, yet

undeniably, accurate fashion in de

Castella’s article: “We are now at the

stage where very, very difficult things

have to be considered as all sensible

options seem to have dropped off.”

BIBLIOGRAPHY

“1953 Hunrath and Wilkinson

Disappearance.” UFO*BC.

Accessed January 13, 2015.

http://www.ufobc.ca/kinross/planeMishaps/hunrathAndWilkinson.html “1977 Senate Hearings on MKULTRA.”

DRC Net Online Library of Drug

Policy. Accessed January 12,

2015.

http://www.druglibrary.org/Schaffer/history/e1950/mkultra/index.htm/

“1980: John Lennon Shot Dead.” BBC

News. Accessed January 13, 2015.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/onthisday/hi/dates/stories/december/8/newsid_2536000/2536321.stm “2003 Looting of the Iraq National

Museum.” Stanford University.

October 20, 2008.

https://web.stanford.edu/group/chr/drupal/ref/the-

2003-looting-of-the-iraq-national-

museum.

“22 Shocking Population Control Quotes

from the Global Elite.” Fourwinds

10. Accessed January 14, 2015.

http://www.fourwinds10.net/siterun_data/health/intentional_death/news.php?

q=1291600521.

“25 Marconi Scientists, 1982–88.”

Project Camelot. Accessed

February 2, 2015.

http://projectcamelot.org/marconi.html “9/11 Attacks.” History. Accessed

February 13, 2015.

http://www.history.com/topics/9–

11-attacks.

“9/11 Conspiracy Theorist to Leave

Brigham Young.” Washington

Post. October 22, 2006.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-

dyn/content/article/2006/10/21/AR2006102100635.html Ackerman, Spencer. “There’s a Secret Patriot Act, Senator Says.” Wired.

May 25, 2014.

http://www.wired.com/2011/05/secret-

patriotact/.

Adachi, Ken. “Chemtrails.” Educate-

Yourself. Accessed January 2,

2015. http://educate-

yourself.org/ct/.

Adams, Tom. The Choppers and the

Choppers. Paris, TX: Project

Stigma, 1991.

Addley, Esther. “7/7 Survivors End

Battle for Public Inquiry into

Bombings.” The Guardian. August

1, 2011.

http://www.theguardian.com/uk/2011/aug/01/7-

july-bombings-public-inquiry.

“Adolf Hitler.” FBI: The Federal

Bureau of Investigation. Accessed

February 2, 2015.

http://vault.fbi.gov/adolf-hitler/.

“Adolf Hitler Biography.” Biography.

Accessed November 6, 2014.

http://www.biography.com/people/adolf-

hitler-9340144#death-and-legacy.

“Adolf Hitler Escaped to Argentina after

the War.” Liberty Voice. February

24, 2014.

http://guardianlv.com/2014/02/adolf-

hitler-escaped-to-argentina-after-

the-war/.

Advisory Committee on Human

Radiation Experiments.

Pittsburgh, PA: U.S. Government

Printing Office, October 1995.

“Advisory Committee on Pesticides.”

Parliament.uk. November 8, 2005.

http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200506/cmhansrd/vo051108/text/51108w11.htm Aho, Jim. “Ezekiel’s Wheel.” UFO

Evidence. Accessed January 22,

2015.

http://www.ufoevidence.org/cases/case493.htm “Air Force 2025—Final Report.”

Biblioteca Pleyades. Accessed

October 11, 2014.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/sociopol_weatherwar08.htm “Alleged Unauthorized Helicopter

Flights in Derbyshire and

Cheshire.” File number

HO/371/74/94. March 1974.

Allen, Joseph. “The White God

Quetzalcoatl.” Nephi Project.

Accessed February 2, 2015.

https://www.nephiproject.com/white_god_quetzalcoatl.htm Allen-Block, Irene. The Psychic Spy.

Vernon, NJ: Glannant Ty, 2013.

Alten, Steve. The Shell Game.

Springville, UT: Sweetwater

Books, 2009.

“Amerithrax or Anthrax Investigation.”

FBI: The Federal Bureau of

Investigation. Accessed December

21, 2014. www.fbi.gov/about-

us/history/famous-cases/anthrax-

amerithrax/amerithrax-

investigation.

“The Ancient Secrets of Levitation.”

Pegasus Research Consortium.

Accessed January 8, 2015.

http://www.thelivingmoon.com/44cosmic_wisdom/02files/Levitation02.html Anderson, Neil T. Victory over the Darkness. Ventura, CA: Regal,

2000.

Anderson, Porter. “Witnesses to the

Moments.” CNN. September 11,

2001.

http://edition.cnn.com/2001/US/09/11/witnesses/

Anderson, Vicki. “Goddess, the Divine

Feminine.” The Awakening.

September 30, 2011.

https://hiddenlighthouse.wordpress. com/2011/09/30/goddess-

the-divine-feminine-2/.

“Animal Mutilation.” FBI: The Federal

Bureau of Investigation. Accessed

November 21, 2015.

http://vault.fbi.gov/Animal%20Mutilation “Another Dead Scientist: Composite

Released in Fatal Hit and Run.”

Houston Chronicle, December 12,

2003.

“Anunnaki.” Library of Halexandria.

February 5,

2009. http://www.halexandria.org/dward185.htm “The Anunnaki: Ancient Gods.”

ZetaTalk. Accessed December 5.,

2014.

http://zetatalk.com/index/blog0926. htm “Arizona Militia Figure Is Shot to

Death.” Los Angeles Times.

November 7, 2001.

http://articles.latimes.com/2001/nov/07/news/mn-

1182.

“Assassination of Martin Luther King,

Jr. (4 April 1968).” The Martin

Luther King, Jr. Research and

Education Institute. Accessed

November 25, 2014.

“Assassination of President Abraham

Lincoln.” The Library of

Congress: American Memory.

Accessed December 11, 2014.

http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/alhtml/alrintr.html “The Assassination of the President.”

U.S. History. Accessed January 3,

2015.

http://www.ushistory.org/us/34f.asp

Atkinson, Nancy. “Scientist Claims UFO

Collided with Tunguska Meteorite

to Save Earth.” Universe Today.

May 26, 2009.

http://www.universetoday.com/31438/scientist-

claims-ufo-collided-with-

tunguska-meteorite-to-save-earth/.

“Attack at Pearl Harbor.” EyeWitness to

History. Accessed January 2,

2015.

http://www.eyewitnesstohistory.com/pearl.htm Baxter, John, and Thomas Atkins. The Fire Came By. London: Macdonald

& Jane’s, 1975.

Begg, Paul. Jack the Ripper: The

Uncensored Facts. London:

Robson Books, 1993.

———, Martin Fido, and Keith Skinner.

The Jack the Ripper A to Z.

London: Headline Book

Publishing, 1991.

Bell, Rachel. “The Death of Marilyn.”

crime library. Accessed February

2, 2015.

http://www.crimelibrary.com/notorious_murders/celebrity/marilyn_monroe/index.html Bergier, Jacques. Mysteries of the Earth. London, U.K.: Sidgwick &

Jackson, 1974.

Bernstein, Carl, and Bob Woodward. All

the President’s Men. London:

Quartet Books, 1974.

Bethurum, Truman. Aboard a Flying

Saucer. Los Angeles: DeVorss &

Co., 1954.

“Bill Uhouse on the Kingman Crash.”

Honk If You Know Townsend.

February 7, 2013.

http://jansrose.blogspot.com/2013/02/bill-

uhouse-on-kingman-crash.html.

Bishop, Greg. Wake Up Down There!

Kempton, IL: Adventures

Unlimited Press, 2000.

Black, John. “The Story of Jonah.”

Ancient Origins. February 16,

2013. http://www.ancient-

origins.net/myths-legends/story-

jonah-00160.

Blackburn, Michael, and Mark Bennett.

“ReEngineering the Ark.” Fortean

Times. March, 2006.

http://www.forteantimes.com/features/articles/106/reengineering_the_ark.html Blumrich, Josef F. The Spaceships of Ezekiel. London: Corgi Books,

1974.

———. “The Spaceships of the Prophet

Ezekiel.” Impact of Science on

Society, UNESCO XXIV, no. 4

(October-December 1974).

Bogdanos, Michael. Thieves of

Baghdad. New York: Bloomsbury,

2005.

Bollyn, Christopher. “Did Rupert

Murdoch Have Prior Knowledge

of 9–11?” Christopher Bollyn:

Journaliste sans Frontière.

October 3, 2003.

http://www.bollyn.com/did-rupert-

murdoch-have-prior-knowledge-

of-9–11-2.

———. “Eyewitnesses Saw Military

Aircraft at Scene of Flight 93.”

Christopher Bollyn: Journaliste

sans Frontière. July 15, 2005.

http://www.bollyn.com/eyewitnesses-

saw-military-aircraft-at-scene-of-

flight-93–2.

Booth, Billy. “UFO Visits New Jersey in

1966.” About Entertainment.

Accessed February 3, 2015.

http://ufos.about.com/od/ufosjan2012/a/Ufo-

Visits-New-Jersey-In-1966.htm.

Bowart, Walter. Operation Mind

Control. New York: Dell

Publishing, 1978.

Bowen, Alison. “Osama bin Laden:

Conspiracy Theories Thrive on

Lack of Proof.” Metro. May 2,

2011.

http://www.metro.us/newyork/news/international/2011/05/02/osama-

bin-laden-conspiracy-theories-

thrive-on-lack-of-proof/.

“BP Estimates the World Has Just 53.3

Years of Oil Left.” Gas2.

Accessed May 7, 2014.

http://gas2.org/2014/07/03/bp-

estimates-world-just-53–3-years-

oil-left/.

Bragalia, Anthony. “Book Exposed:

Jacobsen’s Secret Source

Revealed with Interview.” Project

Avalon. May 27, 2011.

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/archive/index.php/t-

22275.html?

s=205b9ef9a34779a958b46ca9728d1ad2

Brewda, Joseph. “Kissinger’s 1974 Plan

for Food Control Genocide.”

Executive Intelligence Review.

December 8, 1995.

http://www.larouchepub.com/other/1995/2249_kissinger_food.html Broden, L. “The Bob Lazar Story.” UFO

Evidence. Accessed October 30,

2014.

http://www.ufoevidence.org/documents/doc1249.htm Buchan, James. “Miss Bell’s Lines in the Sand.” The Guardian. March 11,

2003.

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2003/mar/12/iraq.jamesbuchan Buchanan, Lyn. The Seventh Sense: The Secrets of Remote Viewing as Told

by a “Psychic Spy” for the U.S.

Military. New York: Gallery

Books, 2003.

Bunch, William. “Flight 93: We Know It

Crashed But Not Why.” What

Really Happened. November 15,

2001.

http://whatreallyhappened.com/WRHARTICLES/flight_93_crash.html “Bush Declares War.” CNN. March 19,

2003.

http://www.cnn.com/2003/US/03/19/spn’.irq.int.bush.transcript/

“Bush ‘Disappointed’ Data on Prewar

Iraq Were Wrong.” The

Washington Times. April 6, 2006.

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2006/apr/6/20060406–

112119-5897r/?page=all.

“Bush Wants Right to Use Military If

Bird Flu Hits.” Free Republican.

Accessed January 28, 2015.

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/1497126/posts?

page=152.

Cameron, Grant. “The Disney UFO

Connection.” The Presidents UFO

Website. August 6, 2009.

http://www.presidentialufo.com/disney-

ufo-connection/151-the-disney-

ufo-connection.

Carlisle, Frank E. “Solving the Riddle

of Ezekiel’s Wheels.” UFO

Evidence. December 4, 2004.

http://www.ufoevidence.org/Cases/CaseSubarticle.asp?

ID=496.

Carrasco, David. Quetzalcoatl and the

Irony of Empire: Myths and

Prophecies in the Aztec Tradition.

Boulder, CO: University Press of

Colorado, 2001.

Cayce, Edgar Evans. Edgar Cayce on

Atlantis. New York: Paperback

Library, 1969.

“Chariots of the Gods.” Peru-Facts.

Accessed February 2, 2015.

http://peru-facts.co.uk/chariots-of-

the-gods.html.

“Chemtrails.” Stop the Sheep Killers

before It’s Too Late. Accessed

January 14, 2015.

http://www.sheepkillers.com/chemtrails.html “Chemtrail Conspiracy Theory.” Moon

Conspiracy. Accessed December

15, 2014.

http://moonconspiracy.wordpress.com/chemtrail-

conspiracy-theory/.

“Chemtrails—Spraying in Our Sky.”

Chemtrails—Spraying in Our

Skies. February 2, 2015.

http://www.holmestead.ca/chemtrails/response-

en.html.

Cheshire Police Force. Press release.

January 14, 1974.

“CIA Killed Lennon.” CIA Killed

Lennon. December 2005.

http://ciakilledlennon.blogspot.com/2005/12/q-

who-killed-john-lennon-the-cia-

or.html.

Clapp, Ann Lee. “The Egyptian

Heritage.” Edgar Cayce’s A.R.E.

Accessed November 13, 2014.

http://www.edgarcayce.org/are/ancient_mysteries.aspx?

id=4139.

Coleman, Loren. Bigfoot! The True

Story of Apes in America. New

York: Paraview-Pocket Books,

2003.

Collins, Michael S. “An Interview with

Duncan Lunan—Part Two—

Unabridged Version.” Winterwind

Productions. Accessed September

20, 2014. http://www.winterwind-

productions.com/feature_articles/duncan_lunan_unabridged_pt2/pg2/

Collins, Tony. Open Verdict: An Account

of 25 Mysterious Deaths in the

Defense Industry. London: Sphere

Books, Ltd., 1990.

Committee on Biological Warfare.

(Documents declassified under the

terms of the Freedom of

Information Act). March 28,

October 16, October 19, and

October 22, 1947.

A Concise Compendium of the Warren

Commission Report on the

Assassination of John F. Kennedy.

New York: Popular Library, 1964.

“Conspiracy Theory: NDP Deputy

Leader Mulcair Doubts U.S. Has

bin Laden Photos.” The Star. May

4, 2011.

http://www.thestar.com/news/canada/2011/05/04/conspiracy_theory_ndp_deputy_leader_mulcair_doubts_us_has_bin_laden_photos.html “Conspiracy Theory: NDP Deputy

Leader Mulcair Doubts U.S. Has

bin Laden Photos.” The Star. May

4, 2011.

http://www.thestar.com/news/canada/2011/05/04/conspiracy_theory_ndp_deputy_leader_mulcair_doubts_us_has_bin_laden_photos.html Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR.

Defense Intelligence Agency, 1972.

“A Conversation with Matthew F.

Bogdanos.” Archaeology Archive.

October 16, 2003.

http://archive.archaeology.org/online/interviews/bogdanos/

Coppens, Philip. “Ancient Atomic Wars:

Best Evidence.” Biblioteca

Pleyades. January 2005.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ancientatomicwar/esp_ancient_atomic_07.htm ———. “Nazca: Airport of the Gods?”

Frontier. March-April, 1999.

Corbett, James. “Lone Gunmen Producer

Questions Government on 9/11.”

Corbett Report. February 25,

2008.

http://www.corbettreport.com/articles/20080225_gunmen_911.htm Cowan, Alison Leigh. “Four Librarians Finally Break Silence in Records

Case.” New York Times. May 31,

2006.

http://www.nytimes.com/2006/05/31/nyregion/31library.html?

_r=0.

Dakss, Brian. “John Lennon

Remembered.” CBS News.

December 8, 2005.

http://www.cbsnews.com/news/john-

lennon-remembered-08–12-2005/.

Daniel, John. “Scarlet and the Beast.”

The Knights of the Golden Circle.

April 21, 2011. http://knights-of-

the-golden-

circle.blogspot.com/2011/04/scarlet-

and-beast.html.

Darling, David. “Tunguska

Phenomenon.” The Words of David

Darling. Accessed February 2,

2015.

http://www.daviddarling.info/encyclopedia/T/Tunguska.html “Daughter Charged in Slaying of

Scientist.” Washington Post,

February 2, 2002.

Davidson, Michael. “A Career in

Microbiology Can Be Harmful to

Your Health—Especially since 9–

11.” Rense. February 15, 2002.

http://www.rense.com/general20/car.htm ———, and Michael C. Ruppert.

“Microbiologist Death Toll Mounts

as Connections to Dynocorp,

Hadron, Promis Software &

Disease Research Emerge.” Rense.

March 3, 2002.

http://www.rense.com/general20/mic.htm De Castella, Tom. “Missing Malaysia

Plane: 10 Theories Examined.”

BBC. March 18, 2014.

http://www.bbc.com/news/magazine-

26609687.

Deschamps, Michel M. “My Personal

Belief System (and Wow It’s Been

Affected by UFOs).” NOUFOURS:

Northern Ontario UFO Research

and Study. Accessed February 2,

2015.

http://www.noufors.com/my_personal_belief_system.htm Dione, R.L. God Drives a Flying Saucer. London: Corgi Books,

1969.

Documentary Update on Project

Sunshine “Body Snatching.”

Memorandum. Advisory

Committee on Human Radiation

Experiments. Advisory Committee

Staff, June 9, 1995.

Dodd, Vikram, Ian Cobain, and Helen

Carter. “7/7 Leader: More

Evidence Reveals What Police

Knew.” The Guardian. May 2,

2007.

http://www.theguardian.com/uk/2007/may/03/july7.topstories3

Donnelly, Ignatius. Atlantis: The

Antediluvian World. Teddington,

UK: Echo Library, 2006.

Doyle, Aidan. “When Books Kill.”

Salon. December 15, 2003.

http://www.salon.com/2003/12/15/books_kill/

Drake, W. Raymond. Gods or

Spacemen? New York: Signet,

1964.

Durante, Thomas. “Bin Laden WAS

NOT Buried at Sea, But Flown to

the U.S. for Cremation at Secret

Location, Claims Intelligence Boss

in Leaked Email.” Daily Mail.

March 7, 2012.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-

2111001/Osama-bin-Laden-WAS-

NOT-buried-sea-flown-US-

cremation-leaked-emails-

reveal.html.

“Edward Snowden: Timeline.” BBC.

August 20, 2013.

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-

us-canada-23768248.

Edwards, Anna. “New Book Claims

THIS Picture Proves Hitler

Escaped His Berlin Bunker and

Died in South America in 1984

Aged 95.” Daily Mail. January 25,

2014.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-

2545770/New-book-claims-THIS-

picture-proves-Hitler-escaped-

Berlin-bunker-died-SouthAmerica-1984-aged-95.html.

Eldritch, Tristan. “The Green Children

of Woolpit.” A Few Years in the

Absolute Elsewhere. December 29,

2011.

http://2012diaries.blogspot.com/2011/12/green-

children-of-woolpit.html.

Enserink, Martin. “Scientists Brace for

Media Storm Around

Controversial Flu Studies.”

Science Magazine. November 23,

2011.

http://news.sciencemag.org/2011/11/scientists-

brace-media-storm-around-

controversial-flu-studies.

“Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Advisory Committee on

Pesticides.” Parliament.uk.

November 8, 2005.

http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200506/cmhansrd/vo051108/text/51108w11.htm Estabrooks, G.H. “Hypnosis Comes of Age.” Science Digest, April 1971.

“Even If Iraq Managed to Hide These

Weapons, What They Are Now

Hiding Is Harmless Goo.” The

Guardian. September 18, 2002.

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2002/sep/19/iraq.features11

“Everything You Need to Know about

PRISM.” The Verge. July 17, 2013.

http://www.theverge.com/2013/7/17/4517480/nsa-

spying-prism-surveillance-cheat-

sheet.

“The Evolution of a Conspiracy

Theory.” BBC. July 4, 2008.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/mobile/uk_news/magazine/7488159.stm Examples of Ground Markings Investigated. File reference: WO

199/1982. National Archives,

Kew, England.

“Explosion and Crash.” 9–11 Research.

March 21, 2013.

http://911research.wtc7.net/pentagon/evidence/witnesses/crash.html “Fahrenheit 9/11 Quotes.” International

Movie Database.

http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0361596/quotes Accessed June 1, 2014.

Fairclough, Melvin. The Ripper and the

Royals. London: Gerald

Duckworth & Co., 1992.

“Family Implanted with Computer

Chips.” USA Today. May 10, 2002.

http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/tech/news/2002/05/10/implantable-

chip.htm.

Fawcett, Lawrence & Greenwood,

Barry, Clear Intent: The

Government Cover Up of the UFO

Experience. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:

Spectrum Books, 1984.

“FBI Does Not Rule Out Shootdown Of

Hijacked 757 Over Pennsylvania.”

Rense. September 13, 2001.

http://www.rense.com/general13/penn.htm “FBI Looks into Missing Biologist

Case”. Los Angeles Times.

November 25, 2001.

http://articles.latimes.com/2001/nov/25/news/mn-

8183.

“Featured Author: Paul Devereux.” The

Megalithic Portal. Accessed June

1, 2014.

http://www.megalithic.co.uk/mm/book/devereux1trans.htm Federal Bureau of Investigation files on George Van Tassel, declassified

under the terms of the Freedom of

Information Act, 1988.

Fido, Martin. The Crimes, Detection &

Death of Jack the Ripper. London:

Weidenfeld & Nicolson, Ltd.,

1987.

Firestone, Richard B., and William

Topping. “Terrestrial Evidence of

a Nuclear Catastrophe in

Paleoindian Times.” The

Mammoth Trumpet, March 2001.

Fisher, Max. “Chinese Army Colonel

Says Avian Flu Is an American

Plot against China.” Washington

Post. April 9, 2013.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2013/04/09/chinese-

army-colonel-says-avian-flu-is-an-

american-plot-against-china/.

Flem-Ath, Rand and Rose. Atlantis

Beneath the Ice. Rochester, VT:

Bear & Company, 2012.

“Flight 93.” History. Accessed June 15,

2014.

http://www.history.com/topics/flight-

93.

“Flight 93 Hijacker: ‘Shall We Finish It

Off?’“ CNN. July 23, 2004.

http://www.cnn.com/2004/US/07/22/911.flight.93/

“Food for Thought—Several Dozen

Microbiologists & Scientists Dead

under “Suspicious Circumstances.”

Organic Consumers Association.

January 27, 2005.

http://www.organicconsumers.org/corp/suspicious012805.cfm “Fred Crisman.” The Majestic

Documents. Accessed June 15,

2014.

http://majesticdocuments.com/personnel/crisman.php Friedman, Stanton T. “UFO Propulsion Systems.” Stanton Friedman.

February 3, 2009.

http://www.stantonfriedman.com/index.php?

ptp=articles&fdt=2009.02.03.

Galanopoulos, Angelos Georgiou.

Atlantis: The Truth behind the

Legend. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs—

Merrill Co., 1969.

Gallagher, Ryan, and Glenn Greenwald.

“How the NSA Plans to Infect

‘Millions’ of Computers with

Malware.” First Look Media.

March 12, 2013.

https://firstlook.org/theintercept/2014/03/12/nsa-

plans-infect-millions-computers-

malware/.

Gardner, Laurence. Genesis of the Grail

Kings. New York: Bantam Press,

1999.

“George Orwell Quotes.” BrainyQuote.

Accessed February 2, 2015.

http://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/authors/g/george_orwell.html Gardner, Zen. “Hidden History: Monoatomic Gold and Human

Origins—Jim Marrs.”

ZenGardner. July 25, 2013.

http://www.zengardner.com/hidden-

history-monoatomic-gold-and-

human-origins-jim-marrs/.

Garrison, Jim. On the Trail of the

Assassins. London: Penguin Books,

1988.

Geerhart, Bill. “Red Scare: The Best of

Kenneth Goff.” Conelrad

Adjacent. September 11, 2010.

http://conelrad.blogspot.com/2010/09/red-

scare-best-of-kenneth-goff.html.

Gentleman, Amelia, and Robin McKie.

“Red Rain Could Prove That

Aliens Have Landed.” Observer,

March 5, 2006.

“George Wingfield.” Noufors: Northern

Ontario Research and Study.

Accessed September 1, 2014.

http://www.noufors.com/George_Wingfield.htm Gibbons, Gavin. They Rode in Space Ships. New York: Citadel Press,

1957.

Gidda, Mirren. “Edward Snowden and

the NSA Files—Timeline.” The

Guardian. July 25, 2013.

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2013/jun/23/edward-

snowden-nsa-files-timeline.

Gill, N.S. “Atlantis—Plato’s Atlantis

from the Timaeus.” About

Education. July 25, 2007.

http://ancienthistory.about.com/od/lostcontinent/qt/072507Atlantis.htm Glass, Nicholas. “Coincidence of Bomb

Exercises?” Channel 4. July 17,

2005.

http://www.channel4.com/news/articles/uk/coincidence+of+bomb+exercises/109010.html Global Research. “9/11 Theologian Says Controlled Demolition of World

Trade Center Is Now a Fact, Not a

Theory/” Global Research.

October 21, 2005.

http://www.globalresearch.ca/9–

11-theologian-says-controlled-

demolition-of-world-trade-center-

is-now-a-fact-not-a-theory/1129?

print=1.

Glod, Maria. “Scientist Found Slain in

His Loudoun Home.” Washington

Post, December 12, 2001.

———, and Josh White. “Va. Scientist

Was Killed with Sword: Three

Friends Interested in Occult and

Witchcraft, Friends Say.”

Washington Post, December 14,

2001.

Godfrey, Linda. Real Wolfmen. New

York: Tarcher, 2012.

Godwin, Jocelyn. Atlantis and the

Cycles of Time. Rochester, VT:

Inner Traditions, 2011.

Goff, Kenneth. Red Shadows.

Englewood, CO: privately printed,

1959.

Goodfellow, Chris. “A Startlingly

Simple Theory about the Missing

Malaysia Airlines Jet.” Wired.

March 18, 2014.

http://www.wired.com/2014/03/mh370-

electrical-fire/.

Gordon, Stan. Silent Invasion: The

Pennsylvania UFO-Bigfoot

Casebook. Greensburg, PA:

privately printed, 2010.

Goss, Jennifer L. “Hitler Commits

Suicide.” About Education.

Accessed August 1, 2014.

http://history1900s.about.com/od/1940s/a/Hitler-

Suicide.htm.

Graham, Anne E., and Carol Emmas.

The Last Victim. London: Headline

Book Publishing, 1999.

Graham, Robbie. “UFOs and Disney.”

Silver Screen Saucers. July 29,

2011. http://silver-

screensaucers.blogspot.com/2011/07/ufos-

and-disney-behind-magic-

kingdom.html.

Gray, L. Patrick, and Ed Gray. In

Nixon’s Web: A Year in the

Crosshairs of Watergate. New

York: St. Martin’s Griffin, 2009.

“The Green Children of Woolpit.”

Mysterious Britain and Ireland.

Accessed January 4, 2015.

http://www.mysteriousbritain.co.uk/england/suffolk/folklore/the-

green-children-of-woolpit.html.

“Green Children of Woolpit: Mysterious

Visitors from an Unknown Land.”

Accessed January 28, 2015.

http://laymwe01.hubpages.com/hub/Green-

Children-of-Woolpit-Mysterious-visitors-from-an-unknown-land.

Grisales, Carolina Manosca. “Men and

Apes.” Fortean Times. Accessed

September 4, 2014.

http://www.forteantimes.com/strangedays/ghostwatch/5710/men_and_apes.html Gurney, Ian. “The Mystery of the Dead Scientists: Coincidence or

Conspiracy?” Rense. July 20,

2003.

http://www.rense.com/general39/death.htm Gurney, Mark. “SARS Virus First

Discovered in 1998.” Rense.

Accessed March 18, 2003.

http://www.rense.com/general35/sarrs.htm Hamre, Bonnie. “Nazca Lines, Peru:

Who Drew the Lines in the Sand?

How?” About Travel. Accessed

September 12, 2014.

http://gosouthamerica.about.com/cs/southamerica/a/PerNazca.htm Hanks, Micah. “The Ancient Nukes Question: Were There WMDs in

Prehistoric Times?” Mysterioud

Universe. December 19, 2011.

http://mysteriousuniverse.org/2011/12/the-

ancient-nukes-question-were-

there-wmds-in-prehistoric-times/.

———. “Curious Cryptohominids: A

Link between Aliens and Bigfoot?”

Mysterious Universe. September

9, 2010.

http://mysteriousuniverse.org/2010/09/curious-

cryptohominids-a-link-between-

aliens-and-bigfoot/.

———. “Secrets of the Past: Early

Evidence of Nuclear Weapons?”

New Page Books. March 26, 2012.

http://newpagebooks.blogspot.com/2012/03/secrets-

of-past.html.

Harper, Mark J. “Dead Scientists and

Microbiologists—Master List.”

Rense. Accessed November 2,

2014.

http://rense.com/general62/list.htm.

Harpur, Merrily. “The ABC X-Files.”

Fortean Times, No. 278, October

2011.

Hatcher-Childress, David. “Giant

Unexplained Crater Near

Bombay.” Biblioteca Pleyades.

Accessed December 20, 2014.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ancientatomicwar/esp_ancient_atomic_12.htm Haughton, Brian. “The Green Children of Woolpit.” Brian Haughton.

Accessed August 10, 2014.

http://brian-

haughton.com/articles/green-

children-of-woolpit/.

Havill, Adrian. Deep Truth: The Lives

of Bob Woodward and Carl

Bernstein. New York: Birch Lane

Press, 1993.

Hayakawa, Norio. “My Recollections of

the Enigmatic Bob Lazar….

Alleged Former Area 51

‘Scientist.’” Rense. July 8, 2006.

http://www.rense.com/general72/rec-

011.htm.

Head, Tom. “5 Reasons Aaron

Kosminski Might Not Have Been

Jack the Ripper.” Mysterious

Universe. January 15, 2014.

http://mysteriousuniverse.org/2014/09/5-

reasons-aaron-kosminski-might-

not-have-been-jack-the-ripper/.

Helmore, Edward. “Human

Consumption: Flying in the Face of

Logic.” The Guardian. July 15,

2008.

http://www.theguardian.com/environment/2008/jul/16/humanconsumption “Hindu Wisdom—Vimanas.” Hindu

Wisdom. October 28, 2008.

http://www.hinduwisdom.info/Vimanas.htm Hodal, Kate. “Malaysian MH370 Copilot Entertained Teenagers in

Cabin on Earlier Flight.” The

Guardian. March 11, 2014.

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2014/mar/11/malaysian-

flight-mh370-copilot-teenagers-

fariq-abdul-hamid.

Hodges, Dave. “Will Humanity Survive

the Depopulation Agenda of the

Global Elite?” The Common Sense

Show. April 26, 2014.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2014/04/26/will-

humanity-survive-the-

depopulation-agenda-of-the-

global-elite/.

Hoeck, Kenneth M. “The Jesuit

Connection to the Assassination of

Abraham Lincoln.” Truth on the

Web. November 1999.

http://www.truthontheweb.org/abe.htm

Holland, Max. “The Assassination

Tapes.” The Atlantic. June 2004.

http://www.theatlantic.com/past/docs/issues/2004/06/holland.htm Holy Bible: Contemporary English Version. New York: American

Bible Society, 1995.

Honigsbaum, Mark. “Seeing Isn’t

Believing.” The Guardian. June

26, 2006.

http://www.theguardian.com/uk/2006/jun/27/july7.uksecurity “How Will Climate Change Impact on

Fresh Water Security?” The

Guardian. December 21, 2012.

http://www.theguardian.com/environment/2012/nov/30/climate-

change-water.

Howells, Martin, and Keith Skinner. The

Ripper Legacy. London: Sphere

Books, Ltd., 1988.

“Hyperchromic Anemia.” The Free

Dictionary. Accessed January 28,

2015. http://medical-

dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/hyperchromic+anemia Icke, David. And the Truth Shall Set You Free. Isle of Wight, UK: David

Icke Books, 2004.

———. Children of the Matrix. Isle of

Wight, UK: David Icke Books,

2001.

———. “Flu Is Not the Biggest

Danger…. It’s the Vaccine!”

Biblioteca Pleyades. Accessed

January 15, 2015.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_influenza32.htm ———. The Robots’ Rebellion. Isle of

Wight, UK: Gateway Books, 1994.

“If I Were Reincarnated I Would Wish to

Be Returned to Earth as a Killer

Virus to Lower Human Population

Levels.” Before It’s News. August

9, 2014.

http://beforeitsnews.com/politics/2014/08/if-

i-were-reincarnated-i-would-

wish-to-be-returned-to-earth-as-a-

killer-virus-to-lower-human-

population-levels-2643598.html.

“In Quotes: Blair and Iraq Weapons.”

BBC Newes. September 29, 2004.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/politics/3054991.stm “In the Arena.” CNN. May 5, 2011.

http://transcripts.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/1105/05/ita.01.html “Interview with Zecharia Sitchin.”

Biblioteca Pleyades. Accessed

December 20, 2014.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sitchin/esp_sitchin_3a.htm “Interview with Zecharia Sitchin: An

Introduction.” Connecting Link 17

(2014).

Introvigne, Massimo. “L. Ron Hubbard,

Kenneth Goff, and the ‘Brain-

Washing Manual’ of 1955.”

CESNUR: Center for Studies on

New Religions. Accessed

December 1, 2014.

http://www.cesnur.org/2005/brainwash_13.htm “Intrusive Alien Abduction at Night from

Bedroom.” CureZone. Accessed

January 28, 2015.

http://curezone.org/forums/am.asp?

i=2123567.

“Irish Supreme Court OKs Extradition of

DVD Mailer to British Courts.”

Educate-Yourself. November 10,

2010. http://educate-

yourself.org/lte/irishsupremecourtdecision16nov10.shtml “Is Catcher in the Rye an Assassination

Trigger?” atomicpoet. January 31,

2012.

http://atomicpoet.wordpress.com/2012/01/31/is-

catcher-in-the-rye-an-

assassination-trigger/.

Isaacs, Roger D. Talking with God.

Chicago: Sacred Closet Books,

2010.

“J. Robert Oppenheimer Now I Am

Become Death.…” Atomic

Archive. Accessed January 28,

2015.

http://www.atomicarchive.com/Movies/Movie8.shtml “Jack the Ripper Was Polish Immigrant

Aaron Kosminski, Book Claims.”

The Guardian. September 7, 2014.

http://www.theguardian.com/uk-

news/2014/sep/08/jack-the-ripper-

polish-aaron-kosminski-dna.

Jacobsen, Annie. Area 51: An

Uncensored History of America’s

Top Secret Military Base. New

York: Little, Brown & Co., 2012.

“James Earl Ray Biography. Murderer

(1928–1998).” Biography.

Accessed January 14, 2015.

http://www.biography.com/people/james-

earl-ray-20903161.

“John Holdren, Obama’s Science Czar,

Says: Forced Abortions and Mass

Sterilization Needed to Save the

Planet.” zombietime. Accessed

January 11, 2015.

http://zombietime.com/john_holdren/

“The John Lennon FBI Files.” The John

Lennon FBI Files. Accessed

February 2, 2015.

http://www.lennonfbifiles.com/.

Johnston, Grahame. “Nazca Lines and

the Nazca Culture.” Archaeology

Expert. November 29, 2014.

http://www.archaeologyexpert.co.uk/nazca.html Jones, Alex. “A Brief Analysis of the Domestic Security Enhancement

Act 2003.” Rickie Lee Jones.

Accessed February 3, 2015.

http://www.rickieleejones.com/political/patriotact.htm Jones, Barbara M. “Librarians Shushed No More: The USA Patriot Act, the

‘Connecticut Four,’ and

Professional Ethics.” Newsletter

on Intellectual Freedom 58, no. 6

(2009).

Jones, Marie, and Larry Flaxman. The

Resonance Key. Pompton Plains,

NJ: New Page Books, 2009.

Jordan, Debbie. Abducted! The Story of

the Intruders Continues. New

York: Dell Publishing, 1995.

Jordan, Lara Jakes. “Senator: Anthrax

Not 1 Man’s Work.” Denver Post.

September 18, 2008.

http://www.denverpost.com/ci_10492103?

source=pkg.

“Judicial Watch Sues Department of

Defense for Records of

Communications Relating to May

2011 FOIA Request for bin Laden

Death Photos.” Judicial Watch.

July 24, 2014.

http://www.judicialwatch.org/press-

room/press-releases/judicial-

watch-suesdepartment-defense-

records-communications-relating-

may-2011-foia-request-bin-laden-

death-photos/.

Keith, Jim. Black Helicopters II.

Lilburn, GA: IllumiNet Press,

1997.

———. Black Helicopters Over

America. Lilburn, GA: IllumiNet

Press, 1994.

———. Mind Control, World Control.

Kempton, IL: Adventures

Unlimited Press, 1998.

———. “Roswell UFO Bombshell.”

Llewellyn. Accessed January 28,

2015.

http://www.llewellyn.com/journal/print.php?

id=69.

“Kenneth Goff.” Federal Bureau of

Investigation file, declassified

under the terms of the Freedom of

Information Act.

“Key Facts about Avian Influenza (Bird

Flu) and Highly Pathogenic Avian

Influenza A (H5N1) Virus.” Center

for Disease Control. Accessed

October 12, 2014.

http://www.cdc.gov/flu/avian/gen-

info/facts.htm.

“Kim Johnson’s Chemtrail Analysis—

Updated.” New Mexicans for

Science and Reason. October 31,

1999.

http://www.nmsr.org/mkjrept.htm.

King, Jeffrey. “The Lone Gunmen

Episode 1: Pilot.” Plague Puppy.

Accessed November 5, 2014.

http://www.plaguepuppy.net/public_html/Lone%20Gunmen/The_Lone_Gunmen_Episode_1.htm King, Jon. “Did the CIA Murder John Lennon?” Conscious Ape. October

8, 2012.

http://www.consciousape.com/2012/10/08/did-

the-cia-murder-john-lennon/.

“The Kingman, Arizona UFO Crash.”

PRUFON (Puerto Rican UFO

Network). December 30, 2012.

http://www.prufon.net/2012/12/the-

kingman-arizona-ufo-crash.html.

Kingsley, Patrick, and Sam Jones.

“Osama bin Laden Death: The

Conspiracy Theories.” The

Guardian. May 5, 2011.

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2011/may/05/osama-

bin-laden-conspiracy-theories.

Knight, Stephen. Jack the Ripper: The

Final Solution. London: Grafton

Books, 1989.

Knox, Olivier. “Intelligence Chief

Clapper: I Gave ‘Least Untruthful’

Answer on U.S. Spying.” Yahoo!

News. June 10, 2013.

http://news.yahoo.com/blogs/the-

ticket/intel-chief-clapper-gave-

least-untruthful-answer-u-

164742798.html.

Koebler, Jason. “Global Flu Pandemic

‘Inevitable,’ Expert Warns.” U.S.

News & World Report. December

24, 2012.

http://www.usnews.com/news/articles/2012/12/24/global-

flu-pandemic-inevitable-expert-

warns.

Korkis, Jim. “Ward Kimball and UFOs.”

Mouse Planet. August 24, 2011.

http://www.mouseplanet.com/9720/Ward_Kimball_and_UFOs Koslovic, Melanie. “Green Children of

Woolpit.” Prezi. July 16, 2014.

http://prezi.com/re8juu0kv0eb/green-

children-of-woolpit/.

Kress, Kenneth A. Studies in

Intelligence. Central Intelligence

Agency, 1977.

Krystek, Lee. “The Lines of Nazca

Peru.” The Museum of Unnatural

History. Accessed January 28,

2015.

http://www.unmuseum.org/nazca.htm

Lammer, Helmut. “New Evidence of

Military Involvement in

Abductions.” Rense. Accessed

December 23, 2014.

http://rense.com/ufo/newevabduct.htm

Lardinois, Frederic. “U.S. Government:

Reports about PRISM Contain

‘Numerous Inaccuracies.’“ TC:

TechCrunch. June 6, 2013.

http://techcrunch.com/2013/06/06/u-

s-government-reports-about-prism-

contain-numerous-inaccuracies/.

Lashmar, Paul. “Pearl Harbor

Conspiracy Is Bunk.” The

Independent. August 24, 1998.

http://www.independent.co.uk/news/pearl-

harbor-conspiracy-is-bunk-

1173728.html.

“Lee Harvey Oswald.” Kennedy

Assassination Home Page.

Accessed January 28, 2015.

http://jfkassassination.net/russ/jfkinfo4/jfk12/defector.htm#OSWALD

Lee, Timothy B. “Here’s Everything We

Know about PRISM to Date.”

Washington Post. June 12, 2013.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/06/12/heres-

everything-we-know-about-prism-

to-date/.

“Long-range World Population

Projections.” United Nations.

Accessed January 14, 2015.

http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/longrange/longrange.htm Lucero, Lisa J., and Jed Panganiban.

“The Ideology of the Absent: The

Feathered Serpent and Classic

Maya Rulership.” University of

Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Department of Anthropology.

Accessed January 28, 2015.

http://www.anthro.illinois.edu/faculty/lucero/documents/12-

luceropanganiban.pdf.

Maestri, Nicoletta. “Quetzalcoatl—Pan-

Mesoamerican Deity.” About

Education.

http://archaeology.about.com/od/Aztec-

Religion/a/Queztalcoatl.htm.

“The Mahabharata.” Internet Sacred

Text Archive. Accessed January

30, 2015. http://www.sacred-

texts.com/hin/maha/.

“Malaysia Airlines Flight 370: FBI

Analyzing Deleted Data from

Pilot’s Home Flight Simulator.”

CBS News. March 19, 2014.

http://www.cbsnews.com/news/malaysia-

airlines-flight-370-pilot-zaharie-

ahmad-shah-deleted-files-from-

simulator-police/.

Malone, Nicole. “The Bible, Physics,

and the Abilities of Fallen

Angels”. A Modern Guide to

Demons and Fallen Angels.

Accessed November 1, 2014.

http://paradoxbrown.com/biblephysicsfallenangels.htm/2009

Mandelbaum, W. Adam. The Psychic

Battlefield. New York: Thomas

Dunne Books, 2000.

Mark, Joshua J. “Gilgamesh.” October

13, 2010. Ancient History

Encyclopedia.

http://www.ancient.eu/gilgamesh/.

“Mark Chapman: The Assassination of

John Lennon.” Crime and

Investigation. Accessed October

22, 2014.

http://www.crimeandinvestigation.co.uk/crime-

files/mark-chapman—the-

assassination-of-john-lennon.

Martin, Patrick. “The Sacking of Iraq’s

Museums: US Wages War against

Culture and History.” World

Socialist Web Site. April 16, 2003.

http://www.wsws.org/en/articles/2003/04/muse-

a16.html.

McClellan, Jason. “Bob Lazar Still

Defends Area 51 UFO info 25

Years Later.” Open Minds. May

14, 2014.

http://www.openminds.tv/bob-

lazar-still-defends-area-51-ufo-

info-25-years-later/27560.

McDonagh, Melanie. “Dan Brown’s

Latest Conspiracy Theory—and the

Powerful People Who Believe It.”

The Spectator. May 25, 2013.

http://www.spectator.co.uk/features/8915171/dan-

browns-demography/.

McDonald, Hugh. Appointment in

Dallas. New York: Zebra, 1975.

McGreal, Chris. “September 11

Conspiracy Theories Continue to

Abound.” The Guardian.

September 5, 2011.

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2011/sep/05/september-

11-conspiracy-theories. Meacher,

Michael.

“This War on Terrorism Is Bogus.” The

Guardian. September 6, 2003.

http://www.theguardian.com/politics/2003/sep/06/september11.iraq Meek, James Gordon. “FBI Was Told to Blame Anthrax Scare on Al Qaeda

by White House Officials.” New

York Daily News. August 2, 2008.

http://www.nydailynews.com/news/national/2008/08/02/2008–

08-

02_fbi_was_told_to_blame_anthrax_scare_on_a.html.

“Media Statement and Information on

Flight MH370.” Malaysia

Airlines. November 10, 2014.

http://www.malaysiaairlines.com/mh370

Medina, David. The Ark of the

Covenant. New Brunswick, NJ:

Inner Light, 2014.

Mendo, Alberto. “Quetzalcoatl: Beyond

the Feathered Serpent.” UC

Berkeley Academic Achievements

Program. Accessed January 28,

2015.

http://www.aap.berkeley.edu/journals/2003Journal/AMendo.html Meyer, David. “Ark of the Covenant: Lost Technology.” Guerilla

Explorer. July 23, 2011.

http://www.guerrillaexplorer.com/strange-

science/ark-of-the-covenant-lost-

technology/.

“Microchip Mind Control, Implants and

Cybernetics.” Rense. December 6,

2001.

http://www.rense.com/general17/imp.htm “A Microchipped Population— David Said This Was Coming 12

Years Ago and Here It Is Folks!”

Red Ice Creations. October 23,

2004.

http://www.redicecreations.com/news/2004/microicke.html Miller Judith. “Russian Scientist Dies in Ebola Accident at Former

Weapons Lab.” New York Times.

May 25, 2004.

Mitchell, Alanna, Simon Cooper, and

Carolyn Abraham. “Strange

Cluster of Microbiologists’ Deaths

under the Microscope.” Globe and

Mail. May 4, 2002.

Montgomery, John Warwick.

Principalities and Powers.

Calgary, AB, Canada: Canadian

Institute for Law, Theology &

Public Policy, Inc. 2001.

Mooney, Richard. Colony Earth. New

York: Stein & Day, 1974.

Morgan, Bill. “Will Iraq Be World’s

First Electromagnetic ‘Scalar’

War?” Rense. October 10, 2002.

http://www.rense.com/general30/mager.htm Morton, Ella. “Unholy Trinity: Visiting

the Site of the First Nuclear

Weapon Test.” Slate. March 18,

2014.

http://www.slate.com/blogs/atlas_obscura/2014/03/18/the_trinity_site_in_new_mexico_where_the_first_nuclear_weapon_was_tested.html Murdock, D.M., and S. Acharya. “Who Are the Anunnaki?” Truth Be

Known. September 2014.

http://www.truthbeknown.com/anunnaki.htm Myers, Dale K. “The Assassination of

William Greer.” Secrets of a

Homicide. July 17, 2008.

http://jfkfiles.blogspot.com/2008/07/assassination-

of-william-greer.html.

Nance, Rahkia. “James Earl Ray’s

Brother Claims Federal

Government Killed Martin Luther

King.” Birmingham News, April 1,

2008.

National Archive File: AIR 2/17526.

1964.

“National Security Study Memorandum

200 (NSSM 200)—April 1974.”

The Center for Research on

Population and Security.

Accessed February 2, 2015.

http://www.population-

security.org/28-APP2.html.

“Native American Bigfoot Figures of

Myth and Legend.” Native

Languages of America. Accessed

January 29, 2015.

http://www.native-

languages.org/legends-bigfoot.htm.

“Navy SEALs ‘Took Turns Dumping

HUNDREDS of Bullets’into

Osama bin Laden’s Dead Body, a

New Report Reveals.” Daily Mail.

March 14, 2014.

“Nazca Lines and Cahuachi Culture.”

Crystalinks. Accessed January 14,

2015.

http://www.crystalinks.com/nazca.html

“The Nazca Lines Discoverer Paul

Kosok.” Mystical Locations.

Accessed February 5, 2015.

http://www.mystical-

locations.info/pictures_nazca_kosok.html “Nazca Lines, Peru.” Sacred

Destinations. Accessed December

11, 2014. http://www.sacred-

destinations.com/peru/nazca-lines.

“The Nephilim—Giants in the Bible.”

Beginning and End. May 23, 2011.

http://beginningandend.com/nephilim-

giants-bible/.

Newling, Dan. “Britons ‘Could Be

Microchipped Like Dogs in a

Decade.’” Daily Mail. October 30,

2006.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-

413345/Britons-microchipped-

like-dogs-decade.html.

“News Gathering Is Illegal under New

Patriot Act II.” Democratic

Underground. September 27,

2005.

http://www.democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.php?

az=view_all&address=132x1403815

Nichelson, Oliver. “Tesla’s Wireless

Power Transmitter.” Biblioteca

Pleyades. Accessed January 4,

2015.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/esp_ciencia_tunguska02.htm Nickell, Joe. “The Nazca Lines Revisited: Creation of a Full-sized

Duplicate.” Onagocag Publishing

Co. Accessed November 22, 2014.

http://www.onagocag.com/nazca.html

2014.

“NSSM 200: Understanding National

Security Study Memorandum 200.”

Population Research Institute.

Accessed January 11, 2015.

http://www.pop.org/content/nssm-

200-understanding-national-

security-1478.

“Operation Clambake Present: FBI the

H-Files: An Archive of Documents

Released by FBI about L. Ron

Hubbard, the Founder of

Scientology. Sorted by Date as

Received from FBI Archives.”

Operation Clambake. Accessed

December 2, 2014.

http://www.xenu.net/archive/FBI/table.html Pacheco, Nelson S., and Tommy Blann.

Unmasking the Enemy. Bendan

Press, Inc. 1993.

“Pearl Harbor, 7 December, 1941.”

Bytes. December 6, 2010.

http://bytesdaily.blogspot.com/2010/12/pearl-

harbour-7-december-1941.html.

“Pearl Harbor Conspiracy.” Mystic

Order of Noble Knowledge.

Accessed January 4, 2015.

http://www.ancientmonks.com/mystical-

order-of-neglected-knowledge/6th-

degree-master-bishop-of-the-

arcane-secret/pearlharbor-

conspiracy.

“Pearl Harbor, Oahu—The Attack: Facts

and Information.” Pearl Harbor.

Accessed January 24, 2015.

https://www.pearlharboroahu.com/attack.htm Peabody, David. “Exploding the Ripper

Masonic Link.” MQ Magazine,

July 2002.

Peebles, Curtis. Dark Eagles. Novato,

CA: Presidio Press, 1999.

Perloff, James. “Pearl Harbor: Hawaii

Was Surprised; FDR Was Not.”

The New American. December 7,

2013.

http://www.thenewamerican.com/culture/history/item/4740-

pearlharbor-hawaii-was-

surprised-fdr-was-not.

Philips, Tom. “MH370: Six ‘Reasons’

Why Plane Vanished.” The

Telegraph. September 8, 2014.

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/malaysia/11078770/MH370-

Six-reasons-why-plane-

vanished.html.

“Physical Evidence of Ancient Atomic

Wars Can Be Found WorldWide.”

Message to Eagle. June 3, 2014.

http://www.messagetoeagle.com/nuclearwarsgods.php#.VClKhWOEeSo Pilkington, Mark. “Ancient Electricity.”

The Guardian. April 21, 2004.

http://www.the-

guardian.com/science/2004/apr/22/science.research ———. “Plane Truth on the Conspiracy

Trail.” archive.today. Accessed

January 28, 2015.

http://archive.today/NFCOW. Pitt,

William Rivers, and Scott Ritter.

War on Iraq. New York: Context

Books, 2002.

Pittman, Ross. “9/11 Must See.”

Consciouse Life News. September

11, 2014.

http://consciouslifenews.com/911-

prove-airplane-hit-pentagon-

major-general-albert-stubblebine/.

“Plato’s Atlantis.” Ascending Passage.

Accessed December 4, 2015.

http://ascendingpas-

sage.com/plato-atlantis-critias.htm.

Popko, Rick. “Mythology/quetzalcoatl.”

AllExperts. March 3, 2010.

http://en.allexperts.com/q/Mythology-

658/2009/4/f/quetzalcoatl.htm.

“President Obama’s Speech on Osama

bin Laden’s Death.” L. A. Times.

May 2, 2011.

http://articles.latimes.com/2011/may/02/nation/la-

na-bin-laden-obama-text-20110502.

“Proposed Studies on the Implications of

Peaceful Space Activities for

Human Affairs.” rr0. Accessed

January 29, 2015.

Prothero, Donald. “Area 51: Myth and

Reality.” skepticblog. January 8,

2014.

http://www.skepticblog.org/2014/01/08/area-

51-myth-and-reality/.

“Purple (cipher machine).” Princeton

University. January 15, 2015.

https://www.princeton.edu/~achaney/tmve/wiki100k/docs/Purple_%28cipher_machine%29.html Quayle, Steve. “Dead Scientists 2004– 2014.” Steve Quayle. January 2,

2015.

http://www.stevequayle.com/?

s=146.

“Quetzalcoatl.” Aztec and Maya

Calendar. December 20, 2015.

http://www.azteccalendar.com/god/quetzalcoatl.html.

“Quetzalcoatl.” Crystalinks. Accessed

November 20, 2014.

http://www.crystalinks.com/quetzalcoatl.html Radford, Ben. “Curious Contrails: Death from the Sky?” Skeptical Inquirer.

March/April 2009.

Radford, Benjamin. “Viral Video Claims

to Prove ‘Chemtrails’ Conspiracy.”

Discovery News. May 1, 2014.

http://news.discovery.com/human/psychology/viral-

video-claims-to-prove-chemtrails-

conspiracy-140501.htm.

“Radioactive Remains from 8–12,000

Years Ago.” Forbidden History.

Accessed January 5, 2015.

https://www.forbiddenhistory.info/?

q=node/130.

Randle, Kevin. “New Roswell UFO

Document?” Kevin Randle.

October 23, 2009.

http://kevinrandle.blogspot.com/2009/10/new-

roswell-ufo-document.html.

———. “Philip Corso and the Day after

Roswell, Again.” Kevin Randle.

January 22, 2014.

http://kevinrandle.blogspot.com/2014/01/philip-

corso-and-day-after-roswell-

again.html.

Rea, Kari. “Glenn Greenwald: Low-

Level NSA Analysts Have

‘Powerful and Invasive’ Search

Tool.” ABC News. July 28, 2013.

http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/politics/2013/07/glenn-

greenwald-low-level-nsa-analysts-

have-powerful-and-invasive-

search-tool/.

“Red Shadows.” Conelrad. Accessed

January 1, 2015.

http://conelrad.com/books/spine.php?

id=388_0_1_0_C.2014.

Redfern, Nick. Contactees. Pompton

Plains, NJ: New Page Books,

2009.

———. “Did Japan Invade Roswell?”

Mysterioud Universe. December

13, 2013.

http://mysteriousuniverse.org/2013/12/did-

japan-invade-roswell/.

———. Final Events. San Antonio, TX:

Anomalist Books, 2010.

———. Interview with Joe Jordan,

February 4, 2010.

———. Interviews with Mac Tonnies,

March 14, 2004 and September 9,

2006.

———. Interview with Neil Arnold,

January 14, 2012.

———. Interview with Nick Pope,

January 22, 1997.

———. Interview with Ray Boeche,

January 22, 2007.

———. Interview with Ronan Coghlan,

September 12, 2012.

———. Wildman! Woolsery, UK: CFZ

Press, 2012.

———, and Brad Steiger. The Zombie

Book. Detroit, MI: Visible Ink

Press, 2014.

Reece, Katherine. “Grounding the Nasca

Balloon.” In the Hall of Ma’at.

Accessed December 4, 2014.

http://www.hallofmaat.com/modules.php?

name=Articles&file=article&sid=96

“Reform the Patriot Act.” ACLU.

Accessed January 14, 2015.

https://www.aclu.org/reform-

patriotact.

“Report of Air Force Research

Regarding the Roswell Incident.”

Strange Magazine. Accessed

December 12, 2014.

http://www.strangemag.com/reviews/reportofairforceresearch.html “Report of Scientific Advisory Panel on

Unidentified Flying Objects

Convened by Office of Scientific

Intelligence, CIA January 14—18,

1953.” CUFON: The Computer

UFO Network. Accessed January

29, 2015.

http://www.cufon.org/cufon/robert.htm

Report of the Presidential Commission

on the Space Shuttle Challenger

Accident. Washington, DC: U.S.

Government Printing Office, 1986.

“Report of the Select Committee on

Assassinations of the U.S. House

of Representatives.” National

Archives. Accessed January 23,

2015.

http://www.archives.gov/research/jfk/select-

committee-report/.

“Reptilians and Aztec.” Arcturi: Extra-

terrestrial Database. Accessed

October 12, 2014.

http://arcturi.com/ReptilianArchives/AztecMythology.html “Retired Agent Paid Undisclosed

Amount in JFK Shooting Case.”

Google News. Accessed

November 12, 2014.

“Retired General ‘Surprised’ No WMD

Found.” ABC. August 16, 2004.

http://www.abc.net.au/news/2004–

08-16/retired-general-surprised-

no-wmd-found/2026360.

“RFK Assassination Witness Nina

Rhodes-Hughes Says Sirhan Sirhan

Didn’t Act Alone.” Huffington

Post. April 30, 2012.

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/04/30/rfk-

assassination-nina-rhodes-

hughes_n_1464439.html.

Rifat, Tim. Remote Viewing. London:

Vision Paperback, 2001.

Ritter, Steve. “Wiley’s Death Caused by

an Accidental Fall.” Chemical and

Engineering News. 80, no. 3

(January 21, 2002).

“The Robert Kennedy Assassination.”

Mary Ferrell Foundation.

Accessed February 2, 2015.

https://www.maryferrell.org/wiki/index.php/Robert_Kennedy_Assassination “Robert Wadlow, World’s Tallest Man.”

Roadside America. Accessed

December 3, 2014.

http://www.roadsideamerica.com/story/2086

Roberts, Paul Dale. “In Search of

Quetzalcoatl.” Unexplained

Mysteries. February 26, 2009.

http://www.unexplained-

mysteries.com/column.php?

id=147918.

Roberts, Sam. “In Archive, New Light

on Eisenhower Speech.” The New

York Times. December 10, 2010.

http://www.nytimes.com/2010/12/11/us/politics/11eisenhower.html?

_r=1&.

Roberts, Scott Alan. The Rise and Fall

of the Nephilim. Pompton Plains,

NJ: New Page Books, 2012.

———. The Secret History of the

Reptilians. Pompton Plains, NJ:

New Page Books, 2013.

Roddy, Dennis B. “Looting of Baghdad

Treasures Shines Light on a ‘Dirty

Business.’”

Pittsburgh Post-Gazette. April 27,

2003. http://old.post-

gazette.com/World/20030427lootingworld3p3.asp Roller, Emma. “This Is What Section 215 of the Patriot Act Does.”

Slate. June 7, 2013.

http://www.slate.com/blogs/weigel/2013/06/07/nsa_prism_scandal_what_patriot_act_section_215_does.html.

“The Rollright Stones.” The Rollright

Stones. Access February 2, 2015.

http://www.rollrightstones.co.uk/

Rosenberg, Jennifer. “Robert Kennedy

Assassination.” About Education.

Accessed January 12, 2015.

http://history1900s.about.com/od/1960s/a/Robert-

Kennedy-Assassination.htm.

“Roswell and the Reich: The Nazi

Connection.” ExoHuman. February

2012.

http://www.exohuman.com/wordpress/2012/02/roswell-

and-the-reich-the-nazi-connection/.

Rubtsov, Vladimir V. “The Unknown

Tunguska—What We Know and

What We Do Not Know about the

Great Explosion of 1908.” Fate,

May 2001.

Rudin, Mike. “The Conspiracy Files:

7/7.” BBC. June 24, 2009.

http://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/legacy/theeditors/2009/06/the_conspiracy_files_77.html Rumbelow, Donald. The Complete Jack the Ripper. London: Penguin

Books, 1988.

“Saddam Hussein’s Weapons of Mass

Destruction.” PBS. Accessed

January 12, 2015.

http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/gunning/etc/arsenal.html Salla, Michael. “An Exopolitical Perspective on the Preemptive War

against Iraq.” Exopolitics.

February 3, 2003.

http://exopolitics.org/Study-

Paper2.htm.

Sanderson, Ivan T. Invisible Residents.

Cleveland, OH: The World

Publishing Company, 1970.

Sangster, Angela. “Who Were the

Anunnaki?” True Ghost Tales.

Accessed October 14, 2014.

http://www.trueghosttales.com/who-

were-the-annunaki.php.

Satellite Accidents with Radiation

Hazards. Home Office. March 2,

1979.

Schneweis, Emil. Angels and Demons

According to Lactantius.

Washington, DC: Catholic

University of America Press, 1944.

Schoch, Robert M. “The Great Sphinx.”

Robert Schoch. Accessed January

3, 2015.

http://www.robertschoch.com/sphinxcontent.html Schroeder, Paul. “Ancient Aliens and the

Ark of the Covenant.” Before It’s

News. September 1, 2010.

http://beforeitsnews.com/paranormal/2010/09/ancient-

aliens-and-the-ark-of-the-

covenant-by-paul-schroeder-

158206.html.

“The Secret History of the U-2—and

Area 51.” The National Security

Archive at George Washington

University. August 15, 2013.

http://www2.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB434/

“Shamanic Order to be Established

Here.” Los Angeles Times, April

1934.

Shannan, Pat. “Former CIA Participant

Says He Was Part Of It—Raoul

Identified as FBI Agent.” Rense.

January 12, 2002.

http://www.rense.com/general19/part.htm Shuker, Karl. “The Green Children of

Woolpit: Investigating a Medieval

Mystery.” The Electarium of Dr.

Shuker. November 29, 2012.

http://eclectariumshuker.blogspot.com/2012/11/the-

green-children-of-woolpit.html.

Sibir, July 2, 1908.

“Sirhan Sirhan and His Account of Delta

Programming Mind Control.”

Vigilant Citizen. May 5, 2011.

http://vigilantcitizen.com/latestnews/sirhan-

sirhan-and-his-account-of-delta-

programming-mind-control/.

Sitchin, Zecharia. The 12th Planet. New

York: Harper-Collins, 2007.

———. Divine Encounters. New

York: Avon Books, 1996.

———. Genesis Revisited. New York:

Avon Books, 1990.

———. “The Case of the Evil Wind.”

The Official Website of Zecharia

Sitchin. November 2001.

http://www.sitchin.com/evilwind.htm

———. When Time Began. New York:

Avon Books, 1993.

Snyder, Michael. “After the Government

Microchips Our Soldiers, How

Long Will It Be before They Want

to Put a Microchip in YOU.” End

of the American Dream. May 8,

2012.

———. “From 7 Billion People to 500

Million People—The Sick

Population Control Agenda of the

Global Elite.” End of the

American Dream. October 27,

2011.

Soni, Darshna. “Survey: ‘Government

Hasn’t Told Truth about 7/7.’”

Channel 4. June 4, 2007.

http://www.channel4.com/news/articles/society/religion/survey+government+hasnt+told+truth+about+77/545847.html “Space-Life Report Could Be Shock.”

NICAP UFO Investigator.

December 1960/January 1961.

“Space Shuttle Challenger.” FBI.

Accessed December 5, 2014.

http://vault.fbi.gov/Space%20Shuttle%20Challenger%20/

Sperber, A.M. Murrow: His Life and

Times. Bronx, NY: Fordham

University Press, 1999.

Stableford, Dylan. “Rupert Murdoch

Tweets His Theory on Malaysian

Plane Disappearance.” Yahoo!

News. March 16, 2014.

http://news.yahoo.com/rupert-

murdoch-malaysian-plane-tweet-

152052211.html.

Stebner, Beth. “Bobby Kennedy

Assassin Still Claims He Was

‘Victim of Mind Control and His

Gun Didn’t Fire Fatal Shot’ in New

Appeal after Parole Is Denied.”

The Daily Mail. December 15,

2011.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-

2066883/Robert-F-Kennedy-

assassin-Sirhan-Sirhan-claims-victim-mind-control.html.

Steiger, Brad. “Who Really Killed

Abraham Lincoln?” Rense.

February 11, 2008.

http://www.rense.com/general80/slin.htm Steiger, Brad. Real Monsters,

Gruesome Critters, and Beasts

from the Darkside. Detroit, MI:

Visible Ink Press, 2011.

———, and Sherry Steiger.

Conspiracies and Secret

Societies: The Complete Dossier.

Detroit, MI: Visible Ink Press,

2012.

Stinnett, Robert B. “The Pearl Harbor

Deceit.” World War II History

Info. Accessed January 29, 2015.

http://worldwar2history.info/Pearl-

Harbor/deceit.html.

Strickler, Lon. “The Bigfoot Paradox.”

Phantoms and Monsters.

Accessed January 3, 2015.

http://www.phantomsandmonsters.com/p/near-

end-of-overnight-appearance-

of.html.

Stringfield, Leonard. Situation Red: The

UFO Siege. London: Sphere

Books, 1978.

———. UFO Crash/Retrievals:

Amassing the Evidence.

Cincinnati, OH: privately printed,

1982.

Stuster, J. Dana. “Declassified: The CIA

Secret History of Area 51.” FP.

August 15, 2013.

http://blog.foreignpolicy.com/posts/2013/08/15/declassified_the_cias_secret_history_of_area_51

“Surveillance Under the USA PATRIOT

Act.” ACLU. December 10, 2010.

https://www.aclu.org/national-

security/surveillance-under-usa-

patriotact.

Szymanksi, Greg. “Plans to Microchip

Every Newborn in US and Europe

Underway—Former Chief Medical

Officer of Finland.” Rense. May

11. 2006.

http://www.rense.com/general71/under.htm Taylor, Philip. “The Mystic and the Spy:

Two Early British UFO Writers.”

Magonia, No. 61, 1997.

Taylor, III, Porcher. “Ararat Anomaly.”

NoahsArkSearch. January 9, 1996.

http://www.noahsarksearch.com/porcher.htm Thomas, Gordon. “The Secret World of Dr. David Kelly.” The Rumor

Mills News Reading Room. August

21, 2003.

http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-

bin/archive.cgi?

noframes;read=35765.

Thomas, William. “Stolen Skies: The

Chemtrail Mystery.” Earth Island

Institute. Accessed December 3,

2015.

http://www.earthisland.org/journal/index.php/eij/article/stolen_skies_the_chemtrail_mystery/

Thompson, Geoff. “US Involved in Bird

Flu Conspiracy: Indonesia.”

ABNC. February 20, 2008.

http://www.abc.net.au/am/content/2008/s2167325.htm Thompson, Reginald Campbell. Devils and Evil Spirits of Babylonia.

Whitefish, MT: Kessinger

Publishing, 2003.

“Timeline for American Airlines Flight

77.” NPR. June 17, 2004.

http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?

storyId=1962742.

“TIMELINE—How Malaysia’s Flight

MH370 Went Missing.” Reuters.

March 17, 2014.

http://www.reuters.com/article/2014/03/17/malaysia-

airlines-

idUSL3N0ME0RL20140317.

“Timeline of Flight MH370.” CNBC.

April 7, 2014.

http://www.cnbc.com/id/101559060*

“Timeline of the 7 July Attacks.” BBC.

July 11, 2006.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/5032756.stm Tonnies, Mac. After the Martian Apocalypse. New York: Paraview-Pocket Books, 2004.

———. The Cryptoterrestials. San

Antonio, TX: Anomalist Books,

2010.

“Transcript: Obama’s Remarks on NSA

Controversy.” WSJ Blogs. June 7,

2013.

http://blogs.wsj.com/washwire/2013/06/07/transcript-

what-obama-said-on-nsa-

controversy/.

“Transcript of Powell’s U.N.

presentation.” CNN. February 5,

2003.

http://www.cnn.com/2003/US/02/05/sprj.irq.powell.transcript.05/

“The Travels of Pedro de Cieza de

Leon, A.D. 1532–50, Contained in

the First Part of His Chronicle of

Peru (1864).” Internet Archive.

March 10, 2001.

https://archive.org/details/travelsofpedrode33ciez Treiman, Daniel. “A 9/11 Conspiracy? ‘I Would Not Be Surprised,’ Says

Tikkun Editor.” Forward: The

Jewish Daily. February 6, 2007.

http://forward.com/articles/10024/a-

govt-conspiracy-i-wouldnt-be-

surprised-sa/.

“A True Account of Alien Abduction.”

UFO Casebook. Accessed

February 2, 2015.

http://www.ufocasebook.com/trueaccountofalienabduction.html “The Tunguska Impact—100 Years

Later.” NASA Science: Science

News. June 30, 2008.

http://science.nasa.gov/science-

news/science-at-

nasa/2008/30jun_tunguska/.

Unger, Merrill F. Demons in the World

Today. Northumberland, UK:

Tynedale House, 1995.

———. What Demons Can Do to

Saints. Chicago, IL: Moody Press,

1977.

“United States Department of Justice

Investigation of Recent Allegations

Regarding the Assassination of Dr.

Martin Luther King, Jr.” The

United States Department of

Justice. June 2000.

http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/crm/mlk/part1.php “Unusual Option Market Activity and the

Terrorist Attacks of September 11,

2001.” Reddit. Accessed

November 8, 2014.

http://www.reddit.com/r/investing/comments/2g43y5/unusual_option_market_activity_and_the_terrorist/

“U.S. Department of Defense, DoD

News Briefing: Secretary of

Defense William S. Cohen.” U.S.

Department of Defense. April 28,

1997.

www.defense.gov/transcripts/transcript.aspx?

transcriptid=674.

“US Expert Slams WMD ‘Delusions.’”

BBC. June 5, 2004.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/3778987.stm “US Family Gets Health Implants.”

BBC. May 11, 2002.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/health/1981026.stm Valiunis, Algis. “The Agony of Atomic Genius.” The New Atlantis,

Number 14, Fall 2006.

Van Woerkom, Barbara. “Timeline: The

Raid on Osama Bin Laden’s

Hideout.” NPR. May 3, 2011.

http://www.npr.org/2011/05/03/135951504/timeline-

the-raid-on-osama-bin-ladens-

hideout.

“Vast Majority of NSA Spy Targets Are

Mistakenly Monitored.” Louisiana

State News. July 6, 2014.

http://www.louisiana.statenews.net/index.php/sid/223558101/scat/b8de8e630faf3631/ht/Vast-

majority-of-NSA-spy-targets-are-

mistakenly-monitored.

Velikovsky, Immanuel. Earth in

Upheaval. London: Paradigma,

2009.

“Vimanas.” Hindu Wisdom. October 28,

2008.

http://www.hinduwisdom.info/Vimanas.htm Vintini, Leonardo. “Desert Glass

Formed by Ancient Atomic

Bombs?” Epoch Times. April 30,

2013.

http://m.theepochtimes.com/n3/23630-

ancientatomic-bombs/.

Vorhees, Josh. “Obama Defends NSA

Surveillance: ‘Nobody Is Listening

to Your Telephone Calls.’” Slate.

June 7, 2013.

http://www.slate.com/blogs/the_slatest/2013/06/07/obama_defends_nsa_surveillance.html Wald, Matthew L., and Michael S.

Schmidt. “Lost Jet’s Path Seen as

Altered via Computer.” The New

York Times. March 17, 2014.

http://www.nytimes.com/2014/03/18/world/asia/malaysia-

airlines-flight.html.

Warrick, Joby. “Lacking Biolabs, Trailer

Carried Case for War.” The

Washington Post. April 12, 2006.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-

dyn/content/article/2006/04/11/AR2006041101888.html “Watergate: The Scandal That Brought

Down Richard Nixon.”

Watergate.info. Accessed January

30, 2015. http://watergate.info/.

Watson, Paul Joseph. “Ex-DARPA Head

Wants You to Swallow ID

Microchips.” InfoWars. January 7,

2014.

http://www.infowars.com/ex-

darpa-head-wants-you-to-

swallow-id-microchips/.

———. “Military Whistleblower

Claims She Witnessed Flight 93

Shootdown Order.” Alex Jones’

Prison Planet. April 8, 2009.

http://www.prisonplanet.com/military-

whistleblower-claims-she-

witnessed-flight-93-shootdown-

order.html.

———. “The Population Reduction

Agenda for Dummies.” Alex Jones’

Prison Planet. June 26, 2009.

http://www.prisonplanet.com/the-

population-reduction-agenda-for-

dummies.html.

———, and Alex Jones. “London

Underground Bombing ‘Exercises’

Took Place at Same Time as Real

Attack.” Alex Jones’ Prison

Planet. July 13, 2005.

http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/july2005/090705bombingexercises.htm Watson, Traci. “Conspiracy Theories Find Menace in Contrails.” USA

Today. March 7, 2001.

http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/weather/science/2001–

03-07-contrails.htm.

“Weapons of Mass Destruction: Who

Said What When.” Counterpunch.

May 29, 2003.

http://www.counterpunch.org/2003/05/29/weapons-

of-mass-destruction-who-said-

what-when/.

Weaver, Sandra. “Quetzalcoatl Is

Deeper Than Just a Mayan Story or

Myth.” Spiritual Growth

Prophecies. Accessed February 2,

2015. http://www.2012-spiritual-

growth-

prophecies.com/quetzalcoatl.html.

Webby, Sean, and Lisa Krieger. “Pizza

Delivery May Have Been Ambush:

Suspect Later Found Dead.” San

Jose Mercury News, February, 28,

2002.

“Welcome to Woolpit Village.” Woolpit

Village. http://www.woolpit.org/.

Accessed January 30, 2015.

“What Hit the Pentagon?” 9–11 Review.

December 21, 2012.

http://911review.com/attack/pentagon/hypothesis.html “When Was Pearl Harbor, December 7,

1941, a Day That Will Live in

Infamy!” Before It’s News.

December 6, 2012.

http://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2012/12/when-

was-pearl-harbor-december-7–

1941-a-day-that-will-live-in-

infamy-2509294.html.

“Who Killed Off Star Wars Scientists?”

UFO Evidence. Accessed January

30, 2015.

http://www.ufoevidence.org/documents/doc826.htm “Why Was John Lennon’s Doorman on

CIA Payroll?” The Rumor Mill

News Reading Room. May 27,

2006.

http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-

bin/archive.cgi/noframes/read/86959

Wilkinson, Sophie. “Harvard

Biochemist Don C. Wiley

Disappears in Memphis.”

Chemical and Engineering News,

79, no. 49 (December 3, 2001).

“William Mark Felt Biography.”

Biography. Accessed January 30,

2015.

http://wwwbiography.com/people/william-

mark-felt-396780.

Wilmut, Ian. “John Clark: Pioneering

Scientist Whose Entrepreneurial

Skills Paved the Way for Dolly the

Sheep.” Guardian, August 25,

2004.

Wilson, Lawrence. “Hypnosis.” Dr. L.

Wilson. June 2013.

http://www.drlwilson.com/Articles/HYPNOSIS.htm Wingate, Richard. Atlantis in the Amazon. Rochester, VT: Bear &

Company, 2011.

“The Winterwind Papers.” Winterwind

Productions. Accessed January 15,

2015. http://www.winterwind-

productions.com/issue18/duncan_lunan3.htm Withnall, Adam. “Missing Malaysia Airlines Flight MH370 Was ‘Shot

Down in Military Training

Exercise’ Claims First Book

Released about Lost Jet.” The

Independent. May 18, 2014.

http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/missing-

malaysiaairlines-flight-mh370-

was-shot-down-in-military-

training-exercise-claims-first-

book-released-about-lost-jet-

9391964.html.

Wittnebel, Matthew, and Andrew Mann.

“The Tunguska Event.” The Lone

Conspirators. Accessed January 6,

2015.

http://theloneconspirators.com/tunguska.htm “Wolfowitz Comments Revive Doubts

over Iraq’s WMD.” USA Today.

June 1, 2003.

http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/world/iraq/2003–

05-30-wolfowitz-iraq_x.htm.

Woodman, Jim. Nazca: Journey to the

Sun. New York: Pocket Books,

1977.

Woodward, Bob. “How Mark Felt

Became ‘Deep Throat.’”

Washington Post. June 2, 2005.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-

dyn/articles/A40105–

2005Jun2.html?nav=E8.

———. The Secret Man: The Story of

Watergate’s Deep Throat. New

York: Simon & Schuster, 2006.

INDEX

Note: (ill.) indicates photos and illustrations.

Numbers

The 12th Planet (Sitchin), 44

160th Special Operation Aviation Regiment, 381

20th Century Fox, 192

5th Framework Project, 299

7/7 bombings, 350–57, 351 (ill.) 7/7 Ripple Effect, 356–57

9/11

7/7 bombings, 351, 353

Anthrax attacks, 323

bin Laden’s body, 380–81, 385

Patriot Act, 330

Pearl Harbor conspiracy, 126

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 316–19, 321–22

secrets of the museum, 40

Twin Tower demolition, 309–15

9/11 Commission Report, 314

9/11: The Big Lie (Meyssan), 321

911review, 321

A

A-12, 259

AAIB (Air Accidents Investigation Branch), 348

Aaron, 4, 21, 40–41, 69–70

Abberporth Range, 283

Abbey of St. Edmunds, 88

Abducted! (Jordan), 304

abductions, 55–56, 58, 65, 102–6

Abernathy, Reverend Ralph David, 203

Abihu, 4

Abrahamson, Lieutenant General James A., 253

Abrams, Stephen I., 272

ACCP (American Council for Cultural Policy), 38

ACHRE (Advisory Committee on Human Radiation

Experiments), 138–141, 172–77

Ackerman, Spencer, 334

ACLU (American Civil Liberties Union), 333–34

Adachi, Ken, 297

Adam, 10, 65

Adams, Mike, 397

Adams, Ronald L., 254

Adams, Tom, 229, 303

Adamski, George, 6 (ill.), 6–9, 11

Addley, Esther, 355

Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments

(ACHRE), 138–141, 172–77

AEC (Atomic Energy Commission), 73, 172, 174,

176–77, 263

Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO),

166

Aero Medical Laboratory, 73

Aeromedical Library, 142

Aerospace Medical Association, 141

Aerospace Medical Center, 141

Age of Terror, 386

Agee, Philip, 237

Ahmadinejad, President Mahmoud, 385

Aho, Jim, 28

AIR (American Institutes for Research), 274

Air Accidents Investigation Branch (AAIB), 348

Air Force Hall of Fame, 296

Air Ministry, 270–71

Air Route Traffic Control (ARTC) Center, 162–63,

279–280

Air Technical Intelligence Center, 164

aircraft, nuclear, 169–177

aircraft, secret, 277–285

Aircraft Nuclear Program (ANP), 169, 173

Akagi, 128

Akkad, 47

Albert Victor, Prince, 114–16

Albuquerque Public Library, 228

The Alex Jones Show, 385

Alexander III, Pope, 88

aliens

ancient, 1–106

ancient nuclear war, 30–37, 33 (ill.) Anunnaki, 43–49, 44 (ill.) Area 51 conspiracy, 256, 261–64, 266

Ark of the Covenant, 18–23, 19 (ill.), 22 (ill.) Atlantis, 12–17, 15 (ill.) black helicopter conspiracy, 301, 304

Brookings Report conspiracy, 185–87

cattle mutilation conspiracy, 222, 230

Challenger conspiracy, 248

circles of stone, 98–101, 99 (ill.) crop circle conspiracy, 271

demons, 54–59, 58 (ill.)

Ezekiel’s wheel, 24–29, 26 (ill.) face on Mars, 92–97, 93 (ill.) fake conspiracy, 178–182

Goliath, 50–53, 51 (ill.)

government secrets, 60–64

green children of Woolpit, 87–91

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 197–98

Jonah and the whale, 102–6, 103 (ill.) Marilyn Monroe conspiracy, 189

MKUltra conspiracy, 152

Native American legends, 81–86, 82 (ill.), 84 (ill.) Nazca Lines, 75–80, 76 (ill.), 77 (ill.), 78 (ill.) parallels to the Ten Commandments, 3–11, 4 (ill.), 9

(ill.)

plagues of Egypt, 69–74, 70 (ill.) Quetzalcoatl, 65–68, 66 (ill.) Roswell crash conspiracy, 145–48, 150

secrets of the museum, 38–42, 40 (ill.) stealthy, 277–285

Tunguska conspiracy, 124

viruses, 69–74

Walt Disney conspiracy, 165, 168

All the President’s Men (Woodward and Bernstein),

217, 221

Alleged Unauthorized Helicopter Flights in Derbyshire

and Cheshire, 302

Allen-Block, Irene, 276

al-Mas’udi, Abu al-Hasan, 60

al-Qaeda, 309–10, 315, 324, 328, 380–82, 386

Alten, Steve, 310–11

Alternative Media Television, 396

Alvarez, Luis, 166

AMA (American Medical Association), 175

Ambassador Hotel, 211, 213–14

Ambrosia & Nectar, 41

Ambrosia Society, 41

American Airlines, 309, 311, 316, 319–320

American Award, 142

American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), 333–34

American Council for Cultural Policy (ACCP), 38

The American Dream, 364, 370

American Institutes for Research (AIR), 274

American Medical Association (AMA), 175

Amerithrax, 323, 326, 328

Ames Research Center, 348

Amittai, 102

Amphion, 60

Anak, 51

Anatomy of Melancholy (Burton), 90

The Ancient Alien Question (Coppens), 79

ancient aliens, 1–106

Ancient Aliens, 79

ancient immortality, 38–42

ancient nuclear war, 30–37

ancient X-Files, 60–64

Andaman Island, 397

Anderson, Heidi, 57

Anderson, Joanne, 57

Anderson, Karl, 57

Anderson, Neil T., 56–57

Anderson, Pamela, 9

Anderson, Porter, 320

Anderson, Robert, 346

Anderson, Sir James, 115

Anderson, Vicky, 67

Andes Mountains, 80

Andhakas, 35

Andreasson, Betty, 304

The Andreasson Affair (Fowler), 304

Andrew, Hurricane, 290

Andrews Air Force Base, 162–63

Andrews Range Station, 163

Angels and Demons According to Lactantius

(Schneweis), 55

Animal Diseases Establishment, 346

ANP (Aircraft Nuclear Program), 169, 173

Antarctic Astrobiology Project, 348

anthrax attacks

bird flu, 379

microbiology deaths, 345

and New World Order, 323–29

Patriot Act, 330

victims of, 324 (ill.)

weapons of mass destruction, 338, 340, 343

Anti-Terrorism Act, 331

Anu, 43

Anunnaki, 43–51, 44 (ill.)

Apollo, 28

Apple, 389

Applied Digital Solutions, 369

Appointment in Dallas (McDonald), 198

APRO (Aerial Phenomena Research Organization),

166

Ararat Anomaly, 63–64

Arcturi, 68

Area 51, 23, 60, 198, 256–266, 257 (ill.) Area 51: An Uncensored History of America’s Top Secret Military Base (Jacobsen), 147, 264

Ark, Noah’s, 62–64, 63 (ill.) Ark of the Covenant, 4, 18–23, 19 (ill.), 22 (ill.) Arlington National Cemetery, 212, 213 (ill.) Armageddon, 336

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project, 147, 177

Armstrong, Anne, 345

Army Chemical Warfare Service, 325

Arnold, Kenneth, 87, 88 (ill.), 145

Arnold, Neil, 100

ARTC (Air Route Traffic Control) Center, 162–63,

279–280

Artificiality Hypothesis, 94

Asgard, 14

assassination, JFK. See Kennedy, President John F.

assassination, Lincoln, 109–13, 110 (ill.) Associated Press, 383

AT&T, 389

Atkins, Thomas, 124

Atlantic Ocean, 13–14

Atlantis, 12–17, 15 (ill.), 62

Atlantis Beneath the Ice (Flem-Ath and Flem-Ath),

15

Atlantis: The Antediluvian World (Donnelly), 13

Atlantis: The Truth Behind the Legend

(Galanopoulos), 14

Atlas, 12

Atomic Energy Commission (AEC), 73, 172, 174,

176–77, 263

Atomic Energy Commission Medical Group (CMG),

171

Atomic Poet, 236

Atomic Weapons Research Establishment (AWRE),

233

Atomicarchive, 36

Atzerodt, George, 111 (ill.)

Aubeck, Chris, 87

Aurora, 282–83

Auschwitz, 265

Avery, Dylan, 314

Aviation and the Global Atmosphere, 299

AWRE (Atomic Weapons Research Establishment),

233

Azeem, Shujaat, 398

B

B-2, 260

Bacon, Sir Francis, 13–14

BAE Systems Electronics Limited, 250

Baghdad Antiquities Museum. See National Museum

of Iraq

Baghdad Battery, 21–22

Bailey, Al, 7

Bailey, Betty, 7

Baker, Michael, 252

Ball, Kirstie, 369

Ballistic Missile Defense Organization, 254

Ballistic Missile Early Warning Centre, 281

Bank Secrecy Act, 331

Banks, David, 349

Bannister, Guy, 197

Bardsley, Flight Lieutenant A., 270–71

Barker, Bernard, 216

Barnett, Joseph “Danny,” 118

Barre, Richard, 91

Barrett, Edward J., 387

Barry, William, 211

Basterfield, Keith, 149

battlefield, storms on the, 286–293

Baxter, 377

Baxter, John, 124

Bay of Pigs, 200, 238

The Beast of Bray Road (Godfrey), 101

Beatles, the, 235, 238–39

Beatty, Frank E., 128

Beckham, Alistair, 252

Beer Hall Putsch, 132

Beginning and End, 50

Beijing Capital International Airport, 393

Belgian Defense Staff, 284

Bell, Gertrude, 39–40

Benjamin Franklin True Patriot Act, 332

Benjamin Harrison Air Force Base, 73

Bennett, Mark, 19, 21

Benson Jr., O. O., 140

Bergier, Jacques, 78–79

Beria, Lavrentiy, 181–82

Berkman, Avishai, 345

Berkner, Lloyd, 167

Berlin Strategic Offensive Operation, 133

Berlitz, Charles, 14

Bernstein, Carl, 217–221, 238

Berry, James, 117

Bethurum, Mary, 8–9

Bethurum, Truman, 8–9, 11

Betrayal at Pearl Harbor (Rusbridger and Nave),

130

Beverly Hills Hotel, 192–93

Bhagavad-Gita, 36–37

Bible

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 3–4,

10–11

Anunnaki, 44, 46

Ark of the Covenant, 18–21

Atlantis, 14

Ezekiel’s wheel, 24, 26–27, 29

Goliath, 50–52

government secrets, 62–63

Jonah and the whale, 102–3

plagues of Egypt, 69–71

Quetzalcoatl, 65, 68

secrets of the museum, 40–42

The Bible, Physics, and the Abilities of Fallen

Angels (Malone), 57

Biden, Vice President Joe, 382 (ill.)

Biederitz River, 134

Big Brother, 369, 371–72, 387–392

Big Meadows, 305

Bigfoot, 81–86, 82 (ill.), 84 (ill.), 98

Billingsgate Fish Market, 118

Bimini Road, 16

bin Laden, Osama, 309–10, 315, 324, 326, 328, 380–86, 398

Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation

(Radiowaves and Microwaves) Eurasian

Communist Countries, 254

biological weapons, 373–79

Bioreparat, 344

Biosecurity Australia, 349

bird flu, 373–79, 374 (ill.), 378 (ill.) Birnes, William, 149

Bishop, Greg, 7–8

Bissell Jr., Richard M., 257–58, 258 (ill.) Black, John, 104–5

black helicopters, 301–5, 302 (ill.), 304 (ill.) Black Helicopters II (Keith), 304

Black Helicopters Over America (Keith), 145

Blackbird, 258–59, 282, 282 (ill.) Blackburn, Michael, 19, 21

Blair, Prime Minister Tony, 336, 341–43, 356

Blann, Tommy, 57, 229, 305

Blavatsky, Helen, 35, 36 (ill.)

Blix, Hans, 339

Blumrich, Josef, 28–29

bodies, stolen, 169–177

body, bin Laden’s, 380–86

Boeche, Ray, 54

Bogdanos, Colonel Matthew, 38–39, 39 (ill.)

Bolling Air Force Base, 162

Bollyn, Christopher, 312, 318

bombings, 7/7, 350–57, 351 (ill.) Bond, James, 110, 251

Boom, 162

Booth, John Wilkes, 109–13, 110 (ill.) Bosco, 179

BOVMUT, 228

Bowden, Keith, 250

Bowen, Alison, 384

Boyd, Commander Randall, 164–65

Bradlee, Ben, 220–21

Bragalia, Tony, 265–66

Brainwashing: A Synthesis of the Russian Textbook

on Psychopolitics, 181–82

Bramwell, James, 14

Braun, Eva, 133–34, 135 (ill.), 136

Brazel, Mack, 145, 147

Bresler, Fenton, 238

A Brief Analysis of the Domestic Security

Enhancement Act 2003 (Jones), 331

Brigade 2506, 238

British Aerospace, 252

British Brotherhood, 111

British Intelligence, 39, 149, 272, 276, 337, 345

British Nuclear Fuels, 233

British Police Force, 275, 302, 356

British Telecom, 251

Brittan, John, 251–52

Bronze Age, 91, 98

Brookhaven National Laboratories, 166

Brookings Institution, 183–88, 186 (ill.) Brookings Report, 183–88

Brooks Air Force Base, 138, 141

Brown, Dan, 359

Brown, Daniel, 214

Brown, Gerald, 150

Brown, Theo, 99

Brushlinski, Alexi, 347

Brussell, Mae, 238

Bryan Jr., William Joseph, 208

Buchanan, Lyn, 276

Buchanan, Pat, 221

Bugher, John, 176

Bunch, William, 318

Burbury, T. E. T., 269–270

Burgermeister, Jane, 377, 379

Burgess, Howard, 224–25

Burghoff, Robert Leslie, 348

Burlingame, Captain Charles, 319–320

Burroughs, Edgar Rice, 87

Burton, Robert, 90

Bury, Ellen, 117

Bury, William Henry, 117, 118 (ill.)

Bus Stop, 189

Bush, President George H. W., 221

Bush, President George W.

Anthrax attacks, 328

Anunnaki, 47

bin Laden’s body, 381

bird flu, 373

Patriot Act, 331, 335

photo, 331 (ill.)

reducing the population, 363

Snowden and surveillance, 389

weapons of mass destruction, 336, 340, 342

Bush Indians, 82

Buzdygan, Steve, 397

Buzi, 24

Byers, John, 311–12

C

Camp David, 318

Camp Detrick, 325. See also Fort Detrick

Camp Pendleton, 193

Canadian Forces Base (CFB) Comox, 298

Canipe Amusement Company, 205

Cannock Chase, 278

Cantril, Hadley, 167, 187

Carlisle, Frank E., 27

Carrasco, David, 67

Carter, Helen, 354

Cartwright, John, 252

Cascade Mountains, 88, 145

The Case for the UFO (Jessup), 62

The Case of the Little Green Men (Reynolds), 87

Casebook on the Men in Black (Keith), 145

Castro, Fidel, 189, 197, 200, 238

Catcher in the Rye (Salinger), 236–37

Cathie, Bruce, 62

Catholicism, 112, 115–16

cattle mutilations, 222–230, 227 (ill.), 301, 303

Cawthorne, Nigel, 396

Cayce, Edgar, 14–16, 16 (ill.), 62

CBI (Colorado Bureau of Investigation), 223, 230

CBS: Sunday Night, 353

CDC (Centers for Disease Control), 373–76

Centennial Airport, 347

Center for Advanced Study of Language, 388

Center for Public Integrity (CPI), 332–33

Center for Social and Economic Research, 347

Centers for Disease Control (CDC), 373–76

Central Electricity Generating Board, 233

Central Intelligence Agency. See CIA Cessna-210, 288

(ill.)

CFB (Canadian Forces Base) Comox, 298

CFSI (Civilian Flying Saucer Investigators), 166

Chadwell, H. Marshall, 165–66

Challenger, 241–49, 242 (ill.), 243 (ill.), 245 (ill.) Chapman, Annie, 115

Chapman, Mark David, 235–38, 240

Chariots of the Gods (von Daniken), 28, 78

Charles, Prince, 65, 359

Charley, Hurricane, 291

Chemical Corps, 139

chemtrails, 294–300, 295 (ill.) Cheney, Vice President Dick, 310, 323, 332, 336

Cheshire Cat, 162

Children from the Sky (Lunan), 91

Children of the Matrix (Icke), 32

China Sea, 394–96

Chiniquy, Charles, 112

The Choppers and the Choppers (Adams), 303

Christianity

alien demons, 55–56, 58

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 3, 9

Ark of the Covenant, 18

Brookings Report conspiracy, 186

Goliath, 50

Martin Luther King, Jr. conspiracy, 203

Robert Kennedy conspiracy, 214

The Chronicle of Peru (de Leon), 76

Church Committee, 154

Church of God in Christ, 202

Churchill, Winston, 128–130

CIA

7/7 bombings, 351, 353

Adolf Hitler conspiracy, 135

Area 51 conspiracy, 257–59

bin Laden’s body, 380–82

black helicopter conspiracy, 303

cattle mutilation conspiracy, 227

government secrets, 62–64

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 197, 200

John Lennon conspiracy, 236–38

Marilyn Monroe conspiracy, 189

Martin Luther King, Jr. conspiracy, 208

microbiology deaths, 344

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 272–74

MKUltra conspiracy, 152, 154–161

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 322

Snowden and surveillance, 388

Twin Tower demolition, 314–15

Walt Disney and the, 162–68

Watergate conspiracy, 221

weapons of mass destruction, 341

CIA Diary (Agee), 237

CIA Killed Lennon, 237

Ciprofloaxin, 323

circles of stone, 98–101

Citigroup Inc., 311

Citizens United, 383

Civilian Flying Saucer Investigators (CFSI), 166

civilization, a lost, 12–17

Clapper, James, 390–91

Clarion, 9

Clark, John, 348

Clarke, Arthur C., 96

Clayton, Patrick, 32

Clear Intent (Fawcett and Greenwood), 304

Cleito, 12

Cleopatra, 192

Clifton Rectory, 269

Clifton Suspension Bridge, 251

Clinton, Hilary, 382 (ill.)

Clinton, President Bill, 138, 173, 176

Close Encounters of the Third Kind, 24

CMG (Atomic Energy Commission Medical Group),

171

Cobain, Ian, 354

Cobb, Richard, 120

Codex Magliabechiano, 66

Coghlan, Ronan, 84–86

Cohen, William S., 73 (ill.), 73–74, 286, 287 (ill.), 295

Colby, William, 221

Cold War

Area 51 conspiracy, 256–57, 264

conspiracy of the, 169–177, 170 (ill.), 173 (ill.) fake alien conspiracy, 180

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 201

microbiology deaths, 345

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 276

MKUltra conspiracy, 154

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 138–39, 141

Roswell crash conspiracy, 147

Coleman, Loren, 81

Collins, Michael S., 91

Collins Elite, 58, 147

Colney Hatch Lunatic Asylum, 119

Colony Earth (Mooney), 60

Colorado Bureau of Investigation (CBI), 223, 230

Commission on the Assassination of President

Kennedy, 195

Committee for the Reelection of the President, 216

Committee on Biological Warfare, 72

Committee on Human Resources, 154–161

Committee on Long Range Studies, 184

Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research

Organization, 346

Communism, 141, 179–181, 209, 254, 258, 332

Confederate States of America, 109

Confederates, the, 109–10

The Conference on Terrorism, Weapons of Mass

Destruction, and U.S. Strategy, 73, 286

Confessions of Stalin’s Agent (Goff), 179

Congress

Anthrax attacks, 327

bin Laden’s body, 382

Brookings Report conspiracy, 184

Cold War conspiracy, 169

MKUltra conspiracy, 155

Patriot Act, 330–32, 334

Snowden and surveillance, 391

Watergate conspiracy, 216–17

Congressional Assassination Committee, 113

conspiracies

7/7 bombings, 350, 352–56

Adolf Hitler, 132–37, 133 (ill.), 134 (ill.), 135 (ill.) Anthrax attacks, 328

Area 51, 256–266, 257 (ill.), 263 (ill.) battlefield storms, 286–293, 288 (ill.), 291 (ill.) bin Laden’s body, 380, 382–84, 386

bird flu, 373, 376–77

black helicopters, 301–5, 302 (ill.), 304 (ill.) Brookings Report, 183–88

cattle mutilation, 222–230, 227 (ill.) Challenger, 241–49, 242 (ill.), 243 (ill.) chemtrails, 294–300, 295 (ill.), 299 (ill.) Cold War, 169–177, 170 (ill.), 173 (ill.) crop circles, 267–271, 268 (ill.) deaths in the defense industry, 250–55, 253 (ill.) Ezekiel’s wheel, 29

face on Mars, 96

fake aliens, 178–182

government secrets, 60

Jack the Ripper, 114–120

John F. Kennedy, 195–201, 196 (ill.), 199 (ill.) John Lennon, 235–240, 236 (ill.) Lincoln, 109–13, 110 (ill.)

Marilyn Monroe, 189–194, 190 (ill.), 191 (ill.), 193

(ill.)

Martin Luther King, Jr., 202–9, 203 (ill.) microchipping the world, 366

mind-based espionage, 272–76

MKUltra, 152–161, 154 (ill.), 157 (ill.) mystery of MH370, 393, 395–97, 400

Operation Paperclip, 138–144

Patriot Act, 330

Pearl Harbor, 126–131, 127 (ill.) Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 317–18, 320–22

Quetzalcoatl, 65

radiation hazards, 231–34, 232 (ill.) reducing the population, 358–361

Robert Kennedy, 210–15, 213 (ill.) Roswell crash, 145–151, 148 (ill.) secrets of the museum, 38

stealthy aircraft vs. aliens, 277–285, 280 (ill.), 282

(ill.), 284 (ill.)

Tunguska, 121–25, 122 (ill.)

Twin Towers, 309–15

Walt Disney and the CIA, 162–68, 164 (ill.), 168

(ill.)

Watergate, 216–221, 220 (ill.) Conspiracy Theory, 236

constant spying, 366–372

Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR, 274

Conyers, Congressman John, 332

Cooper, Milton William “Bill,” 198–99

Cooper, Timothy, 147

Coppens, Philip, 34, 79

Corbett, Sergeant Boston, 111

Corso, Lieutenant Colonel Philip, 149

cosmic conspiracies, 256–266

Cosmos, 281

Costner, Kevin, 197

cover-up, Lincoln assassination, 109–13, 111 (ill.) CPI (Center for Public Integrity), 332–33

Cradigan Bay, 283

Cream, Thomas, 116

Crews, Walter, 347

Crisman, Fred, 197

Critias (Plato), 12–13

Cronkite, Walter, 167

crop circle secrets, 267–271

Crowley, Bill, 317

Crown Prosecution Service, 355

Cryptoterrestrials, 146

The Cryptoterrestrials (Tonnies), 146

Cuban missile crisis, 200

Curtis, Carl T., 222

Cydonia, 92, 94–95

D

D&M Pyramid, 93

Dachau, 359 (ill.)

Dahl, Captain Jason, 316

Dajibhai, Vimal Bhagvangi, 251–52

Dakota Hotel, 235–38, 236 (ill.) Daniel, John, 111–12

Daniels, Jonathan, 129

Dark Eagles (Peebles), 258

Darling, David, 124

Darlow, Jack, 250

DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects

Agency), 370–71

Daschle, Senator Tom, 323–24, 324 (ill.), 328

Dasheno, Walter, 230

Daughters of the American Revolution, 142

David, King, 51 (ill.), 51–53

David and Bathsheba, 22

Davis, David, 355

The Day After Roswell (Corso and Birnes), 149

The Day the Earth Stood Still, 179

DCA (Department of Civil Aviation), 395

D-Day, 262

De Blasio, Bill, 362 (ill.)

de Castella, Tom, 397–400

de Leon, Piedra Cieza, 76

Deacon, John, 55

Dead Sea Scrolls, 53

deadly deliveries, 323–29

Dealey Plaza, 109, 195, 198

Dean, John, 216, 220

Death Be Not Proud (Gunther), 131

deaths, microbiology, 344–49

deaths in the defense industry, 250–55

Decalogue, 3

Decoration for Exceptional Civilian Service Award,

326

Deep Impact, 231

Deep Throat, 54, 201, 217–221, 387

Deep Throat, 218

Deep Truth: The Lives of Bob Woodward and Carl

Bernstein (Havill), 221

Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency

(DARPA), 370–71

Defense Department Weapons Evaluation Group, 166

defense industry, deaths in the, 250–55

Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), 254, 274–75, 341

deliveries, deadly, 323–29

Dell, Inc., 388

Delta Force, 64

Delta II, 253 (ill.)

Democratic National Committee (DNC), 216

demolition of the Twin Towers, 309–15

demons, alien, 54–59, 58 (ill.) Demons in the World Today (Unger), 56

Dennis, Glenn, 146

Department of Civil Aviation (DCA), 395

Department of Economic and Social Affairs (DESA),

360

Department of Homeland Security, 374

Deschamps, Michel M., 103

Devereux, Paul, 98

Devils and Evil Spirits of Babylonia (Thompson), 55

DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency), 254, 274–75, 341

Dialogical Discourses of Spirits and Devils

(Deacon and Walker), 55

Diamond, Bernard, 215

Dianetics, 182

The Diary of Anne Frank, 193

Dias, Simoni Renee Guerreiro, 136

Dib, Muad, 356

Diego Garcia, 396 (ill.), 396–97

Dies, Martin, 129

Dies Committee, 129

Dikshitar, Ramchandra, 36

DiMaggio, Joe, 190, 193

DiMaggio Jr., Joe, 190, 193

Dione, Robert, 26–27

DiPietro, Vincent, 93

Disney, Walt, 162–68, 168 (ill.) Disney Studios, 162

Divine Encounters (Sitchin), 27

DNC (Democratic National Committee), 216

Documentary Update on Project Sunshine “Body

Snatching,” 176

Dodd, Vikram, 354

Dolly, 348

Domestic Security Enhancement Act, 332

Donald Duck, 168

Donnelly, Ignatius L., 13–15

Dore, Gustave, 20

Double Fantasy, 235

Doyle, Aidan, 236

Doyle, Sir Arthur Conan, 99

Drake, W. Raymond, 26

Druitt, Montague John, 117

Dugan, Regina, 370–71

Dulles, Allan, 135

Dumghe Mountains, 23

Dune, 356

Durant, Frederick C., 166–67

Dusek, Laurie, 214

Dutton, Fred, 211

E

Earth Changes (Cayce), 14

The Earth Chronicles (Sitchin), 46

Earth in Upheaval (Velikovsky), 32

Ebola, 345, 348

Eddowes, Catherine, 120

Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. (EG&G),

261, 264–66

Edgerton, Harold, 265

Edgewood Arsenal, 139

Edwards, Russell, 120

Egyptian Geological Survey, 32

Ehecatl, 66

Ehrlich, Anne, 359

Ehrlich, Paul, 359, 363

Ehrlichman, John Daniel, 221

Eichmann, Adolf, 137

Eisenhower, President Dwight D., 167, 176, 200

Eldor, Amiramp, 345

Eldritch, Tristan, 90

Election Year Strategy Information Center (EYSIC),

238–39

Electronic Communications Privacy Act, 331

Element 115, 262

Elizabeth II, Queen, 65

Elliott Automation Space and Advanced Military

Systems Ltd., 252

Embassy Room, 211

Enki, 43

Enlil, 43

Entemena, 39

Enuma Elish, 50

Environment Canada, 298

Environmental Protection Agency, 300

The Erra Epos, 46

ESP, 272–76

espionage, mind-based, 272–76

Espionage Act, 389

Essentials of Demonology (Langton), 55

Estabrooks, George, 152–53, 240

Euphrates River, 46

European Union, 382

An Evaluation of the Remote-Viewing Program—

Research and Operational Applications, 274

Evangelism, 179, 237

Evans, Mary, 9, 84

Eve, 10, 65, 68

Examples of Ground Markings Investigated, 268

Exceptional Civilian Service Award, 141

Exodus, 18, 27

Explorer 1, 143

extraterrestrials. See aliens

Extreme Tech, 371

EYSIC (Election Year Strategy Information Center),

238–39

Ezekiel, 24–29, 26 (ill.)

F

F-117, 260

F-16, 284, 318, 321

F-3, 283

FAA (Federal Aviation Administration), 259, 311

face on Mars, 92–97, 93 (ill.), 184

Facebook, 387, 389–390

Fahrenheit 9/11, 332–33

Fairchild Electronics, 261

Fairchild Engine and Airplane Corporation, 169

Fairchild Industries, 143

fake aliens, 178–182

Falklands War, 276

Fantasia, 162

Farben, I. G., 147

Farrell, Joseph P., 149

Fat Man, 31

Fawcett, Lawrence, 304

FBI

7/7 bombings, 351

Adolf Hitler conspiracy, 135–36

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 10

Anthrax attacks, 323–29

bird flu, 377

black helicopter conspiracy, 303

cattle mutilation conspiracy, 222–28, 230

Challenger conspiracy, 241, 246–48

crop circle conspiracy, 267

defense industry death conspiracy, 252

fake alien conspiracy, 178–180

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 197

John Lennon conspiracy, 238–39

Marilyn Monroe conspiracy, 189, 191–94

Martin Luther King, Jr. conspiracy, 206

microbiology deaths, 345, 347

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 276

Patriot Act, 334

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 317, 322

plagues of Egypt, 73

Robert Kennedy conspiracy, 211, 214

Snowden and surveillance, 387

Twin Tower demolition, 315

Walt Disney conspiracy, 163–65

Watergate conspiracy, 218–221

Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), 259, 311

Federal Bureau of Investigation. See FBI

Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA),

374

Feingold, Senator Russell, 331, 332 (ill.)

Felt, Mark, 218–221, 219 (ill.) Ferrell, Jeff, 299–300

Ferry, Peter, 252

fields, messages in the, 267–271

Final Report: Advisory Committee on Human

Radiation Experiments, 173

The Fire Came By (Baxter and Atkins), 124

Firestone, Richard B., 34

First Amendment, 334

FISA (Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act), 331,

389–390

FISA Amendments Act of 2008, 389

Fisher, Jonah, 397

Flaxman, Larry, 19, 61

Flem-Ath, Rand, 14–15

Flem-Ath, Rose, 14–15

flies, scientists drop like, 344–49

Flight 11, 309, 316

Flight 175, 309, 316

Flight 77, 309, 316, 319–321

Flight 93, 309, 316–322, 317 (ill.), 319 (ill.), 381

Flight MH370, 393–400, 394 (ill.) Flight MH370: The Mystery (Cawthorne), 396

Flight SIA68, 398

flu, bird, 373–79, 374 (ill.), 378 (ill.) The Flying Saucer (Newman), 150

flying saucers. See UFOs

Flying Triangles. See UFOs

Food and Drug Administration, 371

Forbidden Zone, 17

Ford, President Gerald, 217, 221

Ford’s Theatre, 110, 110 (ill.), 113

Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), 331,

389–390

Fort Chaffee, 237

Fort Detrick, 158–59, 325 (ill.), 325–27, 329

Fort Knox, 23

Fort Meade, 318, 391

Fort Stanton, 149

Foster Ranch, 145, 147, 150

Fouchier, Ron, 379

Fourwinds10, 358

Franks, General Tommy, 336, 342, 342 (ill.) Freedom of Information Act

Adolf Hitler conspiracy, 136

Area 51

conspiracy, 265

bin Laden’s body, 383

cattle mutilation conspiracy, 222

Challenger conspiracy, 246

crop circle conspiracy, 271

fake alien conspiracy, 178

government secrets, 61–62

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 197

John Lennon conspiracy, 238

Marilyn Monroe conspiracy, 189

MKUltra conspiracy, 154

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 138

Walt Disney conspiracy, 162

Freemasons, the, 111–12, 114–16

Friedman, Stanton, 106, 106 (ill.)

Frohike, Melvin, 311–12

Fundamentalism, 186

G

Galanopoulos, Angelos Georgiou, 14

Gallagher, Ryan, 391

Gamble, Bill, 236

Garden of Eden, 14, 65

Gardner, Lawrence, 43

Garment, Leonard, 220

Garrison, Jim, 197

Gates, Robert, 382 (ill.)

GCHQ, 391

General Electric, 169

Genesis of the Grail Kings (Gardner), 43

Gentleman, Amelia, 71

Gentlemen Prefer Blondes, 189

GeoEngineering Watch, 300

German Workers’ Party, 132

Germeshausen, Kenneth, 265

Gerstner, Herbert, 140

Ghamdi, Saeed al-, 316

Giancana, Sam, 208

Giant Rock, 9–10

Giants’ Dance, 61

Gibbons, Gavin, 83–84

Gibson, Mel, 236

Gilbertson, Martin, 355

Gilgamesh, King, 42

Glass, Nicholas, 352–53

Global Diversity Assessment, 364

Global Research, 314

God

alien demons, 56, 58

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 4–5, 9–11

Ark of the Covenant, 18, 20–21, 23

Ezekiel’s wheel, 24, 26–27

Goliath, 50–52

government secrets, 63–64

Jonah and the whale, 102–3, 105

Lincoln conspiracy, 112

Martin Luther King, Jr. conspiracy, 202–3

plagues of Egypt, 69–74

secrets of the museum, 40–41

God Drives a Flying Saucer (Dione), 26

Godfrey, Arthur, 167

Godfrey, Linda, 101

gods, Goliath a descendant of the space, 50–53

Goebbels, Joseph, 134

Goff, Kenneth, 179–182

Golden Age, 189

Goliath, 50–53, 51 (ill.) Gomez, Manuel, 224–25, 228–29

Gomorrah, 47

Gonzalez, Virgilio, 216

Goodfellow, Chris, 398

Gooding, Stuart, 252

Goodwin, Francis, 90

Google, 371, 389–390

Gordon, Stan, 83–84

Goudsmit, Samuel Abraham, 166

government secrets, 60–64

Graham, Robbie, 167

Gray, Ed, 220

Gray, L. Patrick, 220

Gray, Willard, 22

Grays, the, 54.

See also Aliens Great Flood, 14

Great Lakes, 34

Great Sand Sea, 32

Great Work of Ages, 366

Green, Christopher, 396

green children of Woolpit, 87–91

Greenhalgh, David, 252

Greenson, Ralph, 190–91, 193

Greenwald, Glenn, 389, 391

Greenwood, Barry, 304

Greer, William, 198

Grier, Herbert, 265

Grogan, Leslie, 128

Groom Lake, 256, 258

Groves, Leslie, 139, 140 (ill.)

Gul, Hamid, 384

Gulf of Thailand, 393–94

Gulf War, 337–340

Gull, Sir William Withey, 115, 116 (ill.)

Gunsche, Otto, 134

Gunther, John, 131

Gurkha, 35

Gurney, Ian, 346

H

Hahn, Otto, 139

Hallett, Lady Justice, 355

Hamid, Fariq Abdul, 395

Hamill, John, 115

Hamilton, Bill, 263

Hamlin, Hannibal, 113

Hamre, Bonnie, 77

Hanjour, Hani Saleh Hasan, 319–320

Hanks, Micah, 33–34, 37, 83

Harp of Ur, 39

Harpur, Merrily, 99

Hartwell, Dean, 321–22

Harvey II, Judge Alexander, 196

Haskell, Floyd K., 223

Hastert, Dennis, 332

Hastings, Jay, 236

Hatcher-Childress, David, 33

Hatfil, Steven Jay, 325–26, 328

Haut, Walter, 146

Have Drill, 260

Have Ferry, 260

Havill, Adrian, 221

Hawkins, Donald, 251

hazards in space, 231–34, 232 (ill.) Haznawi, Ahmed al-, 316

Head, Tom, 120

Health Sciences Center, 347

Heathrow Airport, 204

Heine, Henry S., 327–28

Heket, 70

helicopters, black, 301–5, 302 (ill.), 304 (ill.) Hellas Basin, 95, 96 (ill.) Helms, Richard, 154

Henry II, Count, 91

Herold, David, 111 (ill.)

Heston, Charlton, 17

Hewitt, John, 371

Heymann, Philip, 224

Hibbs, Claire, 229

Hickey, George, 196

Hill, John, 356–57

Hill, Roger, 251

Hill of Tara, 23

Himalayan Mountains, 6

Hinckley, John, 236

Hiroshima, 30, 33, 36–37, 47

Hitler, Adolf

Area 51 conspiracy, 265

conspiracy of, 132–37

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 272

newspaper announcement, 134 (ill.)

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 142

Pearl Harbor conspiracy, 126

photos, 133 (ill.), 135 (ill.)

reducing the population, 358

Roswell crash conspiracy, 149

Hitler in Brazil—His Life and His Death (Dias), 136

HIV, 344–45

Hoagland, Richard, 93–94

The Hoaxers: Plain Liars, Fancy Liars and

Damned Liars (Goff), 182

Hockett, Guy, 191

Hoffman, Dustin, 218

Holdren, John P., 363, 364 (ill.)

Hollywood, 65, 132, 189, 191–93, 218, 256, 266

Holmes, Sherlock, 99

Holocaust, 139

Holocaust, modern, 358–365

Homestead Air Force Base, 290

Honigsbaum, Mark, 355

Hoover, J. Edgar, 10, 73, 163, 165, 189, 218, 220–21

Horseferry House, 302

Horten, Reimar, 147, 264

Horten, Walter, 147, 264

Hospital of the Good Samaritan, 212

The Hound of the Baskervilles (Doyle), 99

House of Lords, 91

House of Representatives, 109, 184, 328, 330–31

House Select Committee on Assassinations (HSCA),

195, 197

HSC (U.S. Army Health Services Command), 325

Hubbard, L. Ron, 178–79, 179 (ill.), 181–82

Hubbard Jr., L. Ron, 182

Hulbert, Kyle, 346

Hull, Cordell, 129–130

Human Radiation Interagency Working Group, 173

Humberside Airport, 302

Humboldt Meridian, 82

Humphrey, President Hubert, 210–13

Hunrath, Karl, 178–79, 181–82

Hussain, Hasib, 352

Hussein, Qusay, 384–85

Hussein, Saddam, 47–48, 324, 326, 328, 336–340,

342–43, 384–85

Hussein, Uday, 384–85

Hutchinson, George, 117–18

Hyde Park, 356 (ill.)

I

Ica River, 75

Ichilov Hospital, 345

Icke, David, 32, 366, 377

Im, Jeong H., 349

Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), 239

immortality, ancient, 38–42

Imperial Airways, 269

Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S.

Security and Overseas Interests, 361, 363

In Nixon’s Web: A Year in the Crosshairs of

Watergate (Gray and Gray), 220

Inanna, 43

incubus, 55, 58 (ill.)

Independence Day, 262

Indian Lake, 317

Indian Ocean, 393–94, 396

Indian Springs Air Force Auxiliary Field, 256

Indus River Valley, 34

Infowars, 370–71

Inglis, Katherine, 346

Inhofe, Jim, 383

Inovio Pharmaceuticals, 379

INS (Immigration and Naturalization Service), 239

Intelligence Advisory Committee, 166

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 299

International UFO Museum and Research Center, 146

(ill.)

International Year of Astronomy, 186

Internet, 334, 356, 382, 391

Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), 384

Invasion from Mars (Cantril), 167, 187

Investigation of Recent Allegations Regarding the

Assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., 206

Invisible Residents (Sanderson), 104

IRA (Irish Republican Army), 350

Iraq Intelligence Commission, 342

Iraq Survey Group, 341

Iraqi War, 47, 48 (ill.)

Irish Republican Army (IRA), 350

Iron Age, 23

Is God SuperNatural? (Dione), 26

Isaacs, Roger, 20

ISI (Inter-Services Intelligence), 384

It Was Johnson, 208

It’s Time for the World to Change: The Divine Hand

Behind Avian Influenza (Supari), 377

It’s Tough to be a Bird, 162

Ivins, Bruce Edwards, 326–29, 327 (ill.) Iwasabducted, 105

J

Jack the Ripper, 114–120

Jack the Ripper: The Final Solution (Knight), 115

Jacobs, Arthur P., 191

Jacobs, Derek, 369

Jacobs, Jeffrey, 369

Jacobs, Leslie, 369

Jacobsen, Annie, 147, 264–66

Jaggars-Chiles-Stovall, 197

Jahangirzadeh, Javad, 385

Jam Handy Co., 167

Japan Prize, 345

Jarrah, Ziad, 316

Jarvis, Gregory, 241, 245 (ill.)

Jenkins, John Major, 67

Jericho, walls of, 19–20, 20 (ill.) Jessup, Morris, 61

Jesuits, the, 109, 112

Jesus Christ, 11, 66, 237

Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL), 92, 96

JFK, 197

Jiminy Cricket, 162

JIOA (Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency), 139–142

Johnson, Andrew, 112–13

Johnson, Clarence “Kelly,” 258

Johnson, David, 80

Johnson, Kim, 296

Johnson, President Lyndon B., 200, 207 (ill.), 208, 210

Johnston, Grahame, 80

Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JIOA), 139–142

Joint Panel on Medical Aspects of Atomic Warfare,

171

Joint Special Operations Command, 381, 382 (ill.) Jonah, 55, 102–6, 103 (ill.) Jones, Alex, 331, 385

Jones, Colman, 353

Jones, Marie D., 19, 61

Jones, Sam, 384–85

Jones, Steven, 314

Jordan, Debbie, 304

Jordan, Joe, 58

Jordan, Lara Jakes, 327

Joshua, 51

Jowers, Loyd, 206–7

JPL (Jet Propulsion Laboratory), 92, 96

Judaism, 24, 27

Judge, William Quan, 35

Judicial Watch, 383

Julian, Philippe, 114

Jupiter C Reentry Test Missile, 143

Jupiter Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile, 143

K

Kaku, Michio, 85

Kasten, Kathy, 149

Kay, David, 341

Keel, John, 83, 85

Keim, Paul, 379

Keith, Jim, 145, 213, 215, 304

Kelley, Clarence M., 222, 223 (ill.)

Kelly, David, 348

Kelly, Mary, 117–18

Kennedy, Ethel, 212

Kennedy, Jackie, 196 (ill.)

Kennedy, Joseph, 192

Kennedy, President John F.

bin Laden’s body, 386

Cold War conspiracy, 169–170

conspiracy of, 195–201

Lincoln conspiracy, 109, 111

Marilyn Monroe conspiracy, 189, 191–92, 194

Martin Luther King, Jr. conspiracy, 206, 208

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 322

photos, 190 (ill.), 196 (ill.)

Robert Kennedy conspiracy, 210–12

secrets of the museum, 40

Kennedy, Robert, 189, 190 (ill.), 191–94, 197, 208,

210–15, 322

Kennedy Space Center, 58, 242 (ill.), 248

KGB, 109, 134, 200, 272, 274

Khan, Mohammed Sidique, 352, 354–55

Khrushchev, Nikita, 200

Khujut Rabu, 22

Kido Butai, 128

Kim, Joseph, 379

Kimball, Ward, 162, 167–68

King, Jeffrey, 312–13

King, Jon, 238

King Jr., Martin Luther, 194, 202–10, 207 (ill.), 322

King’s Men, 98

Kingsley, Patrick, 384–85

Kissinger, Henry, 361

Kit’s Coty House, 100

Knapp, George, 261–62

Knight, Stephen, 115

Knight, Trevor, 252

Knights of the Golden Circle, 111

Knox, Colonel Frank, 130

Knox, Oliver, 391

Koch, Kurt, 56

Koebler, Jason, 379

Koenig, Wilhelm, 22

Kominsky, Morris, 182

Korean War, 156

Korshunov, Victor, 347

Koslovic, Melanie, 90

Kosminski, Aaron, 119–120

Kosok, Paul August, 76

Kremlin, 200

Kress, Kenneth A., 272–73

Kristof, Nicholas Donabet, 325

Krystek, Lee, 80

Kuala Lumpur International Airport, 393

Kulik, Leonid, 122–24

Kulp, J. Laurence, 176–77

Kurukshetra War, 35

L

Laguna Beach, 6

Lake Baikal, 121

Lamaism, 6

Lammer, Helmut, 105

Lanctantius, 55, 55 (ill.)

Langford, Ian, 347

Langly, Richard, 311

Langton, Edward, 55

Langton, R. A., 270

Lapseritis, Kewaunee, 82

Lashmar, Paul, 130

LASL (Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory), 226–27,

229

Lasswell, Harold D., 183–84

Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA),

228

Lawford, Peter, 190–93

Lazar, Robert Scott, 261 (ill.), 261–62, 266

LEAA (Law Enforcement Assistance Administration),

228

Leahy, Senator Patrick, 323–24, 324 (ill.), 327–28

Leale, Charles, 111

Leavesden Asylum, 119

Lederer, Susan, 175

Ledgerwood, Keith, 398

Left at East Gate (Warren and Robbins), 84

legends, Native America, 81–86

Leibowitz, Annie, 235

Leipzig, Adolf. See Hitler, Adolf Lennon, John,

235–240, 237 (ill.)

Lerner, Michael, 322

Leverett, M. C., 172

Lewis, Charles, 333

Leyden jar, 21, 21 (ill.)

Libby, Willard, 176 (ill.), 176–77

Library Connection, 333

Lieberman, Senator Joseph, 336

Lincoln, Abraham, 109–13, 110 (ill.) Lincoln, Mary, 110, 112

Lindsay, Germaine, 352

Linge, Heinz, 134

Liow Tiong Lai, YB Dato’ Sri, 399

Little Boy, 31

Loeb, Henry, 202

Loki, 14

Lonar crater, 33, 33 (ill.)

London, terror in, 350–57

London Metropolitan Police, 117, 119

London Underground, 350, 352

The Lone Gunmen, 312

Lone Gunmen, 311–12

Longrange World Population Projections, 360

Loomis, Charles Battell, 87

Loose Change, 314

Lorentzian Traversable Wormhole, 85

Lorraine Motel, 203 (ill.), 203–5

Los Alamos Meson Physics Facility, 261

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL), 226–27,

229

Los Angeles International Airport, 193, 319

Lost Atlantis (Bramwell), 14

The Lost Civilization Enigma (Coppens), 79

Louis, Godfrey, 71–72

Lovelace, Linda, 218

Lovelace Foundation, 142

Luca, Bob, 304

Luftwaffe, 268

Lunan, Duncan, 90–91, 91 (ill.) Lustleigh Cleave, 99

Luukanen-Kilde, Rauni-Leena, 367, 372

M

Mabee, Steve, 80

MAC (Medical Advisory Committee), 170–72

Machrihanish Air Force Base, 283

Macnaghten, Sir Melville, 117, 119

mad cow disease, 222

Mad Hatter, 162

Maestri, Nicoletta, 66

Maffett, Sean, 400

Mafia, 109, 189, 196–97, 206–7

Magic Bullet Newsletter, 311

Magruder, Jeb, 216

Mahabharata, 35–36

Maheu, Robert, 197

Malacca Strait, 393, 395

Malaysia Airlines, 393, 396–97

Malone, Nicole, 57

The Man in the Moone (Goodwin), 90

Manchester Airport, 301–2

The Manchurian Candidate, 208

Mandelbaum, W. Adam, 274

Manhattan Project, 30, 139–140, 176, 265

Man-Monkey, 83

Mann, Andrew, 124

Marcello, Carlos, 197

March Hare, 162

Marchetti, Victor, 161

Marconi Electronic Systems, 250–55

Marconi Space and Defense Systems, 252

Marconi Underwater Systems, 251

Marie Sr., Philip, 297

Marquis, Don, 167

Marrs, Jim, 40, 299–300

Mars, face on, 92–97, 93 (ill.) Mars Global Surveyor, 96

Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter, 93

Marshall, George, 130

Marshall Islands, 174

Marshall Space Flight Center, 28, 28 (ill.), 143

After the Martian Apocalypse (Tonnies), 92, 97

Martinez, Eloy, 228

Martinez, Eugenio, 216

Marxism, 199

Mary, 11

Masons, the, 109–13, 115

Matzner, Yaakov, 345

Maxwell, Colonel Roy, 177

Maxwell Air Force Base, 286

Mayo Clinic, 142

McAuliffe, Christa, 241, 245 (ill.)

McCarran Airport, 262

McCollum, Arthur H., 129

McCord, James, 216

McDonagh, Melanie, 359

McDonald, Hugh, 198

McDonough, Denis, 382 (ill.)

McElwain, Susan, 318

McGinnis, Lucy, 7

McGreal, Chris, 321

McKie, Robin, 71

McLachlan, Robert, 312

McNair, Ronald, 241, 245 (ill.)

McQuiston, Charles R., 215

MDA (Missile Defense Agency), 253–54

Meacher, Michael, 315

Medical Advisory Committee (MAC), 170–72

Medical Intelligence and Information Agency, 254

Medical Survival Training, 208

Mediterranean Sea, 3, 14

mega-building in the distant past, 92–97

Mein Kampf (Hitler), 132

Men in Black, 84

Mendo, Alberto, 67

Mengele, Josef, 137, 147, 264–66

Menninger, Bonar, 196

Mesopotamia, 27, 43, 46–47

Message to Eagle, 31

messages in the fields, 267–271

Methuselah, 42

Meyer, David, 21

Meyssan, Thierry, 321

MI5, 252, 267–68, 271, 344, 351, 354–56

MI6, 276, 344, 351

Michael, Donald N., 184–85

The Michigan Dogman (Godfrey), 101

Mickey Mouse, 162

Micro Scope, 252

microbiology deaths, 344–49

microchipping the world, 366–372, 367 (ill.), 369 (ill.) Microsoft, 389–390

MIG-17, 260 (ill.)

Milabs, 58

Mind Control, World Control (Keith), 213, 215

mind-based espionage, 272–76

Ministry of Defense (MoD)

black helicopter conspiracy, 302

crop circle conspiracy, 269, 271

defense industry death conspiracy, 251, 253

microbiology deaths, 348

stealthy aircraft vs. aliens conspiracy, 277, 283–85

Ministry of Home Security, 275

Mir, 231, 232 (ill.), 234

missile, Flight 93 or a, 316–322

Missile Defense Agency (MDA), 253–54

missing WMDs, 336–343

Mission 51-L, 241–42

Mississippi River, 345, 347

Missouri State Penitentiary, 204–5

Mitchell, John, 216

MKDelta, 160

MKNaomi, 157–58

MKUltra, 152–161, 154 (ill.), 157 (ill.), 178, 208, 237

Moapa Valley, 8

MoD (Ministry of Defense)

black helicopter conspiracy, 302

crop circle conspiracy, 269, 271

defense industry death conspiracy, 251, 253

microbiology deaths, 348

stealthy aircraft vs. aliens conspiracy, 277, 283–85

modern Holocaust, 358–365

Molenaar, Gregory, 93

Money Laundering Control Act, 331

Monroe, Marilyn, 189–195, 190 (ill.) Monsanto, 300

Monterey Shale, 359

Montgomery, John Warwick, 56

Mooney, Richard, 60

Moore, Michael, 332, 333 (ill.)

Moore, Victor, 252

Moran, James, 236

More, Thomas, 13

Morgan Stanley, 311

Morley, Elliott, 298

Mormon Mesa, 8–9

Morrison, Tony, 79–80

Mortal Error: The Shot That Killed JFK

(Menninger), 196

Moses

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 3–6, 8–10

Ark of the Covenant, 18, 21

Goliath, 50

illustration, 4 (ill.)

plagues of Egypt, 69–71

secrets of the museum, 40–41

Mossad, 315, 344, 356

Mostow, Steven, 347–48

Mother Shipton, 98

Mothman, 85

Motorola, 371

Mount Ararat, 63–64

Mount Horeb, 3

Mount Nebo, 23

Mount Rainier, 87

Mount Sinai, 3–6, 4 (ill.), 9, 11, 18–19, 21, 27

Moylan, Sir John, 117

Mueller, Robert, 324

Muir, Florabel, 194

Mulcair, Thomas, 385

Mulder and Scully, 311

Murdoch, Rupert, 398

Murphy, Jack, 386

Murray, Eunice, 190–91

Murrow, Edward R., 130 (ill.), 130–31

Murrow: His Life and Times (Sperber), 130

museum, secrets of the, 38–42

The Mysteries of Modern London (Sims), 117

Mysteries of the Earth (Bergier), 79

Mysteries: Solved and Unsolved (Wilkins), 90

mysteries surrounding the Pentagon and Flight 93,

316–322

The Mystery of Atlantis (Berlitz), 14

mystery of MH370, 393–400, 394 (ill.), 396 (ill.) The Mystery of the Desert (Reiche), 77

The Mystery of the Nazca Lines (Morrison), 79

N

Nadab, 4

Nagasaki, 31, 33, 36–37

NAIR (National Arrangements for Incidents involving

Radioactivity), 233

Najib Bin Tun Haji Abdul Razak, Prime Minister Dato’

Sri Mohd, 399

Nami, Ahmed al-, 316

Naming Jack the Ripper (Edwards), 120

Nance, Rahkia, 208

NAS (National Academy of Sciences), 327–28

NASA (National Aeronautics and Space

Administration)

alien demons, 56, 58

Brookings Report conspiracy, 183–87

Challenger conspiracy, 241–46, 248

chemtrail conspiracy, 296

Cold War conspiracy, 173

Ezekiel’s wheel, 28

face on Mars, 92–94, 96

microbiology deaths, 348

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 142–43

Roswell crash conspiracy, 150

Nass, Meryl, 327–28

National Academy of Sciences (NAS), 327–28

National Archives

Cold War conspiracy, 170, 176

crop circle conspiracy, 267

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 275

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 138, 140

Pearl Harbor conspiracy, 128

plagues of Egypt, 72–73

National Arrangements for Incidents involving

Radioactivity (NAIR), 233

National Civil Rights Museum, 203

National Institutes of Health, 174

National Investigations Committee on Aerial

Phenomena (NICAP), 183–84

National Museum, 22

National Museum of Iraq, 38–40, 40 (ill.), 42

National Physical Laboratory, 269–270

National Radiological Protection Board (NRPB), 233

National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), 257

National Security Agency (NSA), 274, 368, 387–392

National Security Council, 165, 361

National Security Letters (NSLs), 333

National Security Operations Center, 390 (ill.)

National Socialist German Workers Party (NSGWP),

132

Native American legends, 81–86

Native Languages, 81

Naumov, Pavel, 275

Naval Recruit Training Command Center, 346

Naval Special Warfare Command, 381

Naval Support Facility, 396

Nave, Eric, 130

Nazca: Journey to the Sun (Woodman), 77

Nazca Lines, 75–80, 76 (ill.), 77 (ill.), 78 (ill.) Nazism Adolf Hitler conspiracy, 132–37

Area 51 conspiracy, 264

crop circle conspiracy, 267–68

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 275

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 138–144

Pearl Harbor conspiracy, 126

Roswell crash conspiracy, 147, 149

Watergate conspiracy, 218

NEADS (Northeastern Air Defense Sector), 311

Nebuchadnezzar II, King, 24, 55

Necho II, King, 55

Nelson, Elizabeth, 318

Neo-Babylonian Empire, 24

NEPA (Nuclear Energy for Propulsion of Aircraft)

program, 169–172

Nephilim, 28, 50

Nevada Proving Ground, 263

Nevada Test and Training Range. See Area 51

The New Atlantis (Bacon), 13, 14 (ill.)

New Mexicans for Science and Reason (NMSR), 296

New World Order

7/7 bombings, 350–57, 351 (ill.), 356 (ill.) Anthrax attacks, 323–29, 324 (ill.), 325 (ill.), 327

(ill.)

bin Laden’s body, 380–86

bird flu, 373–79, 374 (ill.), 378 (ill.) chemtrail conspiracy, 295, 297

fake alien conspiracy, 182

microbiology deaths, 344–49

microchipping the world, 366–372, 367 (ill.), 369

(ill.)

mystery of MH370, 393–400, 394 (ill.), 396 (ill.) Patriot Act, 330–35, 331 (ill.) Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 316–322, 317

(ill.), 319 (ill.), 320 (ill.)

reducing the population, 358–365, 359 (ill.), 360 (ill.) Snowden and surveillance, 387–392, 390 (ill.) Twin Towers, 309–15, 310 (ill.) weapons of mass destruction, 336–343, 338 (ill.) Newark International Airport, 316

Newcombe, Pat, 193

Newgate Prison, 116

Newling, Dan, 369

Newman, Bernard, 150

NHEs (NonHuman Entities), 54. See also Aliens

Nibiru, 44, 46

NICAP (National Investigations Committee on Aerial

Phenomena), 183–84

Nicholsen, Oliver, 125

Nickell, Joe, 78

Nicobar Island, 397

Night Stalkers, 381

Nighthawk, 260

Nile River, 69, 71

Nineteen Eighty Four (Orwell), 387, 392

Ninkhursag, 43

Nixon, President Richard M., 158, 212–13, 216, 217

(ill.), 218, 220–21, 238

NKVD, 182

NMSR (New Mexicans for Science and Reason), 296

Noah, 42, 62–64

Nobel Prize, 166, 202

Noguchi, Thomas, 191, 213

NonHuman Entities (NHEs), 54. See also Aliens

Norman, Paul, 348

North, Rachel, 357

North Bimini Island, 16

North Pole, 259

Northeastern Air Defense Sector (NEADS), 311

Northern Ontario UFO Research & Study

(NOUFORS), 103

Northrop, Henry Davenport, 19

Novartis, 377

NRO (National Reconnaissance Office), 257

NRPB (National Radiological Protection Board), 233

NSA (National Security Agency), 274, 368, 387–392

NSGWP (National Socialist German Workers Party),

132

NSLs (National Security Letters), 333

nuclear aircraft, 169–177

Nuclear Energy for Propulsion of Aircraft (NEPA)

project, 169–172

nuclear war, ancient, 30–37

Nuremberg Code, 175

Nuremberg trials, 138, 142, 175

O

Oak Ridge National Laboratory, 169

Obama, President Barack

bin Laden’s body, 380, 382, 384, 386

bird flu, 377

Patriot Act, 335

photo, 382 (ill.)

reducing the population, 363–64

Snowden and surveillance, 391

The Octopus (Keith and Thomas), 145

O’Donnell, Alfred, 265–66

O’Keefe, Bernard, 265

Okhrana, 118

Olcott, Colonel Henry S., 35, 36 (ill.)

Old Testament

alien demons, 55

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 3–4, 9

Anunnaki, 43

Ark of the Covenant, 18–20

Ezekiel’s wheel, 24, 27

Goliath, 50–51

Jonah and the whale, 102–3

plagues of Egypt, 69, 72

secrets of the museum, 42

Olson, Barbara, 320

Olson, Theodore, 320

Olympic Games, 350

One World, A Red World (Goff), 179

Onizuka, Ellison, 241, 245 (ill.), 248

Ono, Yoko, 235, 239, 239 (ill.) Operation Clambake, 178

Operation Neptune Spear, 380, 381 (ill.), 382 (ill.) Operation Paperclip, 138–144, 149

Operation Upshot-Knothole, 263

Oppenheimer, J. Robert, 30, 36–37, 37 (ill.) Orbital Maneuvering System, 243

Ordnance Corps, 142–43

O’Regan, Bishop Anthony, 112

Orme, Greg, 96

Orthon, 7–8

Orwell, George, 331, 366, 387, 392

Orwellian surveillance, 330–35

Osama bin Laden Had Nothing To Do With 9/11

(Hartwell), 321

Oswald, Lee Harvey, 109, 111, 113, 195–201, 198 (ill.), 204, 236

Oswald, Marina, 200

Our American Cousin, 110

P

Pacepa, Ion Mihai, 200

Pacheco, Nelson, 57

Page, Thornton, 166–67

Palomar Gardens, 6

Palomar Gardens Cafe, 6–7

Palomar Mountain, 6–8

Paltalk, 389

Panetta, Leon, 381

Paperclip. See Operation Paperclip Paradise Ranch.

See Area 51

Parapsychological Laboratory, 272

Parapsychology in Intelligence, 272–73

Parker, John, 110

Parker, William, 194

Parliament, 252, 283, 298, 385

Pasechnik, Vladimir, 344–45

Patrick III, William C., 329

Patriot Act, 328, 330–35, 331 (ill.) Paul, Congressman Ron, 328, 331

Peabody, David, 115

Peabody Hotel, 345

Peapell, Peter, 252

Pearl Harbor, 126–131, 127 (ill.), 132, 256, 309, 315,

322

Pedachenko, Alexander, 118–19

Peebles, Curtis, 258

Peenemuende Rocket Center, 142

Pentagon

7/7 bombings, 353

alien demons, 54–57, 59

bin Laden’s body, 381

crop circle conspiracy, 271

government secrets, 63

microchipping the world, 371

mysteries surrounding the, 316–322

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 141

Patriot Act, 331

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 316

photo, 320 (ill.)

radiation hazard conspiracy, 234

Twin Tower demolition, 309–10, 314–15

People’s Liberation Army, 379

Pepper, William, 214

Perdomo, Jose Sanjenis, 236–38

Perkins, David, 229

Perloff, James, 129

Peron, Juan Domingo, 137

Pershing missile, 143

Persian Pictures (Bell), 39

Peru Facts, 78

Peter Pan, 162

Pfohl, Michael, 346

Pharaoh, 69–71, 74

Philcox, N. W., 163–65

Philip, Prince, 364

Philips, Tom, 397

Pilkington, Mark, 22, 296, 296 (ill.) Pinocchio, 162

Pitman, Ross, 321

Pitt, William Rivers, 339

Pizer, John, 116

plagues of Egypt, 69–74, 70 (ill.) plane, vanishing, 393–400

Planes Without Passengers: The Faked Hijackings

of 9/11 (Hartwell), 321

Planet of the Apes, 17

Planet X, 44

Plant Studio, 235

Plato, 12–14, 13 (ill.)

Pleiades, 67

Plessey, 252

Plunk, 162

Poitras, Laura, 389

Poor People’s Campaign, 203

Pope, Nick, 271, 277–285

Popko, Rick, 67

population, reducing the, 358–365, 359 (ill.), 360 (ill.) Poseidon, 12

Poteshman, Allen M., 311

Powell, Colin, 336, 337 (ill.), 339, 341

Powell, Lewis, 111 (ill.)

Power, Peter, 352–53

PPL Therapeutics, 348

Price, George, 99

Price, Pat, 273–74

Price, Raymond, 221

A Princess of Mars (Burroughs), 87

Principalities and Powers (Montgomery), 56

Prine, Richard, 229

PRISM, 389–390

Prison Planet, 353, 364

Project Aquatone, 258

Project Artichoke, 156–57

Project Blue Book, 263, 282

Project Bluebird, 156–57

Project Chatter, 156

Project Derby Hat, 161

Project MKUltra. See MKUltra Project Mogul balloon,

148, 150–51

Project Paperclip. See Operation Paperclip Project

Sunshine, 176–77

Project Third Chance, 161

Project ULTRA, 272

Proposed Studies on the Implications of Peaceful

Space Activities for Human Affairs, 184

Protect America Act of 2007, 389

Protecting the Rights of Individuals Act, 332

PSE (Psychological Stress Evaulator), 215

PSI, 271

The Psychic Battlefield (Mandelbaum), 274

The Psychic Spy (Allen-Block), 276

psychic spying, secret, 272–76

Puddy, Malcolm, 253

Pugh, Richard, 251

Pulitzer Prize, 325

Putman, Forrest S., 225–28

Pyramids, 19, 60, 62

Q

Que, Benito, 344

Quetzalcoatl, 65–68, 66 (ill.) Quran, 46

R

Ra Ta, 16, 62

Rabi, Isidor, 36

Race, H. M., 270

Radford, Ben, 299

Radiation Biology Relative to Nuclear Energy

Powered Aircraft Recommendations to NEPA, 172

radiation secrets, 231–34, 232 (ill.) Radio Frequency Identification (RFID), 366, 367 (ill.) Rahman, Dato’ Azharuddin Abrul, 395

Raiders of the Lost Ark, 22–23

Ralph of Coggeshall, 89

Ramayana, 35

Randle, Kevin, 150

Rasputin, 119

Rathbone, Major Henry, 111

Ray, James Earl, 204–9, 205 (ill.) Ray, John Larry, 208–9

Raytheon, 311

Rea, Kari, 389

Reagan, President Ronald, 236, 238, 253–54, 259

Reagan National Airport, 321

Real Monsters, Gruesome Critters, and Beasts from

the Darkside (Steiger), 82

Real Wolfmen (Godfrey), 101

Red Sea, 3, 19–20

Red Shadows (Goff), 180

Redford, Robert, 218

Redstone Arsenal, 142–43

Redstone rocket, 143

reducing the population, 358–365, 359 (ill.), 360 (ill.) REEC (Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Company), 259

Reece, Katherine, 76, 78

Register of Historic Places, 220

Reich Chancellery, 134

Reiche, Maria, 76–77

Remick, Lee, 192

Remote Viewing (Rifat), 274

Rendlesham Forest, 84

Report of Air Force Research Regarding the Roswell

Incident, 148, 150

Report of the Presidential Commission on the Space

Shuttle Challenger Accident, 241, 244–45

Reptilians, 65–66, 68

Republican National Convention, 239

Research and Development Board, 72

Research Guidance Committee, 172

Resnik, Judith, 241, 245 (ill.)

The Resonance Key (Jones and Flaxman), 19, 61

Reuters, 383

Reynolds, Mack, 87

Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Company

(REEC), 259

RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), 366, 367 (ill.) Rhanes, Captain Aura, 9

Rhodes-Hughes, Nina, 214

Richard J. Donovan Correctional Facility, 210

Richley, Dan, 303

Richley, Walter, 302–3

Rickenbaugh, Bart, 347

Rickenbaugh, Caroline, 347

Rickenbaugh, Kent, 347

Rifat, Tim, 274

Rig Veda, 41

The Rise and Fall of the Nephilim (Roberts), 28

Ritland, Colonel Osmond J., 258

Ritter, William Scott, 339–340

Robbins, Peter, 84

Roberts, Paul Dale, 68

Roberts, Scott Alan, 28

Robertson, Howard Percy, 166

Robertson Panel, 166–68

The Robots’ Rebellion (Icke), 366

Rockefeller Commission, 154

Roestenberg, Jessie, 83–84

Roestenberg, Tony, 83–84

Roller, Emma, 335

Rollright Stones, 98, 99 (ill.)

Romaniuk, Peter, 384

Romero, Juan, 211

Roosevelt, Eleanor, 130

Roosevelt, President Franklin D., 37, 128–130, 129

(ill.), 325

Roselli, Johnny, 196–97, 208

Rosenberg, Barbara Hatch, 325

Rosgen, 348

Roslin BioMed, 348

Roslin Institute, 348

Ross, Brian, 324

Roston, Leo, 167

Roswell and the Reich: The Nazi Connection

(Farrell), 149

Roswell Army Air Field, 145, 148

Roswell crash

Area 51 conspiracy, 264–66

Brookings Report conspiracy, 187–88

conspiracy of, 145–151

an early, 121–25

government secrets, 60, 64

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 197

newspaper announcement, 148 (ill.)

The Roswell Report: Case Closed, 148

Royal Air Force, 234, 277–285, 302, 400

Royal Geographic Society, 270

Royal Greenwich Observatory, 267

Royal Order of Tibet, 6

Royal Ordnance Factory, 269

Royal Society, 359

Rubtsov, Vladimir V., 125

Ruby, Jack, 197–98

Rudin, Mickey, 191

Rudin, Mike, 357

Rumor Mill News, 237

Rusbridger, James, 130

Russell Square, 351 (ill.)

Russia Today, 385

S

S-4, 261–62, 266

S4, 270

Saad Plateau, 32

Safire, William, 331

Salinger, J. D., 236

Salisbury, Prime Minister Lord, 115

Salisbury Plain, 99

Salla, Michael, 47–48

Samford, Major General John A., 162, 164

Sampson, Abbot, 88

Sanderson, Ivan T., 104

Sandia Laboratories, 224

Sandia National Laboratory, 296

Sands, David, 252

Sangster, Angela, 50

Sasquatch, 81, 83

Satan, 54, 56–57, 147

Satellite Accidents with Radiation Hazards, 231

Saturn V rocket, 28

Saul, 52

Sawyer, Diane, 221

Schiano, Vincent, 239

Schmitt, Harrison, 224, 227

Schneweis, Emil, 55

Schoch, Robert, 16, 62

Scholars for 9/11 Truth, 314

Schreve, Bill, 163

Schroeder, Paul, 20

Schwartz, Robert M., 345–46

scientists drop like flies, 344–49

Scientology, 178–182

Scobee, Dick, 241, 245 (ill.)

Scotland Yard, 119, 352, 354–55

Scott, Lieutenant Joe, 347

Scully, Mulder and, 311

SDI (Strategic Defense Initiative), 253–55, 259

SDIO (Strategic Defense Initiative Organization), 253

Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI), 92, 94,

97

secret aircraft, 277–285

secret psychic spying, 272–76

Secret Service, 196, 198–99, 211, 221, 314

secrets, Cold War, 169–177

secrets, crop circle, 267–271

secrets, government, 60–64

secrets, radiation, 231–34, 232 (ill.) secrets of the museum, 38–42

Semenov, Semen, 123

Senate, 324, 328, 330, 382

Senate Armed Services Committee, 383

The Senate MKUltra Hearings, 154

Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, 154–55

Serpo, 264

Serrano, Sandra, 214

SETI (Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence), 92, 94,

97

The Seventh Sense (Buchanan), 276

Shah, Zaharie Ahmad, 395–96

Shannan, Pan, 205

SHAPE (Supreme Headquarters, Allied Powers,

Europe), 57

Sharif, Arshad, 251–52

Shaw, Clay, 197

The Sheep Killers, 300

The Shell Game (Alten), 310

Shenandoah National Park, 305

Sheremetyevo International Airport, 389

Shockley, William, 261

Sholin, Dave, 235

Shropshire Union Canal, 83

Shug Monkey, 84

Shuker, Karl, 90

Sigismund, Richard, 229

Signal Intelligence Service (SIS), 127

Signals Intelligence, 368

signs from the stars, 75–80

Silent Invasion (Gordon), 84

Simons, Howard, 218

Sims, George Robert, 117

Simson-Kallas, Eduard, 213

Sinai Peninsula, 3, 18, 46–47

Sinatra, Frank, 189

Singh-Gida, Avtar, 251–52

Sirhan, Sirhan, 208, 210–15, 211 (ill.) SIS (Signal Intelligence Service), 127

Sitchin, Zecharia, 27, 44–47, 45 (ill.), 50

Site R, 318

Situation Red: The UFO Siege (Stringfield), 303

Situation Room, 382

Six Day War, 212

Skeels, David, 252

skies, spies in the, 301–5

Skinwalker, 101

Skype, 387, 389

Slate, 334–35

Smith, Llew, 283

Smith, Michael J., 241, 245 (ill.)

Snow WWhite and the Seven Dwarfs, 162

Snowden, Edward, 387–392, 388 (ill.) Snyder, Michael, 364–65, 370

Soames, Nicholas, 283

Society for Scientific Exploration (SSE), 271

Society of Jesus. See Jesuits, the Sodom, 47

Sololyov, Vladimir, 231

Some Like It Hot, 189

Soni, Darshna, 353

space, hazards in, 231–34, 232 (ill.) space gods, Goliath a descendant of the, 50–53

Space Shuttle Challenger, Information Concerning

Launch Explosion, Kennedy Space Center, Florida,

January 28, 1986, 247

The Spaceships of Ezekiel (Blumrich), 28

Special Devices Center, 167

Special Forces, 346

The Special Operations Forces Situation Report, 386

Sperber, A. M., 130

Sphinx, 16, 62

Spielberg, Steven, 24

spies in the skies, 301–5

Spink, Peter, 112

Spirit, 260

Spotnitz, Frank, 312

Springman, Michael, 315

Sprint, 389

Spycatcher (Wright), 130

spying, constant, 366–372

SR-71, 258, 282, 282 (ill.) SS, 265

SS Lurline, 128

SSE (Society for Scientific Exploration), 271

St. Francis Hotel, 193

St. Joseph Hospital, 204

St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital, 345, 347

St. Luke’s Roosevelt Hospital Center, 236

St. Martin’s Land, 88

St. Martin’s Press, 196

Stableford, Dylan, 398

Stalin, Joseph, 147, 182, 264–66

Stansel, Arthur, 262–63

Stanton, Edwin, 112

Star Saloon, 110

“Star Wars” program, 253

stars, signs from the, 75–80

stars, teacher from the, 65–68

State Research Center of Virology and Biotechnology,

348

State Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory, 229

Statue of Liberty, 17

stealthy aliens, 277–285

Steiger, Brad, 82, 208, 367–68

Stevens, George, 193

Stevens Jr., George, 193

Stewart, Terry, 297–98

Stick Indians, 82

Stimson, Henry L., 130

stolen bodies, 169–177

stone, circles of, 98–101

Stone, Oliver, 197

Stone Age Soundtracks: The Acoustic Archaeology

of Ancient Sites (Devereux), 98

Stonehenge, 19, 61, 99

storms on the battlefield, 286–293

Stowell, Thomas Edmund Alexander, 115

Strategic Defense Initiative Organization (SDIO), 253

Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI), 253–55, 259

Strickler, Lon, 82–83

Stringfield, Leonard, 303, 305

Stroll, Irwin, 212

Strominger, Jack, 345

Strughold, Hubertus, 141–42, 144

Stubblebine, Major General Albert N., 320–21

Stuhl, Ernie, 318

Sturgis, Frank, 216

Subcommittee on Human Experimentation, 171

Sumer, 46–47

Supari, Siti Fadilah, 376–77

Supreme Headquarters, Allied Powers, Europe

(SHAPE), 57

Surratt, Mary, 111 (ill.)

surveillance, Orwellian, 330–35

surveillance, Snowden and, 387–392

Swanson, Gloria, 192

Swissair, 345

Szondi, L., 56

Szymanski, Greg, 372

T

Tabernacle, 21

Tafoya, Chief Raleigh, 230

Taklamakan Desert, 397

Talking With God (Isaacs), 20

TAN (Test Area North), 170 (ill.), 173 (ill.)

Tanweer, Shehzad, 352, 354–55

Targ, Russell, 272, 273 (ill.)

Taube, Karl Andreas, 66

Tavistock Square, 351

Taylor, Tom, 110

teacher from the stars, 65–68

Team Six, 380

Tel Aviv Public Health Department, 345

Teller, Edward, 261, 266

Temple, Solomon’s, 19 (ill.), 21, 27, 29

Temple of Sacrifice, 16, 62

Temple of the Feathered Serpent (Temple of

Quetzalcoatl), 66

Ten Commandments, 3–11, 4 (ill.), 9 (ill.), 18

Tesla, Nikola, 21, 125

Test Area North (TAN), 170 (ill.), 173 (ill.)

Thames, River, 117

Thatcher, Margaret, 91

Theodore C. Lyster Award, 141

Theosophical Society, 35–36

They Rode in Space Ships (Gibbons), 83

Thicke, Sergeant William, 116

Third Reich, 132

Thomas, David E., 300

Thomas, Kenn, 145

Thomas, Richard, 370

Thomas, William, 297–98

Thompson, Francis, 119

Thompson, Geoff, 377

Thompson, Reginald C., 55

Thor, 14

Thorner, W. E., 99

Thorpe, Elliot, 129–130

Tigris River, 40, 46, 102

Tissot, James Jacques Joseph, 4

Tkacik, John, 379

Tonnies, Mac, 92–97, 146, 184

Toot, 162

Topping, William, 34

Tornado F-3, 283

Tower 7, 314–15

TRADEOFF, 299

Trafficante Jr., Santo, 197

Treasures of the Bible, 19

Tree of Knowledge, 65

Treiman, Daniel, 322

Trilateral Commission, 379

Trinity test, 30–32, 36–37

Truth at Last (Ray), 208

And the Truth Shall Set You Free (Icke), 366

Tunguska conspiracy, 121–25, 122 (ill.) Turner, Kerry, 347

Turner, Ted, 364

Twilight Zone, 27

Twin Towers, 309–16, 310 (ill.), 320, 331, 353, 381

Twitter, 387

Ty, Glannant, 276

Tylenol, 327

U

U-2, 258–59

Uecker, Karl, 211

UFO Crash/Retrievals: Amassing the Evidence

(Stringfield), 305

UFO Reports and Classified Projects, 147

UFOs

alien demons, 54–55, 57

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 5–10

Anunnaki, 47

Area 51

conspiracy, 256, 260–66

Bigfoot and, 81–86

black helicopter conspiracy, 301–3, 305

Brookings Report conspiracy, 183–84, 187

cattle mutilation conspiracy, 222, 229

crop circle conspiracy, 269, 271

Ezekiel’s wheel, 24, 26–29

fake alien conspiracy, 178–182

government secrets, 60, 63–64

green children of Woolpit, 87–88

illustration, 84 (ill.)

John F. Kennedy conspiracy, 197

Jonah and the whale, 102–6

Marilyn Monroe conspiracy, 189

photo, 302 (ill.)

plagues of Egypt, 73

Quetzalcoatl, 66–67

Roswell crash conspiracy, 145–151

secrets of the museum, 40

stealthy aircraft vs. aliens conspiracy, 277–282,

284–85

Tunguska conspiracy, 125

Walt Disney conspiracy, 162, 164–68

UFOs: Friend, Foe, or Fantasy? 167

Uhouse, Bill, 263–64

Ulfketel, Earl, 88

UN (United Nations), 337–340, 348, 358, 360–61, 364,

377, 382

UN Security Council, 338–39

UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and

Cultural Organization), 75–76

Unger, Merrill F., 56

Unidentified Submerged Objects (USOs), 103–4

United Airlines, 309, 311, 316–18

United Grand Lodge of England, 115

United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority, 233

United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural

Organization (UNESCO), 75–76

United Nations Monitoring, Verification and Inspection

Commission, 339

United Nations (UN), 337–340, 348, 358, 360–61, 364,

377, 382

United States Army Intelligence and Security

Command, 320

United States Army Medical Research Institute of

Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID), 325–27, 329

Unmasking the Enemy (Pacheco and Blann), 57

Unusual Martian Surface Features (DiPietro and

Molenaar), 93

U.S. Army Health Services Command (HSC), 325

U.S. Army Material Command, 325

U.S. Army Medical Command, 325

U.S. Biological Warfare Program, 325

U.S. National Science Advisory Board for Biosecurity,

379

U.S. Naval Special Warfare Development Group, 380

USAF 2025, 286, 288–89, 291–92, 294–95

USAMRIID (United States Army Medical Research

Institute of Infectious Diseases), 325–27, 329

USOs (Unidentified Submerged Objects), 103–4

USS Shaw, 127 (ill.)

Utopia (More), 13

Uxmal, 60, 61 (ill.)

V

Valdez, Gabe, 223–28, 303

Valley of Elah, 51

Van Arsdale, Peter, 229

Van Flandern, Tom, 95

Van Nguyen, Set, 346

Van Tassel, George, 9–11

Vanavara Factory, 123

Vancouver Island, 298

vanishing plane, 393–400

Varandal, Jean, 89

Vasilyev, N. V., 125

The Vault, 135, 164, 222, 238, 246, 303

Vector, 348

Velikovsky, Immanuel, 32, 32 (ill.)

VeriChip, 369

Verizon, 389

Victoria, Queen, 115

Victoria International Airport, 297–98

Victory Over the Darkness (Anderson), 56

Vietnam War, 210

Vigilant Guardian, 311

Viking 1, 92–93

Vimanas, 35

Vintini, Leonardo, 32

Virginia Biotechnology Association, 346

Virginia Center for Innovative Technology, 345

viruses, alien, 69–74

Vishnu, 36

Visor Consulting, 352–53

von Braun, Werner, 142–43, 143 (ill.), 168 (ill.) von Daniken, Erich, 28–29, 68, 78–79

Vrishnis, 35

W

Wadlow, Robert, 53, 53 (ill.)

Wainwright, Milton, 72

Wake Up Down There! (Bishop), 7

Wald, Jerry, 192

Walker, John, 55

Wallace Jr., George, 219

Walt Disney Corporation, 162

Walt Disney, Inc., 167

Walter, Mike, 320

Wanaque Reservoir, 301

war, ancient nuclear, 30–37

War of the Worlds (Wells), 147, 181, 264

War on Iraq (Ritter and Pitt), 339

War on Terror, 276, 328

War Serpent, 67

Warka Vase, 39

Warren, Earl, 195

Warren, Larry, 84

Warren, Shani, 252

Warren, Shields, 172

Warren, Sir Charles, 115–16

Warren Commission, 195

The Wars of Gods and Men (Sitchin), 46

Wash, Jonathan, 251

Washington Dulles International Airport, 319

Washington National Airport, 162–63

Watergate, 216–221, 238, 387

Watergate Complex, 216, 220 (ill.)

Watson, Paul Joseph, 318, 364, 370–71

Watson, Traci, 297

weapons, biological, 373–79

Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMDs), 336–343, 338

(ill.)

Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in

2025, 286

Weaver, Sandra, 67

Webb, Brigadier General Marshall B., 382 (ill.)

Webster, William H., 246

Weijerman, F. G., 130

Weimar Republic, 132

Weisel, William, 212

Welles, Orson, 167, 180–81, 181 (ill.) Wells, Alice, 7

Wells, H. G., 181

West Bank, 51

Western Airlines, 193

Westwood Village Memorial Park Cemetery, 191, 191

(ill.)

Wev, Captain Bosquet N., 141–42

whale, Jonah and the, 102–6, 103 (ill.) What Demons Can Do to Saints (Unger), 56

What Really Happened, 205

wheel, Ezekiel’s, 24–29, 26 (ill.) Whispering Knights, 98

Whistle, 162

White House

Anthrax attacks, 324, 328

bin Laden’s body, 382, 384–85

John Lennon conspiracy, 238

Martin Luther King, Jr. conspiracy, 206–7

Patriot Act, 332

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 316

Robert Kennedy conspiracy, 210–12

Twin Tower demolition, 309, 315

Watergate conspiracy, 216, 219–221

weapons of mass destruction, 341

White Sands Missile Range (White Sands Proving

Ground), 30, 31 (ill.), 142, 149–150

Whiteside, Carl W., 230

Who Killed John Lennon? (Bresler), 238

Wiley, Don C., 345, 347

Wilkins, Harold T., 90

Wilkinson, Wilbur, 179

Will Russia Invade America? (Goff), 179

Williams, R. A., 254

Williamson, Betty, 7

Williamson, George Hunt, 7–8

Wills, Frank, 216

Wilson, Donald, 206–7

Wilson, Lawrence, 237

Wilson, Robert, 250

Wingfield, George, 267

Withnall, Adam, 396

Wittnebel, Matthew, 124

WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction), 336–343, 338

(ill.)

Woerne, William, 345

Wolfowitz, Paul, 341

Wood, David Murakami, 369

Woodman, Jim, 77–78

Wood’s Theatre, 112

Woodward, Bob, 217–221, 218 (ill.), 238

Woolpit, green children of, 87–91

world, microchipping, 366–372, 367 (ill.), 369 (ill.) World Conference on Disaster Management, 353

World Health Organization, 377

World Heritage Site, 76

World Trade Center, 309–16, 310 (ill.), 320, 331, 353,

381

World Trade Center Memorial, 313 (ill.)

World Vision, 237

World War I, 6, 39, 132, 152

World War II

Adolf Hitler conspiracy, 132–37

alien parallels to the Ten Commandments, 8

ancient nuclear war, 30–31, 33, 36–37

Area 51 conspiracy, 256, 262, 265

Atlantis, 15

Cold War conspiracy, 175–76

crop circle conspiracy, 267–68, 271

Ezekiel’s wheel, 26

fake alien conspiracy, 182

mind-based espionage conspiracy, 272, 275

MKUltra conspiracy, 153

Operation Paperclip conspiracy, 138, 142

Pearl Harbor conspiracy, 126

Pentagon and Flight 93 mysteries, 318

reducing the population, 358–59

Walt Disney conspiracy, 167–68

Watergate conspiracy, 218

Worlds in Collision (Velikovsky), 32

Wright, Peter, 130

Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, 73, 164, 263

Wyatt, James C., 82

Wyden, Senator Ron, 334

Wynn-Williams, David, 348

X

Xesspe, Toribio Mejia, 76

The X-Files, 219, 262, 311, 313

X-Files, ancient, 60–64

Xin, He, 396

Xolotl, 67

Xu, Colonel Dai, 379

Y

Yahoo, 389

Yellowstone National Park, 6

YMCA, 237

Young America, 111

YouTube, 385, 389

Yucatan Peninsula, 68

Yudhoyono, Susilo Bambang, 377

Z

Zaid, Mark S., 196

Zapruder, Abraham, 198–99

Zenith Cosmology, 67

Zeus, 60

Ziegler, Ron, 221

Zolotov, Alexei, 124

The Zombie Book (Steiger), 367

Document Outline

Title Page

Table of Contents

Acknowledgments

Photo Credits

Introduction

Ancient Aliens

The Ten Commandments: Alien Parallels

Atlantis: A Lost Civilization

The Ark of the Covenant: A Deadly Weapon

Ezekiel’s Wheel: A Close Encounter with E.T.

Ancient Nuclear War: A Time before Ours

Secrets of the Museum: Ancient Immortality

The Anunnaki: The Real Ancient Aliens

Goliath: A Descendent of the Space Gods

From Babylonia to the Department of Defense: Alien Demons

Ancient X-Files: The Government’s Secrets

Quetzalcoatl: A Teacher from the Stars

The Plagues of Egypt: Unleashing Extraterrestrial Viruses

The Nazca Lines: Signs from the Stars

Native American Legends: Bigfoot and UFOs

The Green Children of Woolpit: Visitors from Beyond

The Face on Mars: Mega-Building in the Distant Past

Circles of Stone and Strange Secrets

Jonah and the Whale: Abducted by E.T.

Conspiracies

Abraham Lincoln: Assassination, Cover-Up, and the Masons

Jack the Ripper: Theories and Suspects

Tunguska: An Early Roswell?

Pearl Harbor: Allowing the Attack to Happen

Adolf Hitler: A Secret Survivor of WWII

Paperclip: A Faustian Pact

The Roswell UFO Crash: Multiple Scenarios

MKUltra: Manipulating the Mind

Walt Disney and the CIA: A Secret Connection

From Nuclear Aircraft to Stolen Bodies: Cold War Secrets

Faking Aliens: Scientology, Saucers, and Syringes

The Brookings Report: Close Encounter Implications

Marilyn Monroe: Driven to Death

The JFK Assassination: Whodunit?

Martin Luther King: Slain by a Hypnotized Killer

The Death of Robert Kennedy: The Manchurian Candidate

Watergate: Will the Real Deep Throat Please Stand Up?

Cattle Mutilations: Secret Files and Scared Farmers

Hazards in Space: Radiation Secrets

The Murder of John Lennon: A Rock Star Conspiracy

The Challenger Disaster: NASA Attacked?

Deaths in the Defense Industry: Not What They Seem

Area 51: Cosmic Conspiracies

Crop Circle Secrets: Messages in the Fields

Secret Psychic Spying: Mind-Based Espionage

Secret Aircraft vs. Stealthy Aliens

Storms on the Battlefield: A New Concept in Warfare

Chemtrails: Polluting the Population

Black Helicopters: Spies in the Skies

New World Order

The Twin Towers: From Conspiracy to Demolition

From the Pentagon to Flight 93: Missiles and Mysteries

The Anthrax Attacks: Deliveries of the Deadly Kind

The Patriot Act: Orwellian Surveillance

Weapons of Mass Destruction: Missing in Action

Microbiology Deaths: Scientists Drop Like Flies

7/7 Bombings: Terror in London

Reducing the Population: A Modern Holocaust

MicroChipping the World: Constant Spying

Bird Flu: A Biological Weapon

Bin Laden’s Body: Where’s the Evidence?

Snowden and Surveillance: Big Brother Reality

The Mystery of MH370: A Vanishing Plane

Bibliography

Index

Copyright